CITY OF SEATTLE Seattle City Light
IMPROVEMENT OF: BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
SPEC. No.: 3596 FUNDED BY: SCL PW#: 2017-001 ORDINANCE #: 124927
ADVERTISE: FEBRUARY 2, 2017
BIDS OPEN: MARCH 1, 2017
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON
This Project is a Covered Project subject to the City of Seattle’s Community Workforce Agreement (CWA) and Priority Hire SMC 20.37.
This page intentionally left blank
City of Seattle
BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
Bid Opening: MARCH 1, 2017 at 2:00 P.M.
Ordinance 124927
PW# 2017-001
PROJECT LOCATION: This Project is located in the Blue Ridge neighborhood in NW Seattle and is bounded by NW 95thth St to the south, Valway Ave NW to the east, NW Blue Ridge Drive to the north and 24th Ave NW to the west.
This Project is a Covered Project subject to the City of Seattle’s Community Workforce Agreement (CWA) and Priority Hire SMC 20.37.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: This Project consists of the following elements of Work: pavement removal, approximately 9,000 linear feet of electrical duct bank excavation, installation of electrical vaults, installation of concrete encased 4 inch PVC conduit duct banks, installation of 2 inch street light PVC conduit, backfilling, pavement and landscaping restoration.
ESTIMATE: The Engineer's Estimate for this Project is $4,670,000 plus sales tax.
PRE-BID MEETING: Bidders must attend one of the following mandatory pre-bid meetings, which will also discuss contract requirements including the City of Seattle’s CWA and Priority Hire. Pre-bid meetings will be held on the following dates:
1. February 14, 2017, at 1:30 PM at: Room 4096, Seattle Municipal Tower 700 Fifth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98104
2. February 15, 2017 at 1:30 PM at: Room 4050/4060, Seattle Municipal Tower 700 Fifth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98104
No bid will be accepted from any bidder who does not attend at least one of the mandatory pre-bid meetings.
INCLUSION PLAN: For purposes of the Inclusion Plan, this is considered a Underground type of project with a Past Performance of 18% WMBE utilization rates based on completed projects. For questions on the Inclusion Plan please contact Miguel Beltran at [email protected] or 206-684- 4525. Back-up contact is Carmen Kucinski at [email protected] or 206-684-0188.
PAID SICK AND SAFE TIME: Bidders must understand the requirements of SMC 14.16 and demonstrate compliance prior to award.
QUESTIONS: Written questions must be submitted no later than close of business the Friday before the bid opening.
OBTAINING BID DOCUMENTS: Contract Documents, contacts and Bid instructions are available at https://www.ebidexchange.com/seattle.
Rev 4-29-11
BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Advertisement for Bids Signature Page Table of Contents
DIVISION 0 BID AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
Bid Requirements
0-01.1 Instructions to Bidders 0-01.2 Bidders Checklist 0-01.3 Bid Form 0-01.3(1) Bid 0-01.3(2) Declaration 0-01.4 Inclusion Plan 0-01.5 Bidder/Subcontractor List
Contract Requirements
0-02.1 Agreement Form 0-02.2 Amendments and Special Provisions 0-02.3 Plans and Specifications 0-02.4 Location of Project 0-02.5 Nature of Improvement
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page No.
1-01 Definitions and Terms ...... 1
1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions ...... 3
1-03 Award And Execution Of Contract ...... 6
1-04 Scope of Work ...... 6
1-05 Control of Work ...... 9
1-06 Control of Materials ...... 14
1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public ...... 15
1-08 Prosecution and Progress ...... 28
1-09 Measurement and Payment ...... 29
1-10 Temporary Traffic Control ...... 30
Rev 8-15-2014
DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK
2-02 Remove, Abandon, Or Relocate Structures and Obstructions ...... 31
2-04 Excavations ...... 31
2-07 Protective Systems ...... 33
2-10 Backfilling ...... 33
DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA)and Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Pavement ...... 34
DIVISION 7 STORM DRAINS, CULVERTS, SANITARY AND COMBINED SEWERS, WATER MAINS AND RELATED STRUCTURES
7-20 Adjustment of New and Existing Utility Structures To Finish Grade ...... 35
DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
8-01 Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention ...... 36
8-02 Landscape Construction ...... 37
8-33 Electrical Conduit and Trenching ...... 38
8-34 Electrical Structures and Encased Duct Bank ...... 39
DIVISION 9 MATERIALS
9-01 Portland Cement and Blended Hydraulic Cement...... 51
9-04 Joint and Crack Sealing Materials ...... 52
9-14 Erosion and Landscaping Materials ...... 52
9-23 Concrete Curing Materials, Pozzolans And Admixtures Markers ...... 53
Rev 8-15-2014
Appendix
Well Reports
Catalog Cuts For Oldcastle Precast Utility Vaults (Types 444-LA, 507-LA, 577-LA)
SCL Construction and Materials Standards/Guidelines
Typical Instructions for Protection of Underground High Voltage Transmission Lines
Unanticipated Discovery Plan For Cultural Resources
Environmental Review Form
CWA Labor Manual And Forms
Revised Standard Plans
Permits Franchise Utility Field Inspection Worksheet Franchise Utility Non-Arterial Permit Issuance Worksheet Franchise Utility Field Inspection Worksheet Guideline Utility Major Permit (UMP) #295061 Construction Stormwater General Permit Construction Stormwater General Permit High Turbidity/Low Transparency Reporting
City Forms Social Equity Form Public Works WMBE Inclusion Plan Change Request Form Competent Person Evaluation Seattle King County Waste Characterization Form and Instructions Payment and Performance Bond Bond In Lieu Of Retained Funds Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form Construction Contracts Teaming 360 Review Subcontractor and Supplier Approval Applications Subcontractor Payment Report Contractor’s Shop Drawing Review and Approval Request Project Labor List - Contractor Substitution Request Form Request For Approval Of Material Sources Seattle City Light Spill Notifications Procedures Recycling and Disposal Information HMA Mix Design Submittal Form Deficient Contractor Performance Evaluation Report Public Works Prevailing Wage Certification & Subcontractor List Request for Information/Design Clarification/Variation Request Submittal Transmittal and Response Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form
Addenda and Modifications
Note: Drawings under separate cover.
Rev 8-15-2014
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 0-01.1 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
I. GENERAL
This Contract will be administered by the Director of Seattle City Light, subject to the approval and acceptance of the Director of Finance and Administrative Services. ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS PROJECT SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE FOLLOWING:
Before Bid Opening: Mark Fredrickson Public Works Contracts Section Seattle Public Utilities 700 5th Avenue, Suite 4900 P.O. Box 34018 Seattle, Washington 98124-4018 Phone (206) 684-7615 Fax (206) 684-8581 Email: [email protected]
After Bid Opening and Before Execution:
Judy Keefe City Purchasing and Contracting Services [email protected] 206-684-8032
After Execution: Mike Nordin Construction Management Division Seattle City Light 700 5th Avenue, Suite 3200 P.O. Box 34023 Seattle, Washington 98124-4023 Phone (206) 684-3074 Email:[email protected]
Inclusion Plan: All questions on the Inclusion Plan shall be directed to Miguel Beltran at [email protected] or 206-684-4525. If he is out of the office, the back-up contact is Carmen Kucinski at [email protected] or 206-684-0188.
II. BID OPENING
The authorized Bid Form shall be submitted as specified in Section 1-02.9(1). In accordance with Section 1-02.12, Bids will be opened and read orally in:
City Purchasing & Contracting Services City of Seattle Department of Finance and Administrative Services Seattle Municipal Tower, Suite 4112 700 Fifth Avenue Seattle, Washington 98104 Telephone (206) 684-0444, immediately after 2:00 p.m. on the following date:
MARCH 1, 2017
Rev 4-1-2014 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 0-01.1 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
III. TIME OF COMPLETION
Work shall begin immediately on the Notice To Proceed Date in the Written Notice from the Engineer, Seattle City Light, and after the date of such notice shall be physically completed within the following period per Section 3 of the Agreement:
210 WORKING DAYS
IV. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
If the successful Contractor fails to complete Work within the time set forth above, he shall be charged Liquidated Damages per Section 4 of the Agreement Form.
If the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time, the Contractor shall pay to the Owner, as Liquidated Damages, the sum of $2,300 for each Working Day that the Work has not achieved Substantial Completion exclusive of those days where the Engineer has granted an extension of time.
After Substantial Completion, for each Working Day that the Contractor fails to achieve Physical Completion within the Contract Time, the Contractor shall pay to the Owner, as Liquidated Damages, the sum of $1,150 for each Working Day that the Work has not achieved Physical Completion exclusive of those days wherefore the Engineer has granted an extension of time.
See Section 1-08.9 for additional details.
V. SOILS INFORMATION
Refer to Section 1-02.4(2) in the Project Manual for information about any geotechnical report, soil boring data, or soil sample test data accumulated by the Engineer.
VI. ITEMS OF INTEREST TO BIDDERS
Inclusion Plan…………………………………………………….1-02.9(4), 1-02.13, 1-03.1(4), 1-07.11(2)
Rev 4-1-2014 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST SECTION 0-01.2 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
1. The authorized Bid Form must be submitted to:
Physical Address: City Purchasing & Contracting Services City of Seattle Department of Finance and Administrative Services Seattle Municipal Tower, Suite 4112 700 Fifth Avenue Seattle, Washington 98104
Mailing Address: City Purchasing & Contracting Services City of Seattle Department of Finance and Administrative Services P.O. Box 94687 Seattle, Washington 98124-4687
by 2:00 p.m. on the date designated for receipt of Bids in the Advertisement for Bids.
If sending by courier (UPS, FedEx, etc.) the physical street address must be used. If mailing by regular US mail, the Post Office Box must be used. Bidders are responsible for ensuring that the proper Zip code is used. The City of Seattle will not be responsible for a late bid.
2. With regard to Section 0-01.3(1) BID:
a. Have you enclosed with your Bid the Bid Guaranty for not less than 5% of the maximum Bid amount that could be awarded including retail sales tax? b. Have you Bid on all items including Additives, Alternates, and Deductives (when indicated)?
3. With regard to Section 0-01.3(2) DECLARATION:
a. Have you provided all information requested? b. Has the official authorized to represent the Bidder signed the declaration? c. Have you acknowledged all addenda?
ALL OF THE ABOVE ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETED OR YOUR BID MAY BE DECLARED NON- RESPONSIVE.
4. With regard to Section 0-01.4 INCLUSION PLAN: a. Have you completed the Inclusion Plan? This form must be submitted with your bid if the Owner has estimated the Project will cost over $300,000. The Inclusion Plan is a condition of Award for this Contract.
ALL OF THE ABOVE ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETED OR YOUR BID MAY BE DECLARED NON RESPONSIVE.
5. With regard to Section 0-01.5 BIDDER/SUBCONTRACTOR LIST:
Have you completed and signed the Bidder/Subcontractor List? This list is required to be submitted if the Owner has estimated the Project will cost $1,000,000 or more.
FAILURE TO COMPLETE, SIGN, AND SUBMIT THE BIDDER/SUBCONTRACTOR LIST WITHIN ONE HOUR AFTER BID OPENING WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING DECLARED NON-RESPONSIVE.
Rev.5-14-12
BIDDER'S CHECKLIST SECTION 0-01.2 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
6. With regard to Section 1-02.2 SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA: The Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form and any additional documentation shall be submitted to CPCS within three (3) Business Days of receipt of request. See Section 1-02.2.
FAILURE TO COMPLETE, SIGN, AND SUBMIT THE ABOVE BY THE REQUIRED DEADLINE MAY RESULT IN THE BIDDER BEING DECLARED NOT RESPONSIBLE
Rev.5-14-12
BID FORM SECTION 0-01.3 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2 Page 1
The Bid Form can be found as a separate document at: https://www.ebidexchange.com/seattle
INCLUSION PLAN SECTION 0-01.4 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2 Page 1
The Inclusion Plan can be found at: https://www.ebidexchange.com/seattle as part of the Bid Form.
BIDDER SUBCONTRACTOR LIST SECTION 0-01.5 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
The Bidder Subcontractor List can be found at: https://www.ebidexchange.com/seattle as part of the Bid Form.
CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
AGREEMENT FORM SECTION 0-02.1 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2 Page 1 of 3
This agreement by and between the Director of Finance and Administrative Services, acting on behalf of The City of Seattle, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as the Owner, and , hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, witnesseth that in accordance with the terms and conditions of Contract PW# 2017-001 awarded the day of , 20 the parties agree as follows:
SECTION 1. That the Contractor shall do or cause to be done all Work and shall furnish or cause to be furnished all tools, Materials, Equipment, Supplies and labor necessary to improve
BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
as ordered by Ordinance No. 124927 in all respects, in accordance with and as described in the Contract now on file in the office of the Engineer for the following Awarded Contract Price:
Base Bid ...... $
State Sales Tax (9.6%) ...... $
Awarded Contract Price ...... $
The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all Equipment, Material, Supplies, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of Materials and for constructing and completing the Work provided for in this Contract and every part thereof, except such as are mentioned in the Contract furnished by the Owner.
SECTION 2. The parties shall be bound by the Constitution and Laws of the State of Washington and the Charter, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations of the City of Seattle and by all applicable federal laws and government regulations, which provisions are incorporated by reference herein. For the convenience of the parties of this Contract it is mutually agreed that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Owner arising from this Contract shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the Completion Date of the Contract. It is further agreed by the parties that any such claims, disputes, or causes of action which cannot be resolved pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Contract Documents shall be brought only in the Superior Court of King County. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor's failure to bring suit within the time period provided shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action.
Rev.5-14-12
AGREEMENT FORM SECTION 0-02.1 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2 Page 2 of 3
SECTION 3. The Contractor shall begin the Work of the Contract on the Notice to Proceed Date stated in the Notice to Proceed issued to said Contractor by the Engineer, and to carry said Work on regularly and without interruption thereafter (unless the Engineer shall otherwise, in writing, specifically direct) with such forces as to physically complete said Work in a manner acceptable to the Engineer within
210 WORKING DAYS after such notice to begin Work; the time of beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion being essential and material provisions of the Contract.
SECTION 4. If the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time, the Contractor shall pay to the Owner, as Liquidated Damages, the sum of $2,300 for each Working Day that the Work has not achieved Substantial Completion exclusive of those days where the Engineer has granted an extension of time. After Substantial Completion, for each Working Day that the Contractor fails to achieve Physical Completion within the Contract Time, the Contractor shall pay to the Owner, as Liquidated Damages, the sum of $1,150 for each Working Day that the Work has not achieved Physical Completion exclusive of those days wherefore the Engineer has granted an extension of time.
The Owner and the Contractor agree that establishing the precise amount of actual damage incurred by the Owner due to delay would be difficult to determine. The Contractor hereby agrees the amounts set forth as Liquidated Damages are reasonable amounts and are not a penalty.
SECTION 5. The Owner agrees to employ the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract and agrees to pay for the same according to the schedule of Bid item prices listed in the Bid Form, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in the Contract. The Contractor shall inform all Subcontractors who work on the Improvement named in Section 1 of this Agreement of the manner and method of payment and the manner and method of measuring or computing the quantities of subcontracted work.
SECTION 6. In accordance with Chapter 39.12 RCW, the City Charter, and the Project Manual, the Contractor shall pay, or cause to be paid to persons employed on or in connection with this Work, not less than the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work specified for the labor performed.
SECTION 7. The Contractor on behalf of his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all the covenants to which the Contractor is obligated under the terms of the Contract.
SECTION 8. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the Owner by reason of entering into this Contract except as expressly provided herein.
SECTION 9. If the Contractor violates any material covenant or provision of this Contract the Owner may: withhold payment due on any work done under the Contract until the Contractor complies with the Contract; order that the Work be stopped, terminate the Contract, debar the Contractor in accordance with SMC 20.70.
Rev.5-14-12
AGREEMENT FORM SECTION 0-02.1 BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2 Page 3 of 3
Contractor shall declare option for management of statutory retained percentage of this Contract by checking applicable box below.
Contractor elects to submit a bond in lieu of retained funds.
Contractor hereby elects to have the retained percentage of this Contract held in a non- interest bearing fund by The City of Seattle until sixty (60) days following the Completion Date. Contractor hereby elects to have The City of Seattle invest the retained percentage of the Contract from time to time as such retained percentage accrues and in accordance with RCW 60.28.011, .021 and .051. Contractor hereby designates:
Name of Financial Institution
Street Address, City, State, Zip Code
City, State, Zip Code of Financial Institution
as the repository for the escrow of said funds. Contractor hereby further agrees to be fully responsible for payment of all costs or fees incurred as a result of placing said retained percentage in escrow and investing it as authorized by statute. The City of Seattle shall not be liable in any way for any cost or fees in connection therewith.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner has caused these presents to be signed by the designee of Director of Finance and Administrative Services; and the Contractor has hereunto affirmed his or her signature.
THE CITY OF SEATTLE Director of Finance and Administrative Services
By Date Director, City Purchasing and Contracting Services
CONTRACTOR
Business name
By Date
Title
Rev 01-31-11 AGREEMENT FORM SUPPLEMENT BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
City of Seattle Community Workforce Agreement (CWA) Letter of Assent
CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND
Public Works Contract Number: 2017-001
______Contractor/Subcontractor has been awarded construction work within the scope of the City of Seattle’s CWA and hereby agrees to be bound by all its terms and conditions.
Contractor/Subcontractor:
Signature Title Date
BLUE RIDGE CONDUIT INSTALLATION PHASE 2
0-02.2
AMENDMENTS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS
0-02.3 PLANS, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS (6-13-11)
The Work shall be performed in accordance with these amendments and Special Provisions together with the provisions, insofar as they are applicable, of the following documents:
1. The Engineering Drawings, Sheets 1 through 64 .
2. The City of Seattle Standard Plans and Standard Specifications, which are comprised of: a. "2014 edition City of Seattle Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction" (hereinafter referred to as the Seattle Standard Specifications).
b. 2014 edition City of Seattle Standard Plans for Municipal Construction (hereinafter referred to as the Seattle Standard Plans).
c. City of Seattle Traffic Control Manual for In-Street Work, 2012 edition, which supplements and is to be utilized in conjunction with the 2009 edition of the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD)," as published by the U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C.
3. The terms and conditions of such permits, agreements, ordinances, regulations, instructions and requirements as may be included in the appendix or otherwise attached hereto.
4. Street and Sidewalk Pavement Opening and Restoration Rules, Seattle Transportation Director’s Rule 01-2017, dated September 29, 2009. Director’s Rule may be found at: http://seattle.gov/transportation/stuse_pavementopen.htm
0-02.4 LOCATION OF PROJECT (6-13-11)
This Project is located Blue Ridge neighborhood in NW Seattle and is bounded by NW 95thth St to the south, Valway Ave NW to the east, NW Blue Ridge Drive to the north and 24th Ave NW to the west.
0-02.5 NATURE OF IMPROVEMENT (6-13-11)
This Project consists of the following elements of Work: pavement removal, approximately 9,000 linear feet of electrical duct bank excavation, installation of electrical vaults, installation of concrete encased 4 inch PVC conduit duct banks, installation of 2 inch street light PVC conduit, backfilling, pavement and landscaping restoration.
DIVISION 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1-01.2 ABBREVIATIONS
1-01.2(1) ASSOCIATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS
Supplement this Section with the following:
CWA Community Workforce Agreement JAC Joint Administrative Committee
1-01.3 DEFINITIONS (1-19-17)
Supplement this Section with the following:
APPRENTICE Any worker enrolled in an Apprentice Training Program.
APPRENTICE TRAINING PROGRAM A program registered and in compliance with the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council (WSATC) as defined by RCW 49.04 and WAC 296-05-011 and WAC 296-05-013.
CITY The City of Seattle.
COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AGREEMENT (CWA) The CWA is the agreement executed between the Director, on behalf of the City, and labor unions that represent the trades and crafts that have workers who typically perform on City public works projects. Referred to as a Project Labor Agreement (PLA) in the ordinance, this agreement is now referred to as the CWA.
CORE EMPLOYEE, CORE WORKER An employee of an Open-Shop Contractor that meets the Core Employee criteria established under the CWA.
COVERED PROJECT A City public works project with a project budget at or above $5 million that is not federally-funded, in a remote area or otherwise not subject to the CWA.
DIRECTOR The Director of City Purchasing and Contracting Services, FAS.
DISPATCH The process by which a union refers workers for employment to contractors as provided in the CWA.
DUAL BENEFITS When Open-shop Contractor or Subcontractor contributes into both an existing employer-sponsored benefit plans while also making required payments into the Trust Fund.
ECONOMICALLY DISTRESSED AREA, ECONOMICALLY DISTRESSED ZIP CODES A geographic area defined by zip code and found by the Director to have a high concentration of individuals; 1) living at or below 200% of the Federal Poverty Level, 2) unemployed, and or 3) without a college degree, compared to other zip codes. King County zip codes, with a high density per acre of at least two out of the three criteria, will be identified as Economically Distressed Areas. There shall be two classes of such zip codes: tier one zip codes located within the City of Seattle and tier two zip codes 1
located within King County and outside of the City of Seattle.
HELMETS TO HARDHATS A nonprofit program that connects National Guard, Reserve, retired and transitioning active-duty military service members with skilled training and quality career opportunities in the construction industry.
JOBS COORDINATOR The City employee, or third party entity named by the City, that facilitates the hiring of Priority Workers in collaboration with Contractors and Union Dispatch.
JOURNEY-LEVEL An individual who has sufficient skills and knowledge of an occupation, either through a formal Apprentice Training Program or through practical on-the-job work experience, to be recognized by a state or federal registration agency and/or an industry as being fully qualified to perform the work of the occupation. Practical experience must be equal to or greater than the term of apprenticeship.
LABOR HOURS Hours performed on Covered Projects by workers who are subject to prevailing wages under RCW 39.12.
LETTER OF ASSENT The letter that is required of all Contractors and Subcontractors of all tiers working on Covered Projects that commits the Contractor and Subcontractor to be bound to the City of Seattle CWA.
NON-MANUAL POSITION A job position on a public works project that is not primarily for the purpose of performing physical construction work, including but not limited to, superintendents, supervisors, staff engineers, quality control and quality assurance personnel, time keepers, mail carriers, clerks, office workers, messengers, guards, safety personnel, emergency medical and first aid technicians and other engineering, administrative, supervisory and management employees.
OPEN-SHOP CONTRACTOR A Contractor that is not a signatory to a collective bargaining agreement with a Union representing the trade(s) of the Contractor's workers, also known as non-union Contractors.
PRE-APPRENTICE TRAINING PROGRAM An education-based program, recognized by the State of Washington Apprenticeship and Training Council and endorsed by one or more registered apprenticeship sponsors, with a focus on educating and training students to meet or exceed minimum qualifications for entry into an Apprentice Training Program.
PRIORITY HIRE The Priority Hire ordinance (SMC Ch. 20.37) prioritizes workers living in economically-distressed ZIP codes, women, people of color and preferred entry candidates for hire on City Covered Projects.
PRIORITY WORKER(S) An individual prioritized for recruitment, training, and employment opportunities because the individual is a Resident in an Economically Distressed Area.
PROJECT BUDGET The construction budget for the project that includes all costs estimated to be paid to Contractors, including contingency funds, as estimated at the time of bid or, if absent a bid, at the time of the Contract Award.
PROJECT LABOR AGREEMENT (PLA) See Community Workforce Agreement (CWA).
RESIDENT A person who provides evidence to the satisfaction of the Director demonstrating that the person lives at a particular address.
2
UNION A representative labor organization whose members collectively bargain with employers to set the wages and working conditions in their respective trade or covered scope of work.
SECTION 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS
1-02.2 SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA (6-13-11)
Delete this Section in its entirety and replace with the following:
The supplemental Bidder responsibility criteria are contained herein, in Section 1-03.1(4), the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form, and in any additional forms contained in the Appendix. 1. Submission and Evaluation of the Criteria Form The apparent low Bidder shall submit the Form and any additional documentation to CPCS within three (3) Business Days of receipt of request or as otherwise acceptable to CPCS. The documentation shall sufficiently demonstrate, in the sole judgment of the Owner, that the Bidder meets the supplemental responsibility criteria. The Bidder may provide any additional information the Bidder believes demonstrates the experience necessary to satisfy the City’s Bidder responsibility criteria. The Owner may consider this additional information in evaluating the Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to request further documentation as needed to assess Bidder responsibility. The Owner reserves the right to request the documentation from other Bidders. The basis for evaluation of the Bidder’s responsibility under the supplemental criteria shall be the Bidder’s responses and any documents or facts obtained by the Owner whether from Bidder or third parties which any reasonable Owner would rely on for determining responsibility, including but not limited to: (a) financial, historical, or operational data; (b) information obtained directly by the Owner from owners for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or private entities; and (c) any additional information obtained by the Owner which is believed to be relevant to the matter. In addition to contacting bonding companies, the Owner reserves the right to request financial statements from the Bidder to ensure that the Bidder has sufficient financing and financial capacity for the project. 2. Project-Specific Work Experience The Bidder shall document in the Form and on the required attachment that the Bidder or Subcontractor and the Bidder’s Personnel have completed projects of a similar type, size, and scope as required by the specifications and Form for this project; have appropriate equipment available and experience operating such equipment; and have available capacity to take on the work of the project. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to verify that the reference information provided (names and phone numbers) is current. If the Project Manager is unable to contact the individuals in order to verify Bidder or Subcontractor experience, the related experience may not be considered by the Project Manager.
A. Work Completed. Provide a list of all construction contracts completed which are similar in type, size and scope of work to this project as required by the Form and any attached Work Experience Form The Owner will evaluate it based on the criteria listed on the Form and in the specification.
For the purposes of meeting this criterion, the Owner has determined that “similar size and scope to this project” means projects that have the following characteristics:
1. Completed at least one (1) vault and duct bank installation project within the last five (5) years with the following elements: a. An initial contract value of at least $1,000,000. b. Construction of encased duct bank(s) using fluidized thermal backfill
3
(FTB) or other cementitious backfill material. c. Construction of duct bank connections to existing vaults. d. Installation of electrical vault(s) with a minimum size of 225 cu-ft.
2. For each project that meets the above criteria, provide the following: a. Title and description of work including duct bank length, type of duct bank encasement material, number and size of electrical vaults, and the year the work was completed. b. Contractor’s responsibility on the project (such as Prime Contractor or Subcontractor). c. Name, address, and contact phone number of project owner and owner’s representative.
B. Personnel. For the purposes of meeting this criterion, the Owner has determined that “similar size and scope to this project” means projects that have the following characteristics:
1. Project Manager
The Bidder shall identify a Project Manager who shall provide management and direction to the Bidder’s personnel assigned to the project and shall have overall responsibility for executing the work in compliance with the contract.
The candidate shall have been in the role of Project Manager on at least one project in the last five years of similar size and scope as described in paragraph A-1, above.
2. Superintendent
The Bidder shall identify a Superintendent who shall be responsible for overseeing all work activities associated with the Contract and who shall not be the same person as the Project Manager.
The candidate shall have been in the role of Superintendent on at least one successful project in the last five years of similar size and scope as described in paragraph A-1, above.
3. For each key personnel listed above, submit resumes that include the following: a. Legal first and last names. b. Present positions or capacities. c. Number of years in the role assigned for this project that are consistent with the elements of work as described above.
4. For each project referenced in the resumes that meet the criteria above, provide the following: a. Employer(s) address and contact phone number. b. Title and description of work including the duration on the project. c. Name, address, and contact phone number of owner and owner’s representative from projects. d. Letters of satisfaction from utilities/owners of the projects.
By submitting the information required on the form regarding Bidder’s personnel, the Bidder certifies that it shall assign such personnel to the Project. In the event it becomes necessary for the Bidder to substitute personnel during the life of the Contract, the following provisions apply a. Prior to substituting a new Project Manager or Superintendent, the Contractor must submit qualifications for the new personnel which meet 4
the criteria provided in the supplemental bidder qualifications specifications for the Engineer’s or Owner’s approval. b. The Engineer or Owner may suspend the project if the Contractor substitutes a Supervisor or Project Manager without the Engineer’s or Owner’s approval. The Contractor shall be fully liable for the additional costs resulting from the suspension of work and no adjustments in Contract time resulting from the suspension of wok will be allowed. 3. Compliance History, Social Equity Compliance, and Legal Criteria For the Bidder to be considered responsible under each criteria requiring a “Yes” or “No” answer, the Bidder shall either have a history of compliance or shall provide an explanation acceptable to the Owner of any extenuating circumstances that contributed to the Bidder’s non-compliance. The criteria apply to the Bidder, personnel listed, and any former companies identified in Part A. A “yes’ may not automatically mean that a Bidder is considered not responsible, but the burden is on the bidder to demonstrate that they should be considered responsible. 4. Failure to Disclose or False Information Failure to disclose information requested on the Form or attachments or the submission of false or misleading information may result in the Owner taking the following actions: a. Rejection of the Bidder’s bid under 1-02.14 b. Revocation of the contract award; c. Termination of the contract under 1-08.10; d. Proceeding with debarment under 1-08.10(8) and SMC 20.70.
1-02.4 EXAMINATION OF BID DOCUMENTS AND PROJECT SITE
1-02.4(1) GENERAL [3] (1-18-07)
Supplement this Section with the following:
Bidders must attend one mandatory pre-bid meeting, which will be held on the following dates:
1. February 14, 2017, at 1:30 PM at: Room 4096, Seattle Municipal Tower 700 Fifth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98104
2. February 15, 2017 at 1:30 PM at: Room 4050/4060, Seattle Municipal Tower 700 Fifth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98104
No Bid will be accepted from any Bidder who does not attend at least one of the mandatory pre- bid meetings.
1-02.4(2) SUBSURFACE INFORMATION [1] (5-1-07)
Supplement this Section with the following:
Groundwater monitoring well reports in the vicinity of the Project Site are located in the Appendix of this Project Manual.
1-02.4(3) ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (New Section)
An Environmental Review was completed for this project. The review includes information on the potential environmental concerns that may be encountered during construction, as well as environmental regulatory requirements. The document is included in the Appendix of this Project Manual.
5
1-02.4(4) UNANTICIPATED DISCOVERY PLAN FOR CULTURAL RESOURCES (New Section)
An Unanticipated Discovery Plan for Cultural Resources was completed for this project. The document is available in the Appendix of this Project Manual.
1-02.9 BID SUBMITTAL
1-02.9(4) INCLUSION PLAN (2-3-14)
Delete the second paragraph in this Section and replace with the following:
For purposes of the Inclusion Plan, this is considered a Underground type of project with a Past Performance of 18% WMBE utilization rates based on completed projects.
1-02.14 DISQUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
In subsection 1-02.14, 2.c. delete “Affirmative Efforts” and replace with “social equity, Community Workforce Agreement, “
SECTION 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
1-03.3 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
1-03.3(4) LETTER OF ASSENT TO CWA (New Section)
The successful Bidder shall submit to CPCS the signed Letter of Assent. All Subcontractors are required to sign a Letter of Assent prior to commencing Work as part of the Pre-Job Package process. See Section 1-07.10.
1-03.4 FAILURE TO EXECUTE THE CONTRACT
Delete and replace item 1. With:
1. Execute the Agreement Form and sign the Letter of Assent within the required time period; or
SECTION 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK
1-04.4 CHANGES (10-16-00)
Supplement this Section with the following:
For this project, the Owner has a policy for the administration of cost reduction alternatives proposed by the Contractor. The Contractor may submit proposals for changing the Drawings, Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract. These proposals must reduce the cost or time required for construction of the Work. When determined appropriate by the Engineer, the Contractor will be allowed to share the savings. Cost Reduction Incentive Proposals shall meet the requirements of Section 1-04.12. The Owner’s decision to accept or reject the Contractor’s proposal shall be final and shall not be subject to the dispute and claims procedures of Section 1-04.5 or otherwise subject to any litigation.
1-04.5 DISPUTE AND CLAIMS RESOLUTION PROCESS
After the first paragraph insert the following paragraph:
Disputes subject to the labor relationship provisions of the CWA shall be addressed through the process under the CWA for Disputes and Grievances (Article VIII) or Jurisdictional Disputes (Article IX). 6
1-04.12 VALUE ENGINEERING COST REDUCTION INCENTIVE (New Section) (10-16-00)
After Award the Contractor may develop and submit proposals that will effect a substantial reduction in the cost of the project. To merit consideration the proposal shall not:
(1) Extend the Contract Time; (2) Vary from the design criteria, Specifications, or construction methods in the Contract such that the change constitutes a new undertaking; (3) Impair the essential functions and characteristics of the project including, but not limited to, service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, structural system, and safety standards; (4) Be based solely on reducing Contract delivery periods, completion periods, or eliminating requirements of public law; (5) Be similar to a change in the Contract made for this project by the Engineer at the time the Contractor’s proposal is submitted; or (6) Be based on ideas similar to those in the Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, or Special Provisions adopted by the Engineer after advertisement of this Contract.
The Engineer reserves the right to make the changes referenced in (5) and (6) above without compensation to the Contractor pursuant to this Section. Inquiries regarding the design criteria that apply to this Project will be answered by the Engineer. Each cost reduction proposal shall contain, as a minimum, the following information: (a) A statement that the proposal is submitted as a value engineering cost reduction proposal; (b) A description of the differences between the existing Contract requirements and the proposed change, the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each and the effect the proposal will have on the performance of the facility being constructed; (c) An analysis and itemization of the requirements of the Contract that will be changed if the proposal is accepted and a recommendation on how to make each change; (d) An itemized and detailed cost comparison of the existing Contract requirements to the proposed change; (e) An estimate of the total reduction in costs that will result if the proposal is accepted; and (f) The date by which the Engineer must accept the proposal in whole or part.
When cost reduction proposals involve design changes in structural, civil, electrical, mechanical, or other engineering disciplines, the design and plans shall be prepared by (or under the direction of) a Professional Engineer registered in the state of Washington pursuant to Title 18 RCW in accordance with the requirements of Section 1-05.3(12). The cost reduction proposal and plans shall bear the signature and seal of the Professional Engineer. Proposed changes in structural details shall be accompanied by engineering calculations and drawings in sufficient detail to provide for adequate evaluation. The Contractor’s cost to develop and implement an acceptable cost reduction proposal shall include development and implementation costs of involved Subcontractors. These costs shall include value incentive payments to Subcontractors when such costs clearly pertain to the cost reduction proposal and are incurred, paid or accrued in the performance of a subcontract under this Contract. However, no Subcontractor payment or accrual will be permitted, either as a part of the Contractor’s development or implementation costs or otherwise, to reduce the Owner’s share.
The Contractor shall submit the proposal to the Engineer with sufficient lead time to permit evaluation by the Engineer. The Engineer shall not be liable for delays in acting on or failing to act upon a cost reduction proposal. Such delays shall not extend the Contract Time unless authorized in writing by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall continue to do the Work according to the requirements of the Contract until a Change Order incorporating the cost reduction proposal is executed. If a Change Order is not issued by the desired date stated in the Contractor’s cost reduction proposal, or a subsequent date specified in writing by the Contractor, the cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected.
7
The Engineer will be the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net cost savings to adopt all or any part of the proposal. In arriving at the estimated net savings, costs incurred by the Engineer and the Engineer’s consultants in processing, evaluating and implementing the cost reduction proposal will be deducted from the total reduction in the Contractor’s performance costs resulting from the proposal. Also the cost of any performance guaranties or bonds that may be required by the Owner to implement the proposal shall be deducted. The Contractor shall have the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, a proposal before acceptance of the proposal by the Engineer.
When a cost reduction proposal is accepted, in whole or in part, the Engineer will issue a Change Order implementing it. The Change Order will:
1. Reference the cost reduction proposal. 2. Specify the changes to the Contract. 3. Show the estimated net savings. 4. Show the cost of performing the work attributable to the cost reduction proposal. 5. Show deductions for the Engineer’s costs (including those of the Engineer’s consultants) incurred in processing, evaluating, and implementing the cost reduction proposal. 6. Provide that the Contractor be paid 50% of estimated net savings. 7. Grant the Owner the right to use all or any part of a cost reduction proposal, submitted by the Contractor, for general use on other contracts of the Owner without further obligation or compensation of any kind to the Contractor.
Payment via the Change Order shall be full compensation to the Contractor for developing the cost reduction proposal, completing the work pursuant to the Change Order, and every claim by the Contractor for any extra payment or extension of time with respect to the work described therein, including delays to the overall Project.
The basis and frequency of payment for work done pursuant to the Change Order shall be as provided in Section 1-09.9(1). Partial payments of the Contractor’s 50% share of the estimated net savings will be made once each month based on the Engineer’s monthly estimate of the percentage of Change Order work done that month. Payments will continue until the Change Order work has been completed and accepted by the Engineer.
8
SECTION 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK
1-05.1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER
Item 1. Delete and replace the last sentence with the following:
Whenever it is so provided in this Contract, the decision of the Engineer shall be final, provided that such decision may be challenged in accordance with Section 1-04.5 or as provided for labor relations topics covered under the CWA.
1-05.2(2) AUTHORITY OF ELECTRICAL SAFETY OBSERVER
Supplement this Section with the following (add after paragraph 5):
The Contractor’s On Site Electrical Lead shall be a journeyman level lineworker, competent to assist the individuals performing electrical work, able to rescue such individual person performing electrical work, certified within the last six months to provide cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and have experience working with high voltage underground distribution systems. On Site Electrical Lead shall be qualified under WAC 296-45-325, Working On or Near Exposed Energized Parts and their training shall be up to date as required under WAC 296-45-065; including First Aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).
Contractor On Site Electrical Lead responsibilities are as follows: (1) Ensure all Contractor crews are specifically instructed in the applicable worksite hazards. (2) Alert the Contractor crews to any unsafe conditions, actions or non-conformance with specified and approved work procedures. (3) Observe personnel carrying out work associated with trenching, particularly in the vicinity of existing SCL facilities. (4) Be responsible for notifying Contractor crews when the electrical circuits in the work area are energized or de-energized based on communications with SCL. (5) Verify that proper electrical locates have been performed in areas of trench paths. (6) Temporarily halt work if a safety hazard is noted or suspected. (7) Be responsible for arranging all outages and holding Clearances as required for the work as defined under Section 8-34.3(6). (8) Attend training from the City Light System Control Center as defined under Section 8-34.3(6). (9) Ensure all contractor crews are in compliance with SCL DPP 500P Arc Flash Electrical Safety Procedure, provided in the Appendix, and proper personnel protective equipment are in good condition and properly worn. (10) Ensure all Contractor crews hold tailboard or job briefings before the start of each job and again when a significant part of the job changes since the previous briefing. (11) Be clearly aware of in-place utility underground facilities in a manner to avoid damage and personnel hazards. (12) Ensure all Contractor crews are specifically instructed as to proper safety procedures while operating equipment and isolated from power systems if contact is made during the work procedure.
Measurement Measurement for “Contractor's On Site Electrical Lead” will be by the hour.
Payment The Bid item price for “Contractor's On Site Electrical Lead” shall include all direct and indirect costs associated with providing the Contractor's On Site Electrical Lead in accordance with the Contract Documents or as directed by the Engineer.
9
1-05.3(5) EARLY SUBMITTALS (8-15-14)
The following shall be submitted prior to or at the preconstruction conference:
1. Preliminary CPM schedule; see Section 1-08.3 2. Initial Submittal Control Document; see Section 1-05.3(4) 3. List of waste, recycle and disposal sites; see Section 1-07.3 4. Signed “Transfer of Coverage for Construction Stormwater General Permit” form (see Section 1-07.15). 5. Social Equity Plan (including Apprenticeship Utilization Plan), as applicable; see Section 1-07.11(2)A.
When required by the Contract Documents, the following shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to mobilization onto the Project Site:
1) Construction Stormwater and Erosion Control Plan (CSECP); see Section 8-01 2) Tree, Vegetation, and Soil Protection Plan (TVSPP); see Section 8-01 3) Spill Plan (SP); see Sections 1-07.15(1) and 8-01 4) Health and Safety Plan (if applicable); see Section 1-07.1(2) 5) SDOT Street Use Permit and approved Traffic Control Plan; see Sections 1-07.6 and 1-10.
Supplement this Section with the following:
CWA early submittals are required before any early Subcontractor may start work, including:
1) Pre-Job Package submittal for all Subcontractors as applicable; see Section 1-07.10. For Subcontractors, the Pre-Job Package includes the Subcontractor’s signed Letter of Assent.
1-05.5 CONSTRUCTION STAKES
Delete this Section in its entirety and replace with the following:
1-05.5 CONSTRUCTION STAKES
1-05.5(1) GENERAL
All work shall be performed with NAVD88 as the vertical datum and NAD83 (1991) as the horizontal datum or as shown on the Drawings.
The Contractor shall provide a work site that has been prepared to permit construction staking to proceed in a safe and orderly manner.
The Contractor shall keep updated survey field notes in a standard field book and in a format approved by the Engineer in advance. The Contractor shall allow five (5) Working Days for approval.
For each applicable element of work, upon request by the Engineer or when desired by the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide copies of field notes and grade sheets. Contractor shall provide these copies at least 2 Working Days prior to commencing construction of the element of work. The Contractor shall provide all grade sheets and field notes for all survey work performed by the Contractor’s surveyor in establishing line, grade and slopes for the construction work. Any review or check of the Contractor’s surveying by the Engineer will be performed at the sole discretion of the Engineer and if performed will not relieve the Contractor of the requirements of this Section and the Contract Documents.
See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding protection of monumentation and requirements for Washington Department of Natural Resources permits.
Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction work allegedly due to error in the Engineer’s line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control 10
points set by the Engineer still exist and show no evidence of disturbance, or unless other satisfactory documented substantiating evidence to prove the error is furnished to the Engineer.
Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. An adequate number of points shall be used to provide curvature as shown in the Drawings. Upon discovery, any variation from the line and grades shown in the drawings shall be reported to the Engineer in accordance with Section 1-04.2. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade.
1-05.5(2) ENGINEER PROVIDED SURVEY CONTROL POINTS
The Contractor shall direct questions regarding the correct interpretation of Engineer provided survey points or data to the Engineer. Failure to correctly interpret and utilize the primary survey control or Drawings, as provided by the Engineer, shall not constitute justification by the Contractor for extra work, or causation for not replacing or repairing incorrect work at the Contractor’s expense.
The included drawings generally identify conduit routes, conduit placements and vault and handhole locations. The contractor is responsible for field verification of proposed locations and existing underground facilities. The contractor agrees they will coordinate one-call location before construction (1- 800-424-5555)
By submitting a bid for this project, the contractor acknowledges the project includes areas where there are buried high voltage power cables. All energized vaults and handholes and areas where buried cable may exist are to be treated as energized. Coordinating all related work with City Light electrical inspectors and safety observers is the responsibility of the contractor.
The Contractor acknowledges they understand that all dimensions for utility locations are approximate and final locations of vaults and ducts will be approved by the engineer. Utility clearances shall be maintained per Seattle standard specification 1-07.17(2) and Construction Standard 0214.00.
In order to provide remedial measures the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer, in writing, of any survey discrepancies that are discovered.
1-05.5(3) CONTRACTOR PROVIDED SURVEY
1-05.5(3)A GENERAL
The Contractor shall provide all surveys required other than those specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes measured from Engineer furnished Monuments and control points. The Contractor shall set reference lines from these control points for trimming subgrade, for surfacing, and for controlling the paving machines.
The Contractor shall use the furnished information for all necessary calculation and survey to complete the Work.
The Contractor’s surveyor shall be or work under the supervision of a surveyor licensed in the State of Washington.
All survey work shall meet a minimum of third order accuracy (1:5000) for conventional traverse. For GPS control network, the Federal Geographic Data Committee STD-007.2-1998 guidelines shall be followed meeting 2 centimeter accuracy using the City of Seattle High Accuracy GPS Control Monumentation.
If the survey work provided by the Contractor does not meet the these accuracy standards; is inadequate in staking or frequency to control the work; or directly results in an increase in Bid item quantities, the Contractor shall immediately, upon the Engineer’s Written Notice, remove the individual or individuals performing the survey work. The Bid item payment for “Construction Survey” will be adjusted in accordance with Section 1-09.5. Thereafter the survey work will be completed by the Engineer at the Contractor’s sole expense. Costs for completing the survey work required by the Engineer will be 11
deducted from moneys due or to become due the Contractor. Any delay resulting from the removal of Contractor’s survey or from Owner surveyors providing survey as called for in Section 1-05.5 will be considered nonexcusable and noncompensable.
All construction staking activities shall be documented in standard hard cover survey field books or in an alternative field book method with prior written approval by the Engineer. The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. The notes shall be neat, orderly and clearly legible. The field books shall include dates, page titles, page numbering, indexing and all pertinent data consistent with standard survey practices.
Copies of these field notes shall be provided to the Engineer upon request. Upon physical completion of the Contract, the field books shall be submitted to the Engineer and become the property of the Engineer. Survey work shall be within the following tolerances: Vertical Horizontal 1. Slope stakes 0.10 foot 0.10 foot 2. Stationing n/a 0.10 foot 3. Alignment n/a 0.01 foot (between successive points) 4. Bridge/Viaduct Elevations: a. Superstructure 0.01 foot (from Drawing elevations) b. Substructure 0.05 foot (from Drawing elevations) 5. Surfacing grade stakes 0.02 feet 0.02 feet (parallel to alignment) 0.02 feet (normal to alignment) 6. Roadway paving 0.02 feet 0.02 feet (parallel to alignment) 0.02 feet (normal to alignment)
The Contractor shall be responsible for delineation of all easements, right-of-way, and environmental areas.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all volumes calculations. Cross-sections shall be provided at a minimum of 25-foot intervals, and at all cross-sectional change points such as the beginning and end of cross-sectional transitions. The Engineer will verify the Contractor’s Cross-sections and calculations and if a conflict exists between the Contractor’s calculations and the Engineer’s the Engineer may reject the Contractor’s calculations until corrected or use an Engineer’s estimate for payment.
Digital terrain modeling (DTM) will only be permitted with written approval of the Engineer and if used a hard copy of all cross-sections as required above shall be provided.
If the Engineer provides at the Contractor request the original terrain DTM files other survey information, this information is provided for the convenience of the Contractor. This information is not part of the Contract and does not modify the existing Contract Documents. By using the this survey information, the Contractor accept full responsibility for verifying the accuracy and completeness of the survey information and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend at its own expense the Owner from and against all judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement and any other amounts arising from or in connection with the use of the survey information provided.
12
1-05.5(3)B ROADWAY AND UTILITY SURVEYS
The Contractor shall furnish offset staking for principal lines, grades (including finished, base and subbase), horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, and measurements the Engineer deems necessary for physical completion of roadway and curbs at new locations as called for in the Drawings.
The Contractor shall furnish principal lines, grades, and measurements the Engineer deems necessary for physical completion of utilities called for in the Drawings. Unless the Contract specifies otherwise, this information will include the following as applicable: 1. Offset points to establish line and grade for mainline underground utilities which include water, sewer, and storm drains. 2. Offset points to establish line only for utility pole locations.
The Contractor shall be responsible for reestablishing the line and grade of any existing curb, inlets, handholes, utility castings, monuments, and other features that are to be removed and constructed new at the original grade and location as shown on the Drawings.
If new grades or lines are not indicated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall consider the work to be removed and constructed new finished grade at the original grade and location meeting the requirements of the Contract. The new finished grade shall be adjusted for smoothness or other obvious defects. The finished grade of inlets, handholes, utility casting, monuments castings, and other features shall be determined by the Contractor’s reestablishment of the original grade of the roadway, sidewalk, or other governing feature. The Contractor shall provide a copy of all reestablishing survey data to the Engineer as least five (5) Working Days prior to removal of any existing curb or other feature.
1-05.5(3)C ENGINEER CHECK OF CONTRACTOR SURVEY
The Engineer may verify survey work performed by the Contractor. If errors are found the Contractor shall correct the errors, which may include removal and replacement of incorrectly installed improvements. All cost incurred in correcting the work shall be at the Contractor’s own expense.
1-05.5(4) MEASUREMENT (New Section)
Measurement for “Construction Surveying” will be by the lump sum.
1-05.5(5) PAYMENT (New Section)
The Bid item price for “Construction Surveying” shall include all costs for the work required to provide survey as specified in Section 1-05.5, including field books.
Payment will be prorated over the Contract Time in accordance with the following schedule for projects greater than 180 Working Days:
The Contractor shall submit a lump sum breakdown, showing the anticipated amount of monthly progress payment for surveying. Anticipated monthly payments shall be coordinated with activities or milestones on the Contractor’s CPM schedule, and the total of the anticipated monthly payments shall not exceed 90% of the amount Bid for this item. Once approved by the Engineer, this will become the basis for payment for this item of work. The Engineer will make adjustments dependent on project progress. Actual progress payments will be at Engineer’s sole discretion.
Upon Physical Completion of the Project and the acceptable submittal of all survey field notes, a final payment of the remaining 10% of the amount Bid for this item will be paid.
13
1-05.13 SUPERINTENDENTS, LABOR, AND EQUIPMENT
1-05.13(1) GENERAL
Delete and replace the second sentence of the third paragraph with:
Incompetent, careless, or negligent employees (including supervisors) or employees who reportedly engage in bullying or harassment shall be discharged by the Contractor upon written order of the Engineer. Bullying and harassment includes any inappropriate conduct or comment by a person towards a worker that the person knew or reasonably ought to have known would cause the worker to be humiliated or intimidated.
1-05.13(2) RESERVED (8-15-14)
Delete this Title and Section and replace with the following:
1-05.13(2) PERFORMANCE
The full Construction Contracts Teaming 360 Review Form and the Deficient Contractor Performance Evaluation Program and Form are located in the Appendix of the Project Manual.
1. The 360 Review A Teaming 360 Review process and form is required for all projects with an engineer’s estimate of $1,000,000 or more. This form and process will be utilized by the City for other projects if the City has determined that it may prove beneficial to the City and Contractor.
The 360 Review is intended to:
a. Support collaborative communications on City construction projects; and b. Share information at preconstruction, project midpoint, and project physical completion to team and facilitate a quality construction experience for both the Owner and the Contractor.
The 360 Review is provided for communication and collaboration, not for determinations of responsibility, debarment or performance. If a Contractor’s performance is so significantly below standards as to be deficient, follow Subsection 2 below.
2. Contractor Deficient Performance Evaluation If the administering department determines that the Contractor’s performance during the construction of the Project is so significantly below City standards as to be deficient, the department will follow the Deficient Contractor Performance Evaluation Program and Form. If the deficiency is regarding the Contractor’s compliance with social equity requirements during the Project, the evaluation will be provided by the City Purchasing and Contracting Services on a separate Deficient Contractor’s Performance Evaluation Form.
The Contractor’s Deficient Performance Evaluation Program is intended to: a. Provide the City with a rational basis when determining Bidder responsibility in awarding future Work; and b. Provide a history and an assessment of a Contractor’s performance on prior City Contracts for use in debarment proceedings as authorized by SMC 20.70.050.
SECTION 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
1-06.2 SAMPLES AND TESTS FOR ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS (8-15-14)
In the Second Sentence replace Section 1-03.1(4) 6) a) with Section 1-03.1(4) 8) a.
14
SECTION 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC
1-07.1(2) SAFETY RULES AND STANDARDS
Supplement the second paragraph (that starts with “These requirements”) with the following:
Per CWA Article II (Project Conditions),the Contractor shall provide a copy of a project specific safety plan to the Unions at the pre-job conference and also to notify and provide a copy if any subsequent changes are made to the safety plan. Per CWA Article II, Section 2, all Personal Protective Equipment shall be furnished and paid for by the Contractor or Subcontractor.
1-07.1(2)A HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM (New Section)
The project Health and Safety Program shall consist of two elements:
1. Accident Prevention Program 2. Site-Specific Safety and Health Plan
The Contractor shall submit both of the Safety and Health Program documents listed above in accordance with Section 1-05.3. The Engineer will review the Accident Prevention Program and Site- Specific Safety and Health Plan and reserves the right to comment, but the Engineer will not be responsible for approval of either document. The Health and Safety Program documents shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than ten (10) working days prior to the start of Project Site Work.
Accident Prevention Program shall be in written format and shall be tailored specifically to the needs of the workplace and consist of the following items: A Safety Orientation that describes the employer’s safety program How, when, and where to report injuries, including instructions to the locations of first-aid facilities How to report unsafe work conditions, jobsite hazards, and unsafe work practices The use and care of required personal protective equipment The proper actions to take in the event of emergencies including the routes of exiting from areas during emergencies Identification of hazardous gases, chemicals, or materials used on the job and instruction about the safe use and action to take after accidental exposure A description of the employer’s total health and safety program An on the job review of the practices necessary to perform the initial job assignments in a safe manner. Description of training provided to employees to improve the skill, awareness, and competency of all your employees. Please ensure that the training includes on the job instruction to employees prior to their job assignments A description of roles and responsibilities within the Company Require compliance with all city, state, and federal safety rules
The Site-Specific Safety and Health Plan shall be tailored specifically to the project location, scope of work to be done, and specific to the management that will be onsite during project. In addition, the Site Specific Safety and Health Plan shall have the following information: Require compliance with all city, state, and federal safety rules Outline a disciplinary policy that is used to enforce safety regulations The name and position of the person responsible for enforcing the disciplinary policy The name and position of the person who is responsible to enforce the safety items outlined in the Site Specific Safety and Health Plan The name and position of the person responsible for ensuring compliance with the Site Specific Safety and Health Plan, and applicable safety standards A description of the means and methods used to discover hazards, violations of WAC standards, or violations of written policies List of training the employees have had to safely complete their tasks The name and position of the person responsible for ensuring the training outlined in the Site Specific Safety and Health Plan is given to employees
15
The Site Specific Safety and Health Plan shall be tailored to and address the hazards specific to this project How additional plans, such as a Demolition Plans, Fall Protection Work Plan, or other related plans that will be used How clear communication to the employees on the standard work rules, policies and procedures will be accomplished The name and position of the person responsible for ensuring that safety communication occurs A description of tasks to be undertaken and equipment mobilized for the project Identification of all anticipated hazard likely to be encountered at the job site, and control methods to be used for protection of employees
Measurement
Measurement for “Health and Safety Program” will be by the lump sum.
Payment
The Bid item price for “Health and Safety Program” shall include all costs for the Work required by Section 1-07.1(2). Payments for “Health and Safety Program” will be pro-rated in equal monthly payments beginning in the month or pay period in which the Work begins and ending in the month or pay period in which the projected last Working Day occurs, not allowing for Work suspensions.
1-07.3 MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE
1-07.3(1) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Supplement this Section with the following:
Provide a Safety Plan including the name of the Contractor’s Site Safety Representative, emergency telephone numbers for medical facilities, and precautions for handling and disposal of any hazardous or flammable materials. The Safety Plan shall include a code of safe practices and an emergency plan in accordance with OSHA and WISHA requirements.
1-07.4 SANITATION
Supplement this Section with the following:
Per the CWA, Article IV (Hours of Work, Overtime, and Shifts), Section 6, the Contractor shall provide adequate sanitary and restroom facilities for workers on Covered Projects and provide a room for drying clothes and tables for meals.
16
1-07.6 PERMITS
1-07.6(1) CONTRACTOR OBTAINED PERMITS (6-13-11)
Supplement this Section with the following:
The Contractor shall obtain and pay all fees for a street use permit from: City of Seattle Seattle Department of Transportation Street Use Division 700 Fifth Avenue, Suite 2300 P.O. Box 34996 Seattle, Washington 98124-4996
Permit fees will be charged to the Contractor, comprised of a base permitting fee and mapping surcharge, plus a variable charge depending on the street designation, area occupied, and length of time occupied. All other fees associated with the Permit (including inspection fees) will be charged to the Contractor. Copies of sample worksheets for calculating the fee are included in the Appendix. Contact the SDOT Permits counter for further information concerning this permit:
SDOT Permits Counter Email: [email protected] Hours: M-W, F 8-5, Thurs, 10:30-5
Information on SDOT Street Use permits can be found at the Street Use, permit link at http://www.seattle.gov/transportation/stuse_permits.htm.
Supplement this Section with the following:
Washington State Department of Ecology 1. Owner has obtained a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction Stormwater General Permit for the Blue Ridge Phase 2 project, WAR303906. Contractor shall work with the Owner to completely transfer the permit from the Owner to the Contractor at least two weeks prior to NTP. Upon transfer, Contractor shall include the Owner's Environmental Lead on each Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) throughout the entirety of the project." Contractor is responsible for submitting NOT (Notice of Termination) to Ecology at the end of the project and notifiying the Owner of its submittal. 2. Prepare and submit to the Ecology, for review and approval, a construction stormwater prevention plan (SWPPP) and a construction stormwater monitoring plan (MP). Reference Section 1-07.5 Prevention of Environmental Pollution and Preservation of Natural Resources for additional information on this requirement.
1-07.6(2) OWNER OBTAINED PERMITS (6-13-11)
Supplement this Section with the following:
The Owner has obtained the following permits:
1. Utility Major Permit (UMP) #295061
2. Washington State Department of Ecology National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction Stormwater General Permit No. WAR303906. See Section 1-07.6(1).
Copies of all Owner obtained documents noted above are included in the Appendix.
17
1-07.9(1) PREVAILING WAGE RATES
1-07.9(1)A GENERAL
Insert the following as the second sentence in the first paragraph:
The CWA Article III (Wage Rates and Fringe Benefits) and Article IV (Hours of Work, Overtime and Shifts) provides supplemental requirements for wages.
Delete and replace the first sentence in the second paragraph with the following:
The Contractor is responsible for assigning the appropriate classification to all laborers, workers or mechanics that perform any work under this Contract, in conformance with the scope of work descriptions established by the Industrial Statistician of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (L&I) and subject to Jurisdictional Disputes processes provided in the CWA Articles IX (Jurisdictional Disputes) and Article X (Subcontracting) as well as Article VIII (Disputes and Grievances) where applicable.
1-07.9(1)C WAGE RATES
Supplement this Section with a new subsection
1-07.9(1)C1 TRUST FUND CONTRIBUTIONS AND DUAL BENEFITS (NEW SECTION)
1. Under the CWA Article III (Wage Rates and Fringe Benefits), the Contractor and all Subcontractors are required to pay into a joint labor/management employee welfare benefit trust fund(s) (“Trust Fund”), regardless if they participate in an employer-sponsored benefit plan. Contractor and all Subcontractors are required to complete trust documents and submit the documents to the Union for each worker and to pay into the Trust Fund as required by that Trust Fund’s schedule.
2. If any Subcontractor does not pay into the Trust Fund, the Union may provide notice and documentation to the Contractor and CPCS in the form of a grievance or other communication. a. If after ten (10) business days from such notice, delinquencies remain unpaid, the Contractor (if different) shall withhold an amount to cover the delinquency from any unpaid funds otherwise due and owing to the delinquent Subcontractor, and shall not release such withholding until the delinquent Subcontractor is in compliance. b. The delinquent Subcontractor, and Contractor (if different), by mutual agreement, may identify other agreeable solutions that assure timely payment to the Trust Fund. If the delinquent amounts are undisputed in whole or in part between the Trust Fund and the delinquent subcontractor, the Contractor (if different) shall issue a joint check to the Trust Fund with the Subcontractor named in the amount of the undisputed delinquency.
3. Open-Shop Contractors that pay Dual Benefits, are eligible for reimbursement from the Owner of the applicable portion of the employer-provided usual benefits as defined by WAC 296-127-014. Contractor and Subcontractors are required to submit a Dual Benefit Reimbursement Form and invoice to CPCS.
1-07.9(1)D OVERTIME
Supplement the end of the first section with the following:
a. CWA Covered Projects
The CWA requires additional payment for overtime above and beyond the requirements of RCW 49.28 and WAC 296-127-022. Examples are overtime payments for missed meals and 2nd and 3rd shift overtime above specified shift hours. For Covered Projects, see CWA Article IV. The contractor shall include all costs for overtime specified in the CWA within the Bid.
18
1-07.9(5) PREVAILING WAGES FOR APPRENTICES
Supplement the end of the first section with the following sentence:
Apprenticeship prevailing wages are subject to CWA Articles III and IV.
1-07.9(6) PREVAILING WAGE DISPUTES
Replace the first sentence of the first section with the following:
Prevailing wage disputes are not subject to the dispute resolution process under Section 1-04.5; however these disputes are subject to the provisions of the CWA Disputes and Grievances (Article VII) or Jurisdictional Disputes (Article IX).
1-07.10 RESERVED
Delete this Section and Title and replace with the new Section and Title:
1-07.10 COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AGREEMENT AND PRIORITY HIRE WORKERS (New Section)
The requirements of the Community Workforce agreement and Priority Hire shall apply. The City adopted a Priority Hire requirement (SMC Ch. 20.37) and entered into a Community Workforce Agreement to prioritize workers living in economically-distressed ZIP codes, women, people of color and preferred entry candidates for hire on City Covered Projects. CPCS administers and enforces Priority Hire and the Community Workforce Agreement and assists Contractors during Bid and after Award to comply with Priority Hire and CWA provisions. Additional Contractor responsibilities and forms can be found in the labor manual. The labor manual includes the CWA, forms and guidelines and is included in the Appendix of this Project Manual
Contractors interested in obtaining assistance or information may contact CPCS at 206-684-0444.
For Covered Projects, the following workforce diversity requirements and aspirational goals to meet the intent of SMC Ch. 20.37 shall apply. For additional details on Preferred Entry see Section 1-07.12 and the CWA.
APPRENTICE AND PRIORITY HIRE REQUIREMENTS AND ASPIRATIONAL GOALS Requirements Apprentice Utilization 15% Apprentice – Preferred Entry 1:5 Priority Workers 7% – Apprentice Level Priority Workers 22% – Journey Level Aspirational Goals Journey Level People of Color 26% Women 8% Apprentices People of Color 39% Women 19%
19
1-07.10(1) PRE-JOB PACKAGE AND PRE-JOB CONFERENCE
The Contractor shall submit the Pre-Job Package for self-performed work along with the project specific safety plan to CPCS prior to attending a pre-job conference and shall attend a pre-job conference with Unions and CPCS per CWA Article IX (Jurisdictional Disputes) two weeks prior to commencing Work. The Contractor’s Pre-Job Package shall include a copy of the signed Letter of Assent that was provided to the Owner before Contract Execution.
Each Subcontractor shall submit the Pre-Job Package prior to attending a pre-job conference to the Contractor who then submits it to CPCS. The Subcontractor shall attend a pre-job conference with Unions and CPCS two weeks prior to commencing work. The Contractor may attend with the Subcontractor but is not required.
The Pre-Job Package includes the Letter of Assent, Pre-Job Form, and if applicable the Core Worker list and supporting documentation. See CWA Article IX and Core Workers Article XI.
1-07.10(2) CORE WORKERS
Open-shop Contractors may bring as many as five Core Workers onto the Covered Project for each contract. All subsequent Open-shop Contractor workforce needs will be fulfilled through the respective Union hiring hall or by agreement between the Open-shop Contractor and the respective union.
1-07.10(3) REPRESENTATION FEES
Contractors are responsible for honoring Union dues and representation fees check-off (for union members and Core Workers) and remitting dues and fees to the appropriate Union.
1-07.10(4) WORKFORCE PROJECTIONS
On or before the date of the preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall submit to CPCS, a plan (as part of the Social Equity Plan Form) outlining how the Priority Hire requirements and aspirational goals will be met on the total Contract labor hours. The plan shall be submitted on a form provided by the Owner and updated by the Contractor on a quarterly basis.
1-07.10(5) WORKER DISPATCH
The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall request new hires from Union hiring halls using a Craft Request Form. Core Workers of Open-shop Contractors are also required to be Dispatched from Union hiring halls. Contractors shall seek to first hire Priority Workers who are Residents of Seattle Economically Distressed ZIP Codes, and then Priority Workers from ZIP codes in King County, and then Priority Workers from any other Economically Distressed ZIP code. See CWA Articles XII (Employment Diversity) and Article VI (Management Rights). If the signatory Union(s) are unable to fill a request for employees within two business days, the Contractor or Subcontractor shall request a referral from the Jobs Coordinator. If the Jobs Coordinator is unable to refer a worker that can satisfy the request, the Contractor shall make any other reasonable efforts to comply with Priority Hire requirements and aspirational goals as practicable given the needs of the work to be performed.
1-07.10(6) JOINT ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE (JAC)
The Joint Administrative Committee is made up of labor and city representatives and is tasked with addressing safety, referral of Priority Workers, Apprenticeship utilization, preferred entry, job progress and other relevant issues that will affect the project. The Contractor shall attend the monthly Joint Administrative Committee meetings, track Priority Worker utilization and maintain copies of Craft Request Forms for the duration of the project.
20
1-07.10(7) MONITORING
CPCS will monitor the Priority Worker and Apprentice utilization data provided by the Contractor. The Owner will make routine visits to the Project Site for contract compliance. Contractor shall cooperate with CPCS and allow CPCS unfettered access to the Project Site and records. The City may request more than one form of physical address verification from Residents living in Economically Distressed ZIP Codes.
1-07.10(8) NON-MANUAL POSITIONS
The Director may authorize a credit of up to 10% of the hours performed by Priority Workers, if the Contractor or Subcontractor hires workers from Economically Distressed ZIP Codes who perform non- manual work and continues to employ said workers in Non-manual Positions for the duration of the Contractor or Subcontractor’s work on the Covered Project. Such credit must be approved by the Director.
1-07.11 SOCIAL EQUITY IN CONTRACTING
In the first sentence insert “Priority Hire” after “Affirmative Efforts” and before “and Apprenticeship”.
1-07.11(5)B APPRENTICE UTILIZATION REQUIREMENTS AND GOALS
Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
The Contractor shall ensure that no less than fifteen percent (15%) and no more than 20% of the total Contract labor hours utilized on the Project are performed by Apprentices registered with the Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council (WSATC). The apprentice utilization requirement will be set at 15% unless determined otherwise by CPCS (See Section 1-07.10). Additional preferred entry hiring is required under Section 1-07.12.
Delete and replace item 2) in the fourth paragraph with the following:
2) Recruit and hire minority and women apprentices for the Project. The Owner has established aspirational goals provided in Section 1-07.10 for women and minority Apprentices based on the total apprentice utilization requirement percentage and the Contractor may substitute other efforts to meet the intent as approved by CPCS.
1-07.11(5)C APPRENTICE UTILIZATION PLAN
Delete the website listed and replace with the following website: http://www.seattle.gov/city-purchasing-and-contracting/social-equity/apprenticeships
1-07.12 RESERVED
Delete this Section and Title and replace with the new Section and Title:
1-07.12 PREFERRED ENTRY TO APPRENTICESHIP (New Section)
The Contractor shall ensure compliance with the preferred entry requirement that one (1) of every five (5) Apprentices on the project is from a recognized pre-apprentice training program and receive preferred entry into apprenticeship and on to Covered Projects per the processes in the CWA Article XV (preferred entry). Preferred entry candidates must meet all of the following qualifications to be counted toward the preferred entry requirement:
21
1. Graduate of a recognized Pre-apprentice Training Program defined in the Community Workforce Agreement or Helmets to Hardhats referral; 2. Be employed at least 700 hours on the project; and 3. Either be within their first 1,500 hours of apprenticeship or be prepared to register for an Apprenticeship Training Program.
1-07.17 UTILITIES AND SIMILAR FACILITIES
1-07.17(1) UTILITIES AND SIMILAR FACILITIES, GENERAL (8-15-14)
In the end of the 9th paragraph, replace See Section 1-05.3(5) with 1-05.3(6).
1-07.17(3) RESOLUTION OF EXISTING UTILITY CONFLICTS (New Section)
In the event that there is a conflict between the proposed improvements and existing utility improvements during installation, the resolution of existing utility conflicts shall be in accordance with the following standby time and additional work provisions:
1. Standby time resulting from a conflict with an existing utility. Standby time is defined as the time the Contractor is unable to proceed with progression on a specific work item (i.e., underground duct bank, vault/handhole, storm/sanitary/water installation) due to a conflict with existing utilities. However, payment for standby time shall be limited to:
(1) For each agreed upon conflict, a maximum of four (4) hours will be paid for labor actually delayed due to a utility conflict. The Force Account provisions in Section 1-09.6 shall be used to calculate the standby time payment. The Contractor is responsible to adjust his work schedule and/or reassign his work forces to other areas of work on the project to minimize standby time. The Contractor shall not be compensated for adjusting his work schedule and/or reassigning his work forces to other areas of work on the project.
(2) If the conflict is resolved within one (1) hour of the Engineer being notified, no standby time will be paid.
2. Additional work is defined as items of work directed by the Engineer that’s required to resolve a utility conflict that cannot be measured and paid for using Contract Unit Bid prices. Work that can be measured using Contract Unit Bid items shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Bid prices and shall not be identified as additional work. Any payment for Engineer directed additional work shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 1-09.6 and will be paid using the bid item “Resolve Utility Conflicts”.
Measurement
Measurement for “Resolve Utility Conflicts” will be by Force Account.
Payment
Payment for “Resolve Utility Conflicts” will be by Force Account for all work necessary to resolve utility conflicts that are directed by the Engineer. Payment by Force Account will be as specified in Section 1-09.6 of the City of Seattle Standard Specifications.
22
1-07.18 INSURANCE
1-07.18(1)E RESERVED
Delete this Section in its entirety and replace with the following:
1-07.18(1)E XCU AND SUBSIDENCE PERILS NOT EXCLUDED (1-31-11)
The Contractor’s CGL insurance shall not exclude perils generally known as XCU (Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage), Subsidence, Absolute Earth Movement (except as respects earthquake peril only) or any equivalent peril.
1-07.18(1)F RESERVED
Delete this Section in its entirety and replace with the following:
1-07.18(1)F PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS ADDITIONAL INSURED (1-31-11)
The Contractor’s CGL insurance shall include the Owner as an additional insured for Products and Completed Operations by providing additional insured status on the ISO CG 20 10 11 85 or CG 20 37 endorsement, or by an equivalent policy or endorsement provision. The Products and Completed Operations additional insured status for the Owner shall remain in effect for not less than three (3) years following the Physical Completion Date or Final Acceptance of the Work (as applicable) by the Owner.
1-07.18(1)H RESERVED
Delete this Section in its entirety and replace with the following:
1-07.18(1)H UMBRELLA OR EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE (1-31-11)
The Contractor shall provide minimum Excess or Umbrella Liability coverage limits of $2,000,000 each occurrence in excess of the primary CGL and Automobile liability insurance limits specified in Section 1-07.18(1)A and 1-07.18(1)B. The minimum total limits requirement of $3,000,000 may also be satisfied with primary CGL and/or Automobile liability insurance limits or any combination of primary and excess/umbrella limits.
1-07.29 RESERVED
Delete this Title and replace with the following new Title and Section:
1-07.29 FIELD OFFICE FOR THE ENGINEER’S STAFF [300 SF] [3] The Contractor shall provide a field office, or a portable trailer, on the Project Site for the use of the Engineer’s staff within 5 Working Days from the start of groundbreaking activities. The field office shall meet the following requirements: 1. The field office shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide (measure on the exterior box dimension for portable trailer) with not less than 300 square feet of clear floor space, having at least one door, and a window area of not less than 45 square feet. The minimum height from floor to ceiling shall be 7 feet. 2. The field office shall have a solid and level floor with no holes, a weatherproof roof and shall be dust-proof, and weather-tight. The interior walls shall be covered with material suitable for displaying Contract plans and progress charts, etc. Windows including windows in the doors shall be provided with satisfactory shades, blinds, or other approved coverings. 3. The field office shall be strictly for the use of the Engineer’s staff.
23
4. The building or trailer furnished for the field office shall be in accordance with all applicable state and local codes and applicable WISHA requirements. 5. A ScrusherTM 3 sided boot and shoe cleaner or approved equal center mounted on a 24-inch long 2 x 8 (1-1/2” x 7-1/2”) board shall be provided for each field office entrance at locations as determined by the Engineer. 6. Portable Trailer a. Windows shall open to allow ventilation. Doors and windows shall be provided with bug screens. b. To deter break-in and theft, window and door glass shall be protected with heavy security screens on metal frames bolted to the walls and doors. All doors shall have 2 locks each: one doorknob keyhole lock and 1 deadbolt cylinder lock, each with its own distinct key. The Contractor shall provide the number of sets of keys to the office as directed by the Engineer; minimum of 4 keys for each lock. c. The portable trailer field office shall be level and the structure shall be supported on blocks. d. If more than three (3) steps are required to enter the office, a floor-level landing of at least 12 square feet with railing shall be provided. Steps and landing shall be stable and slip resistant per Section 1-07.1(3). 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and cleaning the field office; repairing any damage to the structure, equipment and appurtenances; providing weekly janitorial services including supplying appropriate toilet room paper products; refilling applicable dispensers with drinking water cups, waterless hand cleaner with pumice, and paper towels; cleaning windows and sweeping floors; and emptying trash receptacles and recyclables, disposing trash, and relining trash receptacles and recyclables. 8. The office shall be furnished with the following furniture, equipment and appurtenances reasonably presentable, in good working order, and acceptable to the Engineer: a. Executive chair with seat cushion, adjustable height seat, tilt back, arm rests, and floor wheels [1 unit]; b. Office desk, 30” x 60” minimum size, with at least 4 drawers which can be locked with key & one of which is set up for file folders, 2 sets of keys [1 unit]; c. Office table, 36” x 72” [1 unit]; d. Office chairs with seat & back cushion [2 units] e. Two-drawer legal file steel cabinet with legal size folders and hanging folders, locking feature with 2 sets keys, and frame in each drawer to hold folders [1 unit]; f. Electric pencil sharpener [1 unit]; g. White board 2-1/2 feet by 4-1/2 feet minimum with 8 dry erase markers, 1 dry board eraser, and 16 ounces of dry broad cleaner [1 unit]; h. Paper shredder: Type – strip cut, confetti, or x-cut; Capacity – can shred 5 to 7 sheets of paper at a time; Waste Bin – self contained and attached to shredder; Throat Width – nine (9) inch minimum width; and must be capable of shredding paper clips and staples [1 unit]; and, i. Metal trash receptacles and recycle bins for paper, plastics and glass; with trash liner inserts and 10 extra trash liners [1 - 41 quart size unit]; 9. The office shall be furnished with the following computer support office equipment in good working order, and acceptable to the Engineer for the duration of the project: a. Color Scanner/Copier/Printer machine meeting the following minimum requirements: 1) Copy Size: 11” x 17” max, (8.5” x 11” to 11” x 17” tray, 4” x 6” to 12” x 18” by pass tray) 2) Automatic Duplexing (two-sided printing and copying); 3) Automatic Document Feeder: Capacity 50 sheets, paper size 5.5” x 8.5” to 11” x 17” 4) 30 pages per minute maximum printing speed B&W and color networked;
24
5) Input Capacity: Standard 200 sheets + 50 sheet by pass tray 6) Output Capacity: Standard 200 sheets 7) Preset reduction to 50% and enlarge to 200% plus zoom in 1% increments; 8) Print Resolution: Up to 600 dpi; 9) Scan Resolution: Up to 600 dpi; 10) Scan Size, Maximum: 11 x 17 in (Automatic Document Feeder); 11) Scan to Email/desktop 12) Scan File Formats: JPEG, PDF; 13) Under-storage cabinet; 14) Floor wheels to accommodate service technician; 15) 50 sheets of each size 20 lb. bright paper with no more than 30% recycle post consumer content; 16) Must be compatible with all computer equipment networking and internet equipment as applicable; and, 17) A repair and maintenance service contract with 4 hour service response on-site parts and labor; b. The Contractor shall provide a commercial grade broadband internet access (DSL at 640k, or ISDN when DSL is not available) between the field office and an Internet Service Provider (ISP). The Contractor shall provide for 24 hour technical support and a local or 1-800 phone number to troubleshoot and maintain the broadband connectivity. The Contractor shall provide inside wiring to support a Local Area Network inside the field office and shall include a 4-plex jack to at least 5 workstations (desk or table locations to be addressed at the pre- construction conference). The Contractor shall provide necessary equipment to allow internet connectivity and shall be configured to allow VPN access from individual machines to the City of Seattle. The Contractor shall contact Seattle Information Technology at 206-684- 8774 (206-684-4544 backup) at least 5 Working Days in advance for access to the Seattle internal network; and c. 10-foot minimum length power cords with multiple plug-in surge protector for each of 3 computers with monitors, the Color Scanner/Copier/Printer, and 1 spare. 10. Electric power of sufficient capacity to operate an electric heater, air conditioner, internet access, all computers with monitors, calculators, and lights. Field office shall be provided with a minimum of 4 duplex convenience electrical outlets. The office shall be illuminated at the tables and desks. An outdoor light fixture with a 150 watt bulb or approved equal shall be installed to effectively light the area around the office facility. After obtaining inspection and approval of the field office electrical system and the proposed temporary power connection hook-up from DPD, the Contractor shall provide a minimum 15 Working Days advance notice to Seattle City Light requesting a temporary power drop and connection. Contact 206-615-0600. Generators (gas and diesel) for producing electrical power will not be allowed unless the Engineer permits such in writing. 11. Contractor shall provide drinking water with disposable cup dispenser filled with cups; drinking water with disposable cup dispenser shall be in accordance with all applicable state and local codes and applicable WISHA requirements. 12. Contractor shall provide sanitary acceptable to the Engineer such as port-a-potties or portable restrooms. Toilet and handwashing facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable state and local codes and applicable WISHA requirements. 13. Contractor shall provide a waterless hand cleaner dispenser filled with waterless hand cleaner with pumice; and a paper towel dispenser filled with paper towels. 14. The Contractor shall provide both local and long distance telephone service with three separate phone lines (a minimum of two for voice, one for internet access if applicable); each single line “touch tone” phones with CentraflexTM customized call management services including “call
25
pickup, voice mail, and call forwarding". Each installation shall include 25 foot long extension cord between phone jack and instrument or as deemed adequate by the Engineer to reach all workstations and table top surfaces. 15. The Contractor shall provide heating and air-conditioning of sufficient capacity to heat the office to 70 °F within 1 hour, and to cool the office 15 °F within 1 hour. The field office, equipment, and appurtenances supplied by the Contractor shall revert to and be removed by the Contractor when the Engineer, via the written notice of Physical Completion to the Contractor, establishes the Physical Completion Date. If the Contractor removes, closes, or discontinues the services specified in this Section 1-07.29 prior to receiving the written notice of Physical Completion without first obtaining written approval from the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged Liquidated Damages in accordance with Section 1-08.9.
All costs for the work required to provide and maintain the field office including regular expenses for telephone, internet, electricity, etc.; incidental construction to accommodate; and, to procure all permits and licenses required for the field office to meet the requirements of Section 1-07.29; shall be included in the lump sum Contract Price Bid for “Mobilization.” All costs for the work required to relocate the field office, if required, shall be considered incidental to the Bid item “Mobilization.”
1-07.30 DISCOVERIES OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL(S), DANGEROUS WASTE(S) AND TSCA WASTE(S)
1-07.30(2) PRESENT SITE CHARACTERIZATION
Delete this Section and replace with the following:
No contaminated soils or groundwater have been identified within the project area. However, if during excavation, unanticipated evidence of contamination is identified (e.g. staining, odors), the Contractor shall cease work in that location and the Engineer shall be notified. The Contractor shall not transport any material that is potentially hazardous without consulting the Engineer. The Engineer will coordinate soil sampling and analysis prior to work continuing in that location.
1-07.30(3) DISCOVERIES
Supplement the end of 5th paragraph with following:
The Contractor shall submit proof of training to the Engineer prior to starting any work which requires hazardous waste training (i.e. work in areas of contaminated soil, vault water, or groundwater.
1-07.31 COMMUNITY COMMUNICATIONS OFFICER (New Section)
1-07.31(1) GENERAL
To facilitate communications with the surrounding business and resident communities during the course of the construction, the Contractor shall provide a Community Communications Officer (CCO) for the duration of this Contract. The Contractor shall provide a cellular phone, computer and internet access for the CCO.
1-07.31(2) EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT AND QUALIFICATIONS
The Community Communications Officer (CCO) shall have 3 years experience in the professional community relations field and demonstrate expertise in community outreach. A resume of the CCO’s qualifications shall be submitted within 7 Days of the execution of the Contract to the Engineer for approval.
26
1-07.31(3) DUTIES
The duties of the CCO are as follows: a. Prepare a Draft Communications Plan within 7 Days of the Preconstruction Meeting for review and approval by the Engineer and SCL Project Manager. b. Carry out approved Communications Plan.
c. Serve as the Contractor contact person for all Day to Day community communication and dissemination information about the project. d. Take and respond to public inquiry calls and concerns. Work closely with the Contractor on a daily basis to be familiar with and convey to the public the most current construction status and schedule information. e. Work for “No Surprises” to the public in terms of construction activities. f. Be available on the Project Site a minimum of 10 hours each week during normal working hours and/or activities the Engineer determines to be critical for community communication; AND, be available to promptly respond to calls and complaints during all Contractor working times, including nights and weekends unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. g. Conduct “office hours” for community to drop in and ask questions. h. Coordinate with the Engineer, SCL project manager, and Owner’s Communications staff team weekly on all community communications events, contacts, and communications. i. Provide daily liaison, advanced notification, interaction and outreach with community including residents, businesses, property owners, Owner’s communications and project staff. j. Prepare and provide the Engineer a log of hours worked, community contacts, including date, time, contact information, nature of their concern, and CCO and Contractor response/resolution each week or upon request. k. Prepare and distribute at least weekly schedule updates to the Engineer and adjacent property owners and businesses, key stakeholders, and community at large, identifying areas to be impacted by construction activities, (e.g. lane closures, parking closures, noise, dust, evening, night time or weekend work) using the Construction Notification format provided by the Owner. The Owner will provide a list of key stakeholders. l. Provide to the Engineer and the SCL Project Manager daily telephone or email updates of Contractor work deviation from the Contractor’s critical path schedule. m. Participate with the Engineer, the SCL Project Manager, other Owner representatives and the Contractor in weekly construction meetings. n. Assist in identifying construction impacts, scheduling, community issues, and appropriate responses. o. Work closely with the Contractor’s supervisor to convey the concerns of the community, and ameliorate to the extent possible. p. Provide outreach with one-on-one meetings, phone calls, and emails to individual businesses and residents impacted by the project construction. q. Address and respond to issues of construction impact raised by businesses and residents impacted within 24-hours. r. Attend one community meeting with the Contractor to introduce themselves and to discuss the project and answer questions. s. Update a minimum of once per week the project telephone information line with current construction activity information and promptly respond to messages left from the community. The project telephone information line will be provided by SCL. t. Assist with power outage coordination as specified in Section 8-34.3(6).
Upon approval of the CCO’s qualifications by the Engineer, the CCO shall begin preparation of the Communications Plan and other outreach duties. 27
1-07.31(4) MEASUREMENT
Measurement for “Community Communications Officer” will be by the hour for the actual hours worked by the CCO.
1-07.31(5) PAYMENT
Payment for the service described in Section 1-07.31 will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 at the Bid item price for the Bid item listed or referenced as follows:
1. “Community Communications Officer”, per hour.
The Bid item price for “Community Communications Officer” shall include all costs for the work required to provide the CCO as specified including furnishing office space with equipment, telecommunications, cellular phone, computer, internet access, and office supplies for the CCO. No separate payment will be made for travel time to and from the Project Site.
The hourly rate of the CCO shall include all costs for work performed by other support staff such as administrators, data collectors, and managers related to the work of the CCO. Work not performed during the CCO work hours or not performed by the CCO will not be paid.
SECTION 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
1-08.1(2)A PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE (8-15-14)
Delete everything after item 8 of the second paragraph and replace with:
9. To review the requirements of the CWA (Sections 1-07.10, 1-07.11, and 1-07.12); and
10. To arrange for “type” of field office including features, location and delivery date.
11. To review the Social Equity Plan.
12. To start the 360 Review process for projects as applicable; see 1-05.13(2)
See section 1-05.3(5) for submittals due at the preconstruction conference.
1-08.1(2)D COMMUNITY OUTREACH MEETING
City Light will sponsor one community meeting at the beginning of the project to explain the underground electrical conduit installation project. The Contractor shall make available a knowledgeable representative to be present during this meeting to inform the community in regards to the construction means, method, and techniques, which will be used in the project.
1-08.1(3) SUBCONTRACTING
Insert the following after the fourth paragraph to make a new fifth paragraph:
Before any Subcontractor of any tier may start Work, the Subcontractor shall submit the Pre-Job Package (Section 1-07.10) to the Contractor and attend a pre-job conference two weeks prior to commencing work. The Contractor shall provide the Community Workforce Agreement and Priority Hire requirements and aspirational goals to potential bidders before bidding and include these requirements in all Subcontracts.
28
1-08.1(4) HOURS OF WORK
Delete the first sentence of the first paragraph and replace with the following:
The normal hours of Work shall be between 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM on any Working Day and shall consist of 8 hours, exclusive of a lunch period of one-half hour.
Supplement the end of the second paragraph with the following:
In accordance with the requirements of the CWA, the Contractor shall provide adequate notice to Unions of any change in working hours.
1-08.8(2) NON-EXCUSABLE DELAYS
Supplement the end of this Section with the following:
The Contractor’s failure to allow adequate time to comply with the requirements and processes of the CWA and Priority Hire are non-excusable delays.
1-08.9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (6-13-11)
Supplement this Section with the following:
Liquidated Damages will be assessed in the amount of ninety dollars ($90.00) for each day after the day established for the complete set up of the field office for the Engineer’s use, and for each day the field office is removed or closed prior to the Physical Completion Date (see Section 1-07.29). These monies will be deducted from payment(s) due the Contractor. No deduction or payment of Liquidated Damages will release the Contractor from the Contractor’s obligation to provide the field office.
If the Engineer elects to provide the field office in accordance with Section 1-07.29, Liquidated Damage charges as specified herein will cease upon deliverance of the written notice to the Contractor.
SECTION 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1-09.6 FORCE ACCOUNT
1-09.6(3) MATERIALS (8-15-14)
In the second sentence, replace ” Materials” with “direct material costs”
1-09.9 PAYMENTS
1-09.9(3) OWNER’S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD AND DISBURSE CERTAIN AMOUNTS
Supplement the end of this Section with the following:
l. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the CWA or the Priority Hire (Sections 1-07.10, 1-07.11, 1-07.12 and others).
1-09.9(4)A REQUEST FOR CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE (8-15-14)
Under 1. add g. and make the current g. the new h. g. The 360 Review is completed for all applicable projects; and
29
SECTION 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
1-10.2 TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT
1-10.2(5)C GENERAL TRAFFIC CONTROL RESTRICTIONS
Supplement the end of the last paragraph under 4. Parking with the following:
Parking for the employees of the Contractor is available within a three (3) block radius of the Project site.
Supplement this Section with the following:
The Traffic Control Plan shall be in accordance with the following street and lane closure restrictions:
Maintain local access at all times.
The Contractor shall follow the requirements to maintain traffic control during construction operations specified in Section 1-07.28 and 1-10 of the Seattle Standard Specifications.
For King County Metro Transit, notifications may be made by calling Richard Garcia at 206.684.2732 or Eric Brumbach at 206.684.2785 or to [email protected]
Additional information may be obtained by going to King County web site: http://www.kingcounty.gov/transportation/kcdot/MetroTransit/Construction.aspx
1-10.3 TRAFFIC CONTROL LABOR, PROCEDURES AND DEVICES
1-10.3(1)C TRAFFIC CONTROL PEACE OFFICERS (8-15-14)
In the sixth paragraph, delete everything after “showing the hours actually worked.”
30
DIVISION 2
EARTHWORK
SECTION 2-02 REMOVE, ABANDON, OR RELOCATE STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS
2-02.3(9) UNANTICIPATED DISCOVERY PLAN FOR CULTURAL RESOURCES (New Section)
A desktop review using the query of King County Cultural Resources database and Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (WISAARD) databases was conducted on February 9, 2016. There are no known historic or pre-historic sites within 1.5 miles of the project area. Excavation will have very little, if any, impact to undisturbed, native soils. Even though the area has been previously disturbed, if resources are discovered during the project, follow the procedures listed below:
1. If any member of a construction, maintenance, or other field crew believes that he or she has made a cultural resource discovery, leave the object in place. Collecting artifacts is illegal, and a violation of federal and state laws.
2. Personnel will stop work within 50 feet of the discovery and immediately notify the Engineer and the Environmental Affairs Division (EAD) Contact below.
3. The Contractor shall take appropriate steps to protect the discovery site. Vehicles, equipment, and unauthorized personnel, at a minimum, shall not be permitted to traverse the site. The area of work restriction will be established in consultation with the EAD Contact and will be sufficient to provide for security and protection of the cultural materials. The Owner shall enforce appropriate security measures.
EAD Contact: Seattle City Light (SCL) Ron Tressler Cultural Resource Coordinator [email protected] (206) 386-4506
An Unanticipated Discovery Plan for Cultural Resources was completed for this project. The document is available in the Appendix of this Project Manual.
SECTION 2-04 EXCAVATIONS
2-04.3(1) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Supplement this Section with the following:
Broken pavement, concrete, sod, roots, debris, and excavated soil shall be immediately removed from the site and disposed of as the excavation progresses. Depositing or storing any material on the surface of streets, alleys, sidewalks and planting strips will not be permitted.
2-04.3(6) UTILITY EXCAVATIONS
Supplement this Section with the following:
Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, trench widths for duct banks shall be as specified in SCL Construction Standard 0222.02.
Trench depths shall be as required by the Contract Drawings or Construction Standards but shall provide for a minimum cover of three (3) feet over new installations. Trench depths in the vicinity of vaults shall be increased sufficiently to permit duct to enter vaults through knockout openings in vault walls. When unforeseen interference is encountered, the Engineer may authorize a modification of the grade by 31
lowering the duct.
2-04.3(9) POTHOLING AND FIELD INVESTIGATION (New Section)
The Engineer may direct the Contractor to pothole at specific locations in order to locate depth of existing utilities. The Contractor shall contact “Call Before You Dig” at 1-800-424-5555 48 hours prior to potholing. The Contractor shall mobilize equipment, set up traffic control, core/sawcut, excavate, shore, backfill, provide temporary pavement patch if needed and provide the Engineer with a report indicating the location and relative depth of utilities/objects within the pothole location.
2-04.3(10) THRUST BLOCK PROTECTION (New Section)
The Contractor shall maintain 10 foot clearance from the water main thrust blocks. If the Contractor disturbs the ground within 10 feet of a thrust block for any excavation approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a support and protection plan prior to disturbance. The Contractor’s protective system shall be a support system (in accordance with Section 2-07). Shield systems will not be allowed.
2-04.4 MEASUREMENT
Supplement this Section with the following:
Measurement for “Pothole and Field Investigation” will be per each.
Measurement for “Thrust Block Protection” will be per force account.
2-04.5 PAYMENT
Supplement this Section with the following:
8. “Pothole and Field Investigation”, per each.
The Bid item price for “Pothole and Field Investigation” shall include all costs for the work required to complete the pothole and field investigation as specified in Section 2-04.3(9).
9. “Thrust Block Protection”, per force account.
Payment for “Thrust Block Protection” will be by Force Account for all work necessary to protect water main thrust blocks as specified in Section 2-04.3(10). Payment by Force Account will be as specified in Section 1-09.6 of the City of Seattle Standard Specifications.
32
SECTION 2-07 PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS
2-07.4 MEASUREMENT
Supplement this Section with the following;
Measurement for “Shoring For Communication Handhole, Type 444” and “Shoring For Vault, Type (Number)” will be by each.
2-07.5 PAYMENT
Supplement this Section with the following;
4. “Shoring For Communication Handhole, Type 444”, per each.
5. “Shoring For Vault, Type (Number)”, per each.
The Bid item price for “Shoring For Communication Handhole, Type 444” and “Shoring For Vault, Type (Number)” shall include all costs for the work required to provide, construct, maintain and remove shoring for communication handholes and vaults.
SECTION 2-10 BACKFILLING
2-10.2(2)A BORROW SITES (9-30-14)
Delete the second and third paragraphs of this section and replace with the following:
Borrow sites located within the City limits of Seattle shall be in accordance with the Seattle Municipal Code, Chapter 22.170 and shall require a grading permit issued to the property owner by the Director of Planning and Development.
Borrow sites located outside the City limits of Seattle but within unincorporated King County, shall be subject to the rules and regulations set forth in the King County Code, Title 16 Building and Construction Standard. Borrow sites may also be subject to rules and regulations of a local governmental authority if located within its’ jurisdiction.
2-10.2(3) CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL
Supplement this Section with the following:
Backfill for excavations under paved areas shall be Controlled Density Fill (CDF) in accordance with Section 2-10.2(3)A2. In areas where the ducts do not cross under pavement that is meant for vehicular traffic, trench backfill shall be suitable select material in accordance with Section 2-10.2(1).
33
DIVISION 5
SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
SECTION 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) AND WARM MIX ASPHALT (WMA) PAVEMENT
5-04.5 PAYMENT
Supplement this Section with the following:
The cost to construct the asphalt thickened edge indicated on the Drawings shall be included in the Bid item price bid for “Pavement, HMA, (CL ½ IN) and no separate payment will be made.
34
DIVISION 7
STORM DRAIN, CULVERTS, SANITARY AND COMBINED SEWERS, WATER MAINS AND RELATED STRUCTURES
SECTION 7-20 ADJUSTMENT OF NEW AND EXISTING UTILITY STRUCTURES TO FINISH GRADE
7-20.5 PAYMENT
In the first paragraph add the following Bid item:
5A. “Adjust Existing Electrical Vault”, per each.
35
DIVISION 8
MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 8-01 CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
8-01.1 DESCRIPTION
Supplement this Section with the following:
An Environmental Review was completed by the Owner for this project. The report is included in the Appendix of this Project Manual.
8-01.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
8-01.3(2) CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION SUBMITTALS
Delete this Section and replace with the following:
Required submittals for Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention are:
a. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) that includes: i. Construction Stormwater and Erosion Control Plan (CSECP) ii. Temporary Discharge Plan (TDP) iii. Dewatering Plan, including baker tanks b. Tree, Vegetation and Soil Protection Plan (TVSPP) c. Spill Plan (SP) d. Qualifications and costs for a proposed recycling disposal facility for both groundwater and sediment
The submittals described in this section shall be submitted as individual plan(s) for review by the Engineer. Updates, phasing and locations shall be coordinated among all plans. The Contractor shall allow 10 Working Days for review of the SWPPP, TVSPP, SP and qualifications for recycling disposal facility for both groundwater and sediment.
8-01.3(2)C SPILL PLAN
Delete and replace the paragraph under “2. Spill Reporting” with the following:
The Contractor shall follow the instructions included with SCL’s Spill Notification Procedures table included in the Appendix. The project-specific contact information shall be provided in the table and included as part of the Spill Plan. The Contractor shall notify the Owner of any spill to the environment (air, water, or vegetation).
8-01.5 PAYMENT
Supplement this Section with the following:
All costs for the Dewatering Plan, the Temporary Discharge Plan (TDP) and the qualifications and costs for a proposed recycling disposal facility for both groundwater and sediment shall be included in the various Bid Items and no separate or additional payment will be made.
36
SECTION 8-02 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION
8-02.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
8-02.3(27) LANDSCAPING RESTORATION (New Section)
The Contractor shall minimize the impact to landscaped areas. All disturbed landscaping shall be restored in kind. Restoration of grass planting strips shall be with sod, not seed. With approval of the Engineer, the Contractor may elect to salvage and replace existing sod if it is in acceptable condition and is cared for by the Contractor during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for the establishment, care and maintenance of all restored landscaping until the Physical Completion Date is established by the Engineer, after which maintenance responsibilities will revert to the City or property owners as may be applicable.
During the course of construction, the Contractor shall notify residents a minimum of 5 days prior to the trimming of any private trees or hedges, or prior to the disturbance of any plantings placed in the right-of- way by property owners.
All work to restore, trim, establish, or maintain landscaping in the construction area shall be completed in accordance with the provisions of Section 8-02. Irrigation systems shall be repaired in accordance with the provisions of Section 8-03.
Private irrigation systems, walkways, fences, decorative walls, and other improvements shall be protected from damage by Contractor’s operations. Where removal is required for installation of conduits and vaults, the Contractor shall restore these areas to match approximate original conditions. Payment will be by force account in accordance with Section 1-09.6 using the Bid item “Repair/Restoration of Private Improvements” when authorized by the Engineer and for which no specific bid item is included in the Proposal and the work is not identified as incidental in the Standard Specifications.
8-02.4 MEASUREMENT
Supplement this Section with the following:
Measurement for “Repair / Restoration of Private Improvements” will be by Force Account.
8-02.5 PAYMENT
Supplement this Section with the following:
25. “Repair / Restoration of Private Improvements”, per Force Account.
Payment for “Repair / Restoration of Private Improvements” will be by Force Account for all work necessary to repair / restore private improvements. Payment by Force Account will be as specified in Section 1-09.6 of the City of Seattle Standard Specifications.
37
SECTION 8-33 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND TRENCHING
8-33.4 MEASUREMENT
Delete the second paragraph and replace with the following:
Measurement for “Street Light Duct Bank (Number)-(Size) (Material)” will be by the linear foot measured on the ground along the center line of the duct bank to center line of pole or to the inside face of a handhole or of a vault.
8-33.5 PAYMENT
Delete the payment paragraphs of pay items 1. and 2. and replace with the following:
The Bid item price for “Street Light Duct Bank (Number)-(Size) (Material)” shall include all costs for the work required to furnish, install and test the conduits in the duct bank as indicated on the Drawings, including but not limited to the following:
a. Excavation required to install the duct bank; b. Conduits and fittings/bends/couplings; c. Detectable marking tape. d. Terminating duct bank as required. e. Mandreling and cleaning the conduit. f. Pull tapes and duct plugs. g. Grouting conduit connections to new vaults.
CDF backfill and grounding wire will be paid separately in accordance with Sections 2-10 and 8-34.
Payment for “Street Light Duct Bank (Number)-(Size) (Material)” will be limited to the street light conduit installed outside the trenching limits of “Concrete Encased Duct Bank (Number)-(Size) (Material) & (Number)-(Size) (Material)” as specified in Section 8-34.
38
SECTION 8-34 ELECTRICAL STRUCTURES AND ENCASED DUCT BANK (New Section)
8-34.1 DESCRIPTION (New Section)
8-34.1(1) GENERAL (New Section)
Section 8-34 describes work consisting of furnishing and installing encased duct banks, handholes and vaults for the installation of Seattle City Light (SCL) underground facilities.
8-34.1(2) REFERENCES (New Section)
Seattle City Light (SCL) facilities shall be constructed in conformance with SCL Construction Guidelines and Construction and Material Standards.
8-34.1(2)A CITY LIGHT CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS STANDARDS (New Section)
The following SCL Construction Guidelines and Construction and Materials Standards are located in the Appendix of this Project Manual.
1. Construction Guideline U1-4.11/NCI-60 Cable Pulling Calculations 2. Construction Guideline U2-6/NVH-20 Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and Manholes 3. Construction Guideline U2-11.3 /NDK-30 Termination of Existing Ducts in New Vaults or Manholes. 4. Construction Guideline U9-5 577 Vault Transformer and Junction Box Installation, Grounding, & Connections 5. Construction Guideline U9-6 577 Vault With Three Loadbreak Junction Boxes Installation, Grounding, & Connections 6. Construction Standard U2-11.2/NDK-20 Reinforcement of Concrete Encased Duct Runs 7. Construction Standard U2-11.40 / NDK-40 Mandreling and Cleaning of Duct and Conduits 8. Construction Standard U2-14.2 Typical Vault or Handhole Installation 9. Construction Standard U2-15.1 Installation of Ring Type Vaults 10. Construction Standard 0214.00 Clearances Between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Structures in the Public Right-of-Way 11. Construction Standard 0222.02 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way 12. Construction Standard 0226.06 Installation of Fluidized Thermal Backfill 13. Construction Standard 0231.01 Secondary Handhole Installation 14. Construction Standard 0232.05 Underground Residential Equipment Location of 577 Vaults and Secondary Handholes 15. Construction Standard 0233.05 Secondary Handhole Grounding 16. Construction Standard 0461.10 Grounding Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults 17. Construction Standard 0468.90 Exothermic Connection System 18. Construction Standard 1710.50 Streetlight System Grounding and Bonding 19. Material Standard Number 6103.90 Wire, Copper, Bare, Soft Drawn 20. Material Standard Number 6762.25 Ground Rods, Copper-Covered, Sectional 21. Material Standard Number 7015.05 Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings 22. Material Standard Number 7015.80 Spacers, Plastic – Nonmetallic Conduit
39
23. Material Standard Number 7020.05 Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Fittings 24. Material Standard Number 7050.05 Zinc-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings 25. Material Standard Number 7150.00 Fluidized Thermal Backfill 26. Material Standard Number 7203.10 Type 1 and Type 2 Handhole, Precast, Secondary and Streetlight 27. Material Standard Number 7203.21 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures – General 28. Material Standard Number 7203.26 444 Electrical Vault, Primary Service 29. Material Standard Number 7203.36 507 Electrical Vault, Primary Service 30. Material Standard Number 7203.41 577 Electrical Vault, Primary Service 31. Material Standard Number 7204.70 Frames and Covers, 42-inch Round, Iron 32. Material Standard Number 7262.2 Lubricant, Cable Pulling 33. Material Standard Number 7345.7 Fittings For Underground Use, PVC 34. Material Standard Number 7645.40 Mandrels, Proofing
8-34.1(3) SEATTLE CITY LIGHT INSPECTIONS (New Section)
The installation of vaults, ducts, risers, and ground systems is subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer will verify and enforce compliance with SCL Construction Guidelines and Material Specifications. Items for inspection include, but are not limited to: 1. Trenched ducts, prior to installation and prior to covering 2. CDF backfill, prior to covering 3. Pre-cast vaults, prior to, during and after installation 4. Ground Rod and Electrode installation 5. Core Drilling procedures and vault patching. 6. Mandreling and cleaning procedures.
8-34.2 MATERIALS (New Section)
8-34.2(1) CONDUIT (New Section)
PVC Conduit and Fittings shall be schedule 40 and conform to the requirements of SCL Material Standard No 7015.05. Galvanized Steel Conduit and Fittings shall conform to SCL Materials Standard 7050.05. Plugs shall be in accordance with Table 12 of ASTM F512. Spacers for duct separation shall be plastic lock-type conforming to the requirements of SCL Material Standard 7015.80. No wood spacers will be allowed. Pull Cords shall be polypropylene, 2 ply, Greenlee Tool Company Cat. No.431 or approved equal.
40
8-34.2(2) ENCASEMENT (New Section)
Red-dyed High Strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill: SCL Construction Standards 0222.02 and 0226.06.
Low Strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill: SCL Construction Standards 0222.02 and 0226.06.
Controlled Density Fill for trench backfill per Section 2-10.2(3)A2
8-34.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS (New Section)
8-34.3(1) GENERAL (New Section)
Duct and vault locations shown on the Drawings may be adjusted by the Engineer to optimize the routing of the underground facilities. Upon Notice to Proceed, and prior to any physical work on site, the Contractor shall locate utilities and perform notifications relative to pending construction activities (See Sections 1-07.17 and 1-07.28). Following this task, the Contractor shall walk the duct alignment and vault locations with the Engineer to review the proposed underground facility placement. Upon completion of this walk-through, any changes to alignment and location of new utilities will be authorized by the Engineer.
8-34.3(2) ENCASED DUCT BANKS (New Section)
8-34.3(2)A CONDUIT INSTALLATION (New Section)
Conduit shall be installed in accordance with Construction Standard 0222.02 and Details 1 and 2 on Drawing Sheet E39 unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings.
Changes of conduit direction shall be made with manufactured or fabricated elbows of radius not less than 48”. Bends that are 11-1/4 degrees or greater shall utilize Rigid Galvanized Steel conduit with water-tight transition couplings to the PVC conduit. Couplings shall be made watertight by wrapping with dual layers of PVC or bitumastic waterproof tape. The Contractor shall field verify bends needed that are less than 90 degrees.
Pre-fabricated steel bends, as well as steel bends formed and bent on-site will be allowed. The Contractor shall submit a rigid steel bending plan and schedule for Engineer review and approval prior to ordering materials or onsite bend forming
All direct buried or CDF encased Rigid Galvanized Steel conduit shall be wrapped in an approved corrosion protective tape
All conduits in duct banks shall be supported with conduit spacers on blocks. Spacers and installation of spacers shall be in accordance with the Drawings and Seattle City Light Construction Standards.
PVC conduit shall be assembled with solvent welded joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions. The ends of all conduits shall be well reamed to remove burrs and rough edges. Field cuts shall be made square and true.
PVC conduits shall be joined utilizing either, a straight spigot and integral bell or two straight spigots with a PVC conduit coupling as defined in SCL Material Standard 7015.05.
The joined members shall be cured for at least five (5) minutes before disturbing or applying stress to the joint. After this initial cure, care must be exercised in handling to prevent twisting or pulling the joint. In damp weather, increase this interval to allow for slower evaporation of the solvent.
Marker stakes or tacks shall be set flush with the ground to locate the ends of stubbed out conduits which may be buried so that they may be located in the future. All stubbed out conduits shall be capped.
Entry to electrical vaults or other structures shall be achieved by core drilling as specified in Section 8-34.3(2)F. 41
Annular spaces around conduit, ground wire, ducts, at wall penetrations of vault or other structural walls shall be filled with non-shrink cement sand grout (see Section 9-04.3(2)). Threaded inserts shall be coated with an approved rust preventative compound which is soluble in petroleum solvent.
New vacant conduits shall have a pull cord installed extending at least 3 feet beyond the conduit at each end.
8-34.3(2)B PULLING CALCULATIONS (New Section)
Changes to the length of a conduit installation segment greater than 7.5% from that which is depicted on the Drawings, or the addition of more than a 30 degree bend (single or accumulative) shall require the Contractor to re-calculate the pulling tension for the future conductor installation prior to commencing work on that segment.
The Calculation shall be based upon the use of SCL’s standard single phase 1/0, 2C cable, type XLPE- TR, 28KV. Pull Calculation software may be used, but it must satisfy the requirements of SCL Construction Guideline U1-4.11. Present results to Project Electrical Engineer for approval.
The Contractor will be provided with the maximum limitations for pulling tension and sidewall pressure based on SCL requirements.
8-34.3(2)C ENCASEMENT OF CONDUIT (New Section)
General. Installation of encasement shall be per SCL Construction Standard 0222.02 and Details 1 and 2 on Sheet E23, unless otherwise noted in the Drawings.
Placing Concrete, FTB, CDF: Placing of flowable encasement materials shall be done in such a manner as to avoid damage to the conduit. The drop into the trench shall be as short as practicable. The flow of encasement materials shall be diverted away from the trench sides by use of a splash board to avoid dislodging soil and stones. Material shall be placed carefully to prevent floatation of conduits shall be per SCL Construction Guideline 0226.06.
Vibration. Special care shall be taken to prevent voids or rock pockets under and around the duct. An approved mechanical vibrator with a head not exceeding one inch in diameter shall be used to consolidate concrete.
Curing. Concrete encasement shall have taken set 48 hours prior to the placement of other encasement materials to prevent the mixture of materials.
Encasement Type: 1. Red-dyed Fluidized Thermal Backfill (FTB) Encasement: High Strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill (HSFTB) encasement shall be provided for all 4” primary conduit. In no case shall red-dyed concrete encasement be utilized to encase any conduit other than 4” primary.
2. Fluidized Thermal Backfill (FTB) Encasement: Low Strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill (LSFTB) encasement shall be provided for all 4” secondary conduit, all 4” communication conduit and all 2” street light conduit sharing a trench with 4” primary or communication conduit. 3” minimum cover to be provided above top conduits in ductbank.
3. Trench Backfill CDF: Trench Backfill CDF shall be placed above LSFTB to finished grade or street in all primary ductbank trenches. Trench Backfill CDF shall be provided for the encasement of all stand-alone 4” secondary, 4” communication and 2” street light conduit where conduit ducts cross under pavement supporting vehicular traffic.
4. Mineral Aggregate, Type 9 shall be used to for the backfill of 2” street light conduit in nontraffic bearing areas.
42
8-34.3(2)D DETECTABLE MARKING TAPE (New Section)
The Contactor shall install 6-inch wide red detectable marking tape at a level 1 ft-6 in. below final grade as shown in the Drawings. This Section shall supersede the corresponding SCL Construction Guidelines for detectable marking tape.
8-34.3(2)E MANDRELING AND CLEANING (New Section)
After final assembly in place the conduits shall be tested for obstructions per Construction Standard U2- 11.40/NDK-40 – Mandreling and Cleaning of Ducts and Conduits.
The Engineer will witness and approve all mandrel pulling and conduit cleaning for power distribution duct runs. The Contractor shall maintain signed mandrel logs and submit the logs to the Engineer within five (5) working days of completion. The mandrel logs are to include the location of the duct runs, the intercepting vaults, size of conduit, and length of each conduit run and check-off of approved mandrel pulling. The Engineer will provide a mandrel log template.
The Contractor shall pull a rag bundle through each conduit run to ensure duct is free of sand, dirt, and debris. This shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
After cleaning and mandreling, the Contractor shall install a pull cord and seal both ends of the conduit with conduit caps.
8-34.3(2)F CORE DRILL EXISTING VAULTS FOR CONDUIT ENTRY (New Section)
Conduit entry into existing concrete vault walls shall be achieved by core drilling. Core drilled holes shall be sufficiently sized to allow conduit and/or fitting installation as shown in SCL Construction Standard 0222.02. Work in energized electrical vaults, including drilling, is prohibited unless otherwise approved and observed by the Electrical Safety Observer. Work to excavate trench directly adjacent to an energized vault shall be performed in the presence of an Electrical Safety Observer in accordance with Section 1-05.2(2).
Existing conductors in vaults shall be shielded as necessary from potential contact with drill.
Conduits entering or exiting a vault shall be perpendicular to the vault face and laid straight for a minimum of 24” before transitioning to a sweep or bend. Straight segments shorter than 24” must be pre-approved by the Engineer.
8-34.3(2)G INSTALLATION TOLERANCES FOR DUCT BANKS (New Section)
The allowable installation tolerances for the construction of the duct banksare as follows, unless approved otherwise by the Engineer: 1. Horizontal tolerance for the alignment is +/- 6 inches, however the Contractor is responsible for and shall maintain the required clearances as noted in SCL Construction Standard 0214.00. 2. Vertical tolerance for the alignment is +/- 6 inches, however the Contractor is responsible for and shall maintain the required clearances and cover conditions as noted in the SCL Construction Standard 0214.00. Duct banks not installed within tolerance may be required to be replaced. Any replacement resulting from the Contractor installing the duct banks and trenches in an out of tolerance location shall be at the Contractor’s expense, and shall not be a basis for not meeting the project schedule.
43
8-34.3(3) INSTALLATION OF VAULTS AND HANDHOLES (New Section)
8-34.3(3)A GENERAL (New Section)
Installation for vaults shall be in accordance with SCL Construction Standard U2-14.2
Vaults shall be constructed of precast concrete components manufactured by Oldcastle Precast or approved equal.
Oldcastle Precast, Model Vault, 444 Vault, 507LA Vault, 577LA Divider, 577 Divider Wall
Vault components and sections shall be delivered to the job site undamaged. Any component which is cracked or otherwise damaged so that the water tightness of the vault is impaired, shall be replaced and the cost borne by the Contractor.
After vault components are assembled, all joints shall be watertight and shall maintain their water tightness. Joint material shall be mortar or sealant gaskets furnished by the vault manufacturer.
All Vault frames and covers shall be rated H-30 according to AASHTO HB-17.
Provide additional reinforcing inserts, strong backs, and other features required to ensure vaults and handholes remain undamaged during handling and installation stress.
Unused conduit openings in handholes shall be capped to afford protection against debris entering the conduits. After vault components are assembled, all joints shall be watertight and shall maintain their water tightness. Joint material shall be mortar or sealant gaskets approved by the Engineer.
Vaults and handholes within or adjacent to the sidewalk or paved traveled way shall be adjusted as directed by the Engineer to be flush with the finished grade.
Shoring shall be in accordance with Section 2-07 of the Standard Specifications.
8-34.3(3)B VAULT BASE AND FINISH GRADE (New Section)
Place precast concrete structures on crushed rock and sand bedding and as indicated in SCL Construction Standard U2-15.1, including setting tolerances, frame and grate, sealing entrances and openings and backfill.
Backfill around vaults as indicated in Seattle City Light Construction Standard U2-15.1. Finish grade shall match finish roadway or sidewalk elevation without additional adjustment.
Grade locally as required to maintain drainage if finish grade is different than existing grade.
44
8-34.3(4) VAULT AND HANDHOLE GROUNDING (New Section)
8-34.3(4)A GENERAL (New Section)
Install ground rod and 50 linear feet of 250 kcmil bare copper stranded wire for each duct bank penetration per Construction Standard 0461.10. Provide an additional 20 linear feet of wire in the vault or handhole structure to route the grounding cable from the duct bank, through drilled holes in the vault/handhole, and to the vault/handhole common grounding point. At the conductor vault entries, the conductors shall be exothermically welded to eliminate air gaps between strands, and the conductor’s entry shall be sealed to prevent water intrusion. If the concrete-encased electrode does not yield a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or less, additional supplemental grounding may be required.
Ground testing shall be completed within five (5) working days of ground rod and 250kcmil bare copper grounding wire installation. Provide a minimum two (2) days’ notice to the Engineer to coordinate Owner ohm testing.
8-34.3(4)B EXOTHERMIC WELDED CONNECTIONS (New Section)
Exothermic welded connections for grounding systems shall be made in accordance with SCL Construction Standard 0468.90.
Exothermic welded connection system shall include graphite mold with cover/baffle, appropriate ignition package, and ignition source. Exothermic welded connection shall be appropriately sized for the cable or ground rod size.
Conductors to be joined shall be cleaned with a cable cleaning brush to ensure that the conductors are free of dirt and debris prior to the placement of the exothermic weld mold.
Exothermic welded connections shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to backfill.
8-34.3(5) PUMPING OF VAULTS (New Section)
Vaults may contain water and solids potentially contaminated with small amounts of transformer oil or detectable levels of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), polychlorinated aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), or metals, including lead. If the presence of wastes in a vault will interfere with the execution of the work, the Contractor is responsible for managing all vault wastes according to the requirements of this section and any related sections, and all applicable local, state, and federal environmental regulations.
1. Qualifications and Training a. All Contractor, including subcontractor, employees involved with managing water pumped from the vaults shall be: i. “Qualified persons” or “qualified employees” as defined in the WAC 296-45-035, Definitions and WAC 296-45-325, Working On or Near Exposed Energized Parts. ii. Trained to meet the competency requirements for the Awareness Level, as defined in WAC 296-824-30005. 2. Notification a. Contractor shall notify the Engineer in the two-week look-ahead schedule, prior to pumping to schedule an electrical outage and pre-pumping inspection. b. The Engineer shall notify the inspection team of the dates and vault numbers for the pre- pumping inspection. c. Notification to the SCL Systems Operations Center for a potential power outage shall be made according to the protocol established in the training session for scheduling outages. Further notification to the SCL Systems Operations Center for definite outages, or the cancellation of the potential outages, shall be made immediately following the vault inspections.
45
3. PCB Information a. The Owner has determined that 10 out of the 20 transformers in vaults for this Project have been manufacture-certified or tested as PCB-free at <1ppm PCBs. The Contractor shall follow the pumping requirements specified below in subsections 4 and 5. b. The Owner has determined that 10 of the 20 transformers in vaults for this Project have unknown PCB concentrations: SY8872 in V631, SY8065 in V661, SY7657 in V634, SY7574 in V636, SY9522 in V630, SY4311 in V618, SY4313 in V606, SY7573 in V603, SY9877 in V601, and SY4335 in V600. If the vault inspections in any of these four vaults determine that any oil in present the vault water, the Owner will coordinate testing and disposal of the vault waste. The Engineer shall notify SCL Environmental of the need for testing and disposal. 4. Inspection a. Inspections shall be made within five (5) working days prior to pumping. b. Vault inspections shall be attended by the Engineer (or a qualified delegate chosen by the Engineer), the Electrical Safety Observer, and the Contractor’s Electrical On-Site Lead. c. Vault inspections do not require an outage. d. Results of pre-pumping inspections and subsequent actions related to vault waste management shall be documented for each vault examined in a written inspection log. A copy of the inspection log shall be submitted to the Engineer on a weekly basis. e. Contractor shall determine if the vault requires pumping in order to safely and effectively perform required work in the vault. All vaults containing water or waste within 4” of the bottom of the anticipated new conduit location shall be scheduled for pumping. Shallower depths shall be pumped at the Contractor’s discretion. f. For PCB-free vaults: i. If a light oil sheen is present inside the vault that could be removed with absorbent pads, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer. The Engineer will notify SCL’s Environmental to determine if there is any PCB information for that vault. If there is none, the Owner will submit an oil sample for PCB analysis. If the oil has a manufacture certification or test of <1 ppm PCBs, the Contractor shall remove all traces of oil sheen from the vault water by applying absorbent pads to the water surface until all sheen has been removed. 1. Spent absorbent pads shall be bagged and placed in labeled drums on site. 2. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when waste absorbents have been generated and the Owner will arrange for same-day removal of labeled drums from the site by the Owner for disposal by the Owner. ii. If there is more than a light sheen of oil, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. 1. No Contractor pumping shall occur. 2. The Owner will arrange for testing (if applicable) and removal of the oil and water and for decontamination of the vault within five (5) days of notification to the Engineer. The Engineer will coordinate with SCL Environmental. iii. If and when no oil or oil sheen are present, upon approval by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be allowed to remove the vault water and associated solids as described below in subsection 5. g. For vaults with unknown PCB concentrations: i. If there is any detection of oil, refer to subsection 3.b. above. ii. If and when no oil or oil sheen are present, upon approval by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be allowed to remove the vault water and associated solids as described below in subsection 5. 5. Pumping and Offsite Disposal of Water a. No vault water shall be discharged to the stormwater drainage or sewer systems. b. Power to the vault shall be de-energized during all pumping activity. c. Vault wastes that are free of oil and oil sheen may be pumped by the Contractor into a Contractor-supplied pump truck or portable storage vessel. d. Wastes from multiple vaults are allowed to be mixed together if the wastes are free of oil and oil sheen.
46
e. Residual solids in the vault shall be removed, tested, and placed in labeled drums on site. 1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when waste solids have been removed from the holding tank and placed in labeled drums for disposal. 2. The Owner will provide removal of labeled drums from the site for disposal by the Owner. f. Vault water and waste shall be removed to a pre-approved Owner-approved disposal facility where it shall be offloaded and disposed. g. Pump trucks and portable storage vessels may not be parked in the neighborhood streets, except during normal working hours. h. Records of the volume, contamination test reports, the vault identification numbers pumped-out for the particular disposed load, and the time and date of delivery to the disposal facility shall be kept in order and submitted to the Engineer each week. 6. Decontamination a. All equipment used by the Contractor to pump and temporarily store vault water shall be properly decontaminated upon completion of its use in the execution of Work under this Contract. b. The Contractor shall arrange for the proper off-site disposal of all water used to decontaminate tanks. No water shall be pumped or drained to the storm drain system or to the sewer system without written discharge authorization from King County and Seattle Public Utilities.
8-34.3(6) POWER OUTAGES AND COORDINATION (New Section)
The Contractor shall be responsible for requesting and holding their own electrical Clearances as needed. All outages required for work shall allow for the time needed to follow Seattle City Light procedures for requesting and obtaining clearance for cutting and restoring power. 1. Training and Approval a. Contractor shall submit individual clearance holder qualifications to the Engineer for approval at least ten working days in advance of attending training. City Light reserves the right to review qualifications for Contractor’s employees taking outages to confirm compliance under WAC 296-45-035, Definitions and WAC 296-45-325, Working On or Near Exposed Energized Parts. b. Individual clearance holders will be required to go through a one day training session based on Seattle City Light System Operations Clearance, Keep Open and Hold Open Procedures. SCL will provide the Contractor a “System Operations Clearance Keep Open and Hold Open Procedures” booklet that outlines procedures and guidelines to follow at all times during the clearance. 2. Procedure a. Contractor or designated Community Communications Officer (CCO) shall notify residents in a City Light sponsored community meeting, at the beginning of the project, of upcoming neighborhood outages. b. Contractor shall identify any upcoming electrical outages in the three week look-ahead schedule the Engineer and Electrical Safety Observer. c. By Tuesday, of the week preceding taking an outage for a cable segment or group of segments, the Contractor shall contact the Systems Operations Center and request the outage. d. Contractor shall state the vault numbers, switch locations and customer street addresses involved in the outages. e. The Systems Operations Center personnel will review the request with respect to the operational needs of the utility, including below freezing temperatures, and, grant the request if possible. If the request cannot be granted, Systems Operations Center personnel shall provide alternate dates and times for which outage requests could be granted. f. Contractor or designated CCO shall hang notices on residence door handles at least 48 hours prior to an outage.
47
3. Plan and Schedule a. Contractor may submit a multi-week outage plan and schedule to support a request for outages on successive days and/or weeks. Written residential notices and door hanger activities may be coordinated with the plan and schedule.
4. Restrictions a. Outages shall occur only between the hours of 8:30 am and 4:30 pm daily. b. Multiple outages shall not be planned for consecutive days.
8-34.4 MEASUREMENT (New Section)
Bid items of Work completed pursuant to the Contract will be measured as provided in Section 1-09.1, Measurement of Quantities, unless otherwise provided for by individual measurement paragraphs herein this Section.
Measurement for “Core Drill Existing Vault For 2 - (Size) Conduits” will be per each pair of conduits installed into an existing vault.
Measurement for “Furnish And Install Vault, (Type)” and “Furnish And Install Communication Handhole, (Type)” will be by each.
Measurement for “Grounding Wire, #4 Bare Copper, Solid” and “Grounding Wire, 250 KCMIL Bare Copper, Stranded” will be by the linear foot of wire actually installed.
Measurement for “Ground Rod, 5/8” x 8 Ft” will be by each.
Measurement for “Exothermic Welded Connection” will be by each.
Measurement for “Pumping of Vaults Including Haul to Offsite Disposal” shall be per gallon of disposed water/waste as measured and documented by disposal facility receiving tickets.
Measurement for “Power Outages And Coordination” will be by each.
48
8-34.5 PAYMENT (New Section)
Compensation for the cost necessary to complete the Work described in Section 8-34 shall be made at the Bid item prices Bid only for the Bid items listed or referenced below:
1. “Concrete Encased Duct Bank (Number)-(Size) (Material)”, per linear foot. 2. “Concrete Encased Duct Bank (Number)-(Size) (Material) & (Number)-(Size) (Material)”, per linear foot.
The Bid item price for “Concrete Encased Duct Bank (Number)-(Size) (Material)” and “Concrete Encased Duct Bank (Number)-(Size) (Material) & (Number)-(Size) (Material)” shall include all costs for the work required to furnish, install in place, and successfully test all conduits in the duct bank as indicated on the Drawings and including but not limited to the following:
a. Excavation required to install the duct bank; b. Conduits, fittings/bends/couplings, conduit spacer, and baser support; c. Encasement of the duct bank with steel reinforced high strength FTB concrete, including forming and all splicing and stirrup bars for the reinforcement. d. Backfill with low strength FTB backfill. e. Detectable marking tape. f. Terminating duct bank as required. g. Mandreling and cleaning the conduit. h. Pull tapes and duct plugs. i. Grouting conduit connections to new vaults. l. As-built drawings as specified in these specifications
CDF backfill, grounding and trench safety systems will be paid separately.
3. “Core Drill Existing Vault For 2 - (Size) Conduits”, per each pair.
The Bid item price for “Core Drill Existing Vault For 2 – (Size) Conduits” shall include all costs for the work required to core drill existing vaults for conduit pairs of either 2” or 4” as specified.
Payment for core drilling an existing vault for a single conduit will be paid at the rate of 0.5 x the unit price bid for core drilling each conduit pair.
4. “Furnish And Install Vault, (Type)” and “Furnish And Install Communication Handhole, (Type)”, per each.
The Bid item price for “Furnish And Install Vault, (Type)” and “Furnish And Install Communication Handhole, (Type)” shall include all costs for the work required to furnish and install the vault or handhole as specified and as indicated in the Drawings including but not limited to: a. All necessary excavation and grading. b. Disposal of waste material including dump fees. c. Dewatering as required. d. Frames, grates, risers and conduit sleeves. e. Backfill with suitable native material f. Intercept and support existing SCL ducts or cables. g. Reroute/relocate street light conduit and other piping as needed. h. Core drilling vault/handhole for conduit penetrations. i. All other necessary parts, labor and materials necessary for the complete installation of the vault per SCL Construction Standards with the exception of grounding rods, grounding wire and exothermic connections which will be paid separately.
49
5. “Grounding Wire, (Type)”, per linear foot.
The Bid item price for “Grounding Wire, (Type)” shall include all costs for the work required to furnish and place the grounding wire as specified.
6. “Ground Rod, 5/8” X 8 Ft”, per each.
The Bid item price for “Ground Rod, 5/8” X 8 Ft” shall include all costs for the work required to furnish and install the ground rod as specified.
7. “Exothermic Welded Connection”, per each.
The Bid item price for “Exothermic Welded Connection” shall include all costs for the work required to furnish and install an exothermic welded connection as specified.
8. “Pumping of Vaults Including Haul to Offsite Disposal”, per gallon.
The Bid item price for “Pumping of Vaults Including Haul to Offsite Disposal” shall include all costs for the work required to pump, test, and dispose of water present in existing vaults as specified.
9. “Power Outages And Coordination”, per each.
The Bid item price for “Power Outages And Coordination” shall include all costs for the work required to coordinate and hold outages and clearances as specified.
10. Other Payment Information
Shoring needed for vault construction will be paid separately in accordance with Section 2-07.
Imported backfill will be paid separately in accordance with Section 2-10.
Pavement removal and restoration will be paid separately in accordance with Sections 2-02 and 5-04.
50
DIVISION 9
MATERIALS
SECTION 9-01 PORTLAND CEMENT AND BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT
9-01.2(4) BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT (9-30-14)
Delete this Section and replace with the following:
9-01.2(4) BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT
Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP, Type IS, Type IL or Type IT cement conforming to AASHTO M 240 or ASTM C 595, except that the blended hydraulic cement shall not contain more than 0.75-percent alkalis by weight calculated as Na2O plus 0.658 K2O and the content of Tricalcium Aluminate (C3A) shall not exceed 8-percent by weight calculated as 2.650Al2O3 minus 1.692Fe2O3 and meet the following additional requirements:
1. Type IP(X), Portland Pozzolan Cement, where (X) dictates pozzolan percentage. Type IP(X), Portland Pozzolan Cement, shall be Portland Cement and Pozzolan and the pozzolan shall be limited to fly ash or microsilica fume. Fly ash is limited to a maximum of 25-percent by weight of the cementitious material in air entrained concrete and 35-percent in non-air entrained concrete. Microsilica fume is limited to a maximum of 15-percent by weight of the cementitious material.
2. Type IS(X), Portland Blast Furnace Slag Cement, where (X) dictates slag percentage. Type IS(X), Portland Slag Cement, shall be Portland cement and ground granulated blast furnace slag. The addition of ground granulated blast furnace slag shall be limited to a maximum of 30-percent by weight of the cementitious material in air entrained concrete and 50-percent in non-air entrained concrete.
3. Type IL(X), Portland Limestone Cement, where (X) dictates limestone percentage. Type IL(X), Portland Limestone Cement, shall be portland cement and limestone where the percent of limestone in the blend shall be greater than 5 percent, and no more than 15 percent, of the total weight of portland cement and limestone.
4. Type IT(AX)( BY), Ternary Blended Cement, where A is either “S” for Slag cement, “P” for pozzolan, or “L” for limestone; whichever is present in larger amount by weight. And where B is either “S” for Slag cement, “P” for pozzolan, or “L” for limestone. “X” is the targeted percentage by weight of constituent A, and “Y” is the targeted percentage by weight of constituent B. Portland cement that may be replaced by weight in the blend shall be limited to the following maximums:
Air Entrained Non-Air Entrained Concrete Concrete Total Cement Replacement 35% 50% Fly Ash 25% 35% Microsilica Fume 10% 10% GGBFS 30% 40% Limestone 15% 15%
The source and weight of the pozzolan, ground granulated blast furnace slag, or limestone shall be certified on the cement mill test certificate and shall be reported as a percent by weight of the total 51
cementitious material plus limestone, if present. The pozzonlan, ground granulated blast furnace slag, or limestone constituent content in the finished cement shall not vary more than plus or minus 5 percent by weight of the finished cement blend from the certified value. Type IL and Type IP with limestone will be considered to be low sulfate resistance cements.
Fly ash shall meet the requirements of Section 9-23.9 of these Standard Specifications.
Ground granulated blast furnace slag shall meet the requirements of Section 9-23.10 of these Standard Specifications.
Limestone shall meet the requirements of Section 9-23.13 of these Standard Specifications.
Microsilica fume shall meet the requirements of Section 9-23.11 of these Standard Specifications.
SECTION 9-04 JOINT AND CRACK SEALING MATERIALS
9-04.3(2) NON-SHRINK CEMENT AND GROUT
9-04.3(2)C GROUT FOR PIPE CONNECTIONS AND POLES & PEDESTALS (9-30-14)
Replace this Section and Title with the following:
9-04.3(2)C GROUT FOR PIPE CONNECTIONS
Grout for pipe connections to maintenance hole, catch basins, inlets, and similar utility appurtenances, and installing tees shall meet section 9-20.3(4). Grout shall be mixed to a damp packing or ramming consistency.
SECTION 9-14 EROSION AND LANDSCAPE MATERIALS
9-14.2 SEED
9-14.2(7) PRAIRIE MIX (New Section)
Kind and Variety Percent by Weight Great Basin Wildrye (Elymus cinereus) 35% Indian Ricegrass (Oryzopsis hymenoides) 25% Slender Wheatgrass (Agropyron trachycaulum) 25% Idaho Fescue (Festuca idahoensis) 10% Sheep Fescue (Festuca ovina) 5% Seeding Rate: 40 - 50 Pounds per Acre 1 - 1 1/2 Pounds per 1000 sq feet
52
9-14.4 MULCHES AND AMENDMENTS
9-14.4(8) COMPOST (9-30-14)
Replace item 13. with the following:
13. Feedstocks. The compost product shall contain a minimum of 65 percent by volume from recycled plant waste as defined in WAC 173-350-100 as “Yard waste”, “Crop residues”, and “bulking agents”. A maximum of 35 percent by volume of” post-consumer food waste” as defined in WAC 173-350-100 may be substituted for recycled plant waste. The Engineer may approve compost products containing up to 35% biosolids or manure feedstocks for specific projects or soil blends, but these feedstocks are not allowed unless specified, and not allowed in compost used for Bioretention Soils.
SECTION 9-23 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS, POZZOLANS AND ADMIXTURES
Add New Section:
9-23.13 LIMESTONE (New Section) (9-30-14)
Limestone for Type IL or Type IT Blended Hydraulic Cement shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 595.
53
APPENDIX
WELL REPORTS
CATALOG CUTS FOR
OLDCASTLE PRECAST UTILITY VAULTS Delivering Reliability
444-LA
COVER No. 44-332P
BASE No. 444-BL
OPTIONAL COVER SECTIONS
Non Skid Covers Available
FOR DETAILS, SEE REVERSE >> Items Shown Are Subject To Change Without Notice Issue Date: August 2012 8 ©1970-2012 Oldcastle Precast, Inc.
Mailing Address Phone: 800-892-1538 PO Box 588 Fax: 253-735-4201 opauburn.com Auburn, WA 98071 Email: [email protected] Delivering Reliability
444-LA
A A
PLAN VIEW
SECTION AA END VIEW
SCALE: 1/2” = 1’-0”
8.1 ©1970-2012 Oldcastle Precast, Inc.
opauburn.com Delivering Reliability
507-LA
COVER No. 55-332P
VAULT No. 507-BL
OPTIONAL COVER SECTION
Non Skid Covers Available
FOR DETAILS, SEE REVERSE >> Items Shown Are Subject To Change Without Notice Issue Date: August 2012 13 ©1973-2012 Oldcastle Precast, Inc.
Mailing Address Phone: 800-892-1538 PO Box 588 Fax: 253-735-4201 opauburn.com Auburn, WA 98071 Email: [email protected] Delivering Reliability
507-LA
A A
PLAN VIEW
SECTION AA END VIEW
SCALE: 1/2” = 1’-0”
13.1 ©1973-2012 Oldcastle Precast, Inc.
opauburn.com Delivering Reliability
577-LA
COVER No. 57-2-33F
VAULT No. 577-BL
OPTIONAL COVER SECTIONS
Non Skid Covers Available
FOR DETAILS, SEE REVERSE >> Items Shown Are Subject To Change Without Notice Issue Date: August 2012 17 ©1970-2012 Oldcastle Precast, Inc.
Mailing Address Phone: 800-892-1538 PO Box 588 Fax: 253-735-4201 opauburn.com Auburn, WA 98071 Email: [email protected] Delivering Reliability
577-LA
A A
PLAN VIEW
SECTION AA END VIEW
SCALE: 3/8” = 1’-0”
17.1 ©1970-2012 Oldcastle Precast, Inc. opauburn.com 577-AT/LDA
ADJUSTABLE COVER SLAB No. 57-2-332P-AT
VAULT No. 577-BL
COVER No. 57TL-2-332-GV
VAULT No. 577-BL
REMOVABLE 577 DIVIDER WALL
577-AT/LDA 577-AT/LDA File Name: 010-577AT 4'-2" x 6'-6" x 6'-0"
PO Box 588, Auburn, Washington 98071-0588 Issue Date: 2010 ELECTRIC / WATER / GAS Tel: (253) 839-3500 Fax: (253) 735-4201 www.uvauburn.com
18
SCL CONSTRUCTION & MATERIAL
STANDARDS/GUIDELINES
STANDARD NUMBER: U1-4.11/NCI-60 SEATTLE CITY LIGHT PAGE: 1 of 6 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE DATE: November 29, 1961 REV: May 10, 2004
CABLE PULLING CALCULATIONS Maximum Pulling Tensions for Installing Electrical Wire and Cables (Underground)
Cables of moderate size and length are pulled into ducts and conduit by using basket-type or Kellems grips. Pull cables using basket-style or Kellems grips on the cable insulation jacket unless it is necessary to pull directly on the conductor (see Case 2, below).
Kellems® K-Type Pulling Grip
One typically used, standard length Kellems K-Type pulling grip is designed to pull cables with diameters of 3.50 to 3.99 inches (Hubbell Catalog number 033-01-030). This grip is rated for 9,600 pounds work load and has an approximate breaking strength of 48,000 pounds. See the Table 5 on page 6 for other sizes of Kellems grips.
The following installation instructions accompany Kellems K-Type pulling grips (Hubbell): 1. Using black, vinyl electrical tape, tape the end of the conductor or cable bundle in two or three layers, tightly wrapped. 2. Assemble the grip so the cable end or cable bundle end is inserted up to the bend in the shoulder protectors (as shown above). 3. All slack should be ironed out of the mesh starting at the shoulder protectors and working back to the tail. 4. Two Punch-Lok® bands, each double wrapped, should be firmly attached approximately one inch and two inches from the grip’s tail. Banding is required to insure maximum reliability and guard against accidental release. Note: A Pengo Miller swivel is recommended for attachment to the grip’s eye for release of torque during the pull. Note: Do not run grips or swivel over bullwheels or winch drums while under tension. Note: Do not use synthetic rope for pulling.
ORIGINATOR STANDARDS COORDINATOR STANDARDS SUPERVISOR UNIT DIRECTOR SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U1-4.11/NCI-60 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE PAGE: 2 of 6
The limits in the following examples must not be exceeded when pulling cable:
Case 1 – Pulling Grip, Head, or Eye Applied to Conductors Aluminum: Maximum tension in pounds equals 0.006 times conductor size expressed in circular mils. Copper: Maximum tension in pounds equals 0.008 times conductor size expressed in circular mils.
TABLE 1 Wire Size AWG Circular mils 6 26,250 2 66,370 1 83,690 2/0 105,530 4/0 211,600
Case 2 – Pulling Grip Applied to Insulation Jacket Maximum tension shall not exceed 1,000 pounds. Case 1 limits shall not be exceeded. Case 3 – Pulling Around a Bend Maximum tension at a bend shall not exceed 500 times bend radius in feet. Cases 1 and 2 limits apply. Case 4 – Pulling More Than One Conductor at a Time Maximum tension shall not exceed the allowable sum of the individual tensions calculated above. Note that the maximum tension in this case may be much less than the individual sums, especially when pulling around a bend. Basket-type or Kellems grip tension is applied to the jacket, not the conductor.
FORMULAS FOR TENSION CALCULATIONS Straight Sections – T=L w f Where T = Pulling end tension L = Section length w = Cable weight per unit of length (see Table 4 on page 4) f = Coefficient of friction 0.5 – Steel, clay 0.4 – PVC, transite fa Curved Sections – T2 =T1e
Where T1 = Feeding end tension
T2 = Pulling end tension e = 2.718 f = Coefficient of friction a = Angle of bend, in radians (one radian = 57.3 degrees) SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U1-4.11/NCI-60 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE PAGE: 3 of 6
TABLE 2 CONDUCTOR APPLIED TENSION Maximum Pulling Tensions, Grip, Head, or Eye Maximum Tension Cable Description Pounds Kilograms 3-1/C, 750 kcmil, 28kV Cu. and 1-4/0 Cu. Neut 19,692 8,932 3-1/C, 500 kcmil, 28kV Cu. and 1-4/0 Cu. Neut 13,692 6,210 3-2/C, 350 kcmil, 28 kV 6,300 2,863 3-2/C, #1 Al., 28 kV 1,500 684 2-2/C, #1 Al., 28 kV 1,000 456 1-2/C, #1 Al., 28 kV 500 228 500 kcmil, Quadruplex, 600V Al. 11,100 5,045 500 kcmil, Triplex, 600V Al. 8,100 3,674 350 kcmil, Quadruplex, 600V Al. 6,569 3,433 350 kcmil, Triplex, 600V Al. 5,469 2,480 #4/0, Quadruplex, 600V Al. 4,442 2,014 #4/0, Triplex, 600V Al. 3,172 1,439 3-#1, 600V Al. 1,500 684 #6, Duplex, 600V Al. 315 142
TABLE 3
VALUES FOR efa Coefficients of Friction Are for Non-Lubricated Cables a (degrees) 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 efa (f = 0.5) 1.14 1.30 1.48 1.69 1.92 2.19 2.50 2.85 efa (f = 0.4) 1.11 1.25 1.37 1.52 1.69 1.87 2.08 2.31
Note that no calculations have included any effects of sloping runs. Generally, it is best to pull downhill and feed the end closest to any bends. Cable must not stop part way through. Once a pull has begun, it must be completed. SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U1-4.11/NCI-60 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE PAGE: 4 of 6
Case 4 Example A 3-conductor, 500 kcmil, copper, RINJ cable weighing 6.4 pounds per foot is to be pulled in the duct shown below. Find the tension pulling from A to D and from D to A. Must the cable be pulled with tension applied to the conductors, or will a basket or Kellems grip on the insulation work? PULLING FROM A to D Tension A to B 200 x 0.5 x 6.4 = 640 lbs Tension A to C 640 x 2.20 = 1410 lbs Tension C to D 40 x 0.5 x 6.4 = 128 lbs Total Tension A to D 128 + 1410 = 1538 lbs PULLING FROM D to A Tension D to C 40 x 0.5 x 6.4 = 128 lbs Tension D to B 128 x 2.20 = 282 lbs Tension B to A 200 x 0.5 x 6.4 = 640 lbs Total Tension D to A 640 + 282 = 922 lbs Pulling on the conductors allows a maximum tension of: 0.008 x 500,000 x 3 = 12,000 lbs. Pulling on the insulation with Kellems grips allows a maximum tension of 1000 lbs. The maximum tension allowed at the bend is: 20 x 500 = 10,000 lbs. Pulling from A to D requires that pulling be done with the conductors. Pulling from D to A allows a basket or Kellems grip on the insulation. The radius bend has no effect on the tension limits.
TABLE 4
See also Construction Guideline E6-1/NGE-70 CABLE WEIGHTS (w) Conductor Weight (lbs. per foot) Weight (Kg per meter) 500 kcmil Quad 600V Al. 2.233 3.323 500 kcmil Tx. 600V Al. 1.700 2.530 350 kcmil Quad 600V Al. 1.588 2.363 350 kcmil Tx. 600V Al. 1.266 1.884 #4/0 Quad 600V Al. 0.997 1.484 #4/0 Tx. 600V Al. 0.695 1.034 SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U1-4.11/NCI-60 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE PAGE: 5 of 6
Case 5 – Pulling Up a Vertical Riser The pulling tension is calculated the same as for a horizontal run except the total weight of the vertical portion of the cable is ADDED to the calculated tensions to determine the actual tension required to pull the cable.
Case 6 – Pulling Down a Vertical Riser This pulling tension is calculated the same as above but the weight of the vertical portion to the cable is SUBTRACTED from the calculated tensions. If the run is long or the cable weight is high, the actual tension will be negative. This means a hold-back or brake will be required for permanent support for the cable.
Case 7 – Supports for Vertical Risers (Non-Armored) All vertical cable runs require a permanent support. Short lengths (i.e., pole risers) may be supported with Kellems grips. Use the following process to calculate the maximum length (see example). 1. Select grip by wire size and note its breaking strength (See Table 5). Divide by 10 (Safety Factor). Divide this by the weight per foot of the cable times the length to find the maximum length the grip will support. 2. Use the conductor size in circular mils times π/4 times 24,000 (breaking strength of copper) and divide by a safety factor of 7 to determine the allowable supporting tension. (Multiply by three for three conductors.) Divide this result by the weight per foot of cable to find the MAXIMUM length of this cable that can be supported. Note the maximum allowable tension is 1000 lbs. for any cable. Divide this by the lbs/ft of cable weight to find this maximum. Use the smaller of the above 3 to find the safe maximum support length. Note: On all cable grip supports use two Punch Lok bands to secure the bottom of the grip and prevent slipping.
Case 7 Example Cable: #1 XLP 3cc cu 15 kV 3/0 XLP 3cc Cu 15 kV Diameter over Jacket 2.01 to 2.25 inches 2.31 to 2.45 inches Weight: 2.25 lbs/ft 3.37 lbs/ft Grip No. (Kellems): 022-07-005 022-07-006 Breaking Lbs: 8050# 8050# 8050 8050 Grip Limit: = 358 feet = 238 feet (2.25) (10) (3.37) (10)
Cable Limit: (π/4) (83,690) (24,000) (3) (π/4) (167,800) (24,000) (3) = 300ft = 402ft (2.25) (7) (106) (3.37) (7) (106)
Maximum Cable Tension 1000# (see 1000/2.25 = 444ft 1000/3.37 = 297ft Case 2): Maximum Length: 300 feet 238 feet SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U1-4.11/NCI-60 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE PAGE: 6 of 6
Case 8 – Supports for Armored Cable Risers Armored cable is supported by its armor wires using an O.Z. fitting that is threaded on to the upper end of the vertical conduit run (No. FT5040, Stock No. 731142). This conduit MUST be rigid galvanized steel, encased in concrete, to provide support.
Case 8 Example
Cable: 2/0, XLP, 3cc, Cu, 15 kV, Armored Armor: 40 Strands, 165 mils diameter Weight: 6.95 lbs/ft Armor Strength: 50,000 lbs/square inch 2 Allowable Length = (π/4) (Armor Diameter) (Number of Strands) (50,000) (7) (6.95)
(π/4)(0.165)2 (40)(50,000) = = 879 feet MAXIMUM (7) (6.95)
References: Okonite Company: Bulletin #EHB-98, Page 40-46 Okonite Company: “Installation Practices foe Cable Raceway Systems,” 1998 Okonite Company: “Cable Installation Design Limits” IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables, IEEE Std 1185-1994 Construction Guideline E6-1/NGE-70
TABLE 5 Kellems® K-Type Pulling Grip, Standard Length Cable Diameter Approx. Breaking Hubbell Cat. No. Range, Inches Work Load, Lbs.* Strength, Lbs. 033-01-011 0.50 – 0.61 1,120 5,600 033-01-012 0.62 – 0.74 1,360 6,800 033-01-024 0.75 – 0.99 1,920 9,600 033-01-025 1.00 – 1.49 3,280 16,400 033-01-026 1.50 – 1.99 3,280 16,400 033-01-027 2.00 – 2.49 5,440 27,200 033-01-019 2.50 – 2.99 6,600 33,000 033-01-029 3.00 – 3.49 8,200 41,000 033-01-030 3.50 – 3.99 9,600 48,000 033-01-031 4.00 – 4.49 9,600 48,000 033-01-039 4.50 – 4.99 9,600 48,000 033-01-047 5.00 – 5.99 9,600 48,000 033-01-045 6.00 – 6.99 9,600 48,000 * Safety factor of 5 is per Kellems technical information. SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U2-6/NVH-20 PAGE: 1 of 4 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES SUPERSEDING: new EFFECTIVE DATE: February 1, 2008
INSPECTION AND REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR PRECAST VAULTS AND MANHOLES
Figure 1. Vault Repaired with Epoxy Injection
1. Scope When the rebar rusts, it begins to lose strength, This Guideline covers the inspection and repairs but more importantly the rust occupies a much of cracks and/or spalling in precast vaults, greater volume than the iron from which it came. manholes, and other similar structures. It shall The rust exerts expansion pressures exceeding apply to all new precast concrete vaults, the ability of even the strongest concrete to resist. manholes, and handholes with a dimension The result is cracking and, if corrosion continues, (length, width, depth) of 4 feet or more that are concrete will spall off. Such spalling is frequently installed for use by Seattle City Light. accompanied by leaching of rust to the concrete surface, leaving unsightly stains. Remedial action must be taken so that progressive deterioration 2. Background does not ultimately threaten the structure’s A main source of strength in precast concrete adequacy. structures is provided by the rebar (reinforcing As stated above, structures that have high steel). The principal component of the reinforcing humidity and excessive heat are very likely to steel is iron which has a persistent tendency to eventually start to crack or spall. return to its natural state, generally iron oxide, or rust. Whenever an excessive amount of heat or A spall is a fragment of concrete detached from moisture is present, the rebar will rust at a rapid the larger mass by a blow, by action of weather, or rate. The presence of admixtures, such as by pressure or expansion within the large mass. calcium chloride, and moisture increases the In the case of vaults, it is frequently caused by probability of rebar rusting. expansion that accompanies the corrosion of reinforcing steel.
STANDARDS COORDINATOR STANDARDS SUPERVISOR UNIT DIRECTOR
Chris Detter John Barnett Richard Kent
SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U2-6/NVH-20 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES PAGE: 2 of 4 Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and SUPERSEDING: new Manholes EFFECTIVE DATE: February 1, 2008
3. Inspections manufacturer and/or SCL Civil Engineering 3.1 Precast Vaults and Manholes (except should be contacted for advice on Vault/Manhole roof) replacement. Cracks 0.062″ wide or greater in a vault roof indicate a faulty cover and Cracks less than 0.012″ wide are not an require the replacement of the entire roof. immediate source of concern, unless there are multiple cracks in one area. Cracks 4. Repair Procedure – Cracks 0.012″ wide or greater, or spalling 0.375″ deep or greater are of concern, especially in 4.1 General high moisture vaults or where excessive heat is present. These cracks and spalls shall be Cracks shall be repaired by injecting epoxy repaired. Any cracks or spalling that make grout under pressure into the crack. The the reinforcing steel visible shall be repaired procedure for preparation and application of immediately. If a crack is 1/8″ (0.125″) wide the epoxy injection shall be in accordance or more, SCL Civil Engineering should be with the epoxy manufacturer’s called to determine if the entire structure or recommendations and as described below: roof should be replaced, or to provide a. Cracks to be filled shall be cleaned of dust, detailed procedures for major repair. silt, and any other material that would impair Generally, the precast manufacturer will look bond of the epoxy to the concrete. For small at the defect and provide an opinion cracks, cleaning shall be done by regarding repair. Precast vaults and vacuuming. Large cracks may be blown out manholes shall have the minimum concrete with compressed air. cover over rebar as specified in Table 3.1. b. Suitable fixed injection ports shall be Where insufficient concrete cover is found, established along the cracks at intervals the supplier should be notified. not less than the thickness of the concrete being injected. At the end of a crack, the Table 3.1, Minimum Concrete Cover over first port shall be about half this distance Rebar from the end. Minimum Depth c. The surface of the crack between ports on Type of Rebar of Cover, in. both faces of the structure, if they are accessible, shall be sealed with tape or Main reinforcing steel 1-1/2 other temporary surface sealant which is Stirrups and Ties 1 capable of retaining the epoxy adhesive in the crack during pressure injection and until the epoxy has hardened. Sealing tape It should be noted that any structure under and/or temporary surface sealant should one year old (covered by warranty) that has remain in place until the epoxy has cracks or spalling, as described in SCL hardened. Material Standard 7201.00, should d. Epoxy adhesive shall be pumped into the immediately be brought to the attention of the cracks through the injection ports. The manufacturer and installing contractor. pump, hose, injection gun, and Vaults being inspected should be tested by appurtenances shall be capable of injecting hammering the walls and roofs. A hollow the epoxy at a sufficient rate and pressure sound will indicate loose or delaminated to completely fill all designated cracks. The concrete. temperature of the concrete shall be not less than 45 deg F at the time the epoxy is 3.1 Precast Vaults and Manholes (except injected. Vault/Manhole roof), continued e. Before starting injection work and at hourly Prior to replacing any defective concrete, the intervals during injection work, a sample of manufacturer should be notified in order to mixed epoxy shall be taken from the injection determine if he is liable for any portion of the gun. If these samples show any evidence of repair. improper proportioning or mixing, injection 3.2 Inspection – Vault/Manhole Roof work shall be suspended until the equipment or procedures are corrected. Any cracks greater than 0.012″ are a concern when they appear in vault roof, especially if the roof is in a heavy traffic area. The SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U2-6/NVH-20 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES PAGE: 3 of 4 Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and SUPERSEDING: new Manholes EFFECTIVE DATE: February 1, 2008
4. Repair Procedure – Cracks b. The following are approved epoxies and suppliers: 4.1 General, continued f. The epoxy adhesive shall be forced in to Epoxies Manufacturer the first port at one end of a crack until Ceilcote 747R Ceilcote, a division adhesive runs in substantial quantity from Repair Grout of International the next adjacent port. The first port shall then be sealed and injection started at the Protective Coatings next port where the epoxy has just begun to Sikadur 52 Sika Corporation show. Injection shall then continue from Injection Resin port to port in this manner until the crack is fully injected. For slanting or vertical cracks, pumping shall start at the lower end Other materials may be submitted for of the crack and progress upward. Where approval. approximately vertical and horizontal cracks intersect, the vertical crack below the intersection shall be injected first. For horizontal structural elements, the crack 5. Repair Procedure – Spalls shall be injected from bottom of the 5.1 Preparation element, filling upward. a. Remove all loose material to sound concrete. 4.2 Injection Equipment The perimeter of the prepared area should have perpendicular edges with a minimum a. Automatic pressure injection systems shall depth of 1/8″. contain positive displacement pumps with variable feed rate to ensure components b. Concrete shall be chipped to a minimum are mixed at the correct ratio. clearance of one inch all around corroded reinforcing bars. The exposed bars shall be b. The recommended injection pressure for cleaned of corrosion. epoxy injection shall be 10 to 15 psi at the beginning of the injection at each injection location. The pressure may be gradually increased to 20 to 25 psi if the injection progresses too slowly. The maximum injection pressure shall not exceed 75 psi.
For best results, it is recommended that low
injection pressure, in the range of 10 to 25 psi, and slower injection progressive speed be maintained at all times. This can be verified with the use of a pressure gauge located on the discharge side of the mixer. c. Transparent reservoirs shall be used to verify that the ratio of the components mixed is in Figure 2. Mortar Patch for Spall Repair accordance with epoxy manufacturer’s recommendations. Metering systems shall be used to ensure mixing accuracy is within c. Existing concrete surface at the repairing 2%. area shall be roughened to a minimum depth of 1/8″ prior to patching. 4.3 Material d. If the diameter of the rebar is reduced by a. Epoxy shall be a two-component, waterproof 1/16″ or more, additional reinforcement system specifically manufactured for use in shall be installed. Precast manufacturers filling cracks by means of pressure injection. should be contacted for installation All epoxy resin shall conform to the details. requirements of the American Society for 5.2 Patching Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Specification for Epoxy Resin Base Bonding Overhead grout patches shall be applied in Systems, ASTM C 881-02. layer not to exceed 1/2″ in thickness. SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U2-6/NVH-20 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES PAGE: 4 of 4 Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and SUPERSEDING: new Manholes EFFECTIVE DATE: February 1, 2008
5. Repair Procedure – Spalls, continued 6. Record of Repair Each area where Epoxy injection repair was done 5.3 Materials by the supplier/installing contractor shall be All material shall be applied in accordance stamped with the label “Epoxy Injected, Inspected with grout manufacturer’s recommendations. by Supplier/Installing contractor Name”.
Nonshrink 7. References Grout Manufacturer 224.IR-07; “Causes, Evaluation, and Repair of Masterpatch 95 BASF Cracks in Concrete Structures”; American Repair Mortar Concrete Institute Five-Star Five Star Nonshrink Grout Products, Inc. C881; “Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete”; ASTM; 2002 Sika Top 122 and Sika 123 Repair Mortars Corporation Detter, Chris; SCL Standards Engineer, subject matter expert and originator for U2-6/NVH-20 ([email protected]) Other Nonshrink grouts may be submitted for approval. Ng, Sharon; SCL Senior Civil Engineer, subject matter expert for U2-6/NVH-20 SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: U2-6/NVH-20 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES PAGE: 5 of 4 Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and SUPERSEDING: new Manholes EFFECTIVE DATE: February 1, 2008
STANDARD SEATTLE CITY LIGHT NUMBER: U2-11.3/NDK-30 PAGE: 1 of 2 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE DATE: July 27, 1982 REV: December 4, 1997
TERMINATION of EXISTING DUCTS in NEW VAULTS or MANHOLES
When enlarging or installing new manholes and/or vaults, all existing ducts shall be terminated in the new structure using the appropriate method of the following three. This shall apply to all ducts unless noted otherwise. In all cases 6 each 1/2" steel rebars shall be located as shown and terminated 3" from the face of the wall. On new installations, one additional 4” duct for fiber optics shall be included in the duct bank. In the network area, ducts shall be terminated in an 8” window 45° to the inside of the vault. On new installations in the network area, two additional 2” ducts shall be included in the duct bank. A system neutral shall be pulled into one of the 2” ducts and connected to ground as an aid in locating the duct bank.
1. ROUND DUCTS: The ducts, regardless of the material, shall be cut back to allow for installation of the vault and later extended into the structure. The extension shall be encased in a minimum of 2" of concrete. All ducts shall be end belled flush with the inside wall of the structure. The 2” duct shall be end belled with a coupling. This is to allow the possible connection of a pump discharge The existing duct encasement shall be painted with undiluted polyvinyl acetate bonding agent, "Weldcrete", prior to pouring the new concrete.
2. SQUARE TILE DUCTS: The existing ducts shall be cut square with the inside wall of the structure and shall be beveled by grinding and/or adding grout to form a bevel.
SQUARE TILE DUCTS ALTERNATE: (Only with the written approval of the Network Engineering Manager). The ducts shall be removed back to the next joint (minimum of 24") and a square-to- round adapter (City Light Stock number 734565) installed. Extend the (now) round ducts into the structure and install end bells and encasement as for round ducts. The spacing at the structure wall shall be 2”.
3. DUCTS WITH EXISTING CABLES: When existing cables cannot be removed, square-tile ducts may be cut flush with the inside wall or; if converted to round ducts the extension may be split lengthwise and securely wired together over the cables prior to encasing them in concrete. The joint shall be taped to prevent concrete entrance into the duct.
4. EMPTY DUCTS: Cable protectors, marked with the destination of the empty conduit, may be installed in the termination of empty conduits. Use a permanent marking pen. This is especially important for service or stubbed out conduits (i.e. those which do not go to a City Light vault). 5. NON-TRANSPOSITION: Ducts should not be transposed between vaults unless it is absolutely unavoidable.
ORIGINATOR STANDARDS COORDINATOR STANDARDS SUPERVISOR UNIT DIRECTOR STANDARD SEATTLE CITY LIGHT NUMBER: U 2-11.3/NDK-30 2 of 2 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE PAGE:
TERMINATION of EXISTING DUCTS in NEW VAULTS or MANHOLES
standard number: U9-5 Seattle City Light superseding: September 10, 2008 effective date: July 20, 2010 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE page: 1 of 4
577 VAULT TRANSFORMER AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION, GROUNDING AND CONNECTIONS
Primary Cable Racking
standards coordinator standards manager unit director
Curtis Lu John Shipek Pam S. Johnson
Seattle City Light standard number: U9-5 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE superseding: September 10, 2008 577 Vault Transformer and Junction Box Installation, effective date: July 20, 2010 Grounding and Connections page: 2 of 4
Grounding
Seattle City Light standard number: U9-5 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE superseding: September 10, 2008 577 Vault Transformer and Junction Box Installation, effective date: July 20, 2010 Grounding and Connections page: 3 of 4
Secondary Cable Racking and Connections
Cable tagging per Construction Guideline U4-3.3. Secondary cables to be laid straight with no intertwining of the leads. Connect only the neutrals on all services. Secondary conduits must use upper group of knockouts. (see below.)
3 Cable Lead 4 Spade Transformers Transformers 25, 50 & 75 kVa 100 & 167 kVa
Seattle City Light standard number: U9-5 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE superseding: September 10, 2008 577 Vault Transformer and Junction Box Installation, effective date: July 20, 2010 Grounding and Connections page: 4 of 4
Material List Item Quantity Description Stock No. 01 3 or 4 ELBOW, Load Break, 15.2/26.3 kV 686445 02 1 ELBOW, Dead Break, 15.2 kV to ground 686416 03 0 or 1 RECEPTACLE, Dead End Cap, for 2 bushing transformers 686411 04 0 or 1 BAIL, Hold Down for dead end caps 686563 05 1 JUNCTION BOX, Load Break 3 Position 686454 4 Position 686455 06 3 or 4 COVER, Load Break Elbow, 1 per elbow 686467 07 As required CAP, Insulating Dead End 686452 08 As required CLAMP, Hot Line Tap 580725E 10 2 ROD, Ground, 5/8˝ x 8΄ copper clad 564238E 11 2 CLAMP, Ground Rod, medium duty, 5/8˝ to #2 564012E 12 70΄ (estimate) WIRE, #2 Bare, stranded copper, soft drawn 610434 13 9 (estimate) CONNECTOR, Parallel #2 - #2 crimpet 677326E 14 4 or 5 SPLICE, Straight, copper, #2 - #2, 1 per elbow 677357E 15 4 CONNECTOR, Grounding, cable To flat, #4 - #2/0 676674 16 4 WASHER, Cut, bronze, 3/8˝ 788024E 17 4 BRACKET, Ground Support, Unistrut 686466 18 12΄ WIRE, #2 Bare, solid copper HD 610006 20 7 RACK, 30˝ - 18 Hole, galvanized 721666E 21 3 (estimate) HOOKS, Cable Rack, galvanized steel 4˝ 7206.2 7 (estimate) 7-1/2˝ 7206.2 – 14˝ 7206.2 22 13 (estimate) BOLT, Machine, zinc plated 1/2˝ x 1˝ 784825E 7 (estimate) BOLT, Machine, zinc plated 1/2˝ x 1-1/2˝ 784827E 23 20 (estimate) LOCK WASHER, galvanized 1/2˝ 584255E 24 13 (estimate) FLAT WASHER, galvanized 1/2˝ 585025E 25 20 (estimate) NUT, Unistrut, P4010 1/2˝ 723607E 26 4 (estimate) CABLE TIE, plastic, 0.184˝ x 7˝ 735805E 27 4 (estimate) MOUNTING BASE, for cable tie, 1/2˝ 735852 28 4 (estimate) ANCHOR, Stud Bolt, 1/4˝ x 1-3/4˝ 780091E 30 36΄ (estimate) CABLE, 600 Volt, copper XLP 4/0 For 25 kVA transformers 613735 4/0 For 50 kVA transformers 613735 500 for 75 kVA transformers 613740 500 for 100 kVA transformers 613740 31 3 or 4 CONNECTOR, Multiple, 4 through 8 positions, including connectors, sleeves and covers, as specified, refer to Construction Guideline U5-1.10 - 32 1 CONNECTOR, Lug #2, Cu for transformer ground 012729 33 2 or 0 SPLICE, Straight, copper 2/0 - 2/0 677360 4/0 - 4/0 677362 500 - 500 677367 34 0 or 3 TERMINAL, Compression Lug, copper 500 kcmil 677091 0 or 1 #2 (transformer ground) 677071 35 0 or 8 Nuts, Bolts, Washers and Tape (refer to Construction Guideline U11-9) – 40 35 (estimate) TIE STRAP, plastic 7˝ 735806 5 (estimate) 14˝ 735811 41 10΄ (estimate) CONDUIT, PVC, Schedule 40, 2˝ 734530 42 10΄ (estimate) CONDUIT, PVC, Schedule 40, 3˝ 734532 43 1 CABLE PROTECTOR, nylon 731801E 46 3 or 4 TAG, Cable Identification 735800E
standard number: U9-6 Seattle City Light page: 1 of 4 superseding: May 10, 2006 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE effective date: September 10, 2008
577 VAULT WITH THREE LOADBREAK JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLATION, GROUNDIING AND CONNECTIONS
Note: Engineers will detail conduit entrance location in Work Order notes.
Figure 1. Junction Box Installation standards coordinator standards supervisor unit director
Patti Berg John Shipek Pam S. Johnson
Seattle City Light standard number: U9-6 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE page: 2 of 4 577 Vault with Three Loadbreak Junction Boxes -- superseding: May 10, 2006 Installation, Groundiing and Connections effective date: September 10, 2008
Figure 2. Cable Training and Conduit Entrance
Figure 4. Elbow
Figure 3. Cable Support Figure 5. Dead End Cap Seattle City Light standard number: U9-6 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE page: 3 of 4 577 Vault with Three Loadbreak Junction Boxes -- superseding: May 10, 2006 Installation, Groundiing and Connections effective date: September 10, 2008
Preferred J-Box Locations
A. The J-boxes shall be located Ø1, Ø2, Ø3, in clockwise rotation. B. The positions on the J-boxes shall be 1, 2, 3, 4. left-to-right when facing the J- box. C. The number #2 bare solid wire for attaching working grounds shall be as tight as possible.
Figure 6. J-Box Locations and Operating Clearances
When using either of the J-box location alternatives below, particular attention must be given to where the cables (conduits) enter the vault and to proper cable training.
Figure 8 alternative is to be used only when obstructions prevent the use of options. This option is never to be used for 5-way J-boxes.
Figure 7. First Alternate J-Box Locations Figure 8. Second Alternate J-Box Locations
Seattle City Light standard number: U9-6 CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINE page: 4 of 4 577 Vault with Three Loadbreak Junction Boxes -- superseding: May 10, 2006 Installation, Groundiing and Connections effective date: September 10, 2008
Material List Stock Material Item Description Quantity Number Standard Primary 01 ELBOW, Load Break, 15.2/26.3 kV 9 or 12 686445 6864.05 02 JUNCTION BOX, Load Break 3 position 3 686454 6864.07 4 position 686455 6864.07 5 position* (see item 6) 686555 6864.07 03 COVER, Load Break Elbow, 1 per elbow 9 or 12 686467 none 04 CAP, Insulating Dead End as required 686452 6864.07 05 CLAMP, Hot Line Tap as required 580725E 5807.1 06 BUSHING INSERT, not included with 5-position J-box as required* 686449 6864.07 Grounding 10 GROUND ROD, Copper Clad, 5/8˝ x 8΄ 4 564238E 5642.1 11 CLAMP, Ground Rod, medium duty, 5/8˝ to #2 4 564012E 5640.3 12 WIRE, #2 Bare Stranded, copper, soft drawn 200΄ (estimate) 610434 6103.9 13 CONNECTOR, Compression Tap, parallel #2 - #2 (crimpet) 18 (estimate) 677326E 6773.5 14 SPLICE, Straight, copper, #2 - #2, 1 per elbow 9 or 12 677357E 6773.8 15 CONNECTOR, Grounding, cable to flat, #4 - #2/0 9 676674 6766.1 16 WASHER, Cut, bronze, 3/8˝ 9 788024E 7880.2 17 BRACKET, Ground Support, Unistrut 9 686466 none 18 WIRE, #2 Bare Solid, copper, hard drawn 20΄ 610006 6100.1 19 TERMINAL LUG, Compression #2 3 677071E 6770.7 Racking and Mounting 20 RACK, 18 Hole, galvanized, 30˝ 2 (estimate) 721666E 7216.7 21 HOOKS, Cable Rack, galvanized steel 4˝ as required 720625E 7206.2 7-1/2˝ as required 720626E 7206.2 14˝ 2 (estimate) 720631E 7206.2 22 BOLT, Machine, zinc plated 1/2˝ x 1˝ 17 (estimate) 784825E 7847.1 1/2˝ x 1-1/2˝ 7 (estimate) 784827E 7847.1 23 WASHER, Lock, galvanized, 1/2˝ 19 (estimate) 584255E 5842.1 24 WASHER, Flat, galvanized, 1/2˝ 17 (estimate) 585025E 5847.1 25 NUT, Unistrut, 1/2˝ P4010 20 (estimate) 723607E none 26 CABLE TIE, plastic, 0.184˝ x 7˝ 6 (estimate) 735805E 7358.1 27 MOUNTING BASE, for cable tie, 1/2˝ 6 (estimate) 735852 none 28 ANCHOR, Stud Bolt, 1/4˝ x 1-3/4˝ 6 (estimate) 780091E 7800.9 Miscellaneous 40 CABLE TIE, plastic 0.184˝ x 7˝ 65 (estimate) 735805E 7358.1 14˝ 5 (estimate) 735811E 7358.1 41 CONDUIT, PVC, Schedule, 40, 2˝ 7΄ (estimate) 734530 7015.05 42 CONDUIT, PVC, Schedule, 40, 4˝ as required 734523 7015.05 43 CABLE PROTECTOR, nylon as required 731801E 7318.1 46 TAG, Cable Identification 9 or 12 735800E 7318.1
standard number: U2-11.2/NDK-20 Seattle City Light superseding: February 5, 2001 effective date: January 12, 2011 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD page: 1 of 1
REINFORCEMENT OF CONCRETE ENCASED DUCT RUNS
1. When the engineer determines that concrete encased 3. The first four bars shall be placed in the corners of the duct runs need reinforcement, the reinforcement shall concrete envelope. All bars thereafter shall be equally consist of #4 Grade 40 or Grade 60 deformed bars spaced between the corner bars. The longitudinal bars placed longitudinally in the duct run and tied with #3 shall have a minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover. closed stirrup at 18 inches on center. All reinforcing shall Minimum splice length for #3 and #4 bars shall be 12 conform to ASTM Specification A 615-82. inches. Longitudinal splices are to be staggered 6 inches or increase overlap to 18 inches. Rebar shall be 2. The number of longitudinal bars per duct section shall embedded in vault structure around duct penetration. be the next highest even number to that number determined by the equation N = 0. 12 (W+D) - 0.72, 4. Red dye shall be added to the concrete mix at the rate of where N = number of bars, W = width of duct, and D = 4 pounds per yard. depth of duct envelope in inches.
5. Example: Assume duct envelope is 17 inches wide and 43 inches deep N = 0.12 (17 + 43) - 0.72 = 0.12 (60) - 0.72 = 7.20 - 0.72 = 6.48 Use 8 - #4 bars
¥ overpour shall not exceed 6 inches
standards coordinator standards manager unit director
Brett Hanson John Shipek Pamela S. Johnson
standard number: U2-11.40/NDK-40 Seattle City Light superseding: October 5, 2011 effective date: December 11, 2013 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD page: 1 of 1
MANDRELING AND CLEANING OF DUCTS AND CONDUITS
1. After the concrete has been poured or the trench 4. Cleaning and mandreling operations may be backfilled over conduit, each duct run and conduit performed simultaneously. shall be tested for obstructions or flattening by pulling a proofing mandrel sized and constructed per 5. After cleaning and mandreling, each conduit shall Material Standard 7645.40 through the duct or have left in it a flat, pre-lubricated, polyester or conduit within 5 days of installation. If an obstruction Aramid pull tape of 2,500 lb. minimum tensile strength is found in a duct or conduit, that section shall be (Fibertek Inc. or equal; City Light Stock Nos. 012293 replaced. and 012480. Note: there is no material standard for these items. Refer to Stock Catalog page 73-40.) 2. Cleaning ducts shall be performed by drawing a The pull tape shall be printed with sequential footage brush with stiff bristles and a swab through each markings. Every conduit not part of a duct bank shall duct and conduit to make certain no foreign contain a 3-inch wide detectable underground materials are left in the duct. marking tape, red-colored, Reef Industries “Sentry Line” #42-0110 or Pro-Line Safety or equal (City Light 3. Conduit runs of 5 inches or larger shall be flushed Stock No. 736800. Note: there is no material standard with a water jet type system such as the “Jet for this item. Refer to Stock Catalog page 73-78.) Rodder” equipment. Completion subject to SCL inspector’s approval. 6. After cleaning and mandreling, each conduit shall be plugged with plugs of the type and manufacturer specified in Seattle City Light Material Standard 7345.7.
standards coordinator standards supervisor unit director
Brett Hanson John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: U2-14.2 Seattle City Light Superseding: October 20, 2014 Effective Date: April 13, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 2
VAULT INSTALLATION
Figure 1
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Yaochiem Chao John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: U2-14.2 Seattle City Light Superseding: October 20, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: April 13, 2016 Vault Installation Page: 2 of 2
01. All work, including shoring and bracing, shall be in 11. Engineers shall specify conduit entrance locations compliance with the latest editions of: State of into vault on work order. Contractors/installers shall Washington Department of Labor and Industries WAC verify before installation. 296-46B-450 “Equipment for General Use – 12. slip Transformers and Transformer Vaults,” Chapter 296- All covers (other than vented grates) shall have a 155- WAC “Safety Standards for Construction Work”, resistant surface which has been approved by City Seattle Building Code Section 414 “Transformer Light Standards. If round lids are used – pave the area Vaults” and Appendix Chapter 4, Division IV, Section around the lid a minimum of four inches. 436 “Utility Transformer Vaults”, and Seattle Board of 13. References Public Works, “Street and Sidewalk Pavement Openings and Restoration Rules”. SCL Construction Guideline U2-14.1; “Residential Equipment Location Details” 02. Concrete shall be Class 5.5 as specified in “City of Seattle Standard Plans and Specifications”. Trowel SCL Construction Guideline U9-5; “577 Vault smooth. Transformer and Junction Box Installation, Grounding and Connections” 03. Drypack and seal all holes tight after installation to prevent water intrusion. SCL Construction Guideline U9-6; “577 Vault with Three Loadbreak Junction Boxes Installation, Grounding 04. vault entrance When adjusting the to a sloping grade, and Connections” install a sloping riser section and a poured-in-place collar. Do not use brick and mortar slope adjustments SCL Construction Standard 0461.10; “Grounding if possible. Minimize the use of mortar adjustments Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults” and in no case shall the mortar thickness exceed one SCL Design Standard 9702.30 inch. For in-street use, a properly engineered sloping ; “Grounding and riser section is required. Where the riser section is Bonding, Fundamentals and Detailed Requirements” specified at 12 inches deep or more, order a length of Unistrut cast into the side wall of the riser. 05. On sloping grade installations, hinge vault covers as noted. Hinged vault hatches shall be placed so that they lie flat when opened. Load break vaults shall not be installed if the grade exceeds 5.6% in any direction. This is to ensure proper hot stick operations. 06. The divider, when used, must come up tight to the vault cover. Brick up as necessary, or if over 4 inches of increase is required, order a special divider. 07. For transformer and J-Box combinations in the 577 vault, install rigid steel conduit through the transformer section of the vault as shown on page 1 of U9-5. 08. The preferred vault orientation for combination transformer and J-Box in the 577 vault is the length of the vault perpendicular to the curb. See U2-14.1, page 1. 09. The length of the grated vent slots must run perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel of sidewalk traffic. 10. Grounding Electrode System Install and test grounding electrodes per SCL 0461.10.
Standard Number: U2-15.1 Seattle City Light Superseding: January 27, 2016 Effective Date: October 14, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 3
INSTALLATION OF RING TYPE VAULTS
Figure 1. Typical Vault Installation Vault configurations vary. Ring vaults are not acceptable in the Network area.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Brett Hanson John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: U2-15.1 Seattle City Light Superseding: January 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: October 14, 2016 Installation of Ring-Type Vaults Page: 2 of 3
1. Codes 5.2 Vault Parts All work, including shoring and bracing, shall be in a. Do not install parts cracked or otherwise compliance with the latest editions of: State of damaged so that watertightness may be Washington Department of Labor and Industries WAC impaired, or parts with reinforcing exposed. 296-46B-450 “Equipment for General Use – b. If a sump is specified by the SCL engineer, Transformers and Transformer Vaults,” Chapter 296- refer to Construction Guideline U2-12.1/NVH- 155 WAC "Safety Standards for Construction Work," 60 for installation. Locate sump at same end Seattle Building Code Section 422 "Private and Utility as personnel hatch (see below, 5. 3.). Transformer Vaults," and the SDOT Director’s Rule c. For 814 and 818 vaults, place General 2004—02, “Street and Sidewalk Pavement Opening Sealant G.S. No. 4 in joints between vault and Restoration Rules.” sections. For other vaults, place 5/8-inch by 2. Cover 1-inch butyl rubber “RUBATEX” gasket on the outer ridge of the interlocking joint. The dimension from the vault top at the point of least depth to the pavement or ground above shall be as 5.3 Frame and Cover (Solid or Grate) specified by Seattle City Light Work Order and/or a. In streets, alleys, parking lots, and other construction drawings. Any deviation from this vehicle areas, to match slope of vault specification shall have the prior approval of the entrance with surrounding grade, the Seattle City Light Engineer. acceptable methods are: All covers (other than vented grates) shall have a slip- Precast concrete sloping riser section resistant surface which has been approved by City Cast-in-place concrete sloping riser Light Standards. section 3. Excavation b. In sidewalks and other non-vehicle areas, to match slope of vault entrance with 3.1 Excavate so there is not less than 24 inches nor surrounding grade, the acceptable methods more than 30 inches between ends and sides of are: vault and the vertical sides of excavation or shoring unless larger excavation is authorized by Brick and mortar if the mortar is less the Engineer. than 1 inch thick Precast concrete sloping riser section 3.2 Remove shoring before backfilling. Cast-in-place concrete sloping riser 3.3 If excavation bottom is saturated prior to placing section bedding material, then over-excavate area as directed by the Engineer and place cobbles (3- c. Whenever the final grade of the hatch inch to 8-inch stone – no broken concrete). exceeds 10 percent (6 degree slope), the hinge side of the personnel hatch shall be 4. Bedding located on the downhill side. 4.1 If excavation is not saturated prior to placing d. Maximum slope of frame and grate shall not bedding material, compact bottom of excavation exceed 2 inches in 12 inches without with two full compacting operations at right permission of SCL engineer. Load break angles to each other with a mechanical vaults shall not be installed if the grade compactor. exceeds 5.6 percent in any direction. This is to insure proper hot stick operation. 4.2 Place a layer of crushed rock (aggregate grade e. Where the riser section is specified at 12 of 1-1/4 inches minus), screed and compact to a inches deep or more, order a length of minimum thickness of 4 inches, and add 1/2 to Unistrut cast into the side wall of the riser. 1-1/2 inches of sand to create a level surface. f. Set riser in 1 inch of mortar (1 part cement to 5. Installation 3 parts sand with polyvinyl acetate bonding agent). 5.1 Setting Tolerances g. Adjust between 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch above 5.1.1 Horizontal alignment: end to end ± 1/8 in per grade to prevent water from entering vault, 1-ft length of vault. but not to cause a hazard. Ramp concrete to 5.1.2 Vertical alignment top of frame for gradual transition. Do not put . Ring Vault 687 and larger with single-piece hatch in gutter area. Put hatch 18 inches floor has a built-in sloped floor toward the minimum away from curb line. sump; therefore, the bedding shall be level. Vertical slope tolerance: 3/8 inches per 10-ft length toward the sump. . Multi piece ring vault floor does not have a built-in sloped floor; therefore, the bedding shall be even and slope toward the sump to ensure proper drainage. Vertical slope tolerance: 1/4 in ± 1/8 inches in 10 ft toward the sump. Standard Number: U2-15.1 Seattle City Light Superseding: January 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: October 14, 2016 Installation of Ring-Type Vaults Page: 3 of 3
5. Installation, continued 7. Vault Damage 5.4 Seal Mortar Structurally damaged vaults shall be replaced or repaired. If the vault is to be repaired then a Place 2-inch, plus or minus, mortar fillets to seal Washington State licensed professional engineer shall out water at joints between vault top, cover slab, certify that the vault meets the original structural risers, and frame. design parameters. For this Standard, vaults with 5.5 Concrete Collar exposed rebar are considered to be damaged under Furnish and install a rectangular concrete slab any circumstances. centered on the vault lid to prevent damage to the 8. Proximity to Sewers lid. The concrete slab shall be 10-feet by 10-feet and a minimum of 6-inches thick, with Class 4000 Vaults or manholes set within 5 feet 0 inches of, or concrete meeting the requirements of section 6-02 over, sewers will require replacement of the sewer of the City of Seattle Standard Specifications. The pipe with ductile iron. The new ductile iron pipe must concrete shall be reinforced with (10) #4 be placed beyond the vault at each end, a minimum of reinforcing bars in each direction equally spaced 3 feet 0 inches and/or into undisturbed soil at least at the mid-height of the slab. When installed in a 2 feet 0 inches. Contractor shall do excavation, roadway that exceeds the structural requirements backfill, and restoration. Installation of the pipe will be of the above, concrete structure including material, made by the Seattle Public Utilities Department. reinforcement, thickness, and bedding material shall match roadway structure and be per Seattle 9. Grounding Electrode System City Light work order and construction drawings. Concrete shall have a broom finish perpendicular Install and test grounding electrodes per SCL 0461.10. to the direction of traffic or match the roadway finish when installed in a concrete roadway. 11. Sources 5.6 Filling Spaces City of Seattle; “Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction,” 2011 Fill spaces between ground rods and floor slab and other spaces through walls, tops and slabs Hanson, Brett; SCL Standards Engineer and subject with dry pack mortar mixed with “Weldcrete” matter expert for U2-15.1 ([email protected]) polyvinyl acetate bonding agent in accordance Ng, Sharon; SCL Civil Engineer and subject matter with the manufacturer’s directions. expert for U2-15.1 ([email protected]) 5.7 Ladder SCL Construction Guideline NCB-20; “Grounding Install a permanent ladder in the vault if the Network System Transformer Vaults, Wet, Dry, or Spot distance from the top of the cover to the vault - Copper Bus” floor exceeds 12 feet 6 inches. See Seattle City SCL Construction Standard NCB-30; “Grounding Light Drawing D-28304. Network System, Wet Vault, Non-Transformer, One or 5.8 Conduit Entrances Two 48-Inch Bus Bars” SCL engineers shall specify the locations where SCL Construction Guideline NDK-10; “Installation of the conduit enters the vault on the work order. Nonmetallic Conduit with FTB Concrete Encasement” Contractors/installers shall verify location before SCL Construction Standard U2-11; “Installation of installation. Nonmetallic Conduit with Concrete, FTB Encasement” 6. Backfill SCL Construction Guideline U2-12.1/NVH-60; Backfill with trench-type, controlled-density fill (CDF) “Sump Pump Pipe Installation, Vaults and Manholes” that conforms to the City of Seattle Standard SCL Construction Guideline U9-7.3; “Grounding and Specifications. Low-strength fluidized thermal backfill Connection Diagram, Single Phase 26 kV Distribution (FTB) that conforms to SCL Material Standard 7150.00 Transformer” may be substituted with the permission of the SCL engineer. Place backfill so that no voids are left under SCL Construction Standard 0461.10; “Grounding the reinforcing ribs or riser sections. The Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults” contractor/installer with the assistance of a Licensed SCL Design Standard 9702.30 Professional Engineer shall consult with the vault ; “Grounding and manufacturer to assure proper installation of the vault. Bonding, Fundamentals and Detailed Requirements” Backfilling with some specified materials may require a SCL Material Standard 7150.00; “Fluidized multi-stage compaction processes to avoid damage to Thermal Backfill” vault walls. SCL Material Standard 7204.70; “Frames and Covers, 42-Inch Round, Iron”
Standard Number: 0214.00 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 9, 2016 Effective Date: December 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 12
Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Structures in the Public Right-of-Way
1. Table of Contents
2. Scope ...... 2 3. Application...... 2 4. Design and Construction Notes ...... 2 4.1 Covers/Hatch ...... 2 4.2 Vault Knockouts ...... 2 Figure 4.2a. Knockout Zone, Plan View ...... 3 Figure 4.2b. Knockout Zone, Elevation View ...... 4 4.3 Shoring ...... 4 4.4 Overhead Clearance for SCL Underground Structures ...... 4 4.5 Access and Working Space for SCL Underground Structures ...... 4 5. Minimum Clearances between SCL Vaults or Handholes and Non-SCL Facilities, Conduits, and Pipes ...... 5 Figure 5a. Minimum Horizontal Clearance, Plan View ...... 5 Figure 5b. Minimum Horizontal Clearance, Elevation, Side View...... 6 6. Minimum Clearance between SCL Conduits or Duct Banks and Non-SCL Facilities, Conduits, and Pipes ...... 7 Figure 6a. Minimum Horizontal Clearance, Non-Water Structures, Plan View ... 7 Figure 6b. Minimum Horizontal Clearance, Water Structures, Plan View ...... 8 Figure 6c. Minimum Vertical Clearance, Elevation View ...... 9 7. Minimum Clearances between SCL Structures and Vegetation ...... 10 Figure 7a. Vegetation Clearance, Plan View ...... 10 Figure 7b. Vegetation Clearance, Elevation View ...... 11 8. Minimum Clearances between SCL Structures and Various Other Structures ...... 12 Table 8. Minimum Horizontal Clearances ...... 12 9. Sources ...... 12
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Laura Vanderpool John Shipek Darnell Cola
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 2 of 12
2. Scope This standard covers clearance requirements between Seattle City Light (SCL) underground structures and other utilities underground structures located in the public right-of-way. This includes both Network and Looped Radial underground structures. Underground structures include vaults, handholes, basins, fire hydrants, duct banks, conduits, pipes, and root balls. This standard addresses the minimum required horizontal and vertical clearances between structures and required operating space. The requirements may be code based or safety related.
3. Application This standard shall be used by SCL engineers, operations personnel, consultants, and contractors when designing and/or constructing vaults, handholes, manholes, conduits below grade that are in the vicinities of other utilities installations. These could be gas, water, sewer, steam, telephone, cable TV, and fiber optics. Other utilities and contractors should also follow these provisions when installing their facilities near any SCL facility. Reasons for maintaining these minimum clearances are for allowing enough space for future equipment maintenance, assuring a safe environment to the public, avoiding thermal interferences between cables, repair and replacement of other utilities, and minimizing impact of other utilities failures on SCL equipment and vice versa. The minimum clearances defined in this document are per SCL specifications taking into account the City of Seattle Land Use Code, Right-of-Way Improvement Manual, and Standard Plans and Specifications; and the Washington Administrative Code (WAC). SCL specifications are derived from engineering and operations experience. For any deviation from the prescribed clearances, an agreement has to be reached between SCL Engineering and the interested parties.
4. Design and Construction Notes 4.1 Covers/Hatch When reviewing designs, engineers should take into account cover or lid size for future needs. 4.2 Vault Knockouts The knockout zone shall be eight feet long and the width shall equal the width of the knockouts plus 2 ft. The height of the knockout zone shall be equal to the height of the SCL facility. This zone should be reserved for future extensions of SCL duct runs unless parties receive explicit permission from SCL Engineering. Non-SCL utility manhole construction in knockout zones shall be approved by SCL Engineering. These zones are planned for future conduit extensions. See Figure 4.2a. No utility handholes or other underground structures shall be installed in the area outside and adjacent to knockouts. See Figure 4.2a. No installations below SCL facilities shall occur without written SCL Engineering approval. See Figure 4.2b. No installations above other existing utilities’ structures shall occur without written SCL Engineering approval. See Figure 4.2b. Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 3 of 12
Figure 4.2a. Knockout Zone, Plan View
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 4 of 12
Figure 4.2b. Knockout Zone, Elevation View
4.3 Shoring During construction projects shoring piles and shoring lagging shall maintain a clearance from SCL conduits, duct banks, handholes, manholes and vaults of at least 1 ft. 4.4 Overhead Clearance for SCL Underground Structures To allow crane access to SCL vaults and manholes for lowering and raising equipment, the minimum vertical height above the underground facilities, of overhead structures and any encumbrances, such as roadway columns, shall be 25 ft. 4.5 Access and Working Space for SCL Underground Structures To allow crane access to SCL vaults and manholes, facilities must be located to allow permanent SCL vehicular (truck) access to the facility for installation and service of electrical equipment. SCL facilities must have a permanent, level, unobstructed, 8-ft wide working area around the facility for access to the facility and knockout zones. Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 5 of 12
5. Minimum Clearances between SCL Vaults or Handholes and Non-SCL Facilities, Conduits and Pipes Non-SCL conduit can be 3 ft from SCL facility but must be below knockout zone. If SCL knockout zones are planned for 115 kV or 230 kV facilities, horizontal clearance shall be 5 ft from SCL facilities to non-SCL facilities and conduits (except for high pressure steam or heat source). Figure 5a. Minimum Horizontal Clearance, Plan View
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 6 of 12
Figure 5b. Minimum Horizontal Clearance, Elevation, Side View
Note: If SCL knockout zones are planned for 115 kV or 230 kV, horizontal clearance shall be at least 5 fit between SCL knockout zones and non-SCL conduit or pipes. Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 7 of 12
6. Minimum Clearance between SCL Conduits or Duct Banks and Non-SCL Facilities, Conduits and Pipes
If SCL conduit or duct bank contains 115 kV or 230 kV, the horizontal clearance between SCL facilities and non-SCL facilities shall be a minimum of 5 ft and the vertical clearance shall be a minimum of 1 ft. Figure 6a. Minimum Horizontal Clearance, Non-Water Structures, Plan View
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 8 of 12
Figure 6b. Minimum Horizontal Clearance, Water Structures, Plan View
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 9 of 12
Figure 6c. Minimum Vertical Clearance, Elevation View
Notes 1. High pressure steam log or any heat source shall not cross SCL conduit or duct bank without SCL Engineering approval. 2. Vertical clearance applies to conduits crossing perpendicular underneath SCL conduits or duct banks. Non-SCL conduits are not allowed to be installed directly above or below parallel to SCL conduits or duct banks. 3. Crossing of sewer, storm, or water shall be perpendicular, except with written approval from SCL Engineering. 4. Backfill and bedding shall be installed as specified in Standard Plan 350 or 285. 5. Crossing under water requires support plan approved by SPU and observation by SPU Construction Management. 6. Conduit crossing over SPU pipe shall be reinforced for a minimum of 5 ft to either side. See SCL U2-11.2/NDK-20. 7. SPU shall be notified when any cast iron pipe is exposed. Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 10 of 12
7. Minimum Clearances between SCL Structures and Vegetation There shall not be any planted trees within 2 ft of SCL vaults, manholes, handholes, conduits, and duct banks. The distance shall be measured from the tree's root ball to the structure’s surface. Figure 7a. Vegetation Clearance, Plan View
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 11 of 12
Figure 7b. Vegetation Clearance, Elevation View
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0214.00 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: December 9, 2016 Clearances between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Effective Date: December 27, 2016 Structures in the Public Right-Of-Way Page: 12 of 12
8. Minimum Clearances between SCL Structures and Various Other Structures No installation is allowed directly above or below SCL facilities without written SCL Engineering approval. For setback or clearance requirements from bioretention cells and rain gardens, see Seattle Rights-of-Way Improvement Manual Chapter 4, 4.17.5. Table 8. Minimum Horizontal Clearances Other Structures Horizontal Clearance from SCL Structures (ft) Conduits or Duct Conduits or Vaults, Banks Rated to Duct Banks Manholes, or Adjacent to 26 kV Rated 115 or 230 kV Handholes Knockouts Fire hydrants 3 5 3 8 Street curbing 1 5 2a – Building footings 3 5 3 – Metro buses and strain poles 3 5 3 – (overhead operations) Concrete support columns 3 5 3 8 Concrete support column footings 3 5 3 8 Temporary construction shoring piles 1 1 1 1 SPU maintenance holes 5 5 5 8 CBs and inlets 3 3 3 8 a. To facility lid or hatch
9. Sources City of Seattle, Seattle Right-of-Way Improvement Manual City of Seattle Standard Plan No. 030; “Standard Locations for Utilities (Residential Street)” City of Seattle Standard Plan No. 285; “Pipe Bedding Sewer/Storm Drain” City of Seattle Standard Plan No. 331; “Watermain Thrust Drain Blocking Horizontal Fittings” City of Seattle Standard Plan No. 350; “Watermain Trench and Bedding” City of Seattle Standard Spec 1-07.17(2), Utility Clearances Hall, Alan; SCL Engineer and subject matter expert for 0214.00 ([email protected]) NESC C2-2012, Part 3: “Safety Rules for Underground Lines” Panomvana, Tanya; SCL Standards Engineer and originator of 0214.00 ([email protected]) SCL Construction Guideline U2-10/NDK-50 (canceled); “Electrical Conduit and Facilities in Public Rights-of-Way” Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 Effective Date: November 18, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 9
Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way
1. Table of Contents 2. Scope ...... 2 3. Application ...... 2 4. Location ...... 2 5. Duct Bank Construction ...... 4 5.1 Arrangement ...... 4 5.2 Termination ...... 4 5.3 Changes in Direction ...... 5 6. Conduits ...... 6 7. Trench ...... 6 8. Spacers ...... 6 9. Encasement ...... 6 10. Backfill ...... 7 10.1 Types of Backfill ...... 7 10.2 Requirements ...... 7 11. Identification ...... 7 12. Inspection...... 8 13. Communications ...... 8 14. Additional Conduits ...... 8 15. References ...... 8 16. Sources ...... 9
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Yaochiem Chao John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: November 18, 2016 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way Page: 2 of 9
2. Scope This standard provides the general requirements for the construction and installation of duct banks in the public right-of-way within the Seattle City Light (SCL) service territory. This includes system duct banks of more than two conduits and primary service duct banks with only two conduits. Job specific requirements are not covered in this standard. Refer to the SCL Requirements Letter for job specific requirements.
3. Application This standard provides direction to SCL crews and contractors about where and how to properly install duct banks in the public right-of-way. For cable and conduit installation on private property, refer to SCL 0224.05. For secondary conduit installations in the right-of-way, refer to SCL 0224.07.
4. Location Duct banks shall conform to Figures 4.1 and 4.2. 4.1 Depth A minimum of 3 feet of cover above a duct bank is required between street intersections. A minimum of 4 feet of cover is required at street intersections. Cover shall not exceed 6 feet unless specified by SCL engineer. 4.2 Alignment Center line of the duct bank shall be located 15 feet from center line of street on either side of the street unless otherwise specified by the SCL engineer. Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: November 18, 2016 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way Page: 3 of 9
Figure 4.1. General Duct Bank, End View
Figure 4.2. General Duct Bank, Side View
Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: November 18, 2016 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way Page: 4 of 9
5. Duct Bank Construction 5.1 Arrangement 5.1.1 Transposition Ducts shall NOT be transposed between vaults. 5.1.2 Numbering The ducts shall be numbered separately by type; service ducts together and system ducts together. The numbering method shall be as follows: For ducts running east-west, count from north to south and from top to bottom. For ducts running north-south, count from west to east and from top to bottom. Example shown in Figure 5.1.2. Figure 5.1.2. Duct Numbering Example
5.2 Termination 5.2.1 Permanent For permanent termination details, see SCL U2-11.3/NDK-30. The first two feet of all conduits exiting the vault shall be vertically and horizontally perpendicular to the vault face. If there are multiple duct banks or direct-buried conduits entering horizontally and at right angles to each other in the same corner of a vault, manhole or handhole, they shall enter at different elevations so they are vertically offset to the other. All duct terminations into vaults, handholes, etc., shall be done by core drill. Provide and install PVC-type DB-120 conduit end bells flush with the interior walls on all conduits entering the vault. The conduits shall be grouted both inside and outside of the vault. See SCL 7055.09 for approved manufacturers. Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: November 18, 2016 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way Page: 5 of 9
5.2.2 Temporary Install reinforcement steel dowels whenever placing of encasement is to be delayed beyond initial set. Spacers shall be placed as close to the temporary termination as possible in order to maintain proper conduit spacing. Lower conduit shall be flush or protrude beyond the conduit above it to ease reattachment. See Figure 5.2.2 for details. Figure 5.2.2. Temporary Termination
5.3 Changes in Direction Any changes in direction must consist of only one type of conduit material and all bends must have the radius of the largest conduit. See Table 5.3 for minimum bend radius requirements. For a horizontal change in direction, the PVC conduit may be cold-formed, provided the deflection does not exceed 15 degrees per 10-ft section. For standard wall fiberglass conduit, lateral deflection shall not exceed 1 ft per 20-ft section. Each conduit bend shall be mandreled prior to placement and encasement. See SCL U2-11.40/NDK-40. Table 5.3. Minimum Bend Radius Conduit System1, 3 Service2, 3 (in) (in) (in) 2.5 – 24 3 144 36 4 144 48 5 150 60 6 144 60 Notes: 1. PVC conduit is not allowed for system conduit bends. 2. Bending PVC conduits with heat is not allowed. 3. Typical unless otherwise specified by SCL engineer. Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: November 18, 2016 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way Page: 6 of 9
6. Conduits Schedule 40 PVC, rigid steel or fiberglass conduits can be used in duct banks as specified in Table 6. Table 6. Allowed Conduit Materials Schedule 40 PVC Rigid Steel (RGS) Fiberglass (SCL 7015.05) (SCL 7050.05) (SCL 7025.05) System – Straight Yes Yes Yes System – Bend No Yes No1 Service – Straight Yes Yes Yes Primary Service – Bend No Yes No1 Secondary Service – Bend No1 Yes Yes
1 Typical unless otherwise specified by SCL engineer. Conduits entering an in-building vault and/or within a building shall be steel. Conduits exposed under aerial structures (bridges, etc.) shall be steel and effectively grounded. Factory and field straight-cut ends shall be chamfered throughout the duct run.
7. Trench The bottom of the trench shall be free of debris and fine-graded by hand to remove sharp, embedded rocks and loose stones over 1/2 inches in size. Or, the trench shall be over-excavated and replaced with bedding material to cover protruding rocks and stones by a minimum of 2 in. The bottom shall be graded even. Bedding material shall be sand.
8. Spacers Spacers for conduit separation shall be plastic lock-type (see SCL 7015.80) of such configuration to give the required separation between conduit and earth, as shown in Figure 4.1. Horizontally, spacers shall be placed 5 ft apart in both straight and bending sections of duct banks and a minimum of one foot away from any coupling, fitting or end bell, as shown in Figure 4.2. Base spacers shall be used to obtain clearance to subgrade material under the conduit for the placement of the 3-in minimum of encasement. Base spacers may also be used to obtain 3-in side cover of conduit in bends. Two-inch concrete blocking, twice the area of the foot, shall be provided under the base spacers. Secure conduit to spacers in order to prevent floatation and deflection during encasing.
9. Encasement Conduit encasement is required if the conduits used are for cable rated 600 V or higher. The encasement shall be red High Strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill (HSFTB). HSFTB is a concrete mix and is the only allowed material for encasement. . Refer to Material Standard 7150.00 for HSFTB requirements. . Refer to Construction Standard 0226.06 for HSFTB installation. . Allow 48 hours to cure prior to pulling cable. Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: November 18, 2016 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way Page: 7 of 9
Forming is required for encasement: . No forming or shoring structures shall be left in the trench after encasement. . Metallic leave-in-place type forms may be allowed with permission of an SCL engineer. The encasement shall be a minimum of 3 in and a maximum of 6 in around all conduits in a duct bank. The encasement shall end before the elbow of the conduit riser. Figure 9. Encasement at the Conduit Riser
10. Backfill 10.1 Types of Backfill Low Strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill (LSFTB) Refer to SCL 7150.00 for LSFTB specification. Controlled Density Fill (CDF) – A self-compacting material used for backfill. Where CDF is used for backfill, comply with current City of Seattle standard specifications. 10.2 Requirements System duct bank backfill shall be Low Strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill (LSFTB), and primary service duct bank backfill shall be CDF, unless otherwise specified by an SCL engineer. Do not mix low strength and high strength FTB. LSFTB shall be poured on top of set HSFTB.
11. Identification Install two 3-in-wide red detectable underground marking tapes over the corners of the duct bank at 18 in below the finished grade. Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: November 18, 2016 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way Page: 8 of 9
12. Inspection Inspections shall be done by Seattle City Light. Duct bank installations require that the inspection be done when laying conduit, prior to pouring encasement and prior to pouring backfill. Additional inspections may be done for more complex installations. Inspection approvals are required prior to moving on to the next stage of duct bank construction. An inspection may include verification of proper construction, adherence to engineer design and SCL standards and conduit mandreling and cleaning. See SCL U2-11.40/NDK-40 for mandreling and cleaning details.
13. Communications On all new underground installations of duct banks, two 4-in PVC conduits shall be installed for communication uses. The two communication conduits shall be placed above the power conduits in looped radial duct banks and above the 2-in conduits in network duct banks. A 4 x 4 x 4 handhole is required for splicing when specified by the SCL engineer. If the communication conduits leave the duct bank, they shall be encased in red HSFTB and an orange, #12 stranded copper tracer wire shall be attached directly above one of the two communication conduits using electrical tape or cable ties.
14. Additional Network Conduits On all new underground network installations of duct banks, two 2-in PVC conduits shall be installed. The two conduits shall be placed below the communication conduits in network duct banks. The 2-in conduits are typically used for system grounds, vault lighting and vault discharge. If the bend radius is greater than 10 ft, the 2-in PVC conduit may be cold-formed to match the rest of the duct run. If the bend radius is less than 10 ft, RGS elbows are required. The 2-in conduit shall be terminated with a coupling.
15. References SCL Construction Standard 0224.05; “Requirements for Underground Services on Private Property” SCL Construction Standard 0224.07; “Requirements for Secondary Conduits in the Right-of-Way” SCL Construction Standard 0226.06; “Installation of Fluidized Thermal Backfill” SCL Construction Standard U2-11.3/NDK-30; “Termination of Existing Duct Banks in New Vaults or Manholes” SCL Construction Standard U2-11.40/NDK-40; “Mandreling and Cleaning Of Ducts and Conduits” SCL Material Standard 7015.05; “Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings” SCL Material Standard 7025.05; Fiberglass Conduit and Fittings, Standard-Wall, Five-Inch IPS SCL Material Standard 7050.05; “Zinc-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings” SCL Material Standard 7150.00; “Fluidized Thermal Backfill” SCL Material Standard 7015.80; “Conduit Spacers for PVC and FG Conduit” Standard Number: 0222.02 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 27, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: November 18, 2016 Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way Page: 9 of 9
16. Sources City of Seattle Plans for Municipal Construction; City of Seattle, 2011 edition Edwards, Tommy; SCL Inspector and subject matter expert for 0222.02, ([email protected]) Lu, Curtis; SCL Engineer and originator of 0222.02 ([email protected]) SCL Construction Standard NDK-10 (canceled) “Installation of Nonmetallic Conduit with FTB Concrete Encasement” SCL Construction Standard U2-11 (canceled) “Installation of Nonmetallic Conduit with Concrete or FTB Encasement” Stewart, Bob; SCL Inspector and subject matter expert for 0222.02, ([email protected]) Youngs, Rob; SCL Inspector and subject matter expert for 0222.02 ([email protected]) Standard Number: 0226.06 Seattle City Light Superseding: August 26, 2013 Effective Date: March 19, 2015 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 4
Installation of Fluidized Thermal Backfill
1. Scope This standard covers the mix, field, and testing requirements for the installation of Fluidized Thermal Backfill (FTB).
2. Application This standard is intended to be used by Seattle City Light (SCL) crews, inspectors, reviewers, contractors, and customers when installation of FTB is specified.
3. Industry Standards Construction shall meet the applicable requirements of the following industry standards: ASTM C31; “Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field,” 2012 ASTM C39; “Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens,” 2012 ASTM C94; “Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete,” 2013 ASTM C143; “Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete” ASTM 172; “Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete” City of Seattle; “Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction,” 2014 (henceforth referred to as the “2014 Standard Specifications”) IEEE Standard 442; “IEEE Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements”
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Bob Kephart John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 0226.06 Seattle City Light Superseding: August 26, 2013 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: March 19, 2015 Installation of Fluidized Thermal Backfill Page: 2 of 4
4. Mix Requirements
4.1 Mix Design Prior to placement, the contractor shall submit to SCL the proposed FTB mix design for approval. The mix design shall conform to SCL 7150.00, “Fluidized Thermal Backfill.”
4.2 Conformance to Mix Design Quantities of batched component materials shall match those specified in the FTB mix design within the tolerances specified in Section 6-02.3(5)C (“Conformance To Mix Design”) of the 2014 Standard Specifications.
5. Field Requirements
5.1 Delivery Certificate The FTB supplier shall provide a Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of FTB per Section 6-02.3(5)B (“Certification Of Compliance”) of the 2014 Standard Specifications. The Certificate shall include the following information: . Identification code . Delivery location . Quantity of water added to mix after batching
5.2 Delivery Time Limit and Temperature The time for placement and temperature shall conform to Section 6-02.3(4)D (“Temperature and Time for Placement”) of the 2014 Standard Specifications.
5.3 Retempering Retempering is prohibited.
5.4 FTB Placement FTB shall be placed per the applicable provisions of Section 6-02.3(6) (“Placing Concrete”) of the 2014 Standard Specifications. If the concrete is to drop more than 5 ft, it shall be deposited through a sheet metal (or other approved material) conduit. No aluminum conduits or tremies shall be used to pump or place concrete. FTB shall flow readily and fill all voids during installation. Formation of air pockets during installation shall be cause for rejection. Conduits to be encased in FTB shall be adequately anchored so that they do not float during FTB placement. The water content of FTB may not be reduced to mitigate conduit buoyancy.
5.5 Vibration Should vibration be required to ensure that the conduits are fully encased in FTB, it shall be in conformance with Section 6-02.3(9) (“Vibration of Concrete”) of the 2014 Standard Specifications.
Standard Number: 0226.06 Seattle City Light Superseding: August 26, 2013 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: March 19, 2015 Installation of Fluidized Thermal Backfill Page: 3 of 4
6. Testing Requirements For SCL power system construction projects that require more than 100 cubic yards of any combination of FTB materials, the project manager shall provide an FTB thermal test and FTB compressive strength test for each FTB mix design employed by the project. The testing shall be done at the beginning of FTB placement for that project. Both thermal and compressive strength samples shall be drawn from the same batch of FTB. Test results shall be submitted to SCL for review. Where thermal and compressive strength testing is done on the same batch of FTB, the samples shall have identical sample locations or other matching sample identification codes, assigned to both sets. The purpose is correlation of test data. Field test parameters shall apply to field approvals of FTB encasement and backfill where required. The thermal resistivity requirement will be evaluated by comparing the FTB thermal test report specified in section 6.2 to the resistivity benchmarks from SCL 7150.00.
6.1 Sampling Sampling shall be in conformance with ASTM C172. Sample containers shall be cylindrical, 3 inches in diameter and 6 inches tall. A set of three sample containers are required for each thermal test. The sample containers shall be prepared per ASTM C94, and sealed to prevent moisture loss. Each sample container shall receive a label with the following information: . Date of sample . Location where sampled FTB was installed. The description of the location should be detailed enough to determine which duct bank, or portion thereof, was sampled. . Project name and the SCL Work Order number, if known . Type of FTB (high-strength or low-strength) . FTB Producer . FTB Producer’s Mix Design number . Name of the SCL Inspector, SCL Crew Chief, or person responsible for sampling The concrete delivery ticket and batching compliance report shall be included with each set of samples. Only legible copies are acceptable. The samples shall cure 24 hours prior to shipping. The samples shall be shipped in a cardboard box with adequate packing materials to prevent damage during shipping. The samples shall be shipped to an SCL-approved consultant for thermal testing.
6.2 Thermal Testing Seattle City Light uses thermal testing results to assess FTB performance and to investigate FTB-related issues. FTB documentation shall be adequate to trace the source of each aggregate and the source of fluidizer material for each batch of FTB installed. Failure to systematically identify sources of materials shall be cause for rejection and disqualification. Thermal testing shall be conducted in compliance with IEEE Standard 442. Standard Number: 0226.06 Seattle City Light Superseding: August 26, 2013 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: March 19, 2015 Installation of Fluidized Thermal Backfill Page: 4 of 4
The testing consultant shall provide a complete copy of the test report to SCL that includes: . Name and contact information of the thermal testing consultant . Report date . Concrete delivery ticket number . FTB Producer . FTB Producer’s Mix Design No. . Dry density of each sample set, in pounds/cubic foot . Thermal resistivity of each sample set (°C-centimeter/watt)
6.3 Strength Testing Strength testing for high-strength FTB shall be performed in compliance with ASTM C39. A complete copy of the test report shall be provided to Seattle City Light. Sampling shall be performed in compliance with ASTM C31, and the samples shall be labeled as described in the Thermal Testing Procedure.
6.4 Field Testing When field testing is required, thermal testing shall be done by an SCL-approved consultant in compliance with IEEE Standard 442. A field slump test shall be performed on each batch. The slump test shall conform to ASTM C143 and meet the performance values listed in Table 4 of SCL 7150.00. One test is required per project or location. Additional testing is required when requested by SCL personnel. The test report shall contain the information specified in sections 6.2 and 6.3.
7. Remedies for Installation of Unapproved FTB Mixes Installation of an FTB mix, where specified, that has not been approved by Seattle City Light requires one of the following remedies: . Removal and replacement of all noncompliant FTB with a Seattle City Light-approved mix. . In-field thermal testing of all non-compliant FTB. Any unapproved FTB that does not meet the FTB Mix Design Requirements shall be removed and replaced with a Seattle City Light-approved mix.
8. References SCL Material Standard 7150.00, “Fluidized Thermal Backfill” SCL Design Standard 9266.06, “Understanding Fluidized Thermal Backfill”
9. Sources Lu, Curtis; SCL Standards Engineer, and originator and subject matter expert for 0226.06 ([email protected]) Stewart, Bob; SCL Civil Inspector and subject matter expert for 0226.06 ([email protected]) Standard Number: 0231.01 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 12, 2016 Effective Date: June 7, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 5
Secondary Handhole Installation
1. Scope This standard covers the requirements for secondary handhole installations. This standard addresses open bottom and closed bottom handholes. Streetlight handholes are outside the scope of this standard. See Seattle City Light (SCL) 1716.07.
2. Application This standard provides direction to SCL crews and contractors regarding proper installation of secondary handholes owned and maintained by SCL.
3. Grounding Requirements Grounding of secondary handholes shall conform to requirements of SCL 0233.05 and 0461.10.
4. Handhole Requirements Handholes rated H-20 or Tier 22 shall only be installed in planting strips and pedestrian sidewalks where an occasional car or light truck may inadvertently traverse, or in side streets that see only light truck traffic. In backfill, aggregate, and planted areas, handholes shall be installed 1 in above grade. In paved areas, handholes shall be installed 1/4 in above grade. All handhole covers shall have a slip resistant surface that meets the requirements of SCL 7203.01.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Yaochiem Chao John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 0231.01 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 12, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: June 7, 2016 Secondary Handhole Installation Page: 2 of 5
Rigid steel conduit ends shall be protected with plastic bushings and furnished with a ground bushing or grounding clamp. PVC conduit ends shall be protected with end bells. Unused conduits shall be plugged and protected. Used conduits shall be sealed with duct seal or foam. Handholes shall be easily accessible and not hidden among planned landscaping that will obscure it over time. Handholes shall not be located in an area subject to heavy vehicle traffic. Handholes shall be placed to avoid collecting surface water. Handholes shall be bedded on a minimum of 6 inches of 3/8-in washed gravel, mineral aggregate Type 9.02. Conduits shall enter the handhole perpendicular to the walls. Conduit entrances into the handhole shall be offset to allow cables to wrap in the same direction. See Figure 4. Conduits entering the handhole shall have a minimum depth of 30 inches.
Figure 4. Offset Conduit, Plan View
Standard Number: 0231.01 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 12, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: June 7, 2016 Secondary Handhole Installation Page: 3 of 5
4.1 Open Bottom Handhole Typical open bottom secondary handhole installation shall conform to Figure 4.1. Figure 4.1. Open Bottom Handhole, Elevation View
Standard Number: 0231.01 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 12, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: June 7, 2016 Secondary Handhole Installation Page: 4 of 5
4.2 Closed Bottom Handhole All penetrations shall be by core drill. End bells shall be PVC type DB-120 conduit and installed flush with the inside wall of the handhole. See SCL 7055.09 for approved manufacturers. Typical closed bottom secondary handhole installation shall conform to Figure 4.2. Conduit shall be grouted both inside and outside of the handhole.
Figure 4.2. Closed Bottom Handhole, Elevation View
Standard Number: 0231.01 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 12, 2016 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: June 7, 2016 Secondary Handhole Installation Page: 5 of 5
5. Material List Description Stock No. Handhole, without cover Type 2 012978 233 013183 3030 013187 444 013093 Conduit, entering handhole Schedule 40 PVC 2 in 734530 3 in 734532 4 in 734523 Steel 2 in 734820 3 in 734822 4 in 734824 Steel conduit grounding Grounding insulated bushing 2 in 731531 3 in 013270 4 in 012857 Grounding clamp 2 in 676283 3 in 676285 4 in 676286
6. References SCL Construction Standard 0232.05; “Underground Residential Equipment Location of 577 Vaults and Secondary Handholes” SCL Construction Standard 0233.05; “Secondary Handhole Grounding” SCL Construction Standard 0461.10; “Grounding Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults” SCL Construction Standard 1716.07; "Streetlight Handhole and Conduit Requirements" SCL Material Standard 7050.09; "Conduit Fitting, Cable Protector" SCL Material Standard 7055.09; “DB120, PVC Conduit Fittings” SCL Material Standard 7203.01; “Precast Reinforced Concrete Handholes–General”
7. Sources Chao, Yaochiem; SCL Standards Engineer, originator, and subject matter expert for 0231.01 ([email protected]) Lu, Curtis; SCL Standards Engineer and subject matter expert for 0231.01 ([email protected]) Perander, Eivind; SCL Engineer and subject matter expert for 0231.01 ([email protected]) SCL Construction Standard U2-13.1/NVH-50; “Typical Handhole with Conduit” (canceled) Standard Number: 0232.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: New Effective Date: June 19, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 4
Underground Residential Equipment Location of 577 Vaults and Secondary Handholes
1. Scope This standard covers preferred and alternate locations and orientations for 5 ft x 7 ft (577) vaults and secondary handholes. See Construction Guideline U9-6 for additional clearance requirements for 577 vaults with junction boxes.
2. Application This standard shall be used by Seattle City Light (SCL) engineers, operations personnel, and contractors when reviewing designs or constructing 577 vaults and handholes in residential areas.
3. General Requirements The location of any installed SCL facility must be approved by SCL prior to installation. The specific size of a vault and handhole are project specific.
4. 577 Vaults 577 vaults are typically used as a pulling vault or a loadbreak vault. The purpose of specifying the location and orientation of the vault is to ensure proper working space for SCL operations personnel. 4.1 Preferred Location and Orientation The preferred orientation for a 577 vault is the length of the vault perpendicular to the curb as shown in Figure 4.1.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Curtis Lu John Shipek Darnell Cola
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0232.05 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: New Underground Residential Equipment Location of 577 Vaults Effective Date: June 19, 2014 and Secondary Handholes Page: 2 of 4
Figure 4.1. Preferred Location and Orientation for 577 Vault
The vented section of the vault shall be located in the sidewalk. When installed within a planting strip, the top of vault shall be set 1/2 inch above surrounding grade. Slope grade away from vault for drainage. 4.2 Alternate Location and Orientation The alternate orientation for a 577 vault is the length of the vault parallel to the curb as shown in Figure 4.2. The location of the vault shall be entirely within the planting strip. Figure 4.2. Alternate Location and Orientation for 577 Vault
When vault or handhole extends into the sidewalk area because of a narrow planting strip, the vault or handhole shall be located entirely in the sidewalk with the edge flush with the street edge of the sidewalk and to the sidewalk grade. This applies only to the alternate location.
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0232.05 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: New Underground Residential Equipment Location of 577 Vaults Effective Date: June 19, 2014 and Secondary Handholes Page: 3 of 4
5. Secondary Handhole The secondary handhole shall always be oriented with the length side of the handhole parallel to the curb. 5.1 Preferred Location The preferred location is within the planting strip as shown in Figure 5.1. Figure 5.1. Preferred Location for Secondary Handhole
5.2 Alternate Location When there is lack of space in the planting strip, the alternate location for a secondary handhole is along the street side of the sidewalk, as shown in Figure 5.2. Figure 5.2. Alternate Location for Secondary Handhole
Restore sidewalk per requirements in city of Seattle Standard Plans for Municipal Construction, Standard Plan No. 420.
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 0232.05 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Superseding: New Underground Residential Equipment Location of 577 Vaults Effective Date: June 19, 2014 and Secondary Handholes Page: 4 of 4
6. References SCL Construction Guideline U2-14.1 (canceled); “Residential Equipment Location Details” SCL Construction Guideline U9-6; "577 Vault with Three Loadbreak Junction Boxes Installation, Grounding and Connections” SCL Construction Standard 0214.00; “Clearances Between SCL Underground Structures and Other Utility Structures in the Public Right-of-Way” 7. Sources Diop, Aida; Former SCL Standards Engineer and subject matter expert for 0232.05 Panomvana, Tanya; SCL Standards Engineer, subject matter expert and originator of 0232.05 ([email protected]) Standard Plan No. 420; “Concrete Sidewalk Detail,” City of Seattle Standard Plans for Municipal Construction, 2011 edition Standard Number: 0233.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: October 20, 2014 Effective Date: October 21, 2015 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 3
Secondary Handhole Grounding
1. Scope 3. Definitions
This standard covers the grounding requirements for Heavy Traffic: constant vehicular loading (i.e. a single secondary handhole located between the roadway) service transformer and a customer. This standard does not cover streetlight handholes. Medium Traffic: occasional vehicular loading (i.e. driveway) 2. Application Light Traffic: rare vehicular loading (i.e. sidewalk) This document provides direction to SCL crews and contractors about how to install proper grounding for 4. Grounding Handhole Lid and Frame a SCL secondary service handhole. The goal is to Installations assure handhole grounding is uniformly and properly Figures 4a and 4b provide detail on how the installed by SCL crews and contractors. The required secondary handhole grounding should be connected. grounding includes grounding handhole lids constructed of conductive material. Bond any metal conduits using grounding bushing (stock number 013270). The handholes in this Standard are all rated for H-20 loading.
Figure 4a, Schematic, handhole wiring Figure 4b, Elevation, handhole wiring
5. New Handhole Lid and Frame Installations
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Brett Hanson John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 0233.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: October 20, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: October 21, 2015 Secondary Handhole Grounding Page: 2 of 3
5.1 Choose appropriate method based on 6. Existing Handhole Installations traffic load: 6.1 Remove and replace Traffic Load Method Whenever possible: remove the existing handhole and replace with a new up-to-date handhole. See heavy A section 5. medium A 6.2 Grounding retrofit of existing light B handholes with factory frame ground
5.2 Method A, example, 17″ x 28″ handhole, Where the removal of the old handhole and the installation of a new one is not possible it is heavy or medium traffic necessary to retrofit the existing handhole to add Use precast handhole (stock number 720391) grounding. with lid that has factory installed ground strap. Determine if the existing handhole has access to Connect factory ground strap from lid to frame: the factory frame ground. For handholes with factory frame ground, follow directions in section 1. Install and test grounding electrodes per 5.2 on new handhole installation for grounding. If SCL 0461.10. any components of the grounding system are missing (factory installed ground strap, etc.) or Install green #8 THWN ground wire (stock 2. inadequate refer to section 6.3, below. number 612277) from frame using factory bolt and set screw lug (stock number 012564) to ground rod using a ground rod 6.3 Grounding retrofit of existing clamp (stock number 564012). handholes without factory frame ground For handholes without access to frame ground: Fog-Tite – manufacturer frame ground bolt is on the center of the long side wall 1. Install frame ground (performed by below lip – see Figure 5. appropriate personnel). Christy/Old Castle – frame ground 2. Install ground rod or series of ground rods bracket is on the short side wall – see (stock number 564238). Figure 5. 3. Test the ground rod or series of ground rods 3. Bond neutral conductor to a #8 green to insure the rods have a resistance to THWN ground wire (Stock Number 612277) ground of 25 ohms or less. with an irreversible connection. Connect ground wire to ground rod electrode with an 4. Replace lid with new lid that has factory irreversible connection listed for direct burial ground strap installed (stock number use. 012660). 5. Connect ground strap from lid to ground Figure 5, Frame ground location rod using a ground rod clamp (stock number 564012).
6. Bond neutral to ground using split bolt connector (stock number 668861), green #8 THWN ground wire (stock number
612277) and ground rod clamp (stock number 564012).
Fog-Tite Cristy/Old Castle 5.3 Method B, example, 17″ x 28″ handhole, Light Traffic Use composite fiberglass, reinforced plastic, polymer mortar/concrete handholes (stock number 720393) and lid (stock number 720397). This handhole and lid do not require grounding. Standard Number: 0233.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: October 20, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: October 21, 2015 Secondary Handhole Grounding Page: 3 of 3
7. Material List 8. References Stock SCL Construction Standard 0461.10; “Grounding Description No. Matl. Std. Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults” Setscrew lug, #14 str None (see Stock to #6 str 012564 Cat. page 65-23) SCL Material Standard 7203.10; “Handhole, 17 X 28 Precast, Secondary” Type 2 handhole cover, labeled 9. Sources “ELECTRIC” 012660 7203.10 Barnett, John; SCL Engineer and subject matter Grounding insulated None (see Stock expert for 0233.05 ([email protected]) bushing, 3-in 013270 Cat. page 73-74) Hanson, Brett; SCL Standards Engineer and subject Clamp for 5/8-in matter expert for 0233.05 ground rods 564012 6762.15 ; SCL Standards Engineer, originator and Ground rods, copper- Lu, Curtis subject matter expert for 0233.05 covered, sectional 564238 6762.25 ([email protected]) Copper wire, type THWN thermoplastic NEC 2008 Handbook, Article 250; "Grounding and polyvinyl chloride 612277 6122.3 Bonding"; 11th Edition; NFPA; 2008 Conductor fittings, NESC 2007 Edition, Section 9; “Grounding Methods copper, parallel tap, for Electric Supply and Communications Facilities”; split bolt cable IEEE, 2006 connectors 668861 6688.7 Smalley, Edward; SCL Engineer and subject matter Type 2 handhole, with expert for 0233.05 ([email protected]) frame and cover, “ELECTRIC” 720391 7203.10 Handhole, secondary, composite fiberglass, reinforced plastic type 720393 7203.12 Handhole cover, secondary, composite fiberglass, reinforced plastic type 720397 7203.12
Standard Number: 0461.10 Seattle City Light Superseding: September 16, 2014 Effective Date: December 1, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 6
Grounding Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults
1. Scope This standard details the requirements for installing grounding electrodes in Network and Looped Radial vaults and handholes. This standard does not cover streetlight system grounding electrodes which are detailed in Seattle City Light (SCL) Construction Standard 1710.50.
2. Application This standard provides direction to SCL engineers, crews, inspectors and others about installing a grounding electrode system for use in vaults and handholes.
3. Definitions Ground electrode: a conductor or group of conductors in intimate contact with the earth for the purpose of providing a connection with the ground. Concrete-encased electrode: a metallic wire encased in concrete, that is not insulated from direct contact with earth, run as straight as practical for the purpose of providing a connection with the ground. Wire electrode: a bare wire buried in earth, laid approximately straight for the purpose of providing a connection with the ground.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Brett Hanson John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 0461.10 Seattle City Light Superseding: September 16, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: December 1, 2014 Grounding Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults Page: 2 of 6
4. Introduction A safe electrical system is dependent on its grounding and bonding system. Because conductors, exposed metallic components and other conductive surfaces can become energized, it is critical that grounding and bonding systems be installed correctly. Grounding electrodes are a key component of the grounding and bonding system. Guiding codes, including the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC), recognize that the ground resistance of an electrode should not exceed 25 ohms. While an individual 5/8-inch diameter by 8 foot long ground rod is an electrode recognized by the NESC and used extensively by SCL to ground poles and other equipment, soil conditions vary widely throughout seasons of the year and throughout the service territory. Additionally, damage to and theft of grounding conductors continues to be an industry-wide problem so augmenting the grounding electrode system is beneficial to both the safety and the efficacy of the distribution system. Due to these factors, SCL has chosen to supplement the grounding capability of a single ground rod when installed in a handhole or vault by connecting a concrete-encased electrode whenever possible or at the minimum, a wire buried in dirt directly below the conduit route. SCL has found installing multiple ground rods at the same location to provide only marginal improvement in reducing ground resistance. Concrete-encased electrodes are recognized in the industry as a superior grounding electrode in terms of longevity and success in extreme environments and are SCL’s preferred grounding electrode for vaults. Wire buried directly in earth is also a recognized grounding electrode and is an acceptable substitute when a nearby concrete duct bank is not available to form a concrete-encased electrode. Exothermic weld connections are recognized as a superior method for connecting grounding components as there are no mechanical parts to fail. This is SCL’s required grounding connection method. See Figure 4. Figure 4. Exothermic weld for cable to ground rod connection, Example
Standard Number: 0461.10 Seattle City Light Superseding: September 16, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: December 1, 2014 Grounding Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults Page: 3 of 6
5. Components The components necessary for constructing vault and handhole grounding electrodes are shown in Table 5. Table 5. Grounding Electrode Components
Description Stock No. Material Standard 5/8-in x 8-ft ground rod 564238 5642.10 #2 AWG copper wire, bare, stranded 610434 6103.90 250 kcmil copper wire, bare, stranded 610412 6103.90
6. Connections The following subsections summarize preferred grounding electrode methods. For each trench of conduits that enters a handhole, provide a grounding electrode and connect via exothermic weld per SCL 0468.90. See Table 6. If the grounding electrode recommended below comes in contact with a metallic pole riser conduit, connect with a conduit grounding clamp. See U7-10.9/NDK-120. Table 6. Grounding Electrode Methods
Condition Single Vault or Handhole Series of Vaults or Handholes Conduits in Install a ground rod in vault Install a ground rod in each vault Soil Trench or handhole. or handhole. For each trench that penetrates vault Install a continuous #2 AWG wire or handhole, install a 50-ft, electrode routed in the bottom of #2 AWG wire electrode routed in the trench throughout the conduit system. bottom of that trench and connect to Connect cable electrode to ground rod ground rod with exothermic weld. See in each vault or handhole with an Section 6.1. exothermic weld. See Section 6.2. Conduits in Install a ground rod outside the vault For each duct bank that penetrates Encased or handhole. vault or handhole, install a 50-ft, Ductbank For each duct bank that penetrates 250 kcmil, concrete-encased electrode vault or handhole, install a 50-ft, in the bottom of the duct bank. See 250 kcmil, concrete-encased electrode Section 6.4. in the bottom of the duct bank. See Section 6.3.
Standard Number: 0461.10 Seattle City Light Superseding: September 16, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: December 1, 2014 Grounding Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults Page: 4 of 6
6.1 Direct Buried Conduits Entering a Single Vault or Handhole Figure 6.1. Direct buried conduits entering a single vault or handhole
Install a ground rod and connect 50 ft of #2 AWG wire. Route wire electrode in the bottom of the trench. Drill a hole into each vault wall for each grounding electrode entry. Drill each hole through the vault on the same wall that the conduits enter, above the water table if present. At entry into vault, exothermically weld each wire to eliminate air gaps between strands. Seal the wire’s entry into vault to prevent water intrusion.
6.2 Direct Buried Conduits Entering a Series of Vaults or Handholes Figure 6.2. Direct buried conduits entering a series of vaults or handholes
Install a continuous #2 AWG wire throughout the system and exothermically connect to the ground rod in each handhole. Route wire electrode in the bottom of the trench. Drill a hole into each vault wall for each grounding electrode entry. Drill each hole through the vault on the same wall that the conduits enter, above the water table if present. At entry into vault, exothermically weld each wire to eliminate air gaps between strands. Seal the wire’s entry into vault to prevent water intrusion. Standard Number: 0461.10 Seattle City Light Superseding: September 16, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: December 1, 2014 Grounding Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults Page: 5 of 6
6.3 Concrete Duct Bank Conduits Entering a Vault or Handhole Figure 6.3. Concrete duct bank conduits entering a vault or handhole
For each duct bank that penetrates the vault or handhole, install 50 ft of bare 250 kcmil wire in the bottom of that duct bank to form a concrete-encased electrode. Wire must be positioned to ensure it is surrounded by 2 in of concrete on all sides when concrete is poured. Install a ground rod outside the vault. For each electrode, install 20 ft of additional wire in order to route it from the electrode, up through drilled hole in vault, and down to common grounding point within vault. Drill a hole into each vault wall for each grounding electrode entry. Drill each hole through the vault on the same wall that the electrode enters, above the water table if present. At entry into vault, exothermically weld each wire to eliminate air gaps between strands. Seal the wire’s entry into vault to prevent water intrusion.
6.4 Concrete Duct Bank Conduits Enter a Series of Vaults or Handholes Figure 6.4. Concrete duct bank conduits enter a series of vaults or handholes
For each duct bank that penetrates the vault or handhole, install 50 ft of bare 250 kcmil wire in the bottom of that duct bank to form a concrete-encased electrode. Wire must be positioned to ensure it is surrounded by 2 in of concrete on all sides when concrete is poured. Install 20 ft of additional wire in order to route it from the duct bank, up through drilled hole in vault, and down to common grounding point within vault. Drill a hole into each vault wall for each grounding electrode entry. Drill each hole through the vault on the same wall that the duct bank enters, above the water table if present. At entry into vault, exothermically weld each wire to eliminate air gaps between strands. Seal the wire's entry into vault to prevent water intrusion. Standard Number: 0461.10 Seattle City Light Superseding: September 16, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: December 1, 2014 Grounding Electrodes for Handholes and Vaults Page: 6 of 6
7. Testing The grounding electrode system shall be constructed to ensure it has a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or less prior to connecting the neutral or service. SCL shall test to confirm compliance. If the electrode system does not result in a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or less, inform SCL engineer. SCL shall advise additional grounding measures required.
8. References SCL Construction Standard U7-10.9/NDK-120; “Grounding Conduit Risers on Poles” SCL Construction Standard 0468.90; “Exothermic Connection System” SCL Material Standard 6762.90; “Exothermic Connection System” SCL Design Standard 9702.30; “Grounding and Bonding, Fundamentals and Detailed Requirements”
9. Sources Hanson, Brett; SCL Standards Engineer, originator and subject matter expert for 0461.10 ([email protected]) National Electric Safety Code (NESC), C2-2012 Edition; Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), Inc. New York, NY, 2011 The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms (IEEE 100-2000); Seventh Edition; Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), 2000 Standard Number: 0468.90 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 6, 2014 Effective Date: September 10, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 4
Exothermic Connection System
1. Scope This standard identifies the appropriate handle clamp and weld metal capsule to use with a given exothermic mold. It also includes application notes specific to Seattle City Light (SCL). Operator instructions and other literature are cited in Section 5.
2. Application This standard is directed at personnel who plan to install exothermic connections in the field. Design engineers may find this standard helpful when planning or specifying material usage. To make a connection, the operator inserts the conductors into the appropriate mold, places a weld shot (a small conical cup of weld metal) into the mold receptacle, and attaches the control unit. The assembly is held together by the handle clamp. The operator presses a button on the control unit to initiate the welding operation. (The term “exothermic” means the process gives off heat.) For copper conductor only.
3. Handle Clamp, Weld Metal, and Mold Cross Reference All jobs will require at least one electronic control unit (ignition tool), Stock No. 013335. This battery-powered ignition tool is designed to make 600 connections on one set of eight standard AA batteries. Each exothermic connection (mold) will require the use of one of two (reusable) handle clamps and one of a variety of color-coded, (one-shot) weld metal capsules. The appropriate handle clamp and weld metal capsule are identified in Table 3.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Kathy Tilley John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 0468.90 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 6, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: September 10, 2014 Exothermic Connection System Page: 2 of 4
Table 3. Exothermic Connection System Components
Mold Clamp Handle Weld Shot Stock No. Description Stock No. Stock No. Color Code 013557 4/0 stranded wire butt splice 013336 013560 Gray
013339 250 kcmil wire butt splice 013336 013338 Orange
013401 500 kcmil wire butt splice 013336 013339 Yellow
013402 250 kcmil wire to 5/8-in 013336 013398 Dk Blue ground rod
013403 500 kcmil wire to 5/8-in 013397 013400 Brown ground rod
013441 250 kcmil wire to 3/4-in 013336 013399 Yellow ground rod
013442 500 kcmil wire to 3/4-in 013397 013440 Lt Brown ground rod
013558 4/0 stranded wire all way, 013336 013398 Dk Blue
horizontal Tee connection
013559 4/0 stranded wire all way, lapped, 013336 013561 Purple horizontal X connection
013580 #2 AWG stranded wire to 5/8-in 013336 013560 Gray ground rod
013581 #4 AWG solid wire to 5/8-in 013336 013560 Gray ground rod
013585 2/0 stranded wire to 5/8-in 013336 013560 Gray ground rod
Standard Number: 0468.90 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 6, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: September 10, 2014 Exothermic Connection System Page: 3 of 4
4. Application Notes 4.1 General Installation Notes Exothermic connection systems are used to form permanent, low-resistance, high- reliability, welded electrical connections that may be direct buried or embedded in concrete. Exothermic connection systems are commonly used to construct power station ground mats where it is not practical to inspect connections or repair failing connections. Exothermic connection systems have long been referred to as Cadweld®, however Cadweld® is just one of many manufacturers of such systems. Molds are available in many configurations for a wide variety of applications. One mold should make about 50 connections, after which it should be replaced. Reusable items may be obtained from the warehouse General Section or the Tool Room. Operators must always wear approved gloves and safety glasses when working with exothermic materials. 4.2 Installation Notes Specific to Seattle City Light Butt-splice molds are used to create water blocks where stranded ground cables enter vaults. Most cable-to-cable or cable-to-ground rod connections in the Looped Radial and Network distribution systems use 250 kcmil, stranded copper conductors. Counterpoise ground conductors near substations are typically constructed with 500 kcmil, stranded copper. Contact the design engineer for questions regarding choice of conductor size. Unless noted otherwise, butt splice, T-connection, and X-connection molds are for horizontal-lying cable.
5. References SCL Material Standard 6762.90; “Exothermic Connection System” Standard Number: 0468.90 Seattle City Light Superseding: May 6, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: September 10, 2014 Exothermic Connection System Page: 4 of 4
6. Sources CADWELD® Exothermic Welding Manual, E834I E1123LT08WWEN 0071M9 (Erico literature file name LT30323) CADWELD® PLUS Control Unit (Erico literature file name LT31163) CADWELD® PLUS Leading Technologies In Exothermic Welding (Erico literature file name LT0414) CADWELD® PLUS Pictorial Instructions, ERICO P/N IPX B295WMPLUS E918IS05WW (Erico literature file name LT0580) CADWELD® PLUS Welding Material; MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (Erico literature file name LT1298) CADWELD® Welded Electrical Connections Facility Electrical Protection Catalog, A1C E1068CT08NAEN 00610M8 (Erico literature file name LT0039) CADWELD® Welded Electrical Connections Quick Reference Product Guide, E782C- NAEN E1820CT07NAEN 0045M8 (Erico literature file name LT1449) Electric Railway Improvement Company (ERICO); www.erico.com Shipek, John; SCL Standards engineer and originator of 0468.90 ([email protected]) Standard Number: 1710.50 Seattle City Light Superseding: November 14, 2014 Effective Date: May 12, 2015 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Page: 1 of 8
STREETLIGHT SYSTEM GROUNDING AND BONDING
1. Scope 4. Definitions This Construction Standard covers the grounding Bonding: The electrical interconnecting of and bonding requirements for single phase conductive parts, designed to maintain a common streetlight systems served by the Looped Radial electrical potential. (NESC, 2012) and Network distribution systems. Ground (conductor): A conductor used to carry Multiphase streetlight systems and streetlights fault current from the fault location back to the attached to wood poles or served exclusively by energy’s source. overhead conductors are outside the scope of Grounded: this document. Connected to or in contact with earth or connected to some extended conductive body that serves instead of the earth. (NESC, 2012) 2. Application Ground Rod (or driven rod): One of the seven This document provides direction to SCL crews and types of approved grounding electrodes listed in others about properly grounding and bonding SCL Section 9 of the NESC, Grounding Methods. City streetlight equipment including handholes and poles. Light installs a rod that is at least eight feet long The purpose is to ensure streetlight equipment is and 5/8-inch in diameter and connects to a uniformly and properly installed by SCL crews and #4 AWG minimum copper (solid, bare) wire others. The required bonding includes every metallic electrode throughout the handhole system. component of a particular system of streetlights including handhole lids and poles constructed of For the purpose of this standard, conductors in conductive material. the figures are color coded as follows. L1 – Black 3. Introduction L2 (if more than one) – Red The safety of an electrical system is dependent on Neutral – White its grounding and bonding system. Because conductors, exposed metallic components and Ground – Green surfaces can become energized, it is critical that grounding and bonding systems be installed 5. Looped Radial Streetlight System, correctly. Overall Providing a dedicated grounding conductor Figure 5 presents an example of a two branch throughout a streetlight circuit and connecting it to streetlight system supplied by the Looped Radial all metal components within that system creates a distribution system. Shown in the plan view are dedicated, low resistance path that fault current can streetlights, the handholes that serve each take in the case that any energized conductors streetlight, and the streetlight distribution handhole/ come in contact with metal surfaces in that system. manhole that connects the streetlight system to the During a fault, current travels through all available Looped Radial distribution system via an overhead paths back to the source, in this case a transformer or service vault. transformer. Providing a good fault current return When multiple circuits are used to serve a section path ensures that fault current can quickly and of streetlights, the circuits shall be alternated effectively return to the power source and operate between streetlights. Alternating circuits ensure, in the protective device. the case of a one-circuit fault, that every other streetlight would have power until repairs to the faulted circuit are completed.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Brett Hanson John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 1710.50 Seattle City Light Superseding: November 14, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: May 12, 2015 Streetlight System Grounding and Bonding Page: 2 of 8
5. Looped Radial Streetlight System, Overall, continued Figure 5. Two Branch Streetlight System Supplied by Looped Radial System Example
Standard Number: 1710.50 Seattle City Light Superseding: November 14, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: May 12, 2015 Streetlight System Grounding and Bonding Page: 3 of 8
6. Network Streetlight System, Overall When multiple circuits are used to serve a section Figure 6 presents an example of a two-branch of streetlights, the circuits shall be alternated streetlight system supplied by the Network between streetlights. Alternating circuits ensure, in distribution system. Shown in plan view are case of a one-circuit-fault, that every other streetlights, the handholes that serve each streetlight would have power until repairs to the streetlight handhole and the streetlight faulted circuit are completed. distribution handhole/manhole that connects the system to the Network distribution system via a In the SCL streetlight system, the green ground transformer in a Network vault. conductor shall be no smaller than #6 AWG stranded copper.
Figure 6. Two Branch Streetlight System Supplied by Network Distribution System Example
Standard Number: 1710.50 Seattle City Light Superseding: November 14, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: May 12, 2015 Streetlight System Grounding and Bonding Page: 4 of 8
7. Streetlight Distribution Handhole/ In the Looped Radial distribution system, the green Manhole grounding conductor will be bonded to the neutral in this handhole. See Figure 7.1. This is the only point The streetlight distribution handhole is the starting in the system that the neutral and ground conductors point of the streetlight system, connecting to the are bonded together. The green grounding conductor distribution system via a transformer and to the shall be tested along its entire length to insure it is individual streetlights via a series of conduits continuous all the way back to the energy source. and handholes. The ground rod or series of ground rods shall be Conductors from the transformer secondary enter, tested to insure it has a resistance to ground of 25 are spliced as necessary, and leave via conduits, ohms or less prior to connecting to the neutral or typically Schedule 80 PVC. In this handhole, a service. ground rod is driven and connected to the lid Connect a continuous #4 AWG copper wire ground lug, frame ground lug, dedicated green electrode (solid, bare) to each ground rod lead and grounding conductor, #4 AWG solid copper wire route it under the handhole conduits to help electrode, and any metal conduits that enter or achieve the 25 ohm requirement. leave the handhole via an insulated grounding bushing. Connections to grounding electrodes shall be exothermic welds that are listed for direct burial use.
Figure 7.1. Streetlight Distribution Handhole/Manhole – Two Branch Looped Radial Example
Standard Number: 1710.50 Seattle City Light Superseding: November 14, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: May 12, 2015 Streetlight System Grounding and Bonding Page: 5 of 8
7. Streetlight Distribution The green grounding conductor shall be tested Handhole/Manhole, continued along its entire length to insure it is continuous all the way back to the energy source. In the Network distribution system the green grounding conductor is bonded to the neutral within As each conductor (L1 or L2) leaves the distribution the Network vault, so no neutral to ground handhole, it must be fused. connections are made in the streetlight distribution handhole. See Figure 7.2.
Figure 7.2. Streetlight Distribution Handhole/Manhole – Two Branch Network Example
Standard Number: 1710.50 Seattle City Light Superseding: November 14, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: May 12, 2015 Streetlight System Grounding and Bonding Page: 6 of 8
8. Individual Streetlight Pole Handhole Connections to grounding electrodes shall be and Streetlight Handhole, Typical exothermic welds that are listed for direct burial use. The streetlight handhole connects to the streetlight distribution handhole (Section 7), one From the streetlight handhole, line, neutral, and or more streetlights, and any subsequent ground conductors are routed within conduit to streetlight handholes in the system. See Figures the cavity of the streetlight pole where they can 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3. The green grounding conductor be intercepted via a streetlight pole base access routed from the streetlight distribution handhole panel. In the streetlight pole base access panel, shall be connected to all metal components in the the line conductor is routed up to the luminaire handhole and the streetlight pole, and the ground with the neutral conductor. At the streetlight pole rod. Note: The ground conductor is not bonded to base access panel, the ground conductor is the neutral in the streetlight handhole. connected to the metal pole with a set screw lug and to the grounding electrode if one is installed. Connect a continuous #4 AWG copper wire The ground conductor is then routed up to the electrode (solid, bare) to each ground rod lead luminaire where it is connected to the fixture’s and route it under the handhole conduits to help ground terminal. achieve the 25 ohm requirement.
Figure 8.1. Streetlight Pole Handhole and Streetlight Handhole
Standard Number: 1710.50 Seattle City Light Superseding: November 14, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: May 12, 2015 Streetlight System Grounding and Bonding Page: 7 of 8
Figure 8.2. Streetlight Pole Handhole Figure 8.3. Streetlight Handhole
9. Grounding and Bonding Retrofit of 9.2 Retrofit of existing streetlights with green Existing Streetlights equipment grounding conductor already present. See Figures 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3. 9.1 Discussion Confirm that the green equipment grounding When adding, repairing, or replacing streetlights conductor has been routed from the streetlight on an existing circuit, it is necessary to retrofit distribution handhole and throughout length of the existing handholes and poles that are part the circuits present. of that system to ensure a properly grounded and bonded system. At the streetlight distribution handhole, confirm the grounding conductor is bonded to the If a spare conduit is present, install a properly neutral wire and a ground rod. grounded and bonded system as detailed in Sections 7 and 8. Confirm all metallic components along the streetlight circuit including ground rods, If any components of the grounding system are handhole covers, metal streetlight poles, and missing (ground rod, two hole set screw lug in streetlight luminaires are connected to the streetlight pole, etc.) or damaged refer to grounding conductor. Section 9.2 below or contact Engineering in order to repair or replace them. Finished installation should be connected per Figures 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3.
Standard Number: 1710.50 Seattle City Light Superseding: November 14, 2014 CONSTRUCTION STANDARD Effective Date: May 12, 2015 Streetlight System Grounding and Bonding Page: 8 of 8
10. Material List
Description Stock Number
FUSE HOLDER, 600 V 682353 FUSE, see fusing schedule SL12-1/NSL-10 – TERMINAL LUG, aluminum, #14-1/0, ILSCO 651314 TAPE, pressure sensitive 3/4″ 736655 GROUND ROD, 5/8″ x 8′ 564238 GROUND ROD STUD, 5/8″ 564604 GROUND ROD COUPLING, 5/8″ 564074 GROUND ROD CLAMP, 5/8″ 564012 BOOT, insulating, type L, buss 682360 CONDUIT, Schedule 80 PVC, 2″ 738741 CONDUIT, steel, 2″ 734741 ELBOW, steel, 2″ 734809 MULTIPLE CONNECTOR, 3 position 678703 MULTIPLE CONNECTOR, 4 position 678707 MULTIPLE CONNECTOR, 6 position 678713 MULTIPLE CONNECTOR, 8 position 678715 TERMINAL LUGS, #6 678695 WIRE, copper-clad steel 012702 LUG, two hole, set screw 651314 BUSHING, grounding, insulated, 2″ 751531 WIRE, solid bare #4 AWG 610208
11. References 12. Sources SCL Construction Standard 0233.05; Barnett, John; SCL Engineer; subject matter “Secondary Handhole Grounding” expert (john.barnett @seattle.gov) SCL Construction Standard 1730.00, Deutscher, Cary; SCL Engineer; subject matter “Streetlight Fusing Schedule” expert (cary.deutscher @seattle.gov) SCL Design Standard 9702.30, “Grounding and Hanson, Brett; SCL Standards Engineer, subject Bonding, Fundamentals and Detailed matter expert and co-originator of 1710.50 Requirements” ([email protected]) NEC Article 250, “Grounding and Bonding;” IEEE 100-2000; The Authoritative Dictionary of NFPA 70 2008 Handbook; National Electric IEEE Standards Terms; Seventh Edition; IEEE; Code; 2008 2000 Soares Book on Grounding and Bonding; IEEE C2-2012; National Electric Safety Code International Association of Electrical Inspectors; (NESC); 2012 2004 Lu, Curtis; SCL Standards Engineer, subject matter expert and co-originator of 1710.50 ([email protected])
standard number: 6103.90 Seattle City Light superseding: June 11, 2010 effective date: December 8, 2011 MATERIAL STANDARD page: 1 of 2
WIRE, COPPER, BARE, SOFT-DRAWN
1. Scope 4. Construction This standard covers the requirements for bare, Wire shall meet the requirements of ASTM B8 and copper, soft-drawn, stranded wire. Table A with the following clarifications: This standard applies to the following Seattle City Conductor alloy shall be soft or annealed, uncoated Light Stock Numbers: copper.
Stock Size, Table A Number AWG/kcmil Packaging 610434 #2 reel Stock Size, Number of Number AWG/kcmil Strands Class 610425 2/0 reel 610434 #2 7 B 610414 4/0 reel 610425 2/0 7 A 610412 250 reel 610414 4/0 19 B 610397 500 reel 610412 250 37 B 610397 500 37 B 2. Application For grounding, jumpers, and other general use. 5. Packaging 3. Industry Standards 5.1 Quantity Cable shall meet the applicable requirements of Actual quantity per reel may vary from the the following industry standards: quantity stated on the Purchase Order by ASTM B3-01 – Standard Specification for Soft or plus or minus 10%. Annealed Copper Wire, 2001 5.2 Reels ASTM B8–04 – Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Reels shall be reusable wood type, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft, 2004 Class 1 or 2. Reels may be new or recycled. NEMA WC 26-2000 (EEMAC 201-2000) Binational Wire and Cable Packaging Standard Recycled reels (when provided) shall be have the surface of both outside flanges painted over with a solid color.
standards coordinator standards supervisor unit director
John Shipek John Shipek Darnell Cola
standard number: Seattle City Light 6103.90 superseding: June 11, 2010 MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: December 8, 2011 Wire, Copper, Bare, Soft-Drawn page: 2 of 2
5. Packaging, continued The outer end shall be securely fastened with appropriately sized steel staples to the 5.2 Reels, continued inner side of the flange or tied off and Recycled reels (when provided) shall be secured as with plastic wrap. equivalent to new in quality and strength. 5.4 Marking Reels shall be protected for shipment with coverings consistent with the Each reel shall be legibly marked with recommendations of NEMA WC-26, the following information: Section 4. . Manufacturer's identification Reels shall be provided with metal bushings . Product description if the gross weight of the reel exceeds 1,000 . Shipping length of cable on reel pounds. . Gross weight 5.3 Securing of Cable Ends . Tare weight The inner end of the cable shall be brought . Net weight to the outside of the reel flange and securely . fastened with appropriately sized steel Date of manufacture staples. . Reel identification according to NEMA The inner end shall not be brought out WC-26, Section 5 through the reel arbor. . Seattle City Light's Purchase Order Number . Seattle City Light's Stock Number
5.5 Detailed Requirements Wire shall be packaged on reels according to the requirements of NEMA WC-26 and Table B.
Table B Outside Inside Length Flange Traverse Weight per Stock Size, AWG/ per Reel Diameter, Width, 100 ft., Weight per Reel, Number kcmil ± 10%, ft Maximum, in Maximum, in Approx., lbs Approx., lbs 610434 #2 5,280 40 24 021 1,108 610425 2/0 5,280 40 24 041 2,165 610414 4/0 3,450 40 24 065 2,243 610412 250 3,000 40 24 077 2,310 610397 500 1,500 40 24 154 2,310
6. Shipping Reels shall be shipped and delivered in the upright position (on the flange edges) on open flatbed trucks suitable for side unloading by forklift. Reels shall not be strapped or palleted. Wire shall be shipped to the address specified on the Purchase Order.
7. Issuance FT
8. Approved Manufacturers Nehring Electrical Works Company Service Wire Southwire Standard Number: 6762.25 Seattle City Light Superseding: April 2, 2014 Effective Date: October 26, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 1
Ground Rods, Copper-Covered, Sectional
1. Ground Rods shall be fabricated from cold-finished carbon steel shafting in accordance with ASTM Specification A 108, as it applies to Grade 1018.
2. Construction: The covering of the steel core shall be a molecularly-bonded sheath of electrolytic-grade copper having a minimum thickness of 0.010″. The rods shall have rolled threads at each end for joining together with couplings. The rods shall conform to the applicable requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories UL-467, except as modified herein.
3. Couplings for sectional rods shall be made of high-strength, corrosion-resistant bronze, internally threaded to fit standard rods.
4. Driving Studs shall be made of high-strength, hardened steel of SAE 1045 or equal quality.
5. Packaging: The threaded rod ends shall be protected to prevent thread damage during shipment.
6. Reference Specifications: ASTM A 108, SAE 1045, latest revisions NEMA Standard Publication GR 1-2001 Underwriters' Laboratories UL-467
7. Stock Unit: EA 8. Approved Manufacturers: Southern Galvan Grounding Stock No. Description Hubbell Eritech Industries, Inc. Products Wilcor 564235 5/8-in x 5-ft ground rod – 635850 6255-10MS CS 586 WA 585CT 564238 5/8-in x 8-ft ground rod C635880 635880 6258S CS 588 WA 588CT 564260 3/4-in x 10-ft ground rod C633400 633400 7510S CS 3410 WA 3410CT 564074 5/8-in coupling CTC58 CR-58 60-C 58C C 158 564075 3/4-in coupling CTC34 CR-34 70-C 34C C 134 564604 5/8-in driving stud CTDH58 DS58 60-DS DS 58 D 358 013282 3/4-in driving stud CTDH34 DS34 70-DS DS 34 D 334
In October 2015, this standard was renumbered from 5642.10 to 6762.25.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Laura Vanderpool John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7015.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 11, 2014 Effective Date: June 11, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 8
Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings
1. Scope This standard covers the requirements for Schedule 40 extruded rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit and fittings consisting of elbows, couplings, adapters.
2. Application Schedule 40 PVC conduit and fittings are used to construct smooth raceways for the pulling in of cable installed in a variety of looped radial and network system applications: . Service . Secondary . Primary . Communication . Control Refer to SCL 0222.02. Five-inch (IPS) size conduit is specified with both ends straight cut to minimize the gap at the conduit joints. Minimized gaps are less likely to catch debris during construction and lead to damaged cable. Elbows are also known as bends. Large radius elbows are also known as sweeps. The straight cut end of a section of conduit or elbow is also known as the spigot end.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Quan Wang John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7015.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 11, 2014 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: June 11, 2015 Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings Page: 2 of 8
3. Industry Standards Schedule 40 PVC conduit and fittings shall meet the requirements of the following industry standard: UL 651 - Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings, 7th Edition, dated October 4, 2005 The following clarifications apply: . Five inch (IPS) size shall meet the requirements for specific applications, Section 4.5 (straight cut, without couplings or adapters). . All other (IPS) sizes shall meet the requirements for general use, Section 4.6 (one bell end).
4. Detailed Requirements 4.1 General Conduit and fittings shall be suitable for above ground use indoors or outdoors exposed to sunlight and weather, and for underground use by direct burial or encasement in concrete. Conduit and fitting dimensions shall conform to UL 651 and the Iron Pipe Standard (IPS), where dimensions are based on outside diameters of iron pipe sizes. Conduit and fitting color shall be medium to dark gray. Conduit and fittings shall not have any features that can abrade or otherwise damage cable. All straight-cut ends from conduit, reducers and elbows with a diameter of 2 in (IPS) and larger shall be chamfered according to Figure 4.1. Conduit, elbows, and fittings shall be designed and manufactured to be a system intended to guarantee complete interchangeability and compatibility between components. Figure 4.1. Chamfer Detail
Standard Number: 7015.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 11, 2014 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: June 11, 2015 Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings Page: 3 of 8
4.2 Conduit Conduit shall be certified by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or one of the following NRTLs (Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories) as meeting the minimum requirements of Standard UL 651: . CSA (Canadian Standards Association) . ETL . NSF International Manufacturer shall inform SCL in writing of all design changes that could affect the product's understood or published capabilities or attributes. Dimensional information cited in Sections 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4 should be consistent with UL requirements and is provided for the convenience of SCL design engineers, construction crews, inspectors, and quality assurance personnel who do not have ready access to UL 651. Conduit shall meet the performance requirements as described in Table 4.2a Table 4.2a. Conduit performance requirements
Description UL 651 Section Tensile strength 7 Deflection under heat and load 8 Extrusion process 9 Low-temperature handling 10 Water absorption 11 Resistance to crushing 12 Resistance to impact 13 Flame 14 Conduit for use with 90 degree C wire 17 Resistance to specific reagents 18 Sunlight resistance 19 Pipe stiffness 20 Pull-joint separation 21 Bending and pull-joint separation 22 Joint water tightness 23 Elastomeric materials accelerated aging 24 Permanency of printing 25 Standard Number: 7015.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 11, 2014 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: June 11, 2015 Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings Page: 4 of 8
Table 4.2b. Conduit Dimensions, Straight (str) Inside Trade Outside Outside Outside Diameter, Wall Size, Diameter, Diameter, Diameter, Min, Thickness, Weight, Stock IPS End End Min Average, Max Average Min Nominal, No. (in) #1 #2 (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lb / ft) 734525 1/2 Bell Str cut 0.832 0.840 0.848 0.578 0.109 0.16 734526 3/4 " " 1.040 1.050 1.060 0.780 0.113 0.22 734527 1 " " 1.305 1.315 1.325 1.004 0.133 0.32 734528 1-1/4 " " 1.648 1.660 1.672 1.335 0.140 0.43 734529 1-1/2 " " 1.888 1.900 1.912 1.564 0.145 0.52 734530 2 " " 2.363 2.375 2.387 2.021 0.154 0.70 734531 2-1/2 " " 2.860 2.875 2.890 2.414 0.203 1.11 734532 3 " " 3.485 3.500 3.515 3.008 0.216 1.45 734533 3-1/2 " " 3.950 4.000 4.050 3.486 0.226 1.74 734523 4 " " 4.450 4.500 4.550 3.961 0.237 2.10 734524 5 Str cu " 5.513 5.563 5.613 4.975 0.258 2.80 010334 6 Bell " 6.575 6.625 6.675 5.986 0.280 3.63
4.3 Elbows Table 4.3a. Elbow Dimensions, 90 and 45 Degree
Trade Size, IPS Radius Stock No. (in) Degree Bend End #1 End #2 (in) 734551 1/2 90 Bell Str. cut 4 734671 3/4 90 " " 4-1/2 734550 1 90 " " 5-3/4 734546 1-1/4 90 " " 7-1/4 734547 1-1/2 90 " " 8-1/4 734548 2 90 " " 24 734549 2-1/2 90 " " 24 90-degree elbow
734553 1-1/4 45 " " 7-1/4 734554 1-1/2 45 " " 8-1/4 734555 2 45 " " 18 734557 3 45 " " 36 734558 3-1/2 45 " " 36 45-degree elbow 734559 4 45 " " 36
Table 4.3b. Elbow Dimensions, 22-1/2 and 5 Degree
Trade Size, IPS Degree Radius Stock No. (in) Bend End #1 End #2 (in) 734561 2 22-1/2 Bell Str. cut 18 734562 2-1/2 22-1/2 " " 18 734563 3 22-1/2 " " 24 734564 3-1/2 22-1/2 " " 24 734566 4 22-1/2 " " 24 22-1/2 degree elbow
Standard Number: 7015.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 11, 2014 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: June 11, 2015 Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings Page: 5 of 8
4.4 Fittings Female adapters shall have straight threads. Coupling fittings, 2 inch (IPS) and larger, shall be of molded manufacture, not expanded. Table 4.4a. Fittings, Female (F), Male (M), and Slip (S)
Trade Size, IPS Stock No. (in) Description Ends 734508 1/2 Female adapter S x F 734540 3/4 " " 734541 1 " " 734542 1-1/4 " " 734543 1-1/2 " "
734544 2 " " Female adapter 734545 2-1/2 " " 734537 3 " " 734538 3-1/2 " " 734539 4 " " 734536 5 " " 010342 6 " "
734920 1/2 Male adapter S x M 734914 3/4 " " 734918 1 " " 734924 1-1/4 " " 734925 1-1/2 " "
734926 2 " " Male adapter 734921 3 " " 734923 4 " " 010341 6 " "
Coupling fittings, 2 inch (IPS) and larger, shall be of molded manufacture, not expanded. Table 4.4b. Fittings, Straight Couplings, Slip (S)
Trade Size, IPS Stock No. (in) Description Ends 734512 1/2 Straight coupling S x S 734513 3/4 " " 734514 1 " " 734515 1-1/4 " " 734516 1-1/2 " " 734517 2 " " 734518 2-1/2 " " 734519 3 " " 734520 3-1/2 " " 734521 4 " " 734522 5 " " 010343 6 " "
Standard Number: 7015.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 11, 2014 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: June 11, 2015 Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings Page: 6 of 8
Table 4.4c. Fitting, Swedge Reducer
End #1 End #2
Trade Size, Trade Size, Stock IPS IPS No. (in) (in) Description End #1 End #2 734470 3 2-1/2 Reducer Chamfered Chamfered Str. Cut Str. Cut 012503 4 3-1/2 Reducer Chamfered Chamfered Str. Cut Str. Cut
Long sleeve repair couplings shall have no center stop. Long sleeve repair couplings shall have minimum length of 10 in. Table 4.4d. Fittings, Long Sleeve Couplings without Center Stop, Slip (S)
Stock Trade Size, IPS No. (in) Description Ends 013705 2 Long sleeve coupling S x S 013706 3 " " 013707 4 " " 013708 5 " "
5. Marking Each conduit section shall be marked according to the requirements of UL 651, Section 25. The outer surface of each conduit section shall be marked with the following minimum information: . Trade size . Schedule number or equivalent information . Manufacturer's name or symbol . Date (or period) of manufacture . UL or NRTL mark Each fitting shall be marked according to the requirements of UL 651, Section 46. The outer surface of each fitting shall be marked with the following minimum information: . Manufacturer's name or symbol . Catalog number
6. Testing Conduit and fitting test data that establishes compliance with the requirements of UL 651 and this material standard shall be provided upon request. Standard Number: 7015.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 11, 2014 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: June 11, 2015 Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings Page: 7 of 8
7. Packaging Straight conduit shall be furnished in 10-ft sections, unless specified otherwise on the purchase order. Master bundles shall be secured with at least two bands of steel or UV-resistant plastic strapping. Each master bundle of straight conduit shall be legibly marked with the following information: . Manufacturer's identification . Product description . Seattle City Light purchase order number . Seattle City Light stock number . Gross, net, and tare weight
8. Shipping Conduit may be delivered on enclosed, covered, or flatbed trucks. If conduit is delivered on a flatbed truck, conduit shall be side-loaded. Because Washington State law requires a 10-in minimum side board when driving a forklift or pallet jack onto the bed of a truck or trailer, most flatbed trucks or trailers must be side-loaded to ease off-loading.
9. Issuance Conduit: FT Elbows: EA All Other Fittings: EA
10. Approved Manufacturers 10.1 Products Approved for Purchase by SCL Conduit Straight Sections . Cantex (Mitsubishi Corp.) . Cresline NW . Heritage Plastics Inc. (Atkore Int'l) . IPEX . JM Eagle . Prime Conduit (formerly Carlon; Mitsubishi Corp.) . Ridgeline Pipe Mfg. (Atkore Int'l) . Royal Pipe Systems Elbows . Cantex (Mitsubishi Corp.) . Heritage Plastics Inc. (Atkore Int'l) . Scepter (IPEX) . JM Eagle . Kraloy (IPEX) . Raceways Technology & Mfg. . Ridgeline Pipe Mfg. (Atkore Int'l) . Carlon (Thomas & Betts) . Royal Pipe Systems Standard Number: 7015.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 11, 2014 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: June 11, 2015 Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings Page: 8 of 8
All Other Fittings . Cantex (Mitsubishi Corp.) . Heritage Plastics Inc. (Atcore Int’l) . Scepter (IPEX) . JM Eagle . Kraloy (IPEX) . Ridgeline Pipe Mfg. (Atkore Int'l) . Carlon (Thomas & Betts) . Royal Pipe Systems 10.2 Products Approved for Purchase and Installation by SCL Contractors SCL contractors may purchase and install cellular core PVC conduit straight sections from Rocky Mountain Colby Company. SCL contractors may purchase and install solid PVC conduits, elbows, and fittings from the approved manufacturers cited in section 10.1. SCL contractors may purchase and install 5-in conduit with belled end and spigot end from approved manufacturers cited in Section 10.1, “Conduit Straight Sections.”
11. References SCL Construction Standard 0222.02; “Requirements for Duct Banks in the Public Right-of-Way” SCL Material Standard 7345.2; “Conduit and Fittings, EPC 40 and EPC 80 Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride” (canceled)
12. Sources ASTM F 512; “Standard Specification for Smooth-Wall Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation” ASTM F891; “Standard Specification for Coextruded Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe With a Cellular Core” Shipek, John; SCL Standards Engineer, subject matter expert and originator of 7015.05 ([email protected]) Wang, Quan; SCL Standards Engineer and subject matter expert for 7015.05 Standard Number: 7015.80 Seattle City Light Superseding: February 15, 2013 Effective Date: October 30, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 1
Conduit Spacers for PVC and FG Conduit
Base Spacer Intermediate Spacer Figure 1 Figure 2
Plastic Spacers for Nonmetallic Conduit shall be of the general configuration shown, and shall be molded from a general-purpose polystyrene meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard D4549 for Type 1 molding material. Each unit shall have two lugs for interlocking on one side and bottom, and two mating holes on the other side and top. The lugs shall fit corresponding holes snugly, permitting rapid, secure field assembly of multiple units. Separation between conduits shall be 2 inches for all sizes of spacers. Reference Specification: ASTM D4549, latest revision.
Stock Unit: EA
Dimensions in Inches Approved Manufacturers Figure Nominal Stock Number Number Conduit Size A C R CalAm *GS Industries Kraloy/Ipex
e 734669 2 3 5.6 2.0 1.8 4130-20 158-1 IV-3020 734670 2 4 6.6 2.0 2.3 4140-20 124-1 IV-4020 734680 2 5 7.9 2.0 2.9 4150-20 130-1 IV-5020
intermediat e 010447 2 6 8.7 2.0 3.4 4160-20 134-1 IV-6020 010448 1 3 5.6 2.0 1.8 4030-20 159-1 BV-3020 734690 1 4 6.6 2.0 2.3 4040-20 125-1 BV-4020
base 734692 1 5 7.9 2.0 2.9 4050-20 131-1 BV-5020 010446 1 6 8.7 2.0 3.4 4060-20 135-1 BV-6020 * GS Industries of Bassett, Inc. GS Industries spacers marked "Underground Products" are acceptable. These items are approved for contractor use but NOT for City Light stock. Approved Manufacturers: Underground Device Inc. Wunpeece Duc Spacer SERIES Cantex 53360xx and 53359xx SERIES PWPipe 6268 and 6266 SERIES
In October 2015, this standard was renumbered from 7346.8 to 7015.80.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Laura Vanderpool John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7020.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 29, 2009 Effective Date: January 6, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 5
Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Elbows
1. Scope This material standard covers the requirements for Schedule 80 extruded rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit. The requirements for Schedule 40 PVC conduit and fittings are located in SCL 7015.05.
2. Application Schedule 80 PVC conduit is used to construct smooth raceways for the pulling in of cable installed in a variety of applications. Five-inch Iron Pipe Standard (IPS) size conduit is specified with both ends straight cut to minimize the gap at the conduit joints. Minimized gaps are less likely to catch debris during construction and lead to damaged cable. Elbows are also known as bends. Large radius elbows are also known as sweeps. The straight cut end of a section of conduit is also known as the spigot end. Design engineers should be aware that different types of conduit have widely different physical properties that affect their application.
3. Industry Standards Schedule 80 PVC conduit and fittings shall meet the requirements of the following industry standard: UL 651; Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings, 7th Edition, October 4, 2005
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Quan Wang John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7020.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 29, 2009 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: January 6, 2015 Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Elbows Page: 2 of 5
4. Detailed Requirements 4.1 General Conduit shall be suitable for aboveground use indoors or outdoors exposed to sunlight and weather, and for underground use by direct burial or encasement in concrete. Conduit dimensions shall conform to UL 651 and the IPS, where dimensions are based on outside diameters of iron pipe sizes. Conduit color shall be medium to dark gray. Conduit shall not have any features that can abrade or otherwise damage cable. All conduit that is 2 inch (IPS) and larger shall be chamfered according to Figure 4.1. Manufacturer shall inform Seattle City Light in writing of all design changes that could affect the product's understood or published capabilities or attributes. Dimensional information cited in Section 4.2 should be consistent with UL requirements and is provided for the convenience of Seattle City Light design engineers, construction crews, inspectors, and quality assurance personnel who do not have ready access to UL 651. Figure 4.1. Chamfer Detail
4.2 Conduit Conduit shall be certified by Underwriters Laboratories or one of the following Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories (NRTLs) as meeting the minimum requirements of Standard UL 651: . Canadian Standards Association (CSA) . ETL . NSF International Conduit shall meet the requirements of Table 4.2a. Five inch IPS size shall meet the requirements in Table 4.2b (straight cut, without couplings or adapters). All other IPS sizes shall meet the requirements in Table 4.2b (one bell end). Standard Number: 7020.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 29, 2009 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: January 6, 2015 Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Elbows Page: 3 of 5
Table 4.2a. Conduit Performance Requirements Description UL 651 Section Tensile strength 07 Deflection under heat and load 08 Extrusion process 09 Low-temperature handling 10 Water absorption 11 Resistance to crushing 12 Resistance to impact 13 Flame 14 Conduit for use with 90 degree C wire 17 Resistance to specific reagents 18 Sunlight resistance 19 Pipe stiffness 20 Pull-joint separation 21 Bending and pull-joint separation 22 Joint water tightness 23 Elastomeric materials accelerated aging 24 Permanency of printing 25
Table 4.2b. Conduit Dimensions, Straight (str) Outside Outside Outside Inside Wall Trade Diameter, Diameter, Diameter, Diameter, Thickness, Weight, Stock Size, IPS End End Minimum Average Maximum Minimum, Minimum Nominal No. (in) #1 #2 (in) (in) (in) Average (in) (in) (lb/ft) 738740 1-1/2 Bell Straight cut 1.888 1.900 1.912 1.446 0.200 0.69 738741 2 " " 2.363 2.375 2.387 1.881 0.218 0.96 738742 2-1/2 " " 2.860 2.875 2.890 2.250 0.276 1.50 738743 3 " " 3.485 3.500 3.515 2.820 0.300 1.96 738744 3-1/2 " " 3.950 4.000 4.050 3.280 0.318 2.35 738745 4 " " 4.450 4.500 4.550 3.737 0.337 2.86 738746 5 Straight cut " 5.513 5.563 5.613 4.713 0.375 3.98 010333 6 Bell " 6.575 6.625 6.675 5.646 0.432 5.47 Standard Number: 7020.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 29, 2009 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: January 6, 2015 Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Elbows Page: 4 of 5
4.3 Elbows Table 4.3. Elbow dimensions, 24-in Radius Trade Stock Size, Degree No. IPS (in) Bend End #1 End #2 Radius (in) 013647 2 22-1/2 Bell Straight cut 24 013650 3 22-1/2 " " 24
22-1/2 degree elbow 013648 2 45 " " 24 013651 3 45 " " 24
45-degree elbow 013649 2 90 " " 24 013652 3 90 " " 24
90-degree elbow
5. Marking Each conduit section shall be marked according to the requirements of UL 651, Section 25. The outer surface of each conduit section shall be marked with the following minimum information: . Trade size . Schedule Number or equivalent information . Manufacturer name or symbol . Date (or period) of manufacture . UL or NRTL mark
6. Testing Conduit test data that establishes compliance with the requirements of UL 651 and this material standard shall be provided upon request.
7. Packaging Straight conduit shall be furnished in 10-ft sections, unless specified otherwise on the purchase order. Master bundles shall be secured with at least two bands of steel or UV-resistant plastic strapping. Each master bundle of straight conduit shall be legibly marked with the following information: . Manufacturer identification . Product description . Seattle City Light purchase order number . Seattle City Light stock number . Gross, net, and tare weight Standard Number: 7020.05 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 29, 2009 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: January 6, 2015 Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Elbows Page: 5 of 5
8. Shipping Conduit may be delivered on enclosed, covered, or flatbed trucks. If conduit is delivered on a flatbed truck, conduit shall be side-loaded. Because Washington State law requires a 10-in minimum side board when driving a forklift or pallet jack onto the bed of a truck or trailer, most flatbed trucks or trailers must be side-loaded to ease off-loading.
9. Issuance Conduit: FT Elbows: EA
10. Approved Manufacturers Conduit Straight Sections Cantex (Mitsubishi Corp.) Cresline NW Heritage Plastics Inc. (Atkore Int'l) IPEX JM Eagle Prime Conduit (formerly Carlon; Mitsubishi Corp.) Ridgeline Pipe Mfg. (Atkore Int'l) Royal Pipe Systems Elbows Cantex (Mitsubishi Corp.) Heritage Plastics Inc. (Atkore Int'l) Scepter (IPEX) JM Eagle Kraloy (IPEX) Raceways Technology & Mfg. Ridgeline Pipe Mfg. (Atkore Int'l) Carlon (Thomas & Betts) Royal Pipe Systems
11. References SCL Material Standard 7015.05, “Schedule 40 PVC and Fittings”
12. Sources ASTM F512; “Standard Specification for Smooth-Wall Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation” SCL Material Standard 7345.2 (cancelled), “Conduit and Fittings, EPC 40 and EPC 80 Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride” Shipek, John; SCL Standards Engineer, subject matter expert and originator of 7020.05 ([email protected]) Wang, Quan; SCL Standards Engineer and subject matter expert for 7020.05 ([email protected]) standard number: 7050.05 Seattle City Light superseding: December 2, 2013 effective date: August 14, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD page: 1 of 4
ZINC- COATED STEEL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
1. Scope trade size, 60-inch radius sweeps, Stock Number 734826, are used at the base of a riser pole. This standard covers the requirements for zinc-coated steel conduit and fittings consisting of elbows, couplings, Underground duct systems typically utilize elbows that and nipple stock. are bent in the field from straight sections. Field bending elbows allows for custom angles and better nesting of 2. Application multiple runs. Zinc-coated steel conduit and fittings are used to UL 6 defines a nipple to be a straight section of conduit construct smooth raceways for the pulling in of cable. 24 inches in length or less, with male pipe threads at each end. Technically, Seattle City Light purchases Design engineers should be aware that different types of nipple stock, also known as running thread. conduit have widely different physical properties that affect their application. Less expensive Schedule 40 3. Industry Standards PVC, Schedule 80 PVC, and/or fiberglass conduit systems should be considered first. Zinc-coated steel conduit and fittings shall meet the requirements of the following industry standard: Refer to Design Standard 9220.05 for more information matching conduit with cable and application. UL 6 - Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal For new construction, design engineers are directed to Conduit - Steel, 14th Edition, dated November utilize the following standard conduit trade sizes: 30, 2007 1/2 4. Detailed Requirements 1-1/2 4.1 General 2 Conduit and fittings shall be suitable for above 3 ground use indoors or outdoors exposed to sunlight 4 and weather, and for underground use by direct burial or encasement in concrete. 5 Conduit and fittings shall not have any features that Design engineers should move away from utilizing these can abrade or otherwise damage cable. trade sizes (IPS): Conduit and fittings shall be provided with a primary 3/4 coating of zinc. 1 Dimensional information cited in Sections 4.2 2-1/2 through 4.5 should be consistent with UL 3-1/2 requirements and is provided for the convenience of Seattle City Light design engineers, construction Steel conduit is also known as electrical rigid metal crews, inspectors, and quality assurance personnel conduit - steel, abbreviated ERMC-S. Conduit that is who do not have ready access to UL 6. finished means it has a threaded coupling attached to one end. Elbows are also known as bends. Large radius elbows are also known as sweeps or large sweeps. Five-inch
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Quan Wang John Shipek Darnell Cola
Seattle City Light standard number: 7050.05 superseding: November 27, 2013 MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: August 14, 2015 Zinc-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings page: 2 of 4
4. Detailed Requirements, continued 4.2 Straight Section Conduit Conduit shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Standard UL 6. Each straight conduit section shall be finished with one threaded coupling attached.
Table 4.2. Conduit
Outside Outside Outside Inside Wall Trade Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter Thickness Weight Stock No. Size (in) min (in) average (in) max (in) nom (in) nom (in) min (lbs / ft) 012085 0-1/2 0.825 0.840 0.855 0.632 0.104 0.79 012086 0-3/4 1.035 1.050 1.065 0.836 0.107 1.05 012087 1 1.300 1.315 1.330 1.063 0.126 1.53 734740 1-1/2 1.885 1.900 1.915 1.624 0.138 2.49 734741 2 2.351 2.375 2.399 2.083 0.146 3.32 734742 2-1/2 2.846 2.875 2.904 2.489 0.193 5.27 734743 3 3.465 3.500 3.535 3.090 0.205 6.82 734744 3-1/2 3.960 4.000 4.040 3.570 0.215 8.31 734745 4 4.455 4.500 4.545 4.050 0.225 9.27 734747 5 5.507 5.563 5.619 5.073 0.245 13.1
4.3 Elbows Elbows shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Standard UL 6. Elbow angles shall be accurate to +/- 2% of specified.
Figure 4.3a. Conduit Elbows
Seattle City Light standard number: 7050.05 superseding: December 2, 2013 MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: August 14, 2015 Zinc-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings page: 3 of 4
4. Detailed Requirements, continued 4.3 Elbows, continued Table 4.3b. Standard Sweep Elbows Figure 4.3b. Standard Sweep Elbows
Trade Degree Straight End Stock No. Size (in) Bend Radius (in) Length (in) 734805 3/4 90 4-1/2 1-1/2 734806 1 " 5-3/4 1-7/8 734808 1-1/2 " 8-1/4 2 734809 2 " 9-1/2 2 734810 2-1/2 " 10-1/2 3
Table 4.3c. Large Sweep Elbows Figure 4.3c. Large Sweep Elbows
Trade Degree Straight End Stock No. Size (in) Bend Radius (in) Length (in) 734820 2 90 36 11 734821 2-1/2 " 36 11 734822 3 " 36 11 734823 3-1/2 " 36 11 734824 4 " 36 11 012176 4 " 48 12 734826 5 " 60 12 013749 4 22-1/2 48 12 013750 4 45 48 12
4.4 Threaded Couplings Threaded couplings shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Standard UL 6. Threaded couplings shall be straight-tapped.
Table 4.4. Straight Threaded Couplings Figure 4.4. Threaded Coupling Stock No. Trade Size (in) 731091 0-1/2 731092 0-3/4 731093 1 731094 1-1/4 731095 1-1/2 731096 2 731097 2-1/2 731098 3 731099 3-1/2 731100 4 731102 5
Seattle City Light standard number: 7050.05 superseding: December 2, 2013 MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: August 14, 2015 Zinc-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings page: 4 of 4
4. Detailed Requirements, continued 7. Packaging 4.5 Nipple Stock Straight conduit shall be furnished in 10 ft sections unless specified otherwise on the purchase order. Nipple stock shall be provided in three-foot lengths. Each bundle shall be legibly marked with the following information: Table 4.5. Nipple Stock • Manufacturer's identification • Product description Threads • Seattle City Light's Purchase Order Number Stock No. Trade Size (in) per in • Seattle City Light's Stock Number 734868 0-1/2 14 • Gross, net, and tare weight 734869 0-3/4 14 8. Shipping 734870 1 11-1/2 734872 1-1/2 11-1/2 Conduit may be delivered on enclosed, covered, or flatbed trucks. If conduit is delivered on a flatbed truck, 734873 2 11-1/2 conduit shall be side-loaded. 734874 2-1/2 08 Because Washington State law requires a 10-inch minimum side board when driving a forklift or pallet jack onto the bed of a truck or trailer, most flatbed trucks or Figure 4.5. Nipple Stock trailers must be side-loaded to ease off-loading.
9. Issuance Conduit FT Fittings EA
10. Approved Manufacturers Allied Tube and Conduit Shamrock
Cal Conduit Products Steelduct
5. Marking Conduit Pipe Products Torrance Occidental Triangle Each straight length of finished conduit, elbow, and threaded coupling shall be marked according to the Picoma Western requirements of UL 6, Section 7. This marking shall Republic Wheatland include, but not be limited to: 11. References • Manufacturer's name or symbol 7347.5 • "electrical rigid metal conduit" or "ERMC-S" ; “Conduit and Fittings, Rigid Steel, Galvanized” (conduit and elbows only) (canceled); Material Standard; SCL • "EC" (couplings only) 7347.6; “Elbow, 90° Large Sweep, Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit” (canceled); Material Standard; SCL 6. Testing 9220.05; “Electric Power Cable and Conduit Application” Conduit and fitting test data that establishes compliance (in development); Design Standard; SCL with the requirements of UL 6 and this material standard Shipek, John; SCL Standards Engineer, subject shall be provided upon request. matter expert and originator of 7050.05 ([email protected])
Standard Number: 7150.00 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2015 Effective Date: September 16, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 4
Fluidized Thermal Backfill
1. Scope This standard covers the requirements for the formulation of thermally conductive concrete and low strength material used in the construction of encased electrical conduits (duct banks) including high strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill (FTB) and low strength Fluidized Thermal Backfill. Because FTB is a mixed-to-order product, it is not stocked in Seattle City Light (SCL) inventory. This standard applies to the following SCL stock numbers: Stock No. Description Unit 013711 High strength FTB CYU 013712 Low strength FTB CYU
2. Application Fluidized Thermal Backfill (FTB) is used to encase and cover underground power conduits that will contain transmission or distribution cables which may operate at or above normal ampere capacity (ampacity). FTB transfers heat away from power cables, allowing them to conduct more power. Low-Strength FTB is used like controlled density fill (CDF) to backfill trenches over the high-strength FTB duct banks, and also for encasement where high-strength is not desired. It provides superior thermal properties to other backfills, and is self-compacting. High-Strength FTB is used like concrete for duct bank encasement. It provides maximum protection against dig-ins and undermining during future excavations. As a rule, high- strength FTB is more thermally conductive than low-strength FTB, but it is much more difficult to remove in future excavations. FTB is normally not required for vault, manhole, or handhole backfill. Admixtures must be pre-approved by SCL.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Laura Vanderpool John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7150.00 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: September 16, 2015 Fluidized Thermal Backfill Page: 2 of 4
3. Industry Standards Backfill shall meet the requirements of the latest revisions of the following industry standards: ASTM C31/C31M; Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C39/C39M; Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C136; Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C143; Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM C150; Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C618; Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete ASTM C989; Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars.
4. Mix Design & Requirements 4.1 General Requirements The contractor shall provide a FTB mix design which meets the performance requirements outlined in Table 4. FTB mix designs must specify the source of all FTB component materials, including the source pit for aggregate materials. The maximum aggregate is 3/8 in. FTB mix designs must be engineered by a Seattle City Light-approved consultant. FTB component materials may include: . 3/8-in minus (medium) aggregate – ASTM C136 Sieve Analysis required for approval . Building sand (fine aggregate) – ASTM C136 Sieve Analysis required for approval . Portland Cement – type I per ASTM C150 . Fly Ash – Class F as per ASTM C618-05 . Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag – ASTM C989-05 . Water – clean potable water required, or as approved by SCL . Red concrete dye, where specified by Seattle City Light engineering. Red dye should be added at the equivalent of 4 pounds of red oxide per cubic yard. Table 4. Performance Requirements
Low Strength FTB High Strength FTB Criteria Unit Mix Design Field Test Mix Design Field Test Testing Method Thermal Resistivity Maximum at 0% (°C-cm)/W 100 100 75 75 Consultant Moisture Content Maximum at Critical (°C-cm)/W 70 80 60 65 Consultant Moisture Content Minimum 28-Day lb/sq-in 100 100 3000 3000 ASTM C873 Compressive Strength Maximum 28-Day lb/sq-in 130 150 none none ASTM C873 Compressive Strength Minimum Slump in 6 6 6 6 ASTM C143 Maximum Slump in 9 9 9 9 ASTM C143 Standard Number: 7150.00 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: September 16, 2015 Fluidized Thermal Backfill Page: 3 of 4
4.2 Mix Design Criteria FTB mix designs shall meet or exceed the performance requirements cited in Table 4. 4.3 Air Content The total air content of any FTB mix shall not exceed 2% by volume. No air entraining admixtures will be permitted. 4.4 Substitutions No substitutions allowed for any component material without permission of Seattle City Light.
4.5 Withdrawal of Mix Design Approval SCL reserves the right to temporarily suspend or permanently withdrawal approval of any mix design. 4.6 Admixtures Admixtures must be approved for use in FTB by Seattle City Light. When allowed, the admixture shall be added per manufacturer recommendation.
4.7 Accelerating Admixture The following accelerating admixture is approved for use in Seattle City Light FTB: Pozzolith NC 534, manufactured by BASF Admixtures, Inc. 4.8 Fluidizers Seattle City Light-approved fluidizers may be used interchangeably where produced under the same ASTM specification. Unapproved fluidizers are not interchangeable with approved fluidizers. For example, approved fly ash (ASTM C618) may be used in any mix design that specifies fly ash but it may not be substituted for blast furnace slag (ASTM 989) in another mix design. Also, an unapproved fly ash may not be substituted for an approved fly ash. Fluidizer approval requires formulation of a mix design through an approved consultant, and two compliance certification reports that demonstrate consistent physical properties over a six-month period. Seattle City Light may withdraw approval at any time. High-strength FTB mix designs may be formulated without fluidizer. Low-strength FTB mix designs must be formulated with fluidizer.
5. Producers Identification Codes FTB mix designs must be designated as follows on all mix designs, submittals and delivery tickets: . High Strength FTB – SCLHSFTB . Low Strength FTB – SCLLSFTB The addition of red dye must also be indicated. Product codes and mix ID codes of individual suppliers will not be accepted. Standard Number: 7150.00 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: September 16, 2015 Fluidized Thermal Backfill Page: 4 of 4
6. Approval of FTB Mix Design 6.1 Submittals The Contractor shall submit a mix design to SCL for all classes of concrete specified. The Contractor’s submittal of a mix design shall contain a unique identification, as per section 5, for each mix design, and shall include the mix proportions per cubic yard, the proposed sources, admixtures, the average 28-day compressive strength (as per ASTM C873), thermal resistivity testing including thermal dry graphs and the water cement ratio. Test results for compressive strength and thermal resistivity included in the mix design submittal shall not be more than 60 days old. The Contractor shall notify SCL in writing of any mix design modifications. 6.2 Expiration Mix designs are approved for a period of one year from the date of SCL approval. Expired mix designs will not be permitted for use on Seattle City Light projects. A mix design may be renewed by resubmitting the mix design, including up to date strength and thermal resistivity test results.
7. Approved Suppliers and Mix Designs
Stock No. 013711 Stock No. 013712
High Strength Expiration Low Strength Expiration Supplier FTB Mix ID Date FTB Mix ID Date
Salmon Bay Sand and Gravel SCLHSFTB 3/3/2016 SCLLSFTB 3/3/2016
Stoneway Concrete (Plant 11) SCLHSFTB 3/2/2016 SCLLSFTB 3/2/2016
Stoneway Concrete (Plant 14) SCLHSFTB 3/2/2016 SCLLSFTB 3/2/2016
Cadman, Inc. SCLHSFTB 3/20/2016 SCLLSFTB 6/4/2016
CalPortland SCLHSFTB/505 5/1/2016 SCLLSFTB 9/9/2016
8. Sources Detter, Chris; SCL Engineer and originator of 7150.00 ([email protected]) Lu, Curtis; SCL Standards Engineer and subject matter expert for 7150.00 ([email protected]) Read, Steven; SPU Materials Engineering Supervisor and subject matter expert for 7150.00 ([email protected]) SCL Construction Standard 0226.06; “Fluidized Thermal Backfill” SCL Design Standard 9266.06; “Understanding Fluidized Thermal Backfill” (not yet published) Stewart, Bob; SCL Civil Inspector, subject matter expert and major contributor to 7150.00 ([email protected]) Standard Number: 7203.10 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 28, 2015 Effective Date: October 13, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 5
Type 1 and Type 2 Open Bottom Handhole, Precast, Secondary and Streetlight
1. Scope This standard covers the requirements for precast secondary handholes, streetlight handholes, handhole stacking risers, and handhole covers.
Stock No. Description 012945 Type 1 handhole, with frame and cover labeled “S/L” 720391 Type 2 handhole, with frame and cover, “ELECTRIC” 013178 Type 2 handhole, with frame and cover, “S/L” 012978 Type 2 handhole, with frame and no cover 720402 Type 2 handhole stacking riser, without frame or cover 012660 Type 2 handhole cover, labeled “ELECTRIC” 012979 Type 2 handhole cover, labeled “S/L”
2. Application Handhole assemblies are used to construct the means to allow connections to be made for secondary service and streetlight located on pedestrian sidewalks. H-20 rated frames and covers are for use in pedestrian sidewalks where an occasional car or light truck may inadvertently traverse, or side streets that see only light truck traffic.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Quan Wang John Shipek Darnell Cola
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 7203.10 MATERIAL STANDARD Superseding: July 28, 2015 Type 1 and Type 2 Open Bottom Handhole, Precast, Secondary Effective Date: October 13, 2015 and Streetlight Page: 2 of 5
3. Industry Standards All handholes shall meet the applicable requirements of the following industry standards: City of Seattle Standard Plan 550a; “Handholes”; Public Utilities WSDOT Standard Plan J-40.10-00; “Locking Lid Standard. Junction Box Types 1 & 2;” Washington State Department of Transportation ASTM A123/A123M - 08; “Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products;” ASTM ASTM A185/A185 – 07; “Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete”; ASTM ASTM A615/A615M - 09b; “Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement”; ASTM ASTM C39 / C39M – 12; “Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens”; ASTM ASTM C478 – 11; “Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections”; ASTM ASTM C857 - 12a; “Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures”; ASTM” ASTM C858 - 10e1; “Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures”; ASTM
4. Conflict Where conflict exists, the following order of precedence shall apply: . Seattle City Light Purchase Order (PO) . Seattle City Light General Terms and Conditions . This material standard . Other industry standards Seattle City Light Standard Number: 7203.10 MATERIAL STANDARD Superseding: July 28, 2015 Type 1 and Type 2 Open Bottom Handhole, Precast, Secondary Effective Date: October 13, 2015 and Streetlight Page: 3 of 5
5. Construction The handhole shall meet Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Plan J-40.10 with the following clarifications. Dimensions, nominal (in) Stock Inside Inside Outside Outside Height/ Cover No. Item Type Length Width Length Width Thickness Label 012945 Handhole with frame 1 19 14 – – 12 – Cover 1 – – 17 13 5/16 “SL” 720391 Handhole with frame 2 28 17 – – 12 – Cover 2 – – 26-5/8 16-1/2 5/16 “ELECTRIC” 013178 Handhole, with frame 2 28 17 – – 12 – Cover 2 – – 26-5/8 16-1/2 5/16 “SL” 012978 Handhole with frame 2 28 17 – – 12 – 720402 Stacking riser 2 – – 28 17 12 – 012660 Cover only 2 – – 26-5/8 16-1/2 5/16 “ELECTRIC” 012979 Cover only 2 – – 26-5/8 16-1/2 5/16 “SL”
Figure 5. Handhole
Seattle City Light Standard Number: 7203.10 MATERIAL STANDARD Superseding: July 28, 2015 Type 1 and Type 2 Open Bottom Handhole, Precast, Secondary Effective Date: October 13, 2015 and Streetlight Page: 4 of 5
5.1 Precast Handhole Precast secondary and streetlight handholes shall be of the general configuration shown, in accordance with City of Seattle Standard Plan 550a. Handhole shall be designed to nest, with an easy, snug fit to increase the depth of the handhole when necessary. Handhole shall be sound and free of cracks. 5.2 Concrete The handhole shall be cast of concrete meeting a minimum strength of 4000 psi after 28 days. 5.3 Cover Plate The cover plate shall adhere to the following requirements: . The cover shall comply with City of Seattle Standard Plan No. 550a. . The cover shall be 5/16-in (nominal) in thickness or other design pre-approved by Seattle City Light. . The cover shall be at least H-20 rated. . The cover shall have 1/16-in to 1/8-in clearance on each edge within the frame after galvanizing. 5.4 Frame The frame shall adhere to the following requirements: . The frame shall comply with City of Seattle Standard Plan No. 550a. . The steel frame shall be securely anchored in the concrete. . The frame shall have a ground point, which the copper braid from the cover may be attached. 5.5 Non Slip Surface The cover and frame shall have a non-slip surface with the following properties: . Slip resistant surface shall be coated with SlipNOT® Grade 3-coarse by W.S. Molnar Company or have minimum coefficient of friction of 0.8. . Bond strength shall be to the plate of 4000 psi or greater. . Surface hardness shall be 55 minimum on the Rockwell “C” scale. . The cover shall be identified on the underside with the type of surface (“S3” for SlipNOT® 3) and the year of manufacture. Example: “S3 2005.” The identification shall be bead-welded or clearly stamped into a metal surface on the underside of each lid, or labeled with an adhesive metallic foil-backed label. 5.6 Grounding A 4-ft length of copper braid, equivalent to a #8 AWG THNW or THHW copper wire, shall be secured from the handhole cover. All handholes shall have a 5/16-in ground insert or a ground pad on the interior wall. 5.7 Labeling The word “ELECTRIC” or “SL” for streetlight shall be cast or otherwise permanently affixed to the cover and shall be easily readable. Lettering shall be affixed in such a manner as to avoid being a tripping hazard. 5.8 Lock The cover shall have a Penta-head bolt locking device to prevent easy removal by unauthorized persons. Seattle City Light Standard Number: 7203.10 MATERIAL STANDARD Superseding: July 28, 2015 Type 1 and Type 2 Open Bottom Handhole, Precast, Secondary Effective Date: October 13, 2015 and Streetlight Page: 5 of 5
5.9 Galvanizing The frame and cover shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123M.
6. Documentation 6.1 General Documentation shall be in English and use customary inch-pound units. Documentation shall use common industry terminology and well-understood abbreviations. 6.2 Technical Information Upon request, the supplier shall provide the following technical information: . Manufacturer’s name . Manufacturing plant locations . Product shop drawing Technical information shall be presented in a clear and consolidated manner for ease of review.
7. Issuance EA
8. Approved Manufacturers
Stock No. Manufacturers Catalog Numbers 012945 Fog-Tite J-11 Type 1, with non-skid cover, "SL" H2-Pre-Cast Inc WDOT Type 1 Box with Cover – Galvanized, Non-Slip, “SL” 720391 Fog-Tite J-11 Type 2 , with non-skid cover, "Electric" H2-Pre-Cast Inc WDOT Type 2 Box with Cover – Galvanized, Non-Slip, “Electric" 013178 Fog-Tite J-11 Type 2 , with non-skid cover, "S/L" H2-Pre-Cast Inc WDOT Type 2 Box with Cover – Galvanized, Non-Slip, “SL” 012978 Fog-Tite J-11 Type 2 bottom H2-Pre-Cast Inc WDOT Type 2 Box - Galvanized 720402 Fog-Tite J-11 Type 2 ext. H2-Pre-Cast Inc WDOT Type 2 riser 012660 Fog-Tite J-11 Type 2 with non-skid cover, "Electric" H2-Pre-Cast Inc WDOT Type 2 Cover - Galvanized, Non-Slip, “Electric” 012979 Fog-Tite J-11 Type 2 non-skid cover, "SL" H2-Pre-Cast Inc WDOT Type 2 Cover - Galvanized, Non-Slip, “SL”
9. Sources 9-34.6; Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction; City of Seattle; Public Utilities Smalley, Edward; SCL Engineer, Streetlights, and subject matter expert for 7203.10 ([email protected]) Wang, Quan; SCL Standards Engineer, originator and subject matter expert for 7203.10 ([email protected]) Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 Effective Date: March 14, 2014 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 10
Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General
1. Table of Contents 2. Scope ...... 2 3. Application...... 2 4. Definitions ...... 2 5. Industry Standards ...... 2 6. Conflict ...... 3 7. Order Information ...... 3 8. Structural Requirements ...... 4 9. Grounding ...... 5 10. Knockouts and Vault Openings ...... 6 11. Lifting Methods ...... 6 12. Accessories ...... 7 13. Metal Doors and Access Cover Plates ...... 8 14. Non-Slip Surfaces ...... 8 15. Identification ...... 8 16. Quality Control ...... 8 17. Documentation ...... 9 18. Product Approval ...... 9 19. Issuance ...... 9 20. Approved Manufacturers ...... 9 21. References ...... 10
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Quan Wang John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 2 of 10
2. Scope This standard covers the general requirements for precast reinforced concrete structures used at Seattle City Light (SCL). This standard applies to the following SCL reinforced concrete products: . Vaults . Vault cover slabs . Pads or slabs. Specific requirements shall be according to the detailed material standards and purchase orders issued subsequent to competitive solicitations. This standard does not apply to panel vaults.
3. Application Precast concrete structures are used to construct the underground electric system. Precast concrete structures may be used to house equipment, cables, service connections and splices for the distribution system. The H20-rated 444 vault assemblies are not intended to be used in high density traffic locations. Some vault floors may exceed 12 feet 6 inches below finished grade; in which case, a fixed ladder is required.
4. Definitions Vault (as defined by NESC) - A structurally solid enclosure, (including all sides, top, and bottom), above or below ground, where entry is limited to personnel qualified to install, maintain, operate, or inspect the equipment or cable enclosed. The enclosure may have openings for ventilation, personnel access, cable entrance, and other openings required for operation of equipment in the vault. Vault (as defined by SCL) - An enclosure that is used for primary service. Enclosures 444 or larger. Ring Vault (as defined by SCL) - A vault that is composed of multi-sections, i.e. base, mid-section, and a top section. These vaults may also have various risers to achieve the proper height and access openings. Enclosures 818 and 814. Concrete Encased Electrode (as defined by NESC) - A metallic wire, rod, or structural shape, meeting Rule 93E5 and encased in concrete, that is not insulated from direct contact with earth, shall constitute an acceptable ground electrode. The concrete depth below grade shall be not less than 1 foot, and a depth of 2.5 feet is recommended. Wire shall be no smaller than AWG No. 4 if copper, or 3/8-inch diameter or AWG No. 1/0 if steel. It shall be not less than 20 feet long, and shall remain entirely within the concrete except for the external connection. The conductor should be run as straight as practical.
5. Industry Standards Concrete structures shall meet the applicable requirements of the following industry standards: ACI 318-11, “Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary” ANSI/AWS D1.4/D1.4M-11, “Structural Welding Code – Reinforced Steel” ASTM A123/A123M-08, “Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products;” ASTM Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 3 of 10
ASTM A185/A185M-07, “Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete” ASTM A497/A497M-07, “Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete” ASTM A615/A615M-09b, “Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement” ASTM A706/A706M-09b, “Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement” ASTM C39/C39M-10, “Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens” ASTM C150/C150M-12, “Standard Specification for Portland Cement” ASTM C478-09, “Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections” ASTM C857-11, “Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures” ASTM C858-10e1, “Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures” National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) C2-2012, Rule 094B6; “Concrete-Encased Electrodes”
6. Conflict Where conflict exists, the following order of precedence shall apply: 1. SCL purchase order (PO) 2. SCL General Terms and Conditions 3. This material standard 4. SCL detailed material standards 5. ASTM standards 6. Other industry standards.
7. Order Information Seattle City Light orders will provide the following minimum information: . Vault size and description . SCL general material standard number citing revision date . SCL detailed material standard number citing revision date . SCL Stock number . Total order quantity . Delivery date . Delivery location . Ladder requirement. Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 4 of 10
8. Structural Requirements 8.1 General All concrete vaults and accessories, including special order (non-stock) materials shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements herein. Design changes shall require the prior written approval of an SCL Org 321 Standards Engineer. 8.2 Reinforced Concrete Minimum compressive strength of concrete shall not be less than 4,500 pounds per square inch in 28 days as determined by the ASTM Method C39. Cement shall conform to ASTM C150. No additives containing calcium chloride or any other material that will produce corrosive ions shall be used in the concrete. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185 or A497. Steel Reinforcing Bars shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60 or ASTM A706, Grade 60. Welding of reinforcing steel shall conform to the Structural Welding Code, Reinforcing Steel (AWS D1.4) of the American Welding Society. The concrete cover (measured from the surface of the concrete to the outside surface of the reinforcement) for reinforcement shall be 1-1/2 inches minimum for main reinforcing bars and 3/4 inch for stirrups and ties. The concrete finish shall be free of rock pockets and honeycombed areas. The interior walls, ceiling and exterior surfaces exposed shall be smooth. Rock pockets over 3/8 inch deep and other imperfections on all surfaces shall be patched and troweled to match the surrounding surface. 8.3 Structural Design Structural design of the precast vault shall conform to ACI 318 and ASTM C857 with the following clarifications: . Top of vault shall be assumed to be at a minimum of 2 feet and maximum (unless noted on drawings) 5 feet below grade. . Live Load: AASHTO HS-20 truck, P=16 kips. Traffic can approach the structure from any direction. . 30% live load impact load factor for soil cover less than or equal to 3 feet. . No live load surcharge for soil cover greater than 8 feet. . Soil density shall be 120 pounds force per cubic foot. . 40 pounds force per cubic foot Equivalent Fluid Pressure Lateral Soil Pressure Above Water Table. . 80 pounds force per cubic foot Equivalent Fluid Pressure Lateral Soil Pressure Below Water Table. . 80 pounds per square foot Live Load Surcharge. . Buoyancy - The weight of vault (without equipment) plus weight of soil cover shall be greater than 1.1 times the hydrostatic uplift force on the base of the vault. It cannot rely on skin frictional resistance between backfill and vault wall surfaces. If the gravity load is insufficient, then the vault shall be designed with restraints to withstand the buoyant force. The restraint design shall be submitted for review and approval. . The groundwater table shall be assumed to be 5 feet below grade. Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 5 of 10
8.4 Cable Support and “C” Channel Vault shall be provided with cast-in-place channel, 1-5/8 in x 1-5/8 in. “C” channels shall be included on each of the four interior walls unless stated otherwise in the detailed material standard.
9. Grounding 9.1 Electrodes Concrete-encased electrodes shall comply with NESC 094B6. The electrode shall meet, but not be limited to, the following specifications: . Electrode shall be no smaller than AWG No. 4 if copper or 3/8 inch diameter (AWG No. 1/0) if steel . Electrode shall be no less than 20 feet long and shall remain entirely within the concrete except for the external connections. . Electrode shall be installed as straight as possible. . Electrode shall be encased with a minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete. . Electrode shall be positioned a minimum of 2-1/2 feet below the top of the vault. 9.2 Ground Insert Connector The ground insert connector shall be installed flush (neither recessed nor protruding) with the vault wall. Each bronze insert shall be 1 inch in diameter or have a minimum surface area of 0.58 square inches for the grounding lug-insert connection. Each bronze insert shall be tapped for 1/2-13 UNC bolts, and located on two opposite walls. The nominal thread depth of the bronze insert shall be 1-1/8 inches. The lead rod, a 3/8-inch steel or bronze rod, shall be connected to the ground electrode with arc or Cadweld (exothermic connection) at a minimum of three points as shown in Figure 9. Inserts shall be plugged to prevent contamination from entering. The inserts shall be exposed and marked prior to pick-up or delivery. On multi sectioned vaults (3 or more sections): . The inserts shall be aligned vertically. . Only the middle section will have the inserts that face inside and outside of the vault. . All other inserts in the vault shall be placed in accordance with the drawing of the specific vaults on manufacturer’s specifications and approved by SCL. Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 6 of 10
Figure 9. Lead Rod and Ground Electrode Weld Details
10. Knockouts and Vault Openings 10.1 Vault Openings Vaults 7 ft x 12 ft (inside dimensions) and larger shall have two 42-in diameter access entries, unless specified otherwise in the detailed material standards. All vaults shall have cable knockouts located in each lower corner of the enclosure according to the manufacturer’s standard and SCL's requirements. Knockout and duct openings shall be beveled on the exterior surface. Each enclosure with a floor shall have a ground-rod knockout at two corners of the base of the enclosure. Size, shape, quantity and location of knockouts shall be as specified in the detailed material standards. 10.2 Duct Bank Knockout Threaded Inserts For 712 and larger vaults, and all panel vaults, provide four minimum 1/2-in diameter ferrule-threaded insert at perimeter of each duct bank knockout. These threaded inserts are to allow the duct bank rebar to dowel into the vault wall. Threaded inserts shall be spaced 12 in (nominal) apart along the height of each knockout panel.
11. Lifting Methods Lifting provisions shall be provided per manufacturer’s and SCL requirements. 11.1 Covers All vault covers, pads or slabs, or risers weighing less than 9,000 pounds shall have 3/4-in lifting inserts on each corner of the top surface, or as described in the detailed material standards. 11.2 Burke Fittings All vault covers or structures over 9,000 pounds shall have either a 2-ton or a 4-ton Burke fitting placed in each corner of the top surface or on the four walls, as described in the detailed material standards. Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 7 of 10
11.3 Lifting Inserts Lifting inserts shall be provided as shown in the detailed material standards. All metal lifting devices cast into the internal or external surfaces of vaults for handling purpose shall be hot-dipped galvanized or made from stainless steel.
12. Accessories Items in the following sections to be included with all vaults. 12.1 Cable Pulling Irons Vaults larger than 577 shall have 7/8-in diameter cable pulling irons mounted on each corner of the vault and be suitable as anchors for cable pulling operations. 7/8-in diameter cable pulling iron mounts shall withstand 10 kips maximum working tension and 20 kips ultimate strength. 577 and smaller vaults shall have 1/2-in diameter cable pulling irons mounted on each corner of the vault and be suitable as anchors for cable pulling operations. 1/2-in diameter cable pulling iron mounts shall withstand 5 kips maximum working tension and 10 kips ultimate strength. The pulling irons shall be stainless steel or hot dipped galvanized steel. The pulling iron’s maximum working tension shall be stenciled on the wall surface near two of the roof pulling irons. Burke lifting devices are not suitable for cable pulling purposes. 12.2 Drainage and Sump All vaults shall have a drain sump. Vaults that are 7 ft x 12 ft (inside dimensions) and larger shall have a rectangular sump at one end wall. Sump shall be equipped with galvanized grating. Vaults smaller than 7 ft x 12 ft shall have a circular sump with cover located near the center of the vault. The floor shall be sloped to drain to the sump in 577 or larger vaults. 12.3 Ladders Where a ladder is required, the ladder shall conform to the following: . Ladders shall be corrosion resistant. . Ladder shall be made according to SCL Drawing D-28304, “Retractable Ladder, Vault and Manhole Access.” 12.4 Joint Sealant Vault sections shall be provided with butyl rubber joint sealant material or gasket mastic to be used between vault keyways and sections, including hatch riser rings. Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 8 of 10
13. Metal Doors and Access Cover Plates All lids, hatches and frames shall be provided with a grounding site. 13.1 Frames and Covers All frames and hatch covers for shall be designed for at least 20.8 kips wheel load (HS20 + 30% impact) applied in any direction. All frames and lids shall have a non-slip surface. The 42-inch round cover and frames shall also comply with requirements in SCL Material Standard 7204.70, Frames and Covers, 42 inch Round, Iron. 13.2 Doors All doors shall include one 5/8-in diameter bonding hole located in an underside bearing bar, approximately centered in the door and 2-1/2 to 3-1/2 in from the hinged edge. All doors shall be designed for at least 20.8 kips wheel loading (H20 + 30% impact). Aluminum doors for 34-in x 37-in and 34-in x 74-in opening access shall be designed for at least 26 kips wheel loading (H25 + 30% impact or equivalent H30 + 8% impact). All steel doors and access cover plates shall be hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123, unless otherwise approved in accordance with Section 8.1. All doors shall be hinged and shall fully open 180 degrees. All doors shall not exceed 65 pounds equivalent lift. All doors shall have a non-slip surface. All doors shall have a locking mechanism, such as a Penta head bolt, to prevent unsolicited access. Locking mechanism shall not protrude above the door surface. Square or rectangular doors shall open along the lengthwise of the access opening.
14. Non-Slip Surfaces All non-slip surfaces shall have the following properties: . Minimum coefficient of friction of 0.8 . Bond strength to the plate of 4000 psi or greater . Surface hardness of 55 minimum on the Rockwell “C” scale. Type of non-slip surface (“S3” for SlipNOT® 3) and the year of manufacture shall be identified on the underside of the door. Example: “S3 2005.” The identification shall be bead welded or clearly stamped into a metal surface on the underside of each lid, or labeled with an adhesive metallic foil-backed label.
15. Identification All lids and doors shall be permanently marked with 3-inch high letters “Electric” clearly visible on the top where distribution cables occupy the enclosure.
16. Quality Control Precast concrete vaults shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C858. The vault(s) may be rejected if it fails to conform to ASTM C858’s construction and dimensional tolerances except for concrete cover over reinforcing shall not be less than listed above. Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 9 of 10
Vaults may also be rejected if it does not meet SCL 7201.00, “Acceptance Criteria for the Installation of New Precast Concrete Distribution Facilities.” Minor defects that can be repaired in accordance to criteria in SCL Material Standard shall be done in accordance with SCL U2-6/NVH-20, “Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and Manholes.” The vaults shall be warranted for one year against design and manufacturing defects including those resulting from poor workmanship and materials.
17. Documentation 17.1 General Documentation shall be in English and use customary inch-pound units. Documentation shall utilize common industry terminology and well-understood abbreviations. 17.2 Bidder’s Data Bidder shall return the following technical information with their bids: . Manufacturer’s name . Manufacturing plant location (all possible) . Manufacturer’s experience and qualification. Bid information shall be presented in a clear and consolidated manner for ease of review.
18. Product Approval Manufacturers interested in having their precast concrete vaults and accessories approved for purchase by SCLmust participate in the stepped process summarized below. . Provide evidence of National Precast Concrete Association (NPCA) certification. . Adhere to Quality Control Program in accordance with the NPCA plant certification. . Provide product specifications and cut sheet review. . Provide sample concrete enclosure field trial. . Review and evaluate field trial. . Conduct a prototype pulling iron test to demonstrate that the pulling iron could withstand 40 kips ultimate load without failure. . Submit the certified report for the pulling iron test. . Manufacturer shall have a local representative or agent who will provide technical support and authorized to allow returns and repairs to be conducted by SCL or contractors. Manufacturers are encouraged to plan accordingly. The approval process can take up to six months to complete.
19. Issuance EA
20. Approved Manufacturers Approved manufacturers are identified in the detailed material standards. Standard Number: 7203.21 Seattle City Light Superseding: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: March 14, 2014 Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General Page: 10 of 10
21. References SCL Drawing D-28304; “Retractable Ladder, Vault and Manhole Access,” SCL Engineering internal document SCL Construction Guideline U2-6/NVH-20; “Inspection and Repair Procedures for Precast Vaults and Manholes,” February 2008 SCL Material Standard 7201.00; “Acceptance Criteria for the Installation of New Precast Concrete Distribution Facilities,” February 2008 SCL Material Standard 7203.08; “Handhole, 2 in x 3 in x 3 in Precast,” December 2013 SCL Material Standard 7203.10; “Handhole, Precast, Secondary and Streetlight,” June 2012 SCL Material Standard 7204.70; “Frames and Covers, 42-inch Round, Iron,” June 2012 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC); C2-2012 Edition, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Inc., New York, NY, 2011 Detter, Chris; SCL Distribution Engineer and subject matter expert for 7203.21 ([email protected]) Vault Standard Specifications, Ng, Sharon, Seattle City Light internal publication Ng, Sharon; Senior Civil Engineer and subject matter expert for 7203.21 ([email protected] Wang, Quan; SCL Standards Engineer and subject matter expert for 7203.21; ([email protected]) standard number: 7203.26 SEATTLE CITY LIGHT superseding: June 29, 2012 effective date: June 7, 2013 MATERIAL STANDARD page: 1 of 6
444 ELECTRIC VAULT, PRIMARY SERVICE
1. Table of Contents Stock 1. Table of Contents ...... 1 Number 444 Vault Components 2. Scope ...... 1 013093 vault base, standard 444 3. Application ...... 2 013094 cover slab, 4- by 4-foot slab with one 4. General Requirements ...... 2 3-by 3-foot, non-slip, H-20, solid cover 5. Component Requirements ...... 2 hatch 5.1. Grounding and Bonding ...... 2 013095 cover slab, 4- by 4-foot slab with one 5.2. Vault Base ...... 2 42--inch round, solid cover and frame, 5.3. Cover Slab ...... 4 H-20 6. Vault Assemblies ...... 5 013157 cover slab, 4-foot, 4-inch by 4-foot, 7. Issuance ...... 5 7-inch slab with one 3- by 3-foot, non-slip, 8. References ...... 6 solid cover hatch, H-30 9. Approved Manufacturers ...... 6
2. Scope Stock Number Assembled 444 Vaults with Cover Slabs This standard covers the detailed requirements for the 444 electrical vault components (vault base and cover 013120 assembled 444 vault with 4- by 4-foot slabs with cover hatch) and the assembled 444 electric cover slab with one 3-foot by 3-foot, vaults assembled from those components. The basic non-slip, H-20, solid cover hatch components can be ordered separately or they can be ordered as assembled vaults with cover slabs. 013121 assembled 444 vault with 4- by 4-foot cover slab with one 42-inch round, solid This standard applies to the following Seattle City cover and frame, H-20 Light Stock Numbers: 013158 assembled 444 vault with 4-foot, 4-inch by 4-foot, 7-inch slab with one 3- by 3-foot, non-slip, solid cover hatch, H-30
standards coordinator standards supervisor unit director
Quan Wang John Shipek Darnell Cola
Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.26 superseding: June 29,2012 MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 7, 2013 444 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 2 of 6
3. Application 4. General Requirements The 444 vaults are intended for use in the This detailed standard is to be used in conjunction construction of underground electric systems. The with the latest revision of: precast concrete structure may be used to house . load break junction boxes, and in making service City Light Material Standard 7203.21, connections and splices for the distribution system. “Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures – General” The H20-rated 444 vault assemblies are not intended to be used in high density traffic locations. . City Light Material Standard 7204.70, “Frames and Covers, 42-Inch Round, The standard 444 vault assembly typically consists Iron” of the 444 base (Stock Number 013093) and the 4- foot by 4-foot cover slab with one 3- by 3-foot non- 5. Component Requirements slip, H-20 solid cover (Stock Number 013094). 5.1 Grounding Due to different applications, the vault may need to be customized with a different entry opening. Vault grounding shall comply with Material Standard 7203.21, Section 9, Grounding. Depending on the application for the enclosure selected, it can be defined as a handhole or a vault. 5.2 Vault Base When Seattle City Light uses the 444 enclosure for The SCL 444 vault base (Stock No. 013093) shall primary service, the 444 enclosure will be have shall have an overall nominal dimension of 4- designated as a vault. For non-primary service the feet by 4-feet by 3-feet 6-inches high as shown in 444 enclosure can typically be referred to as a Table 5.2a and Figure 5.2. handhole (not covered in this Standard). Approximate base weight is 2,200 pounds. Steps for selecting the proper vault assembly for your application: 1. Select the appropriate vault base (one option for the 444 size) 2. Select slab cover (three options for the 444)
Table 5.2a, Standard 444 Vault Base Dimensions
Nominal Dimensions, ft-in Wall, Outside Wall, Inside Height Stock Number Length Width Length Width Outside Inside 013093 4-0 4-0 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-3
Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.26 superseding: June 29,2012 MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 7, 2013 444 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 3 of 6
5. Component Requirements, continued 5.2 Vault Base, continued Table 5.2b, Vault Base Attributes All Standard 444 Vault Bases Shall Have the Following Features:
Size, Per Total Nominal, in Location Location Number Knockouts round 4-3/4 dia all 4 walls, on bottom 8 ea side 32 ground rod 2 dia 2 corners of floor 1 ea 02 Channels galvanized “C” channel, 24 long all walls, above all knockouts 1 ea side 04 horizontal, embedded in walls Pulling Irons 1/2 dia 1 ea corner of floor (typical) 1 ea corner 04 Lift Holes 1-1/2 dia 4 walls, center of wall, above channel 1 ea side 04 Ground Inserts, bronze 1/2 dia 2 walls, opposite, internal and external 2 ea side 04 Ladder not required
Figure 5.2, Standard 444 Vault Base (Stock Number 013093) dimensions shown are nominal values
standard number: 7203.26 SEATTLE CITY LIGHT superseding: June 29, 2012 effective date: June 7, 2013 MATERIAL STANDARD page: 4 of 6
5. Component Requirements, continued All cover slabs shall have 3/4-inch diameter 5.3 Cover Slab (nominal) lift insert at each corner on the top, as shown in Figure 5.3a. Cover slabs shall have a nominal overall dimension of 4 feet by 4 feet. Thickness shall be 6 inches. Caps shall be provided to cover the lift inserts. Approximate slab weight is 650 pounds. Cover slab with the 42-inch round cover shall All cover slabs shall have overall dimension as include a 4-inch deep, round frame, as shown in shown in Table 5.3. Cover slabs shall have shall Figure 5.3b. Note, the iron frame in the slab for have a keyed form to match the base for proper round opening extends over the sides of the slab. assembly.
Figure 5.3a, 4-Foot Square Cover Slab with 3-Foot Square Cover (Stock Number 013094) dimensions shown are nominal values
Table 5.3, Cover Slab
Stock Cover Slab Dimensions, Nominal, ft-in Number Length Width Thickness Opening, in Cover/Hatch 013094 4-0 4-0 0-6 36 by 36, square one 3- by 3-foot, non-slip, solid cover hatch, H-20 013095 4-0 4-0 0-6 38, dia, round one 42-inch round, solid cover and frame, H-20 013157 4-4 4-7 0-6 36 by 36, square one 36- by 36-inch, non-slip, solid cover hatch, H-30
Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.26 superseding: June 29,2012 MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 7, 2013 444 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 5 of 6
5. Component Requirements, continued 5.3 Cover Slab, continued
4-Foot, 8-inch Square Cover Slabs, dimensions shown are nominal values
Figure 5.3b, Slab with 42-Inch Round Cover Figure 5.3c, Slab with 36- by 36-Inch Hatch (Stock Number 013095) (Stock Number 013157)
6. 444 Vault Assemblies Table 6, Assembled 444 Vault Components
Assembled Vault Vault Base Cover Slab Stock Number Stock Number Stock Number Cover 013120 013093 013094 H-20 solid square hatch, 3- by 3-foot 013121 013093 013095 H-20 solid round, 42-inch 013158 013093 013157 H-30 solid square hatch, 3- by 3-foot
Refer to Tables 5.2a, 5.2b, and 5.3 for the various components included in each vault assembly.
6.1 Assembly Options 6.2 Assembly Requirements All vault assemblies use the same vault base. All solid cover hatches have non-slip surfaces. Depending on the type of cover hatch desired, Each section of the vault components shall have the vault base may be paired with a different keyways for proper assembly. cover slab size with appropriate cover hatch, as shown in Table 6.
Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.26 superseding: June 29,2012 MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 7, 2013 444 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 6 of 6
7. Issuance Unit: EA
8. Approved Manufacturers
Catalog Number Stock Number Description Oldcastle/Utility Vault
013093 standard base 444-LA Base w/ Iron and GRD In & Out 013094 cover slab, 4-foot by 4-foot cover slab with 44-33F Cover w/ I.D. Marker one 3- by 3-foot, non-slip solid cover 013095 cover slab, 4- by 4-foot slab with one 44-38C Cover w/ I.D. Marker with 42” Cover & 42-inch round, solid cover and frame, H-20 Frame 130157 cover slab, 4-foot, 4-inch by 4-foot, 7-inch Oversized Special 44 Top w/3636 LW Hatch slab with one 34-inch by 37-inch, non-slip, solid cover hatch, H-30 013120 assembled vault with 4-foot by 4-foot 444-LA Base w/ Iron and GRD In & Out w/332P cover slab with one 3-foot by 3-foot, Non-Slip-SCL non-slip, H-20, solid cover hatch 013121 assembled vault with 4-foot by 4-foot 444-LA Base w/ Iron and GRD In & Out w/42” cover slab with one 42-inch round, solid Cover & Frame-SCL cover and frame, H-20 013158 assembled vault with 4-foot, 4-inch by 444-LA Base w/ Iron and GRD In & Out w/ 4-foot, 7-inch slab with one 36-inch by Oversized Special 44 Top w/3636 LW Hatch 36-inch, non-slip, solid cover hatch, H-30
9. References Detter, Chris; SCL Distribution Engineer, subject matter expert for 7203.26 ([email protected]) Ng, Sharon; SCL Civil Engineer, subject matter expert for 7203.26 ([email protected]) SCL 7203.21; “Precast Reinforced Concrete Structure, General”; Material Standard SCL 7204.70; “Frames and Covers, 42-Inch Round, Iron”; Material Standard SCL 9246.10; “Pulling Irons - Fundamentals and Detailed Requirements, Looped Radial and Network Systems”; Design Standard Wang, Quan; SCL Standards Engineer, originator and subject matter expert for 7203.26 ([email protected])
Standard Number: 7203.36 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 7, 2015 Effective Date: October 9, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 5
507 Electric Vault, Primary Service
1. Scope This standard covers the requirements for 507 (also known as 557) electrical vault components (vault base and cover with hatch) and assembled 507 units. Components can be ordered separately or ordered as an assembly. This standard applies to the following Seattle City Light (SCL) stock numbers: Stock No. Description 013101 Base, standard 507 013102 Cover with hatch 013124 Assembly (base and cover with hatch) 013688 Cover with 42-in blockout 013169 Assembly (base and cover with 42-in blockout)
2. Application 507 vaults are used to construct the underground electric system. This precast concrete vault may be used to house medium-size transformers, loadbreak junction boxes, and service connections and splices for the distribution system. H20-rated 507 vault assemblies should not be used in high-density locations. Depending on the selected application, the 507 vault can be defined as a handhole or a vault. When SCL uses the 507 vault for primary service, it is designated a vault. For non-primary service, it is typically designated a handhole (not covered in this standard). A 42-in round iron frame and cover must be ordered separately. For detailed material specifications for the iron frame and cover, see SCL 7204.70, “Frame and Covers, 42-Inch Round, Iron.”
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Quan Wang John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7203.36 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 7, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: October 9, 2015 507 Electric Vault, Primary Service Page: 2 of 5
3. General Requirements This standard is to be used in conjunction with the latest revision of SCL 7203.21, “Precast Reinforced Concrete Structures, General.” 4. Component Requirements 4.1 Grounding and Bonding Vault grounding shall conform to SCL 7203.21. 4.2 Base Table 4.2a. Vault Base Components Size, Nominal Per Total (in) Location Location Number Knockouts Round 4-3/4 dia All 4 walls, on bottom 8 ea side 32 Round 4-3/4 dia 4 panels of 4 on middle of all walls 16 ea side 64 Ground rod 2 dia 2 corners of floor 1 ea 2 Channels Galvanized “C” channel, 36 long All walls, above all knockouts 1 ea side 4 horizontal, embedded in walls Sump 12 dia Floor, center 1, to one side 1 Pulling irons 1/2 dia 1 ea corner of floor (typical) 1 ea corner 4 Lift holes 1-1/2 dia 2 opposite walls, center wall horizontally 1 ea side 2 Ground Inserts, bronze 1/2 dia 2 walls, opposite, internal and external 2 ea side 4 Ladder – Not required –
The base shall have dimensions as shown in Tables 4.2b and 4.2c, and Figure 4.2.
Table 4.2b. Base Dimensions, Inside, Nominal (ft-in) Length Width Height 4-2 4-2 6-0
Table 4.2c. Base Dimensions, Outside, Nominal (ft-in) Length Width Height 4-8 4-8 6-6 Standard Number: 7203.36 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 7, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: October 9, 2015 507 Electric Vault, Primary Service Page: 3 of 5
Figure 4.2. Base
4.3 Cover Covers shall consist of a concrete collar with a slip-resistant steel-grated vent hatch or a concrete collar with a 42-in round blockout. Covers shall have dimensions as shown in Table 4.3. Note: The cover for a square opening is tapered from top to bottom and is notched on the bottom to fit inside the sides of the vault. Covers shall have a 3/4-in diameter (nominal) lift insert at each corner on the top as shown in Figure 4.3a. Caps shall be provided to cover the lift inserts. Covers shall have a keyway to ensure a tight fit. Covers with a 42-in round blockout are used in conjunction with a 42-in round hatch and frame as shown in Figure 4.3b. Standard Number: 7203.36 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 7, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: October 9, 2015 507 Electric Vault, Primary Service Page: 4 of 5
The steel-grated vent hatch shall have: . 3 ft x 3 ft dimension . H20 rating . Recessed lift handles . Non-slip surfaces . One handle located on each of the short ends of the hatch . 5/8-in bonding point hole on support bar for grounding hatch . Hatch-locking mechanism with Penta head bolt
Figure 4.3a. Cover with Hatch
Figure 4.3b. Cover with 42-in Round Blockout
Table 4.3. Cover Dimensions, Nominal
Concrete Collar Stock No. Length (ft-in) Width (ft-in) Thickness (in) Opening (in) 013102 4-8 4-8 6 36 x 36 013688 4-8 4-8 6 42 dia, round Standard Number: 7203.36 Seattle City Light Superseding: July 7, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: October 9, 2015 507 Electric Vault, Primary Service Page: 5 of 5
5. Issuance Unit: EA
6. Approved Manufacturer
Stock Catalog Number No. Description Oldcastle/Utility Vault 130101 Base, standard 507 507-LA Base w/ Irons and GRD In & Out 130102 Cover, with hatch 55-332 GV 013124 Assembly; base and cover with hatch 507-LA Base w/ Iron and GRD In & Out w/Grate Vent, SCL 013688 Cover, with 42-in blockout 55-42C 013169 Assembly; base and cover with 42-in blockout 507-LA with 55-42C
7. References SCL Material Standard 7203.21; “Precast Reinforced Concrete Structure, General” SCL Material Standard 7204.70; “Frames and Covers, 42-Inch Round, Iron”
8. Sources Detter, Chris; SCL Distribution Engineer and subject matter expert for 7203.36 ([email protected]) Ng, Sharon; SCL Civil Engineer and subject matter expert for 7203.36 ([email protected]) Wang, Quan; SCL Standards Engineer, originator, and subject matter expert for 7203.36 ([email protected]) standard number: 7203.41 SEATTLE CITY LIGHT superseding: new effective date: June 29, 2012 MATERIAL STANDARD page: 1 of 6
577 ELECTRIC VAULT, PRIMARY SERVICE
1. Table of Contents Stock Number 577 Vault Components 1. Table of Contents ...... 1 2. Scope ...... 1 013089 vault base, standard 577 3. Application ...... 2 013090 removable divider wall, standard 577 4. General Requirements ...... 2 013091 cover top, 7-foot by 4-foot-8-inch by 12-inch slab 5. Component Requirements ...... 2 with two 3- by 3-foot, non-slip, solid cover 5.1. Grounding and Bonding ...... 2 hatches, H-20 5.2. Vault Base ...... 2 013092 cover top, 7-foot by 4-foot-8-inch by 12-inch slab 5.3. Divider Wall ...... 3 with two 3- by 3-foot, H-20 cover hatches (one 5.4. Cover Slab ...... 4 non-slip, solid hatch and one grated vent hatch) 6. Vault Assemblies ...... 5 013151 cover slab, 7-foot-6-inch by 5-foot-2-inch slab 7. Issuance ...... 5 with two non-slip, H-30 cover hatches 8. Approved Manufacturer ...... 5 9. References ...... 6 Stock Number Assembled 577 Vaults with Cover Slabs 2. Scope 013125 assembled 577 vault with two 3- by 3-foot, non- This standard covers the detailed requirements for slip, H-20 solid cover hatches the 577 electrical vault components (vault base, assembled 577 vault cover slabs with cover hatches, and divider walls) 013126 with divider wall and with and the assembled 577 electric vaults assembled two 3- by 3-foot, H-20 cover hatches (one non- from those components. The basic components slip, solid hatch and one grated vent hatch) can be ordered separately or they can be ordered 013127 assembled 577 vault with divider wall and with as assembled vaults with cover slabs. two 3- by 3-foot, non-slip, H-20 solid cover This standard applies to the following Seattle City hatches Light Stock Numbers: 013152 assembled 577 vault with two non-slip, H-30 cover hatches
standards coordinator standards supervisor unit director
Quan Wang John Shipek Darnell Cola
Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.41 superseding: new MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 29, 2012 577 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 2 of 6
3. Application Steps for selecting the proper vault assembly for your application: 577 vaults are intended for use in the construction of underground electric systems. This precast 1. Select vault base concrete structure may be used to house medium- 2. Determine if divider wall is needed size transformers, load break junction boxes, and in 3. Select removable divider wall (optional) making service connections and splices for the distribution system. 4. Select slab cover
The H20-rated 577 vault assemblies are not 4. General Requirements intended to be used in high density location. This detailed standard is to be used in conjunction The standard 577 vault assembly typically consists with the latest revision of Seattle City Light Material of the 577 base (Stock Number 013089) and the 7- Standard 7203.21, “Precast Reinforced Concrete foot by 4-foot-8-inch cover slab with two 3- by 3-foot Structures – General”. non-slip, H-20 solid covers (Stock Number 013091). Due to different applications, the vault may need to 5. Component Requirements be customized with a divider wall and/or different 5.1 Grounding Requirements entry openings and covers. Vault grounding shall comply with Material Depending on the application for the enclosure Standard 7203.21, Section 9, Grounding. selected, it can be defined as a handhole or a vault. When Seattle City Light uses the 577 enclosure for 5.2 Vault Base primary service, the 577 enclosure will be The SCL 577 vault base (Stock No. 013089) shall designated as a vault. For non-primary service the have overall nominal dimensions of 7 feet by 4 577 enclosure can typically be referred to as a feet 8 inches by 6 feet high as shown in Figure handhole (not covered in this Standard). 6.2. Approximate weight is 6,000 pounds.
Table 5.2, Vault Base Attributes All standard 577 vault bases shall have the following features:
Size, Per Total Nominal, in Location Location Number Knockouts round 4-3/4 dia all 4 walls, on bottom 8 ea side 32 round 4-3/4 dia 3 rows of 2 in center of 2 long walls 6 ea side 12 waffle (12 - 6″ squares) 18 x 24 all 4 walls 2 ea side 08 waffles ground rod 2 dia 2 corners of floor 1 ea 02 Channels galvanized “C” 42 long short walls, above waffle 1 ea side 02 channel, horizontal, 42 long short walls, below waffle 1 ea side 02 embedded 72 long long walls, above waffle 1 ea side 02 in walls 72 long long walls, below waffle 1 ea side 02 Sump, round 12 dia floor, off center (long axis) 1, to one side 01 Pulling Irons 1/2 dia 1 ea corner of floor (typical) 1 ea corner 04 Lift Holes 1-1/2 dia 2 center of wall, just below channel, 1 ea side 02 long walls, opposite Ground Inserts, bronze 1/2 dia on opposite long walls, on the internal 2 ea side 04 and external of walls Ladder not required
Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.41 superseding: new MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 29, 2012 577 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 3 of 6
5. Component Requirements, continued
5.2 Vault Base, continued Figure 5.2, Standard 577 Vault Base (Stock Number 013089) dimensions shown are nominal values
5.3 Removable 577 Divider Wall Figure 5.3, (Stock Number 013090) Removable Divider Wall Divider wall shall be reinforced with #4 rebar. Divider wall shall be 3 inches thick (nominal). Approximate weight is 1,000 pounds. The removable 577-divider wall shall include: (see Figure 5.3) 1/2-inch diameter lift ring, placed in the top edge 4-3/4-inch diameter knockouts, 6 locations in divider, 3 to a side laterally 1/2-inch diameter inserts, 3 on bottom face of wall only 3/4-inch diameter inserts, 4 on the top face of wall only Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.41 superseding: new MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 29, 2012 577 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 4 of 6
5. Component Requirements, continued Caps shall be provided to cover the lift inserts. 5.4 Cover Slabs Hinges for the lids shall be along the length of the Cover slabs shall have a nominal overall dimension cover slab. of 7 feet by 4 feet 8 inches. Thickness shall be 12 Cover slabs shall have inches. Approximate weight is 2,200 pounds. shall have a keyway to match the base for proper assembly. All cover slabs shall have 3/4-inch lift insert at each corner on the top, as shown in Figure 5.4.
Figure 5.4, Cover Slab (Stock Number 013091) dimensions shown are nominal values
Table 5.4, 577 Vault Cover Slab Options
Inside Dimensions, Nominal, Outside Dimensions, Nominal, ft-in ft-in Stock Number Length Width Length Width Cover Hatch Options 013091 6-6 4-2 7-0 4-8 with two 3- by 3-foot, non-slip, H-20 solid cover hatches 013092 6-6 4-2 7-0 4-8 with two 3- by 3-foot, H-20 cover hatches: one non-slip, solid hatch and one grated vent hatch 013151 6-6 4-2 7-6 5-2 with two non-slip, H-30 LW cover hatches
Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.41 superseding: new MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 29, 2012 577 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 5 of 6
6. 577 Vault Assemblies Table 6, Assembled 577 Vault Components Cover Hatches Assembled Vault Vault Base Divider Wall Cover Slab Stock Number Stock Number Stock Number Number 1 2 013125 013089 none 013091 H-20 solid H-20 solid 013126 013089 013090 013091 H-20 solid H-20 solid 013127 013089 013090 013092 H-20 solid H-20 grate 013152 013089 none 013151 H-30 solid H-30 solid
Refer to Table 6 for the various components included in each vault assembly.
6.1 Assembly Options All vault assemblies use the same vault base. The assemblies differ on whether they are provided with a divided wall or not and on the type of cover hatch. Depending on the type of cover hatches desired, the vault base may be paired with a different cover slab size with appropriate hatches, as shown in Table 6. 6.2 Assembly Requirements All solid cover hatches are and have non-slip surfaces. Each section of the vault components shall have keyways for proper assembly.
7. Issuance Unit: EA
8. Approved Manufacturer
Stock Catalog Number Number Description Oldcastle/Utility Vault 013089 vault base, standard 577 577-LA w/ GRD In & Out 013090 removable divider wall, standard 577 577-Divider Wall 013091 cover slab, 7-foot by 4-foot-8-inch slab with two 3- by 3- 57-2-332-NS-SA-80 foot, non-slip, H-20, solid cover hatches 013092 cover slab, 7-foot by 4-foot-8-inch slab with two 3- by 3- 57-2-332-NS-GV-SA-80 foot, H-20 cover hatches (one non-slip, solid hatch and one grated vent hatch) 013151 cover slab, 7-foot-6-inch by 5-foot-2-inch slab with two 57 Top w/ LW Hatch 34″ x 74″ non-slip, H-30 cover hatches 013125 assembled 577 vault with two 3- by 3-foot, non-slip, H- 577-LA w/ GRD In & Out w/ 2-33 cover - SCL 20 solid cover hatches 013126 assembled 577 vault with divider wall and with two 3- 577-LA w/ Iron, GRD In & Out w/ grate and 33 by 3-foot, H-20 cover hatches (one non-slip, solid hatch cover - SCL and one grated vent hatch) 013127 assembled 577 vault with divider wall and with two 3- 577-LA w/ Iron, GRD In & Out w/ 2-33 cover - SCL by 3-foot, non-slip, H-20 solid cover hatches 013152 assembled 577 vault with two non-slip, H-30 cover 577-LA w/ Iron, GRD In & Out w/ LW Hatches hatches Seattle City Light standard number: 7203.41 superseding: new MATERIAL STANDARD effective date: June 29, 2012 577 Electric Vault, Primary Service page: 6 of 6
9. References Detter, Chris; SCL Distribution Engineer, subject matter expert for 7203.41 ([email protected]) Ng, Sharon; SCL Civil Engineer, subject matter expert for 7203.41 ([email protected]) SCL 7203.21; “Precast Reinforced Concrete Structure, General”; Material Standard Wang, Quan; SCL Standards Engineer, originator and subject matter expert for 7203.41 ([email protected])
SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: 7204.70 PAGE: 1 of 4 MATERIAL STANDARD SUPERSEDING: September 4, 2001 EFFECTIVE DATE: September 14, 2007
FRAMES AND COVERS, 42-INCH ROUND, IRON
1. Foreword 1.1 Scope This material standard covers the requirements for 42-inch round, iron, frames and covers. This material standard applies to the following Seattle City Light Stock Numbers:
Stock Number Description Load Rating (Minimum) 720226 cover, vented H-20 720466 cover, solid H-20 720461 frame, 4-lug H-20 012753 frame, 8-lug H-25
1.2 Application Frame and cover assemblies are used to construct the means for entering and exiting underground vaults located in pedestrian sidewalks, side streets, or arterials and highways. Vented covers are for use with vaults that meet any one of the following conditions, unless provisions are made for separate ventilation: Require special ventilation Contain more than 75 kVA of transformer capacity Solid covers are for use with vaults that meet any one of the following conditions: Do not require special ventilation Contain 75 kVA or less of transformer capacity Where higher security is desired Where debris falling into the vault may be a concern Where a minimum load rating of H-25 is required H-10 rated frames and covers are only for use in pedestrian sidewalks where motor vehicle access is not possible.
STANDARDS COORDINATOR STANDARDS SUPERVISOR UNIT DIRECTOR
John Shipek John Barnett John Nierenberg
SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: 7204.70 MATERIAL STANDARD PAGE: 2 of 4 SUPERSEDING: September 4, 2001 Frames and Covers, 42-Inch Round, Iron EFFECTIVE DATE: September 14, 2007
1.2 Application, continued H-20 rated frames and covers are for use in pedestrian sidewalks where an occasional car or light truck may inadvertently traverse, or side streets that see only light truck traffic; garbage trucks are not considered light trucks. H-25 rated frames and covers are for use in arterials and highways that see frequent, heavy traffic from trucks and buses. H-30 rated frames and covers are for use at heavily-used bus stops, or where repetitive, impact, and sustained loading (plus horizontal loading due to braking) is present. For the purposes of this standard, H-20 may be considered equivalent to HS-20; H-25 may be considered equivalent to HS-25. AASHTO HB-17, Division I, Section 3.7, defines H loading as a two-axle truck and HS loading as tractor truck with semi-trailer. AASHTO HB-17, Division I, Section 3.8, defines wheel loading in detail. Wheel loading classes above or below H- 20 are calculated by simple ratio. For example,
if, H-20 wheel loading = 32,000 pounds then, H-25 wheel loading = 25/20 x 32,000 pounds = 40,000 pounds
Previous versions of this standard denoted H-25 as H-20+. Four-lug (H-25) frames are no longer manufactured – cancelled Stock Number 720465 is retained here for record keeping and possible returns to Stores. Engineers should specify the 8-lug (H-25) frame for new designs.
1.3 Industry Standards Frames and covers shall meet the applicable requirements of the latest revisions of following industry standards: AASHTO HB-17 - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standard Specification for Highway Bridges, 17th Edition, 2002 ASTM A 48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A 536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings
1.4 References Federal Specification RR-F-621E, February 23, 1989 - Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin, Manhole ASTM C 857-1995 – Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures 2. Construction 2.1 General Unless stated otherwise in this standard, dimensional tolerances shall be +/- 1/16 inch, and an additional tolerance of +/- 1/16 inch per foot of dimension. Finished product shall be free of blowholes, splits, cracks, blisters, mold-pull, sharp edges, and other imperfections that may impair serviceability or pose a hazard. 2.2 Frame and Cover Assemblies Not withstanding allowed dimensional tolerances, all frames and covers of the same nominal size shall assemble interchangeably. Any cover placed in a matched frame shall seat without rocking. The difference in level between a cover and a matched frame shall not exceed 1/8 inch at any point, and shall not exceed 1/16 inch over a total of more than one quarter of the frame perimeter. Side play between a cover edge and a matched frame shall not exceed 1/8 inch per foot of diameter. SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: 7204.70 MATERIAL STANDARD PAGE: 3 of 4 SUPERSEDING: September 4, 2001 Frames and Covers, 42-Inch Round, Iron EFFECTIVE DATE: September 14, 2007
2.3 Frames Frames shall be gray cast iron produced according to ASTM A 48, Class 30B (minimum). Frames shall meet the dimensional requirements of Figures 2.3.1 and 2.3.2.
Figure 2.3.1 Figure 2.3.2 4-Lug Frame, H-20 8-Lug Frame, H-25 Stock Number 720461 Stock Number 012753
Ring Top View Ring Top View
Ring Section Ring Section
2.4 Covers Covers shall be ductile cast iron produced according to ASTM A 536, Grade 80-55-06. Covers shall meet the dimensional requirements of Figures 2.4.1 and 2.4.2. Solid covers shall be manufactured with a safety tread design. The word "ELECTRIC" shall be cast in the center of each solid cover and along the edge of each vented cover. Each cover shall have a minimum of six, equally-spaced, 7/8 inch diameter holes for lifting. The bottom center of each cover shall be provided with a spin ring that extends at least 1-1/2 inches below the underside of the outside edge. The center of each cover shall have one 1/2 inch, UNC-series threaded hole for a lifting eye bolt. A plug shall be provide to protect the 1/2 inch, UNC-series threaded hole from debris and normal wear. Each vented cover shall have at least 500 square inches of clear opening for ventilation. SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: 7204.70 MATERIAL STANDARD PAGE: 4 of 4 SUPERSEDING: September 4, 2001 Frames and Covers, 42-Inch Round, Iron EFFECTIVE DATE: September 14, 2007
Figure 2.4.1 Figure 2.4.2 vented cover solid cover Stock Number 720226 Stock Number 720466
Cover Top View Cover Top View
Cover Section Cover Section
3. Packaging Frames and covers shall be shipped strapped to wood pallets. Each pallet shall be legibly marked with the following information: Manufacturer's identification Product description Package weight (gross or net) Date of manufacture Seattle City Light's Purchase Order Number Seattle City Light's Stock Number
4. Shipping Product shall be shipped to the address specified on the Purchase Order.
5. Issuance EA
6. Approved Manufacturers
Stock Load Nominal East Jordan Number Description Rating Weight, lbs. Iron Works Utility Vault 720226 cover, vented H-20 445 - 4220 CS 720466 cover, solid H-20 450 - 4220 S 720461 frame, 4-lug H-20 272 - 4210-4220 720465 (cancelled) frame, 4-lug H-20+ H-25 670 not available 4220-HD 012753 frame, 8-lug H-25 652 1843Z 4220-HD
STANDARD NUMBER: SEATTLE CITY LIGHT 7262.2 PAGE: 1 of 1 SUPERCEDING: August 17, 2004 MATERIAL STANDARD EFFECTIVE DATE: August 17, 2005
LUBRICANT, CABLE- PULLING
1. General: Cable-pulling lubricant is used to provide maximum tension reduction in high stress electrical and communications cable pulling operations. It shall be polymer/water-based and have the consistency of a gel, except that the pourable version shall be a gel with a lower viscosity making it easy to pour or pump. 2. Compatibility with Cable and Conduit: It must have no effect on any type of cable insulation or jacket, including rubber, neoprene, lead, PVC, nylon, and polyethylene, including cross-linked polyethylene (XLP) and low density polyethylene (LDPE). Product must have been tested for effect on cable tensile strength after immersion. It must have no effect on semiconducting cable jackets or shields. Product must have been tested for resistance levels in accordance with ICEA T-25-425, NEMA WC 5, and NEMA WC 7. It must not cause stress cracking of polyethylene. Product must have been tested in accordance with ASTM D 1693. Product must have been tested and approved by a number of major cable manufacturers for compatibility with insulation and semiconducting jackets. Test reports are required. Product must be UL listed as a wire pulling compound. It shall have no adverse effects on hardware or any conduit, including steel, galvanized steel, aluminum, copper, PVC, and ABS. 3. Properties: It must have no significant soap, free alkali, or free acid content. The pH must be within the range of 5.0 to 8.5. The product may leave a slippery film but must not cause any locking or cementing of cable to conduit. Product must be suitable for a temperature range of 28° F to 110° F during application. 4. Safety: It must be non-toxic. It shall have no more than a mild, inoffensive odor. It shall be noninjurious to skin and to rubber or leather gloves. It shall not stain clothing nor, when dried on clothing, leave any residue that may appear offensive to personnel. It shall be easily cleaned from clothing with soap and water. It shall be non-flammable and non-combustible. 5. Markings: Each container shall bear the manufacturer's brand name. 6. Reference Standards: ICEA T-25-425; NEMA WC 5; WC 7; ASTM D 1693; latest revisions. 7. Approved Manufacturers
Approved Manufacturers Ideal PT Stock Stock Aqua- Polywater Technologies Number Unit Description and Packaging Gel II J HD 726223 BG plastic bags designed for 3˝ and 31-377 J-55 61110 larger conduit; 64 oz. each. 726225 GL plastic 1 gallon buckets. 31-371 J-128 61101 726226 GL pourable version, plastic 1 gallon jugs 31-421 PJ-128 61601 726227 PL pourable version, plastic 5 gallon pails 31-425 PJ-640 61100
STANDARDS COORDINATOR STANDARDS SUPERVISOR UNIT DIRECTOR
SEATTLE CITY LIGHT STANDARD NUMBER: 7345.7 PAGE: 1 of 1 MATERIAL STANDARD SUPERSEDING: March 2, 2006 EFFECTIVE DATE: August 5, 2015
FITTINGS FOR UNDERGROUND USE, PVC
1. Scope: This specification is for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic utilities fittings suitable for underground installations: Type DB-120. The fittings shall comply with the latest revision to NEMA TC 9, "Fittings for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation." 2. Fittings shall be furnished in the sizes and types specified on the purchase order. Sockets shall be in accordance with Table 2-2 or 2-3 of NEMA TC 9. Plugs and end bells shall be in accordance with Tables 2-12 and 2-7 or 2-8, respectively, of NEMA TC 9. 3. Color: Fittings shall be medium to dark gray in color. 4. Markings: In addition to the marking requirements of NEMA TC 9, each shipping lot shall be marked with the City purchase order number, gross and net weights, and the name and address of the manufacturer. 5. Reference Specification: NEMA TC 9, ASTM D 2672, ASTM F 512 (latest revisions) 6. Stock Unit: EA
End Bells (see note 1) Plugs (see note 2) Stock No. Size, nominal (in) Stock No. Size, nominal (in) 734944 2 734938 2 734946 3 734940 3 734947 3-1/2 – – 734948 4 734942 4 734949 5 734943 5 010340 6 010338 6 Notes 1. Approved end bell manufacturers: Carlon; Kraloy; PW Eagle Inc., dba PWPipe; Scepter. 2. Approved plug manufacturer: Carlon only. 3. For regular couplings and adapters and 45º and 90º bends, refer to SCL 7020.05..
7. Adapter: 3-1/2˝ nominal round to 3-1/2˝ nominal square by 24˝ long. Stock No. 734565 Approved adapter manufacturers: Carlon; J-M Manufacturing Inc.; Picoma; PW Eagle Inc., dba PWPipe; Raceways Tech.
8. References SCL Material Standard 7015.05; “Schedule 40 PVC Conduit and Fittings”
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Brett Hanson John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7645.40 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 29, 2011 Effective Date: August 25, 2015 MATERIAL STANDARD Page: 1 of 3
Mandrels, Proofing
1. Scope This standard covers the requirements for rigid proofing mandrels. This standard applies to the following Seattle City Light (SCL) stock numbers.
Stock Conduit Trade Size No. (in) 013294 3/4 013295 1 013296 1-1/4 013297 1-1/2 013298 2 013299 2-1/2 013300 3 013301 3-1/2 013302 4 013303 5 013304 6
2. Application Rigid proofing mandrels are used to test for obstructions in an underground conduit run after trench backfill and/or conduit pour is complete. The mandrel size should be at least as large as the largest cable pulling head (or grip) that could be used within that conduit to ensure cable can be pulled in successfully.
Standards Coordinator Standards Supervisor Unit Director Brett Hanson John Shipek Darnell Cola
Standard Number: 7645.40 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 29, 2011 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: August 25, 2015 Mandrels, Proofing Page: 2 of 3
3. Construction Proofing mandrels corresponding to conduit sizes up to and including 3-1/2 inches shall be constructed per Figure 3.1. A stainless steel 1/8-in aircraft cable shall be run through the center of the mandrel, looped at the ends, and secured with red Loctite compound and a flat washer. Proofing mandrels corresponding to conduit sizes 4 inches and larger will be constructed per Figure 3.2. At each end of the mandrel, 1/2-in galvanized steel oval eye nuts shall be installed and secured with red Loctite compound to the 1/2-in galvanized rod via a lock washer and flat washer. Acceptable dimensional mandrel length and diameter tolerance is +0% to -3% Each mandrel shall be marked in a permanent legible fashion with the stock number and date of manufacture. Marking shall appear on the mandrel end face to prevent damage. Figure 3.1. Mandrel with Stainless Steel Cable
Figure 3.2. Mandrel
Table 3.1.Mandrel Dimensions
Conduit Trade Mandrel Mandrel Taper Taper Stock Size Diameter Length Length Depth No. (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) Material Figure 013294 3/4 0.62 1.0 – – Delrin or nylon 3.1 013295 1 0.78 1.25 – – Delrin or nylon 3.1 013296 1-1/4 1.00 1.5 – – Delrin or nylon 3.1 013297 1-1/2 1.25 1.75 – – Delrin or nylon 3.1 013298 2 1.62 2.25 – – Delrin or nylon 3.1 013299 2-1/2 2.00 2.75 – – Delrin or nylon 3.1 013300 3 2.50 3.25 – – Delrin or nylon 3.1 013301 3-1/2 3.00 3.75 – – Delrin or nylon 3.1 013302 4 3.50 8.00 1.0 0.5 Delrin or nylon 3.2 013303 5 4.75 12.0 1.5 0.5 Delrin or nylon 3.2 013304 6 5.50 14.0 2.0 0.7 Delrin or nylon 3.2
Standard Number: 7645.40 Seattle City Light Superseding: December 29, 2011 MATERIAL STANDARD Effective Date: August 25, 2015 Mandrels, Proofing Page: 3 of 3
4. Pre-Production Approval The successful bidder shall submit a first prototype to SCL Standards for approval prior to the fabrication of the first production piece. The successful bidder shall submit a first production piece to SCL Standards for approval prior to the fabrication of the balance of the order.
5. Issuance Stock Unit: EA
6. Approved Manufacturers Bids may be solicited from any fabricator identified by Civil/Mechanical Engineering or Material Control as being capable.
7. References SCL Construction Standard U2-11 / NDK-40; “Mandreling and Cleaning of Ducts and Conduits” Hanson, Brett; SCL Standards Engineer, and subject matter expert and originator of 7645.40 ([email protected]) Jerochim, Pete; SCL Electrical Inspector and subject matter expert of 7645.40 ([email protected]) Youngs, Rob; SCL Electrical Inspector and subject matter expert of 7645.40 ([email protected])
SEATTLE CITY LIGHT DEPARTMENT
TYPICAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PROTECTION OF CITY LIGHT UNDERGROUND HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION LINES
UNANTICIPATED DISCOVERY PLAN FOR
CULTURAL RESOURCES
UNANTICIPATED DISCOVERY PLAN FOR CULTURAL RESOURCES (INCLUDING HUMAN REMAINS) SEATTLE CITY LIGHT (SCL)
CAPITAL PROJECTS Seattle Service Territory King County, Washington March 4, 2013
1.0 INTRODUCTION It is standard procedure for SCL to conduct pre-project archaeological investigations for its undertakings that have the potential to affect cultural resources. However, in some cases it is possible that ground-disturbing activities could discover human remains, artifacts, or cultural resource sites during the course of project activities. This Unanticipated Discovery Plan (Plan) describes procedures by which SCL crew and contractors will deal with unanticipated discoveries and provides guidance to personnel of SCL to:
• Comply with applicable laws and regulations, including: Title 27 Revised Code of Washington, including Chapter 27.44, Indian Graves and Records, and Chapter 27.53 Archaeological Sites and Resources
• Describe to agencies and tribes the procedure SCL will follow to deal with unanticipated discoveries, and
• Provide proper procedures to project personnel to be followed should an unanticipated discovery occur
Field crews and contractors working on capital projects should be informed of this UDP and a copy of it should be available in SCL vehicles at project sites.
2.0 Unanticipated Discovery Procedures The following two sections describe protocols to be followed for discovery of (1) human remains, and (2) other cultural resources. Personnel are required to follow the appropriate protocol when carrying out SCL activities.
2.1 Human Remains Discovery Protocol Although there is usually a very remote potential for discovering human remains, it is possible when activities involve excavation or ground disturbance in areas where native soils are still present. In the event that human remains are discovered by project personnel, whether during planned maintenance and project activities, authorized archaeological excavations, or as a result of natural processes, the following protocol will be strictly followed:
• Stop immediately all ground disturbing activity within 50 feet of the discovery.
• Secure the site immediately from any possible disturbance. The remains will be immediately covered and not removed from the ground.
• Ensure at all times that any discovered human remains and artifacts are treated with dignity and respect.
• Contact the Project Manager immediately. That person will be responsible for assuring that this protocol is followed.
Unanticipated Discovery Plan for SCL Capital Projects in Service Territory (page 1 of 6)
• The Project Manager will immediately contact SCL’s Cultural Resources Coordinator (Ron Tressler) and they will work together to implement the Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP)’s protocol below:
1. If ground disturbing activities encounter human skeletal remains, then all activity will cease that may cause further disturbance to those remains. The area of the find will be secured and protected from further disturbance. 2. The finding of human skeletal remains will be reported to the county medical examiner/coroner and local law enforcement in the most expeditious manner possible. 3. The remains will not be touched, moved, or further disturbed. 4. The county medical examiner/coroner will assume jurisdiction over the human skeletal remains and make a determination of whether those remains are forensic or non-forensic. If the county medical examiner/coroner determines the remains are non-forensic, then they will report that finding to the Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP) who will then take jurisdiction over the remains. 5. The DAHP will notify any appropriate cemeteries and all affected tribes of the find. The State Physical Anthropologist will make a determination of whether the remains are Indian or Non-Indian and report that finding to any appropriate cemeteries and the affected tribes. The DAHP will then handle all consultation with the affected parties as to the future preservation, excavation, and disposition of the remains, according to federal and state laws. 6. If the non-forensic remains are determined to be non-Indian, SCL will treat, or if the landowner is not SCL or a federal land manager, encourage the landowner to treat, the remains in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
2.2 Cultural Resources Discovery Protocol If an on-site archaeological monitor is not present when a possible cultural resource is found, SCL’s CRC will work with Project Manager to have qualified archaeologist assess the find. A cultural resource discovery could be from the prehistoric or historic-period and consist of, but not be limited to, the following: • An area of charcoal or charcoal-stained soil in association with historic-period or prehistoric remains such as stone tools or chips; • An arrowhead, stone tool, or stone chips; • A historic bottle, old glass fragments, square nails, “hole in top” lead-soldered cans, building foundations, etc; • A shell midden or cluster of animal bones or burned rocks in association with stone tools or chips; • A cluster of tin cans or bottles, utensils, or industrial equipment older than 50 years
If archaeological artifacts or historical materials that appear to be older than fifty years of age are encountered by SCL staff or other contractors, the following protocol will be implemented:
• If any member of a construction, maintenance, or other field crew believes that he or she has made a cultural resource discovery, they will leave the object in place and flag for later location. Collecting artifacts is illegal, and a violation of federal and state laws.
• Personnel will immediately stop work adjacent to the discovery and notify the Project Manager, who will immediately contact the SCL CRC (Ron Tressler).
• The Project manager will take appropriate steps to protect the discovery site. At a minimum, the immediate area of the discovery site will be secured. Vehicles, equipment, and unauthorized
Unanticipated Discovery Plan for SCL Capital Projects in Service Territory (page 2 of 6) personnel will not be permitted to traverse the site.
• An area of work restriction will be established in consultation with the CRC and will be sufficient to provide for the security and protection of the cultural materials. SCL will enforce appropriate security measures. Depending on the situation, it may be necessary to cover or backfill a portion of the excavated area to protect the site.
• The CRC will have a qualified archaeologist inspect the site and determine whether the discovery is a historic or prehistoric/pre-contact resource. If prehistoric/pre-contact, then all resources of this age are protected under state statute and require a permit through the DAHP. If historic, it should be noted the DAHP has previously determined resources associated with historic Seattle are eligible to the National Register of Historic Places and therefore require a permit. The CRC and the archaeologist will immediately contact the DAHP, appropriate jurisdiction (e.g., City of Seattle Department of Neighborhoods, King County Office of Cultural Resources, etc.) to seek consultation regarding appropriate treatment. Treatment measures may include mapping, photography, limited probing, sample collection, protection of the site to avoid further impact, or other activity and will be implemented following federal (if applicable) and state regulations. Once the archaeologist has a DAHP permit to excavate the artifacts the they shall be given ample time to adequately record the find buried artifacts (up to 8 hours) after which construction can proceed and the cultural feature removed
• The archaeologist and CRC will prepare a report that documents the methods and results of the treatment measures within four months of completion of the measures. SCL will provide a review copy of the draft report to the DAHP, the land management agency, and affected Indian tribes. After a 30-day review period, SCL will make revisions that take into address review comments and provide a copy of the final report to each of these parties.
• If the discovery is a significant historic or cultural resource in the project area, it should be included in a Cultural Resource Management Plan for the Project for long-term management.
• If it is necessary to continue the project activities that led to the discovery, SCL will consult with the parties (landowner, DAHP, affected Indian Tribes, etc.) to determine appropriate protection and treatment.
Unanticipated Discovery Plan for SCL Capital Projects in Service Territory (page 3 of 6) Attachment A: Parties to Contact in event of HUMAN REMAINS discovery
City of Seattle Contacts Seattle, WA Seattle Police Department (206) 731-3232 610 Fifth Avenue Seattle, WA State Contacts (206) 625-5011 Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP) Seattle City Light (SCL) Stephenie Kramer Ron Tressler Assistant State Archaeologist Cultural Resource Coordinator [email protected] [email protected] PO Box 48343 (206) 386-4506; or Olympia, WA 98504-8343 (360) 586-3083; or SCL - Rebecca Ossa Historic Preservation Specialist Gretchen Kaehler [email protected] Local Government Archaeologist (206) 386-4519; or [email protected] (360) 586-3088; or SCL - Colleen McShane, Manager Natural Resources and Environ. Planning Guy Tasa, Ph.D. [email protected] State Physical Anthropologist (206) 684-4238 [email protected] (360) 586-3534 Dept of Neighborhoods-Cultural Resources Karen Gordon Archaeological Consultant for SCL Historic Preservation Officer [email protected] Historical Research Associates Lynn Compas King County Contacts (206) 343-0226 x12 King County Medical Examiner's Office (206) 660-7090 908 Jefferson St, 2nd Floor
Unanticipated Discovery Plan for SCL Capital Projects in Service Territory (page 4 of 6)
Attachment B: Parties to Contact in event of CULTURAL RESOURCE discovery
Unanticipated Discovery Plan (UDP) for SCL’s T1/T2 Transmission Line Relocation Project (page 5 of 6)
City Of Seattle Contacts Gretchen Kaehler Seattle Police Department Local Government Archaeologist 610 Fifth Avenue [email protected] Seattle, WA (360) 586-3088; or (206) 625-5011 Guy Tasa, Ph.D. Dept of Neighborhoods-Cultural Resources State Physical Anthropologist Karen Gordon [email protected] Historic Preservation Officer (360) 586-3534 [email protected] King County Contacts Seattle City Light (SCL) King County Medical Examiner's Office Ron Tressler 908 Jefferson St, 2nd Floor Cultural Resource Coordinator Seattle, WA [email protected] (206) 731-3232 (206) 386-4506; or Tribal Contacts SCL - Rebecca Ossa Duwamish Tribe Historic Preservation Specialist Cecile A. Hansen, Tribe Chair [email protected] [email protected] (206) 386-4519; or Seattle, WA (206) 431-1582 SCL - Colleen McShane, Manager Natural Resources and Environ. Planning Muckleshoot Tribe [email protected] Laura Murphy, Archaeologist Cultural (206) 684-4238 Resources P.O. Box 34023 [email protected] Seattle WA 98124 39015 172nd Avenue SE Auburn, WA 98092 Archaeological Consultant for SCL (253) 876-3272; or Historical Research Associates Lynn Compas Warren KingGeorge, Historian (206) 343-0226 x12 (253) 876-3269 (206) 660-7090 Suquamish Tribe State Contacts Dennis Lewarch, THPO Cultural Resources [email protected] Department of Archaeology and Historic PO Box 498 Preservation (DAHP) Suquamish, WA 98392-0498 Stephenie Kramer (360) 394-8529 Assistant State Archaeologist [email protected] Tulalip Tribes PO Box 48343 Richard Young, Cultural Resources Staff Olympia, WA 98504-8343 [email protected] (360) 586-3083; or (360) 716-4635
Unanticipated Discovery Plan (UDP) for SCL’s T1/T2 Transmission Line Relocation Project (page 6 of 6) ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW FORM Environmental Review Form Please email the completed form to Megan Yoshida at [email protected] For questions, please call: (206) 733-9978
Project Name: Blue Ridge Conduit Replacement Phase II Work Order #/ WAMS # with task number: 1412427-01 Date of Request: February 09, 2016 Project Start/End Dates: Construction Start 4th Quarter 2016 - Finish 4th Quarter 2017 Project Manager/ Engineer (provide name and phone number): Bikas Pande 4-0502 Customer Requested (Provide Contract Information):
Project type: Transmission Distribution Network
Routine Maintenance New Construction Repair Other
Overhead Underground Other
Purpose of the Project: To replace the aging electrical distribution system in the Blue Ridge neighborhood. The scope of the project includes the installation of ductbanks, conduits, handholes, and vaults for the electrical distribution system. . A total of 12,000+/- linear feet of new ductbank will be installed.
Provide Equipment to be Used: Backhoes, excavators, dump trucks, pickup trucks, saw cutting machines, concrete trucks, gas powered hand tools
Specific Location(s) of Work (attach vicinity/location map): Various locations in Seattle's Blue Ridge neighborhood. See attached drawings
Describe Staging and Storage Areas: Staging and storage areas are the contractor's responsibility. TBD
Environmental Review Form Page 1 of 4 Version 3.0 Describe the Overall Project (include activity specifics): Install approximately 12000 linear feet of new ductbank. Install new electrical vaults. Restore sidewalks and roadways in work areas. Specific work activities are as follows: - Saw cut and remove existing roadways and sidewalks. Dispose of roadway/sidewalk material - Excavate for new ductbanks. Dispose of excavated material as necessary - Construct new ductbanks. Includes installation of new conduits and concrete encasement - Backfill trenches and restore roadway and sidewalks - Install new electrical vaults - Modify existing vaults as necessary to accommodate new ductbanks
City(s): Seattle County(s): King
Check all that Apply:
Land Disturbance (digging, grading, dredging, filling,) Describe Activities: excavation, backfill Total Ground Disturbance (feet2): 36000 Total Acres Disturbed: 0.83 Depth of Ground Disturbance (feet): 5 Soil/ Spoils in Cubic Yards: Used as Backfill Hauled Away
Vegetation Removal (clearing, grubbing, trimming, maintenance) Describe Activities: Tree/bush trimming as necessary Vegetation Type: Trees, bushes
Wastewater or Stormwater Generation Describe Source(s): Concrete wastewater Describe Disposal Method(s): Collection via Eco pans
Dewatering (vaults, manholes, stormwater) Describe Activity: Dewatering vaults as necessary Describe Treatment Activity, if applicable (for PCBs, oil/gas, contaminates): Will address as necessary
Waste Generation (wood poles, cable, oil-filled equipment, etc) Describe Source(s): Soil, asphalt, concrete Describe Disposal Method(s): Contractor to submit waste disposal plan prior to construction
Chemical(s) Use (including paint, concrete, epoxies, cleaners, pesticide, herbicide, etc) • List the chemical name(s): • Concrete Use (in cubic yards): 600 CY approx.
Environmental Review Form Page 2 of 4 Version 3.0 Use of Internal Combustion Engines Describe Activities: Excavation, removal, sawcutting, placing concrete Installation Stationary Temporary
Transportation Disruptions Describe Activities: All temporary modifications to street traffic will be contractor's responsibility and will obtain the proper permits from SDOT
Environmental Hazard and Suggested Impact Controls
Potential Hazards/Impacts Activity/ Cause Suggested BMPs or Mitigation (Check all that apply) Sedimentation/ Excavation NPDES CSWGP permit will be transferred to contractor at Erosion least two weeks prior to the NTP. Contractor will be required to submit a SWPPP with all temporary erosion and sediment control measures to prevent soil/sediment from entering the stormwater system. Contractor will need to provide a CESCL, who shall be responsible for submitting monthly DMRs and cc’ing the City Light Environmental Lead. Contractor is responsible for submitting NOT at end of the project. Biological Working in Protect and minimize disturbed areas; Use low impact, Resources environmentally least destructive strategies to accomplish the work; Critical Areas Protect vegetation and trees to maintain stability; Runoff from equipment, tools, or site materials is not allowed to enter the stormwater system. Avian Protection Working in Avian Never move or relocate active nests without City Light Sensitive Area (at Environmental approval; and Nests that do not pose an southwest area of operational, safety, or electrocution hazard should not be project) removed. Wastewater Vault pumping Contractor is required to submit a dewatering plan for Generation City Light Environmental approval. Follow specs. Concrete Do not allow any material or water to drain into a wastewater stormwater conveyance system or a natural waterway; and Concrete wastewater must be collected and disposed of off-site at a pre-approved location. Waste Soil, Asphalt, Contractor is required to submit a waste disposal plan Generation Concrete prior to construction for City Light Environmental approval. Contractor is responsible for recycling or disposing of all asphalt and concrete. Transportation Daily construction Contractor is required to obtain permits from SDOT. The traffic control plan has to be approved by SDOT prior to construction. Noise/Vibration Machinery; Work during agreed upon hours. Turn off equipment Excavation when not in use. Air Emissions Machinery; Dust Work during agreed upon hours. Turn off equipment when not in use. Dust control as necessary.
Environmental Review Form Page 3 of 4 Version 3.0
Summary of Environmental Review and Impact Controls
Permit Needs: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (stormwater or point sources) Critical Area Ordinances
See attached Environmental Review Summary Compliance Procedures: Dated: February 9, 2016
Final Environmental Review Form Reviewed by:
Megan Yoshida 5/5/2016 Engineer / Date Environmental Affairs Analyst /Date
Environmental Review Form Page 4 of 4 Version 3.0 Environmental Review Summary Compliance Procedures February 9, 2016
Project: Blue Ridge Conduit Replacement Phase 2 WAMS: 1412427-01 PM: Bikas Pande
SEPA Determination: The project as described is categorically exempt from threshold determination and Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) requirements under the City of Seattle's and the State of Washington's environmental policies and procedures as provided below: . SMC 25.05.800 - (C) Repair, Remodeling and Maintenance Activities, and (X) Utilities; . WAC 197-11-800 - (3) Repair, Remodeling and Maintenance Activities, and (23) Utilities.
Cultural: A desktop review using the query of King County Cultural Resources database and Washington Dept. of Archaeology and Historic Preservation WISAARD databases was conducted on February 9, 2016. The proposed activity will not adversely affect known historic or pre-historic sites in the project area. The City Light Project Lead should ensure that the Unanticipated Discovery Plan is followed if any artifacts potentially more than 50 years old are uncovered. Even though the sites have been previously disturbed, if resources are discovered during excavation, follow the procedures listed below: . If any member of a construction, maintenance, or other field crew believes that he or she has made a cultural resource discovery, leave the object in place. Collecting artifacts is illegal, and a violation of federal and state laws; . Personnel will stop work within 50 feet of the discovery and immediately contact Ron Tressler in City Light Environmental at (206) 386-4506; . The Project Lead will take appropriate steps to protect the discovery site. At a minimum, secure the discovery site. Vehicles, equipment, and unauthorized personnel will not be permitted to traverse the site; and . An area of work restriction will be established in consultation with Environmental and will be sufficient to provide for security and protection of the cultural materials. City Light will enforce appropriate security measures.
Environmental Critical Areas: The project falls within environmentally-regulated critical areas for Landslide Potential, Steep Slopes, and a Riparian Corridor (see attached Critical Areas/Environmental Features map). Landslide potential areas are areas described as potential slide areas in the “Seattle Landslide Study” (Shannon & Wilson 2000, 2003), areas with past landslide activity, areas with topographic expression of runout zones (e.g. fans, colluvial deposition), setbacks at the top of very steep slopes or bluffs, and slopes with an incline of forty percent or more within a vertical elevation change of at least ten feet. Steep slope areas are areas with a slope with an incline of forty (40) percent or more within a vertical elevation change of at least ten feet (10'). Steep slopes also have fifteen-foot (15') buffers from the top and toe of a slope. Riparian Corridors are designated by Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife as a conservation area and is habitat for species of local importance. Riparian corridors are lands adjacent to streams and lakes, and more specifically are within one hundred feet measured horizontally landward from the top of each bank of the watercourse, or from the ordinary high water mark of the watercourse.
Environmental Contact Information: Megan Yoshida (206) 733-9978 Page 1 of 5 Based on Seattle Municipal Code 25.09.045, this project meets the qualifications for an exemption as long as the project does NOT remove any vegetation (other than grass in the right-of-way) or disturb local animal or bird species. Therefore, the project is exempt under: . SMC 25.09.045 (F) - Maintenance, repair, renovation, or structural alteration of an existing structure that does not increase the impact to, or encroach further within, or further alter an environmentally critical area or buffer. . SMC 25.09.045 (I) - Normal and routine operations, maintenance, remodeling, repair, and removal of existing public facilities and utilities.
The above exemption will apply only if all Best Management Practices (BMPs) are adhered to: . Protect and minimize disturbed areas; . Use low impact, least destructive strategies to accomplish the work; . Protect vegetation and trees to maintain stability; . Runoff from equipment, tools, or site materials is not allowed to enter the stormwater system.
If the project location were to change or expand, this exemption no longer applies and a critical area permit would be needed to work within the environmental critical areas.
Hazardous Sites: No soils or groundwater with known contaminated constituents have been identified in the project area. However, the following procedures should always be followed: . If during excavation, evidence of contamination is identified (e.g., staining soil, odors), work must cease in that location and contact City Light Environmental immediately at (206) 684-3270; . Do not transport or dispose of the potentially contaminated material; and . City Light Environmental will coordinate soil sampling and analysis prior to continuing work in that area.
Avian Sensitive Areas: A small portion of this project falls within an Avian Sensitive Area within the southwest portion of the project (see attached Critical Areas/Environmental Features map). Project tasks have not been identified that would disrupt existing nests. Be aware that the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, Endangered Species Act, and Washington State Regulations makes it illegal for anyone to harass, harm, pursue, trap, or kill birds for any reason. If project activities were to change, please contact Environmental. The following BMPs should always be followed: . Never move or relocate active nests (with birds and/or eggs) without City Light’s Environmental approval; and . Nests that do not pose an operational, safety, or electrocution hazard should not be removed.
Shoreline: The project does not fall within a shoreline management area.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention: The project will be disturbing 0.83 acres for conduit replacement but is part of a multi-phase project that will disturb more than one acre in total. A National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) was obtained by City Light from the Department of Ecology (Ecology) on May 2, 2016, permit #WAR303906 (see attached coverage letter and permit).
. Once the contractor is selected, the CSWGP permit will need to be transferred to the contractor at least two weeks prior to the Notice to Proceed, and the contractor is responsible for meeting all conditions of the permit;
Environmental Contact Information: Megan Yoshida (206) 733-9978 Page 2 of 5 . As part of the CSWGP, the contractor will have to provide a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) prior to construction, and the SWPPP will have to be readily available to Ecology upon their request. This shall be completed prior to construction and approved by City Light; . Contractor will need to provide a Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) to monitor and report to Ecology during rainfall events and at least once a week when stormwater discharges from the site to meet NPDES requirements; . The Contractor’s CESCL shall be responsible for submitting monthly Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) online to Ecology, with the Environmental Lead at City Light cc’ed for each DMR throughout the life of the permit; and . Once the project is complete, the CSWGP permit will need to be closed-out with Ecology by the contractor submitting a Notice of Termination (NOT).
Groundwater: As of 5/5/16, a geotech survey has not yet been completed for this project. However, various groundwater reports were identified in the project area from Washington’s Department of Natural Resource’s Subsurface Geology Information System and the Department of Ecology’s groundwater well logs. The surrounding soils are mostly sands and glacial till, which do not hold as much water. Therefore, encountering groundwater is not anticipated. However, due to the changes in elevation throughout the project site, it is recommended to work at the lowest elevations during the dry, summer months to avoid groundwater as much as possible. The contractor will be responsible for dealing with unanticipated groundwater that is encountered during the project, but should contact Environmental for disposal assistance.
Sediment and Erosion: Work at this site will expose soils and increase the possibility of erosion. Although site-specific BMPs will be described in detail in the contractor’s SWPPP, the following BMPs shall be observed: . Protect and minimize disturbed areas. . Use low impact, least destructive strategies to accomplish the work. . During wet conditions, all exposed soil will be temporarly covered and stabilized. . Preserve vegetation and, when possible, and re-vegetate. . Limit access to site to one route when possible, and stabilize the entrance (e.g. gravel construction entrance). . Limit the number of days that soil is exposed to two days or less between October 1 and April 30, and limit to seven days between May 1 to September 30. . Stabilize denuded areas by implementing soil covering BMPs (e.g. mulching, plastic covering, sod). . Runoff from any equipment, tools, or site materials is not allowed to enter the stormwater system. . Protect drain inlets. . Maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs through regular inspection.
Vegetation Removal: Tree Trimming & Vegetation Restoration: . Vegetation work should be minimal to trimming trees and brush and/or removal of landscape grasses only within the immediate project area. No vegetation except for grass in the right-of-way can be removed to maintain the critical area exemption; . If tree removal is necessary, contact Environmental prior to starting project activities; trees cannot be removed without a permit; . Grasses should be replanted with native seed once the project is complete; . Restore removed vegetation to pre-construction conditions; and . Replant vegetation as appropriate for the street location (in-kind).
Environmental Contact Information: Megan Yoshida (206) 733-9978 Page 3 of 5 Tree Root Zones: . Protect surface roots of trees not designated for removal from being compacted by construction equipment by placing mulch and planks over the affected area; . Work shall be exploratory to minimize damage to roots, such as hand digging and/or air spade; . All roots 2” or larger shall be retained and protected if encountered. Do not cut the roots. Contact Environmental, who will promptly notify an Arborist to come on site; and . If root pruning is required (only on roots less than 2”), make sharp, clean cuts to promote callusing and regeneration.
Wastewater Generation: The contractor will be responsible for submitting a dewatering plan prior to construction that City Light Environmental has to review and approve prior to the start of work.
Vault Dewatering: . Visually inspect vault water to be pumped for sediment and oil sheen. Do not discharge water with sediments or oils to the storm drains; . Use absorbent pads to remove small amounts of oil sheen and dispose of the pads properly; . Avoid disturbing the sediment in the bottom of the vault; . If there is more than a small sheen of oil, then call City Light Environmental (see attached City Light Spill Response Procedures) to have a spill response team clean up the spill and dispose of it properly; and
Concrete Wastewater: Concrete work can generate process water and slurry that contain fine particles and high pH, both of which can violate water quality standards in receiving waters. Based on the Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (Ecology, 2012), the following BMPs shall apply to this project: . Follow all respiratory and safety guidelines while drilling into concrete; . Always use a hand vacuum when drilling into concrete; . Concrete truck chutes, pumps, and internals need to be washed off-site or in a designated concrete washout area that is contained; . Do not wash out concrete onto the ground, open ditches, vegetation, streets or streams; . Do not dump excess concrete on site; . Wash off hand tools including screeds, shovels, rakes, floats, and trowels in an off-site concrete washout area; . Do not allow any material or water to drain into a stormwater conveyance system or a natural waterway; and . All concrete wastewater must be collected and disposed of off-site at a pre-approved location.
Waste Generation: The contractor is required to submit a waste disposal plan prior to construction, which must be approved by Environmental.
Asphalt/Pavement: . Contractor will be responsible for recycling or disposing of all asphalt debris.
Emissions: The use of construction equipment and heavy machinery during work at this site has the potential to generate air emissions in excess of acceptable levels. The following BMPs will be used to minimize the impact of work at this site: . Maintain all equipment to minimize exhaust emissions and noise.
Environmental Contact Information: Megan Yoshida (206) 733-9978 Page 4 of 5 . Ensure equipment has Tier 3 or 4 engine emissions. . Do not allow equipment to idle for more than five minutes. o Exception: Bucket trucks that allow a worker to reach wires or tree branches, and vehicles with a lift on the back of a truck to move products in and out of the truck. . Limit dust generation by clearing only those areas where immediately activity will occur; maintain the original ground cover as long as practical. . Apply dust control measures (e.g. dust suppressants, sprinkling water, windscreens, etc.) as appropriate to dry soil to control air quality.
Noise/Vibration: Since demolition and asphalt grinding will occur and heavy equipment will be used, the following BMPs shall apply to this project: . Maintain equipment in good working order and use adequate mufflers and engine enclosures to reduce equipment noise during operation; . Wear earplugs or noise canceling head phones when working with or around loud equipment (e.g. chainsaws, mowers, demolition, etc); . Equipment will be shut down when parked or not needed; and . Implement work-hour controls so that noisy activities occur between 7 a.m. and 10 p.m.
Traffic: The contractor will provide and file a Traffic Control Plan with SDOT prior to construction.
Environmental Contact Information: Megan Yoshida (206) 733-9978 Page 5 of 5 Legend UG Vaults New_Vault, IS577, Handhole ! ! Crow - 11/7/2008 ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! C ! Streets ! Arterial Class ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! !! ! !! ! ! ! ! ! Crow - 7/3/2007
Crow - 10/24/2010 !! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!
! ! ! Crow - 6/20/2009 ! ! !!! ! ! !! Crow - 6/14/2010 ! P ! !! ! ! Crow - 7/24/2007 ! ! ! ! ! ! Crow - 4/30/2008
!H Document Path: O:\POOL\PRIVATE\EAD\GIS2\1_ProjectsGIS\161\MY\2016_0314_BlueRidgeCableInjection\1_MXD\2016_0315_BlueRidge_CableInjection.mxd Path: Document
Blue Ridge Cable Injection Created 3/15/2016 by Seattle City Light, Environmental Affairs & Real Estate Division. SCL provides no warranty, Critical Areas/Environmental Features expressed or implied, as to the accuracy, reliability or completeness of this data. P CWA LABOR MANUAL AND FORMS
CITY OF SEATTLE City Purchasing and Contracting Services
COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AGREEMENT
April 8, 2015
WITH Seattle Building and Construction Trades Council and the Northwest National Construction Alliance II TABLE OF CONTENTS
COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AGREEMENT City of Seattle ...... 3 PURPOSE ...... 3 ARTICLE I SCOPE OF AGREEMENT ...... 5 ARTICLE II - PROJECT CONDITIONS ...... 6 ARTICLE III - WAGE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS ...... 7 ARTICLE IV - HOURS OF WORK, OVERTIME AND SHIFTS ...... 8 ARTICLE V - UNION RECOGNITION ...... 10 ARTICLE VI - MANAGEMENT’S RIGHTS ...... 11 ARTICLE VII - WORK STOPPAGES AND LOCKOUTS ...... 12 ARTICLE VIII - DISPUTES AND GRIEVANCES ...... 13 ARTICLE IX - JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES...... 14 ARTICLE X - SUBCONTRACTING ...... 15 ARTICLE XI - CORE WORKERS…………..…………………………………………………………16 ARTICLE XII - EMPLOYMENT DIVERSITY ...... 16 ARTICL XIII - APPRENTICESHIP UTILIZATION ...... 17 ARTICLE XIV - VETERAN EMPLOYMENT ...... 18 ARTICLE XV - PREFERRED ENTRY ...... 18 ARTICLE XVI - TERM ...... 19 ARTICLE XVII - GENERAL PROVISIONS…………………...... ………………………………….20
ATTACHMENT A – LETTER OF ASSENT ...... 25 ATTACHMENT B – PRIORITY ZIP CODES…………………………………………………………26
ATTACHMENT C – CEMENT MASONS & PLASTERERS LOCAL 528 MOU ………………….27
ATTACHMENT D – PRE-JOB PACKAGE AND WAIVER …………………….………….………..28
2
COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AGREEMENT City of Seattle
This Community Workforce Agreement (CWA) is entered into April 8, 2015 by and between the City of Seattle (hereafter referred to as “City”), the Seattle King County Building and Construction Trades Council, and Northwest National Construction Alliance II acting on their own behalf and on behalf of their respective affiliates and members whose names are subscribed hereto and who have, through their duly authorized officers (hereafter referred to collectively as “Unions”) executed this Agreement. The City and Unions are the signatory parties to this Agreement.
All construction contractors and subcontractors of whatever tier engaged in construction work for projects that are subject to this Agreement, shall sign a letter of assent (see Attachment A) and are bound by this Agreement as a condition of performing work on the project. Such Contractors shall be hereafter referred to as “Contractors.” When the Agreement refers to only the prime contractor, the term “Prime Contractor” will be used alone, which includes primes that serve as a GC/CM, a design-builder, a general or a prime.
This CWA meets the intent and obligations set forth in Seattle Municipal Code (SMC) Chapter 20.37, which directs a priority hire program and an agreement executed between the Director and Labor Unions that represent workers who typically perform on City public works projects. SMC refers to that as a Project Labor Agreement; for consistency with other regional agreements of a similar nature, this agreement is termed and referred to throughout this agreement as a Community Workforce Agreement (CWA).
This CWA covers every City of Seattle administered public works project estimated to cost $5 million dollars or more at time of bid when including any contingency budget, except when a project is exempted by the Director of City Purchasing and Contracting Services for the Department of Finance and Administrative Services (hereinafter referred to as “Director”) under conditions established by SMC 20.37. Such projects are hereafter referred to as “Covered Projects.”
PURPOSE
The parties to this Community Workforce Agreement, and Contractors who assent to work under this CWA, acknowledge that social equity, workforce diversity, development of local workers for construction careers as well as the timely completion of projects without delay, with skilled workers and agreed-upon procedures, is of benefit to the City. Public Works projects are important to the residents of Seattle and protect critical City infrastructure. This CWA enhances cooperative efforts towards those principles. This CWA is intended to establish a spirit of harmony, peace, and stability between labor and management, to support timely construction of public works projects.
3
Timely construction of projects requires substantial numbers of workers from construction and supporting crafts possessing skills and qualifications vital to its completion. This CWA supports training and dispatch of local craft workers to construct Covered Projects.
This CWA seeks to stabilize wages, hours and working conditions for craft workers, to ensure workers on Covered Projects have the same working conditions, and encourages close cooperation between the City, Unions and Contractors, for a satisfactory, continuous and harmonious relationship between all involved on these projects.
The parties, and Contractors who assent to this CWA, agree to abide by the terms and conditions in this CWA. This CWA establishes effective and binding methods for settlement of misunderstandings, disputes or grievances that may arise related to labor relations on a Covered Project. Such issues will follow the appropriate procedures described by this CWA in ARTICLE VIII (Disputes and Grievances) and ARTICLE IX (Jurisdictional Disputes). Unions agree to not engage in any strike, slow-down, or interruption or other disruption or interference with the work covered by this CWA. Contractors agree to not engage in any lockout.
This CWA supports SMC 20.42, to promote and ensure access for woman and people of color to meaningful work on City public works projects. This CWA also supports all Contractor efforts and obligations to utilize women- and minority-owned firms, as established under the public works project contract between the City and the Contractor. Nothing in this CWA shall minimize or relieve the Contractor from such contractual obligations.
This CWA supports development of a skilled construction workforce. This CWA supports hire of pre-apprentice graduates and apprentices in Washington State Apprenticeship and Training Council (WSATC) registered training programs, particularly women, people of color and other individuals facing significant employment barriers. SMC Chapter 20.38 requires Prime Contractors to ensure apprentices perform the rate of utilization that is directed in the City Public Works contract for each project. Such required utilization shall never be less than 15% and will not exceed 20% of all craft project labor hours. The Prime Contractors shall also ensure that they attain the required placement for pre-apprenticeship program graduates (from qualified Apprenticeship and Pre-Apprentice programs as defined within this CWA).
The local region has economically distressed areas with high unemployment and low incomes, as defined in SMC 20.37. This CWA instructs dispatch of workers from such economically distressed ZIP codes (Attachment B) in a manner that will achieve the requirements established by the City within each project contract, for the share of hours that will be performed by workers from such distressed areas.
4
This CWA seeks to support dispatch of workers to achieve the aspirational goals for hire of women and people of color, as established by the City within the contract for each Covered Project.
ARTICLE I SCOPE OF AGREEMENT
Section 1. This CWA applies and is limited to the recognized and accepted historical definition of public works under the direction of and performed by Contractors of every tier. Public works, also called project work, shall include site preparation and dedicated off site work. All City of Seattle administered public works projects with a project construction budget plus contingency of $5 million and over at the time of bid shall be covered by this CWA, except when exempted by the Director of City Purchasing and Contracting Services (hereafter referred to as “Director”) in accordance with Seattle Municipal Code Chapter 20.37.
Contractors of every tier who perform project work, must agree to accept and be bound by all CWA terms and conditions, and sign a Letter of Assent (Attachment A) before commencing work. The Prime Contractor shall assure all sub-tier contractors who perform project work will comply with this CWA.
If the CWA is silent on any issue, the local Collective Bargaining Agreement(s) that are currently in force at the time such issue emerges shall prevail; where there is a conflict, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall supersede and override terms and conditions of any and all other national, area, or local collective bargaining agreements, except for all work performed under the NTL Articles of Agreement, the National Stack/Chimney Agreement, the National Cooling Tower Agreement, all instrument calibration work and loop checking shall be performed under the terms of the UA/IBEW Joint National Agreement for Instrument and Control Systems Technicians, and the National Agreement of the International Union of Elevator Constructors, with the exception of ARTICLE VII (Work Stoppages and Lockouts), ARTICLE VIII (Disputes and Grievances), and ARTICLE IX (Jurisdictional Disputes), which shall apply to such work on Covered Projects.
This is a self-contained, stand-alone Agreement in that Contractors are not obligated to sign any other local, area, or national agreement.
This agreement contains Attachments which may be updated from time to time. Updates to Attachment A (Letter of Assent) and Attachment C (Pre-Job Package and Pre-Job Waiver Forms) shall be reviewed and mutually agreed upon by the Joint Administrative Committee. The City has the sole discretion to update Attachment B (Priority ZIP code list).
Section 2. Nothing herein shall prohibit, restrict or interfere with any operation, work, or function that may occur at project sites or associated with Covered Projects.
5
Section 3. This CWA is binding on the signatory parties hereto and Contractors who sign a letter of assent; it does not apply to their parents, affiliates or subsidiaries.
Section 4. The City has the absolute right to award responsive and responsible bidders for project contracts without reference to the existence of any agreements between such bidder and any party to this Agreement; provided that such bidder is willing, ready and able to sign a letter of assent to comply with this Agreement, should the bidder be designated the successful bidder.
Section 5. Any craft or trade identified in RCW Chapter 39.12 (Prevailing Wages) will be subject to the CWA.
Section 6. This CWA does not apply to City workers and nothing herein shall prohibit or restrict City workers from performing project work. Once work or portions of work on the Covered Projects is completed and accepted by the City, the Agreement will have no further force or effect on such work, except when the Contractors are directed by the Prime Contractor or the City to engage in repairs, modifications, check-out, and written warranty by the manufacturer.
Section 7. The City, at its sole option, may terminate, change, delay and/or suspend any or all portions of the City’s contract on a specific Covered Project.
Section 8. The liability of any Contractor and the liability of the separate unions under this Agreement shall be several and not joint. The Unions agree this Agreement does not have the effect of creating any joint employer status between or among the City and any Contractor.
ARTICLE II PROJECT CONDITIONS
Section 1. Workers shall be at their place of work at the designated starting time and shall remain during working hours until their designated quitting time. As practicable given City contract requirements for the project, parking will be available to workers within a three (3) block radius of the project, at a location designated by the Prime Contractor. If the City determines dedicated parking is not possible, then the Prime Contractor will provide transportation to and from a designated parking location that the Prime Contractor provides, and the project worksite; in such situations, workers shall leave their place of work 15 minutes before end of shift for travel. Transportation to such a designated parking location shall be available to the workers throughout each scheduled work day. In lieu of compensated time for travel to designated parking, the Prime Contractor may elect to pay each worker for their parking costs, at an amount negotiated between the Seattle Building and Construction Trades Council and the Prime Contractor.
6
Section 2. In accordance with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act as amended; the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA), as amended; the requirements of Title 296 WAC, Department of Labor and Industries, this CWA, as well as the applicable City contract, it shall be the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the safety and health of its workers and worker compliance with any and all such safety rules mentioned above and as otherwise established by the Contractor or the City through any additional instruction. Contractors will provide a copy of the Contractor’s safety rules at the pre-job conference. The Contractor is responsible for providing and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE) per WAC 296, and the expectation for appropriate replacements schedules of such PPE may also be subject to pre-job discussion by the Union with the Contractor. Safety rules shall be posted at the job site and shall be uniformly enforced.
Section 3. Should a Contractor seek to change any safety rule during the course of a project, such proposed changes shall be discussed at Joint Administrative Committee meetings prior to implementation.
ARTICLE III WAGE RATES AND FRINGE BENEFITS
Section 1. Contractors of every tier shall adhere to the applicable Federal and/or State prevailing wage rates for all craft workers, in effect at the time each Covered Project is bid. If both Federal and State prevailing wage requirements apply, the higher wage rate will prevail. Each September, Contractors of every tier shall incorporate all increases to such wage and benefits rates that are announced by the State or Federal government, as applicable, for the duration of each Covered Project. Federal updates to Davis Bacon wages will not be incorporated and updated until the annual September adjustment. Such wage increases shall be made effective the first full payroll period following the effective date. Wages shall be paid weekly on an established payday before quitting time. Workers who quit shall be paid on the next regular pay day by mail to their last known address unless such workers give adequate notice to do otherwise.
Section 2. The workweek for payroll purposes will begin with the first day shift on Monday morning and end on the following Monday morning (the workweek for any particular project may be modified by mutual consent). The Contractor will have the following options of making payment at the election of the employee in writing at the time of hire or with ten (10) business days’ notice of a change: 1) negotiable check by a local bank, paid prior to quitting time at the job site; 2) direct deposit, into worker’s bank account; or 3) by mail. If paid by mail, the check shall be postmarked no later than two (2) business days prior to the established payday.
Section 3. The Contractor will furnish appropriate trust documents and signed letters of assent, to the Union that is covering the funds into which contributions shall be made. The Contractor will contribute to, and hereby becomes party to and is bound by bona
7 fide pension, vacation, health and welfare, apprenticeship and training funds covering workers under this Agreement.
Section 4. If contribution payments for hours worked each month as defined above are not received by the Health and Welfare Fund office or Pension Fund office within the date prescribed by the appropriate trust funds, the Fund will make every effort to resolve the delinquency with the Contractor and will notify the Contractor, Prime Contractor (if different) and the City of such delinquency with all documentary evidence of the delinquency endorsed by the Fund.
ARTICLE IV HOURS OF WORK, OVERTIME AND SHIFTS
Section 1. Hours of Work (Section 2 below) and Shifts (Section 4 below) may be pre- empted by the City contract and/or City through instruction to the Contractor, based on unforeseen project needs, provided adequate notice is given to the Union.
Section 2. Hours of Work: The standard workday shall consist of eight (8) hours of work scheduled between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m. with one-half hour designated as an unpaid period for lunch. The starting time may be different (staggered) on a crew basis. The standard workweek shall be five (5) days of work, Monday through Friday. Nothing herein shall be construed as guaranteeing any employee eight (8) hours of work per day or forty (40) hours of work per week.
Section 3. Overtime: All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day, forty (40) hours per week, or outside of regular shift, Monday through Friday and Saturday shall be paid in accordance with applicable State and Federal prevailed wage requirements. There shall be no pyramiding of overtime pay. Holidays, pursuant to SMC 4.20.190 and RCW 1.16.050, are named in the City Covered Project contract specifications and include: 1. New Year’s Day (January 1) 2. Martin Luther King Jr Birthday (Third Monday of January) 3. Presidents Day (Third Monday of February) 4. Memorial Day (Last Monday of May) 5. Fourth of July 6. Labor Day (First Monday of September) 7. Veteran’s Day (Eleventh Day of November) 8. Thanksgiving (Fourth Thursday of November) 9. Post Thanksgiving Friday (Friday immediately following Thanksgiving Day) 10. Christmas (December 25)
Section 4. Shifts: Shifts may be established for some or all crews when considered necessary by the Contractor or as directed by the City project contract. When three (3) shifts are worked, the first, or day shift shall be established on an eight (8) hour basis,
8
the second shift shall be established on a seven and one-half (7 ½) hour basis and the third shift shall be established on a seven (7) hour basis. The pay for the second and third shifts shall be the equivalent of eight (8) hours pay at the employee’s regular hourly rate. When shift work is established, it must continue for a minimum of five consecutive days on a schedule of 8 hours a day 5 days a week. If only two shifts are to be worked, each shift will work eight (8) hours for eight (8) hours pay. In any shift change 2 business days’ notice to the affected union shall be provided. There shall be no split shifts. Other shift provisions may be established by mutual consent of the parties.
Section 5. Meal Period: Workers shall not be required to work more than five hours from the start of the shift without at least one-half hour unpaid uninterrupted break for lunch. This lunch period shall not begin earlier than three and one-half hours after the start of the shift. In the event that the Contractor establishes a ten-hour shift, the meal periods shall be at mid-shift. The worker meal periods may be staggered on an individual basis. (a) If a craft worker is required to work more than five hours before breaking for lunch, they shall be paid one-half hour at the applicable overtime rate and shall eat their lunch on company time. (b) An additional hour of overtime pay shall be provided in lieu of lunch. (c) Craft workers required to work more than two hours after the end of an eight hour shift and one hour after an ten hour shift shall be furnished a meal and paid one- half hour at the applicable wage rate and every five hours thereafter a craft worker shall be given time for a meal. Mealtime shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate and adequate lunch shall be provided by the Contractor at the job site. (d) An additional hour of overtime pay shall be provided in lieu of a second lunch.
Section 6. Rest Facilities: Adequate sanitary and restroom facilities will be provided at the work location to allow workers to wash-up before and after their meal. The Contractor shall furnish warm, dry, lighted rooms of ample size equipped with heat for drying clothes and with benches and tables for use during meal periods. These are to be situated close to the site of the work and shall not be used for storage of materials or equipment.
Section 7. Reporting to Work Pay: Any worker who reports for work (except when given notification not to report to work 2 hours prior to shift), and for whom no work is provided, shall receive two (2) hours pay. Any worker who reports for work and for whom work is provided, shall be paid for actual time worked but not less than four (4) hours. If the job is shut down because of adverse conditions that prevent work and are beyond the control of the Contractor, workers shall be paid for actual time worked but not less than two (2) hours. Procedures for the Contractor to use to cancel work shall be agreed upon at the pre-job conference.
9
ARTICLE V UNION RECOGNITION
Section 1. The Contractor(s) recognize the signatory Unions as the sole and exclusive bargaining representatives for all craft workers within their respective jurisdictions, who are working on Covered Projects within the scope of this CWA.
Section 2. All workers covered by this CWA who are Union members and working for a Contractor signatory to a collective bargaining agreement other than this CWA, shall remain members in said Union during the project.
Section 3. No worker shall be required to become a member of a Union to be eligible for employment under this CWA. No Contractor shall be required to become affiliated with the Union to be eligible for work under this CWA.
Section 4. The Contractor shall honor Union dues and initiation fees check-off pursuant to receipt of properly authorized dues deduction cards signed by its worker, along with other lawful authorizations from employees providing for deductions from wages. The Union will notify the Contractor and the City in a timely manner if a Contractor is delinquent in remitting representation fees authorized by the worker.
Section 5. Union representatives shall have reasonable access to Covered Projects, provided they do not interfere with the work of the workers and if such representatives fully comply with the visitor, safety and security rules established for Covered Projects as established at the pre-job conference.
Section 6. The Business Representative(s) for each of the local Unions signatory hereto shall have the right to designate for each shift worked with each Contractor one (1) working journey-level worker as Steward for all related craft personnel, who shall be recognized as a Union representative. Such designated Stewards shall be qualified workers assigned to a crew and shall perform the work of their craft. Under no circumstances, shall there be a non-working Steward on the job.
Section 7. The working Steward shall be paid at the applicable wage rate for the job classifications in which they are employed.
Section 8. Steward(s) for each craft of the Unions employed on Covered Projects shall be permitted on Covered Projects site at all times. They shall not be subjected to discrimination or discharge for performing proper union business. The Unions agree that such business shall not unreasonably interfere with the Steward’s work for the Contractor.
Section 9. The employee selected as Steward shall remain on the job if there is work within their craft for which they are qualified, willing and able to perform. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the selection of each Steward. The Contractor shall give
10
the Unions prior written notice before discharging a Steward.
Section 10. The Steward may not cause or encourage a work stoppage and, if found guilty of instigating such action, will be subject to disciplinary action by the Contractor, including discharge.
Section 11. The Steward’s duties shall not include hiring and termination.
Section 12. The Stewards shall be given the option of working all reasonable overtime within their craft and shift provided they are qualified to perform the task assigned.
ARTICLE VI MANAGEMENT’S RIGHTS
Section 1. Contractors retain full and exclusive authority for management of their operations. Except as limited by this CWA, Contractors shall direct their working forces at their prerogative, including, but not limited to hiring, promotion, transfer, lay-off or discharge for just cause. No rules, customs, or practices shall be permitted or observed which limit or restrict production, or limit or restrict the working efforts of workers. Contractors shall utilize the most efficient method or techniques of construction, tools, or other labor saving devices except when in conflict with provisions in the City contract. There shall be no limitations upon the choice of materials or design, nor shall there be any limit on production by workers or restrictions on the full use of tools or equipment. There shall be no restriction, other than may be required by safety regulations, on the number of workers assigned to any crew or to any service.
Section 2. The City will provide project oversight and administration through internal dedicated staff or third party administration. Copies of redacted certified payroll and daily worker sign in sheets will be made available upon request, redacted and subject to the limitations of law.
Section 3. The parties agree to participate in a Joint Administrative Committee (JAC) to address safety, targeted hiring, apprenticeship utilization, preferred entry, job progress and any other relevant issues that affect Covered Projects. The parties agree to address issues as they arise and resolve them in a timely manner. Only signatory parties to this Agreement shall have voting rights when the JAC makes a decision by vote.
The JAC shall allow interested contractors and community members to attend meetings, and receive copies of materials and information that are distributed by the parties. The City shall chair the Committee. The City and Unions shall each have one vote. When in disagreement, the Union and the City may, by mutual agreement, appoint an impartial third party to break the tie with a third vote. The City shall prepare copies of reports and
11
materials, and distribute to the JAC membership and any interested audience or stakeholders upon their request.
Section 4. Upon referral or dispatch from a Union, refusal by a Prime Contractor or Contractor to employ the dispatched worker (also known as a “turnaround”), requires a written explanation from the Contractor that shall be copied to the Prime Contractor (if different), City and affected Union, within two business days. The City shall make such turnaround explanations available in a timely way to other interested stakeholders, redacted as appropriate and subject to limitations of law.
Section 5. If the signatory Unions are unable to fill a request for employees within 2 business days, the Contractor shall request a referral from the City Job and Training Coordinator. If the City is unable to refer a worker that can satisfy the request, the City, Union and Contractors shall make any other reasonable efforts to comply with priority hire requirements and goals as practicable given the needs of the work to be performed.
Section 6. The Unions and Contractors agree to maintain copies of all Craft Request Forms used on Covered Projects. The City may review and inspect any Craft Request Forms, upon request.
ARTICLE VII WORK STOPPAGES AND LOCKOUTS
Section 1. During this CWA, there shall be no strikes, picketing, work stoppages, slowdowns or other disruptive activity for any reason by the Union, any applicable local Union or by any worker, and there shall be no lockout by the Contractor. Failure of any Union, local Union or worker to cross any picket line established at Covered Project sites violates this Article.
Section 2. The Union and every applicable local Union shall not sanction, aid or abet, encourage or continue any work stoppage, strike, picketing or other disruptive activity at the Contractor’s project site and shall undertake all reasonable means to prevent or to terminate any such activity. No worker shall engage in activities that violate this Article. Any worker who participates in or encourages any activities that interferes with normal operations on a Covered Project, shall be subject to disciplinary action, including discharge, and if justifiably discharged shall not be eligible for rehire on the project for a period of not less than ninety (90) days.
Section 3. Neither the Union nor any applicable Local Union shall be liable for acts of workers for whom it has no responsibility. The International Union General President or Presidents will immediately instruct order and use the best efforts of his office to cause the Local Union or Unions to cease any violations of this Article. An International Union complying with this obligation shall not be liable for unauthorized acts of its Local Union. The principal officer or officers of a Local Union will immediately instruct, order and use
12
the best efforts of his office to cause the workers the Local Union represents to cease any violations of this Article. A Local Union complying with this obligation shall not be liable for unauthorized acts of employees it represents. The failure of the Contractor to exercise its right in any instance shall not be deemed a waiver of its right in any other instance.
ARTICLE VIII DISPUTES AND GRIEVANCES
Section 1. This CWA promotes close cooperation between management and labor. Each Union will assign a representative to ensure Covered Projects are completed economically, efficiently, continuously, and without interruptions, delays, or work stoppages.
Section 2. The Contractors, Unions, and workers, collectively and individually, realize the importance to all parties to maintain continuous and uninterrupted performance of project work and agree to resolve disputes under the grievance arbitration provisions herein.
Section 3. Any dispute on a Covered Project that is specific to labor relationships (other than jurisdictional disputes) shall be considered a grievance and subject to resolution under the following. The Prime Contractor and City shall be given copies of all notices and invited to participate in any meetings or proceedings. Failure of the grieving party to adhere to the time limits established renders the grievance null and void. The time limits established may be extended by written mutual consent of the parties at the step where the extension is agreed.
Step 1. If a worker, Contractor or Union subject to this CWA feels aggrieved by a labor issue, the worker may give notice to their Union representative. Within ten (10) business days after becoming aware of the grievance, the Union representative (which may be the business agent or the Steward) shall give verbal or written notice to the Contractor’s worksite representative. The notice shall describe the violation(s) and provision violated.
The Union representative and Contractor’s work-site representative shall meet or discuss the dispute within 3 business days after such notice. Each party may keep meeting minutes and send a copy to the other. If the discussion does not resolve the issue, either party may escalate the grievance to Step 2.
Step 2. To escalate the grievance into Step 2, the Union may, within two (2) business days after the discussion, send a written notice to the Contractor setting forth the alleged violation(s), providing a description, the date on which the violation(s) provoking the grievance occurred, and the provisions of the CWA that are alleged to have been violated. The Union will send a copy to the City.
13
The local Business Manager and/or their designee and the Prime Contractor and sub-tier Contractor (if any), shall meet within seven (7) business days after the written notice was delivered to the Contractor, to arrive at a satisfactory agreement. The meeting will be scheduled to also include a designee of the Director on behalf of the City. The City will take meeting minutes and share with the Prime Contractor, sub-tier Contractor (if applicable), and the Union as soon as practicable after the meeting, which is intended to be within two (2) business days.
Step 3. (a) If the grievance has not been resolved within five business days under Step 2, either party may request that the grievance be submitted to an Arbitrator mutually agreed upon by them. The Contractor and the involved Union shall attempt mutually to select an arbitrator, but if they cannot do so, they shall request the American Arbitration Association to provide them with a list of arbitrators from which the Arbitrator shall be selected. The rules of the American Arbitration Association shall govern the conduct of the arbitration hearing. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on all parties. The fee and expenses of such Arbitration shall be borne equally by the Contractor and the involved Local Union(s).
(b) The Arbitrator shall have the authority to decide only issues presented to him or her, and he or she shall not have authority to change, amend, add to or detract from this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES
Section 1. The assignment of work will be solely the responsibility of the Contractor performing the work involved; such work assignments will be under the Plan for the Settlement of Jurisdictional Disputes in the Construction Industry (the “Plan”) or any successor Plan.
Section 2. All jurisdictional disputes on a Covered Project, between or among Building and Construction Trades Unions and Contractors of any tier, shall be settled and adjusted according to the present Plan established by the Building and Construction Trades Department or any other plan or method of procedure that may be adopted by the Building and Construction Trades Department. Decisions rendered shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Contractors and Unions parties to this Agreement.
Section 3. All jurisdictional disputes shall be resolved without the occurrence of any strike, work stoppage, or slow-down of any nature and the Contractor’s assignment shall be adhered to until the dispute is resolved. Individuals violating this section shall be subject to immediate discharge.
14
Section 4. Each Contractor will conduct a pre-job conference with the appropriate Building and Construction Trades Council 2 weeks prior to commencing work. The Prime Contractor and the City will be advised in advance of all such conferences and may participate if they wish.
After attending a pre-job conference once, Contractors may submit a waiver request to the City, waiving the requirement to attend future pre-job meetings when they are performing the same scope of work (see Pre-job Package and Pre-Job Waiver forms in Attachment C). The City and Unions will mutually agree upon granting any such waivers.
Should an emergency make it impracticable for a Contractor to attend a pre-job two weeks prior to placement, the Contractor may give less than two weeks’ notice and request a pre-job meeting by contacting the City.
ARTICLE X SUBCONTRACTING
Section 1. Every Contractor of any tier agrees that they will not subcontract any Covered Project work except to a person, firm or corporation who has signed a letter of assent. Any Contractor working on the Project shall, as a condition to working on said Project, perform all work exclusively under this Agreement.
Section 2. If a Union that traditionally represents construction workers in the geographic area of the Covered Project chooses not to become signatory to this Agreement, the Contractor and signatory Unions shall utilize one or both of the following options to ensure that work may be claimed by the non-signatory Union (“claimed work”) so the work is completed without disrupting the Project:
(a) The signatory Unions will provide the Prime Contractor and all other Contractors who assent to this Agreement with the appropriate workforce to perform the claimed work.
(b) The Prime Contractor may utilize any Contractor to perform claimed work except that if such Contractor is party to an agreement with the non-signatory Union, such Union must agree in writing to abide by ARTICLE IX (Jurisdictional Disputes) for the contractor to be awarded work under this Agreement. Such Contractor may utilize its existing workforce and wage and benefit package. Such Contractors shall be required to agree in writing to be bound to and abide by this Article, ARTICLE VII (Work Stoppages and Lockouts), and ARTICLE IX (Jurisdictional Disputes). No other provision shall apply to such contractors unless required by the Contractor.
Section 3. The Prime Contractor, City and the Unions commit to provide outreach, and train, mentor and support woman and minority contractors on any Covered Project. The City, Prime Contractor and Unions also will provide training and assistance about
15 working under the CWA to any interested contractor and those contractors who may wish to bid on such work.
Section 4. Any Contractor conducting a bid process for work to be performed for a Covered Project, shall notify all bidders of the requirement to comply with the terms and conditions of this CWA.
Section 5. If a Contractor of any tier subcontracts any work covered by this Agreement, such subcontractors of all tiers, shall sign letter of assent to this CWA, prior to beginning work on the Project.
ARTICLE XI CORE WORKERS
Section 1. The parties agree that non-signatory contractors of any tier often have core workers, also referred to as core employees, that they use commonly on their work and who contribute to the efficiency and competitiveness of those non-signatory contractors. The parties seek to remove barriers for non-signatory Contractors so they can compete effectively on projects covered by the CWA without unnecessarily displacing their own workers to do so.
The non-signatory contractor may bring as many as five core workers onto the Covered Project for each contract accordingly.
Section 2. Core Workers are those that have worked on the Contractor' payroll a minimum of one thousand five hundred (1500) hours within the craft classification over the last two year period from the date of dispatch to the Covered Project and have also been on the Contractors active payroll for at least sixty (60) out of the ninety (90) calendar days prior to the execution of the contract for the affected Contractor. All Core Workers shall meet the minimum journey level qualifications of the craft they are performing, and shall hold all required licenses and certifications for the work of their craft.
Section 3. The Contractor shall provide detailed documentation at the pre-job conference identifying their Core Workers on the project and their scope of work and submit certified payroll data to verify that the worker meets the required definition, redacted as appropriate. The City shall monitor Contractor compliance to this Core Worker definition.
ARTICLE XII EMPLOYMENT DIVERSITY
Section 1. The Director will set a requirement for each project that directs the Prime Contractor to utilize workers from economically distressed ZIP codes (“priority workers”)
16
for a specified share of total hours worked on the project by apprentices and journey- level workers. Workers that qualify towards those requirements shall be called “Priority Workers.”
Section 2. Unions shall first dispatch Priority Workers, and shall continue to prioritize the dispatch of such workers even after the required percentages are stabilized and suggest the Prime Contractor will achieve the requirements.
The Union shall prioritize dispatch of Priority Workers who are residents of Seattle ZIP codes first, and then dispatch Priority Workers from ZIP codes in King County, and then Priority Workers from any other economically distressed ZIP code (Attachment B).
Labor hours performed by workers living outside of Washington will be excluded from priority worker calculations that the City performs when calculating whether required percentages of total Priority Worker hours were achieved.
The Prime Contractor may receive a credit of up to 10% of the hours performed by Priority Workers, if they hire workers from the Priority ZIP codes who perform non- manual work and continue to employ said workers in these positions for the duration of the Contractor’s work on the Covered Project. Such substitutes must be approved by the Director.
The Union will dispatch women and people of color in a manner that best supports the aspirational goals for their utilization as agreed upon within the contract for the Covered Project.
ARTICLE XIII APPRENTICESHIP UTILIZATION
Section 1. The parties and assenting Contractors agree to utilize apprentices from Washington State Apprenticeship Training Council (WSATC) programs for total hours established within the City contract for the Covered Project for no less than 15% and no more than 20% of total project hours on each project with the exact requirement set by the Director. The Prime Contractor shall provide a copy of their apprenticeship utilization plan upon request by the JAC. The Prime Contractor’s apprenticeship utilization plan will be reviewed by the JAC and appropriate efforts shall be taken to increase utilization.
Section 2. The parties and assenting Contractors agree to hire and facilitate utilization of those WSATC apprentices on Covered Projects and to facilitate the participation of people of color, women and persons from economically distressed areas. The Director will establish a goal for labor hours performed by female apprentices and people of color who are apprentices, for each project and may substitute other efforts to meet the intent. The apprenticeship utilization plan provided by the Prime Contractor at the JAC shall describe how the Prime Contractor will achieve the goals for utilization of apprentices who are people of color and women.
17
ARTICLE XIV VETERAN EMPLOYMENT
Section 1. This CWA desires to facilitate the entry into the building and construction trades of veterans interested in careers in the building and construction industry. The Contractors and Unions agree to utilize the services of the Center for Military Recruitment, Assessment and Veterans Employment (“Center”), the Center’s “Helmets to Hardhats” program, and other appropriate veteran programs, to serve as resources for preliminary orientation, assessment of construction aptitude, referral to WSATC registered apprenticeship programs or hiring halls, counseling and mentoring, support network, employment opportunities and other needs as identified by the parties.
Section 2. The Unions, Contractors and City Job and Training Coordinator agree to coordinate with the Center and other appropriate veteran referral sources, to maintain an integrated database of veterans interested in working on Covered Projects, and of apprenticeship and employment opportunities for Covered Projects. To the extent permitted by law, the Unions will give credit to such veterans for bona fide, provable past experience.
Section 3. This agreement will include Helmets to Hard Hats qualified applicants and other qualified veteran applicants from within the economically distressed ZIP codes as defined by the City, as part of the Priority Worker hours that the contract shall require the Prime Contractor to achieve for the Covered Project.
ARTICLE XV PREFERRED ENTRY
Section 1. The parties seek to construct and expand pathways to good jobs and lifetime careers for Priority Workers, women and people of color, through collaborative workforce development systems that also likely includes community-based training providers and WSATC registered apprenticeship programs. This facilitates a workforce reflective of the diversity and needs of Seattle and the local region, supporting goals of workforce inclusiveness.
Section 2. This CWA establishes a Preferred Entry program that will identify individuals, especially women, people of color, and those from economically distressed ZIP codes as defined by the City, who meet entry standards for WSTAC apprenticeship programs that allow qualified preferred entry applicants into their programs.
Preferred Entry candidates shall be placed with Contractors working on Covered Projects, subject to an interview if requested by the Contractor. Selected Preferred Entry candidates who are not already first year apprentices shall become first period apprentices.
18
To give preferred entry apprentices an opportunity to become established in their apprenticeship training, Contractors must employ Preferred Entry candidates for 700 hours, in order to count that candidate toward the Preferred Entry requirement. The Director may reduce the number of required hours to a minimum of 350 hours on Covered Projects that have insufficient total apprentice hours to support placements of a 700 hour duration.
Section 3. The Prime Contractor shall ensure one (1) of each five (5) apprentices on the Covered Project is from a recognized Pre-Apprenticeship program. Such programs include the Apprenticeship and Non-Traditional Employment Program for Women (ANEW), YouthBuild, Helmets to Hard Hats or other mutually agreed-upon programs that serve people living in economically distressed ZIP codes, people of color, women and/or veterans. The list of such programs may be updated by mutual agreement between the City and the Seattle Building and Construction Trades Council.
Section 4. The Unions and Prime Contractor agree to ensure hiring of Preferred Entry apprentices during the early start of work on the Covered Projects. The City, Unions and Contractors recognize Preferred Entry Apprentices that are still completing their first 1500 hours of employment.
Section 5. If a preferred entry apprentice leaves, Contractors will replace that apprentice with another from the preferred entry program.
Section 6. The hours worked by eligible Preferred Entry qualified applicants hired from such distressed economic ZIP codes will count towards accomplishment of the Priority Worker requirements.
Section 7. Identification and selection of qualified applicants shall include the Contractor(s), where candidates have been proposed by Contractors and the individual apprenticeship program’s designated representative. The final selection decision will be the responsibility of the Joint Apprenticeship Training Committee (JATC).
ARTICLE XVI TERM
Section 1. This agreement shall commence upon execution by all parties and shall continue in full force for a period of five years. The parties may mutually agree to amendments or modifications of this agreement.
Section 2. The agreement shall continue in full force and effect for each Covered Project throughout the duration of each project and until the last of the Covered Projects concludes. Either party desiring to extend this agreement beyond the intended five year term, shall make such intention known to the other party by written notice as soon as practical, which may be as early as six months prior to the otherwise effective expiration date for this agreement.
19
ARTICLE XVII GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. Titles and headings of sections and provisions in this agreement are for convenience only.
20
ATTACHMENT A
City of Seattle Community Workforce Agreement (CWA) Letter of Assent
CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND
Public Works Contract Number: ______
______Contractor/Subcontractor has been awarded construction work within the scope of the City of Seattle’s CWA and hereby agrees to be bound by all its terms and conditions.
Contractor/Subcontractor:
Signature Title Date
25
ATTACHMENT B
PRIORITY HIRE in the CITY of SEATTLE and KING COUNTY
Economically distressed ZIP codes in Seattle and King County were based on several indicators: 1. People living under 200% of the federal poverty line. 2. Unemployment rate. 3. Those over 25 without a college degree.
CURRENT Priority Hire Economically Distressed ZIP Codes
Tier 1 Seattle Neighborhood ZIP Code
Tier 1 Downtown 98101 Tier 1 Capitol Hill/Eastlake 98102 Tier 1 Downtown/ID 98104 Tier 1 Delridge 98106 Tier 1 Ballard 98107 Tier 1 S. Beacon Hill/South Park 98108 Tier 1 Rainier Valley/Rainier Beach 98118 Tier 1 Belltown 98121 Tier 1 Central District 98122 Tier 1 Lake City/Northgate 98125 Tier 1 Delridge/High Point 98126 Tier 1 Bitter Lake/NW Seattle 98133 Tier 1 N. Beacon Hill 98144 Tier 1 White Center 98146 Tier 1 Rainier Beach/Skyway 98178
Tier 2 King County Neighborhood ZIP Code
Tier 2 Kent/Auburn 98002 Tier 2 Federal Way 98003 Tier 2 Bellevue 98007 Tier 2 Federal Way 98023 Tier 2 Kent 98030 Tier 2 Kent 98031 Tier 2 Renton 98055 Tier 2 Burien 98148 Tier 2 Boulevard Park/Tukwila 98168
Tier 1 - Seattle Tier 2 SeaTac/Tukwila 98188 Tier 2 - King County Tier 2 Des Moines 98198 County Line
Source: Community Attributes Inc., Priority Hire ZIP Codes, 2014
26
Department of Finance and Administrative Services Tel (206) 684-0444 700 5th Avenue, 41st Floor [email protected]
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
City of Seattle Pre-Job Conference Package
Every Contractor (of any tier) must attend one Tuesday Pre-Job Conference Meeting. That meeting must be no later than two weeks before they start work. Pre-job packages must be submitted to the Prime Contractor.
Pre-Job Conference Standing Meeting Every Tuesday @ 10am Seattle Building & Construction Trades Council Office 14675 Interurban Ave. S., Auditorium 2 Tukwila, WA 98168
Who attends: • Contractors of any tier who are scheduled to work onsite must each attend a Pre-Job two weeks before they are scheduled to be on site • City of Seattle • Labor Union representatives
Agenda: • City explains the CWA and required documentation • Subcontractor Rotation o In turn, each Subcontractor explains their contract scope, subcontractors, reviews their Package, answers questions o Contractors ask for clarification(s) or guidance as needed o Attendees discuss jobsite conditions and proposed trade assignments
Prime/GCCM brings: • Bid Award info including Project scope, Project ID and job site address • List of all planned and/or working subcontractors • Job site conditions such as start/stop times, parking, water, restrooms, etc.
Next Step: • Contractor(s) makes trade assignments within one week after Pre-Job Conference and emails to Seattle Building Trades and copies [email protected] • Union may challenge proposed craft assignments up to one week thereafter
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 1 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
CITY OF SEATTLE PRE-JOB PACKAGE Subcontractor Emails this package Thursday before your Pre-Job Conference (72 hours in advance) Subcontractor Name Subcontractor License# Pre-Job Meeting Date: Time: 10:00 AM
Location: Seattle Building & Construction Women and Minority Business (WMBE): Trades, Seattle ☐Yes ☐No For City’s WMBE definition, go to: http://www.seattle.gov/purchasing/wmbe.htm. General Contractor: Hiring Contractor (if any): City of Seattle Contract #: Hiring Contractor License #:
Subcontract Detail Contact Name Contact Phone Subcontractor Address Current Union Agreements Contract Sub-package Name Subcontract Dollar Amount Approximate Start Date Approximate Completion Date Job site Location Job Superintendent Job Site Phone Craft Hiring Rep Project Manager Shifts Payday(s) Pay Period Ends
Insurance Provider
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 2 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Disability Workers Comp First Aid Provider Hospital Safety Representative Parking Review CWA Article II Section 1 Drinking Water Provided by ☒ General Contractor ☒ Subcontractors Sanitation Facilities Provided by ☐ General Contractor ☐ Subcontractors Number of Workers & Crafts Expected Scope of Work for subcontract, including prefabrication in Washington State
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 3 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
CWA – Proposed Trade Assignment All Workers, including core employees, must be dispatched through Union hall. List trade assignments by craft including scope of work for each. List each piece of equipment planned for use by craft. Include any/all “tools of the trade” or part-time use of equipment. If more space is required, attach additional sheets.
Craft Scope Equipment/Tools
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 4 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Project Craft Demand List
Craft Peak Average Asbestos Workers Boiler Makers Brick Layers Carpenters Cement Masons Electrical Workers (Inside Wiremen) Electrical Workers (Outside Wiremen) Elevator Constructors Glaziers Insulators Iron Workers (Structural/Rebar) Iron Workers (Ornamental/Architectural) Laborers Millwrights Operating Engineers Painters Pile Drivers Plumbers & Pipefitters Plasterers Roofers Teamsters
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 5 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Project Staff
Project Manager: Office Contact # Cell Contact # Email Address
Office Contact: Office Phone Cell Phone Email Address
Superintendent: Office Phone Cell Phone Email Address
Safety Representative: Office Phone Cell Phone Email Address
Drug Test Results Coordinator: Office Phone Cell Phone Email Address
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 6 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Core Worker List ** For Open Shop Contractors Only **
Open Shop Contractors without a collective bargaining relationship with the Unions signatory to the City of Seattle CWA may employ up to 5 of their own core worker.
A core worker is an employee that meets all of the following (CWA Article IX Section 2):
• Worked on the Contractor' payroll a minimum of 1500 hours within the craft classification over the last two year period from the date of dispatch to the this project • Been on the Contractors active payroll for at least 60 out of the 90 calendar days prior to the execution of the contract • Meets the minimum journey level qualifications of the craft they are performing • Holds all required licenses and certifications for the work of their craft
Core employees include working foremen, lead (journeymen), working City-operators, and apprentices and shall not be supervisory, management or non-working non-signatory contractors.
Core workers must go through dispatch with the respective Union Hall prior of commencing work on site.
Please fill out the form below and sign for verification
CORE WORKER LIST:
Employee Name Classification Hire Date Has the worker Has the been on a payroll employee a min.1500 hours worked a in the last 2 minimum of 60 years? out of 90 calendar days? Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 7 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Core Worker List
PERSON VERIFYING THE INFORMATION PROVIDED ABOVE: By signing here you verify that the information above is accurate. If you are misrepresenting this information you could be subject to bridge of contract, which may result in removal from the job site, and City of Seattle projects.
Name: ______
Email/Phone: ______
Signature: ______
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 8 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Community Workforce Agreement (CWA) Letter of Assent
CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND
Public Works Contract Number: ______
______Contractor/Subcontractor has been awarded construction work within the scope of the City of Seattle’s CWA and hereby agrees to be bound by all its terms and conditions.
Contractor/Subcontractor:
Signature Title Date
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 9 of 8
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Site Specific Safety and Health Plan
Please attach Site Specific and Health Plan HERE!
Note: The Contractor is responsible for providing and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE) per WAC 296, and the expectation for appropriate replacements schedules of such PPE may also be subject to pre-job discussion by the Union with the Contractor. Safety rules shall be posted at the job site and shall be uniformly enforced. (CWA Article II Section 2)
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 5/8/15 Page 10 of 8
CONTRACTOR REQUEST FOR CWA PRE-JOB CONFERENCE WAIVER
Contractors who have already attended a pre-job conference for a City of Seattle Project may request a waiver from attending another pre-job conference when performing the same scope of work.
Complete this form and submit it to the Prime contractor. Work may only begin after the waiver is approved by the Seattle/King County Building and Construction Trades Council.
New scope of work? Yes No New contract? Yes No
Contractor Name: ______Sub to: ______
Contract #: Project Name:
Describe the Scope of Work to be performed: ______
Specify proposed Trade Assignment(s) and list Craft Union(s) and Local #: ______
List other project contract(s) performed under any City of Seattle CWA. List and describe any jurisdictional, dispatch, grievance, and/or CWA compliance disputes. CONTRACT# DISPUTE DESCRIPTION ______
TURN OVER
The contractor listed above requests a waiver from the Pre-job Conference attendance requirement contained within the CWA. The contractor recognizes and agrees that the Seattle/King County Building and Construction Trades Council and their Affiliated Local Union Members retain their rights as stipulated in the CWA to deny this waiver request, and to challenge any proposed trade assignment.
Signed:______Title:______Date:______
Reviewed by: Seattle/King County Initials:_____ Date______Approved: __Yes __ No Building Trades Council
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______Pre-Job Conference Package
This package helps contractors understand the forms and requirements for the Pre-Job Conference, which is a required meeting under the City of Seattle Community Workforce Agreement (CWA). The CWA requires the following of every contractor. 1. The prime contractor must achieve workforce requirements for the project and relies on subcontractors to help fulfill those requirements. This includes a minimum share of hours performed by each of the following: • residents from certain Seattle and King County zip codes • women • people of color • graduates of registered pre-apprentice programs • apprentices 2. Every contractor signs a letter (included in the attached pre-job package) agreeing to work under the CWA. 3. Every prime contractor and subcontractor attends a Pre-Job Conference at least two weeks prior to their work on the job-site. A Pre-job Package is submitted to the prime contractor prior to that meeting. Unless granted a waiver, the contractor re-appears at another Pre-Job Conference prior to any other work on the project. The request for such a waiver can be obtained here and will only be considered when the same scope of work is being repeated. 4. Every prime attends a monthly Joint Administrative Committee. Tuesday Pre-Job Conference Standing Meeting Every Tuesday @ 10am Seattle Building & Construction Trades Council Office 14675 Interurban Ave. S., Auditorium 2, Tukwila, WA 98168
Who attends: • Contractors of any tier scheduled to work onsite • City of Seattle staff • Labor Union representatives
Agenda: • City staff explains the CWA and documentation required from all attending contractors • Each contractor and subcontractor presents their Pre-Job Package, explains their contract scope, and answers questions • Contractors request clarification or guidance from the city or unions • Attendees discuss jobsite conditions and proposed trade assignments
Prime (includes primes known as the GCCM) brings: • Contract information including the project scope and job site address • List of planned and working subcontractors • Job site conditions such as start/stop times, safety plan, parking, water and restroom access
Next Steps: Contractors announce their trade assignments within one week after their Pre-Job Conference and send an email to City Purchasing and Contracting Services (CPCS) Labor Equity Program ([email protected]). Any Union may challenge the craft assignments up to one week thereafter.
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 1 of 9 City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______PRE-JOB PACKAGE
Email this package to your Prime no later than Thursday before your Pre-Job Conference
Subcontractor Name Subcontractor License# Pre-Job Meeting Date: Time:
Location: Women and Minority Business (WMBE): ☐ ☐ Seattle Building & Construction Trades, Tukwila Yes No 14675 Interurban Ave. S., Auditorium 2, Tukwila, www.seattle.gov/purchasing/wmbe.htm. WA 98168 Prime Contractor: Hiring Contractor (if any): City of Seattle Contract #: Hiring Contractor License #:
Subcontract Detail Contact Name Contact Phone Subcontractor Address Current Union Agreements Contract Sub-package Name/Identifier Subcontract Dollar Amount Approximate Start Date Approximate Completion Date Job Site Location Job Superintendent Job Site Phone Craft Hiring Rep Project Manager Shifts Payday(s) Date Pay Period Ends
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 2 of 9 City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
First Aid Provider Hospital Worker Parking Provisions Review requirements in CWA Article II Section 1 Drinking Water Provided by ☒ General Contractor ☒ Subcontractors Sanitation Facilities Provided by ☐ General Contractor ☐ Subcontractors Number of Workers & Crafts Expected Scope of Work for subcontract, (Including prefabrication in Washington State)
Subcontractor list
Have you received a copy of the CWA? ☐ Yes ☐ No
Have you reviewed the workforce Yes No goals and requirements for the project?
Are you prepared to meet the stated Yes No goals? If "NO" what is preventing you from meeting the stated goals?
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 3 of 9 City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
CWA – Proposed Trade Assignment
All workers, including core workers, must be dispatched through the appropriate union hall. Please list trade assignments by craft in the table below. Describe the scope of work for each. List each piece of equipment planned for use by craft. Include all “tools of the trade” or part-time use of equipment. If more space is needed, attach additional sheets.
Craft Scope Equipment/Tools
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 4 of 9 City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______Project Craft Demand List
List the number of workers per craft for both the peak and average number of workers.
Craft Peak Average Asbestos Workers Boiler Makers Brick Layers Carpenters Cement Masons
Electrical Workers (Inside Wiremen)
Electrical Workers (Outside Wiremen) Elevator Constructors Glaziers Insulators Iron Workers (Structural/Rebar) Iron Workers (Ornamental/Architectural) Laborers Millwrights Operating Engineers Painters Pile Drivers Plumbers & Pipefitters Plasterers Roofers Sheet Metal Workers Teamsters
Pre -Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 5 of 9 City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______Project Staff
Project Manager: Office Contact # Cell Contact # Email Address
Office Contact: Office Phone Cell Phone Email Address
Superintendent: Office Phone Cell Phone Email Address
Safety Representative: Office Phone Cell Phone Email Address
Drug Test Coordinator: Office Phone Cell Phone Email Address
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 6 of 9 City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______Open-Shop Core Worker List
Open Shop Contractors without a collective bargaining agreement with Unions signatory to the City CWA may employ up to 5 of their own core workers, with possible exceptions that must be discussed with Union Representatives. A core worker is an employee that meets all the following (CWA Article IX Section 2):
• Worked on the (sub)contractor payroll at least 1500 hours within the craft classification during the last two years prior to the date of dispatch for this project • Been on (sub)contractors active payroll for at least 60 of 90 calendar days prior to (sub)contract execution • Meets journey level qualifications for the craft they are performing • Holds all required licenses and certifications for the craft
Core workers include working foremen, lead (journeymen), working City-operators and apprentices, and are not supervisory, management or non-working non-signatory contractors.
Core workers must place their name with the respective union hall dispatch prior to work.
CORE WORKER LIST:
Employee Name Classification Hire Date Has worker been Has worker on payroll 1500 been on active hours in the last 2 payroll 60 out years? of the last 90 calendar days? Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Yes ☐ No ☐ Yes ☐ No ☐
Your signature verifies the information above is accurate. If information is a knowing misrepresentation of facts, (sub)contractor could be subject to breach and/or removal from the project.
Name: ______Email/Phone: ______
Signature: ______
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 7 of 9 City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Community Workforce Agreement Letter of Assent
CONTRA CT OR/ S UB CONTRA CTOR A GREEMEN T TO BE BOUND
Public Works Contract Number: ______
Public Works Contract Name: ______
Business Name of Contractor/Subcontractor:
______Contractor/Subcontractor has been awarded construction work within the scope of the City of Seattle’s CWA and hereby agrees to be bound by all its terms and conditions.
Signature Date
Printed Name
Title
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 8 of 9 City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______Site Specific Safety Plan
*Prime Contractor Only* Please attach a Site Specific Plan (either copied and pasted here or in a separate document). The (sub)contractor is responsible for providing and maintaining personal protective equipment (PPE) per WAC 296. The (sub)contractor must provide a robust replacement schedule for such PPE, which is subject to pre-job discussion. Safety rules shall be posted at the job site and uniformly enforced. (CWA Article II Section 2)
Pre-Job Conference Form – Last updated 4/28/16 Page 9 of 9
City of Seattle Subcontractor Name: ______
Request for Pre-Job Conference Waiver
(Sub)contractors who have already attended a pre-job conference for the same scope of work, may request a waiver from attending another pre-job conference. Complete and submit this form to the prime contractor. Work may only begin if the waiver is approved by the Building and Construction Trades Council.
New scope of work? Yes No New contract? Yes No
(Sub)contractor Name: ______Sub to: ______
Contract #: Project Name: ______
Describe the scope of work to be performed: ______
Specify proposed trade assignments and list craft unions and Local #: ______
List other project contracts you have performed under the City CWA. List and describe any jurisdictional, dispatch, grievance, and/or CWA compliance disputes.
CONTRACT# DISPUTE DESCRIPTION ______
(Sub)contractor requests a waiver from the Pre-job Conference. The (sub)contractor agrees that the Building and Construction Trades Council and affiliated local union members retain their CWA to deny this waiver request and to challenge any proposed trade assignment.
Signed:______Title:______Date:______
Reviewed by: Seattle/King County Initials:_____ Date______Approved: __Yes __ No Building Trades Council
Pre-Job Wa iver Form – Last updated 5/20/15 City of Seattle Department of Finance and Administrative Services
REQUEST/VERIFICATION FOR CRAFT EMPLOYEES
PROJECT NAME______
INSTRUCTIONS To the Contractor: Please complete and fax or email this form to the applicable union to request craft workers that fulfill all hiring requirements for the City of Seattle project. After faxing your request, call the Local to verify receipt and substantiate their capacity to furnish prioritized, preferred entry or general dispatch as requested. Please print your Fax Transmission Verification Report or copy of your sent email and keep a copy of this request for your records.
To the Union: Please complete the “Union Use Only” section and fax form back to the requesting contractor. Retain form for your records.
To: Local Fax# ( ) Date: From – Company Name: Person Sending: Person Sending: Contact Phone: ( )
Please provide me with union craft workers per the City of Seattle CWA that fulfills the goals and requirements for this project as defined below: • “Priority Worker” Requirement (Union craft employees, including apprentices, who reside in the ZIP codes listed on back and are certified to fulfill the “prioritized worker” hiring requirement). Tier 1 ZIP codes must first be exhausted prior to utilizing the Tier 2 ZIP codes. • 1 of every 5 apprentices dispatched to City of Seattle project must meet Preferred Entry criteria. • Aspirational Goal to hire women and people of color apprentices and journey-level workers. • General Dispatch (Union craft employees dispatched per normal dispatch procedures, not including the Priority Hire Worker requirements or direct entry apprenticeship criteria)
Craft Employees Requested Job/Craft Description Journeyman/Apprenticeship Number Report Report Level Requested* Date Time
Total Workers Requested______*Contractors WILL NOT be credited with placement for Preferred Entry workers employed (turned around) with less than 40 hours of work on a job call from the hall.
Please have worker(s) report to the following address indicated below: Site Address: Report to (On-Site Contact): On-Site Tel.#: ( ) ______Fax: ( ) ______Comments or special requirements:
FOR UNION USE ONLY: Reception Date: ______Dispatch Received Date:______By:______
Employee Name Address Zip Code
5/11/15 City of Seattle Department of Finance and Administrative Services
Requested Dispatch Available For Dispatch Unavailable For Dispatch** Priority Worker (ZIP code resident) Preferred Entry Apprentice Woman and/or person of color General Dispatch Comments:
**If Union is unable to make a referral in 2 business days, dispatcher and contractor will notify City of Seattle Labor Equity Office – (206) 386-1122 to fill the call through City Referral process. If no referral is made through City of Seattle process the contractor may use any available means to fill the call.
Priority Worker List
Tier 1 ZIP codes must first Tier 1 ZIP Code Priority Areas be exhausted prior to 98101 Downtown 98102 Capitol Hill/Eastlake utilizing the Tier 2 ZIP codes. 98104 Downtown/ID 98106 Delridge 98107 Ballard 98108 S. Beacon Hill/South Park 98118 Rainier Valley/Rainier Beach 98121 Belltown 98122 Central District 98125 Northgate 98126 High Point 98133 Bitter Lake/NW Seattle 98144 N. Beacon Hill 98146 White Center/Fauntleroy 98178 Rainier Beach/Skyway
Tier 2 ZIP Code Priority Areas 98002 Kent/Auburn 98003 Federal Way 98007 Bellevue 98023 Auburn 98030 Kent 98031 Kent 98055 Renton 98148 Burien 98168 Tukwila/Boulevard Park 98188 SeaTac/Tukwila 98198 Des Moines
2 DUAL BENEFITS REIMBURSEMENT FORM
Open-shop contractors are entitled to reimbursement from the City for the contribution the contractor makes into employer-sponsored benefit plans, while also being required to pay into a Joint Health and Pension Trust Fund. Reimbursement is available for qualifying costs on employer-sponsored benefit plans for the hours an employee works on the PLA project, assuming they have been covered by the employer-sponsored benefit plan already.
Submittal date:
TO: City Purchasing and Contracting Services [email protected] (206) 615-1112 (Allison Calvert)
PROJECT: BID PACKAGE OR NSS CONTRACT (if applicable):
COMPANY NAME:
CONTACT (person the City can call with questions about the request):
Name Phone #
To request reimbursement:
• Fill out this form • Create an invoice for the amount requested addressed to the Project Manager • Attach all required verification as noted below • Submit to [email protected] for approval.
Month Name of worker(s) Total hours Hours Monthly Monthly Amount for whom your worked by worked on Rate (% employer- requested for company seeks employee CWA project hours sponsored reimbursement reimbursement: in in designated worked benefit designated month on CWA cost month project) August John Doe 180 90 .5 $800 $400 Click here to enter text.
City Purchasing and Contracting Services 2/23/16 DUAL BENEFITS REIMBURSEMENT FORM
Required Verification Please provide the following documentation. A request cannot be processed until documentation in all of these categories is received.
Proof of coverage: Attach a copy of employer provided benefit plan(s) which provide proof of coverage for usual benefits.
Proof of payment: Attach receipts or proof of payment to the employer plan(s) for each worker: Verification that the core worker(s) received employer provided benefits within the last 90 day prior to the contractor starting work on the project. Verification that the core worker received benefits during the period of time the reimbursement is being requested for.
Payment record from Trust Fund: Confirmation of payment acceptance from Joint Health and Pension Trust Fund contribution report on behalf of the same core worker(s) for the period being requested.
City Purchasing and Contracting Services 2/23/16
REVISED STANDARD PLANS
NOTE: TO VIEW THE REDLINE MARKUPS OF THE AMENDED STANDARD PLANS, GO TO THE FOLLOWING CITY WEBSITE: http://www.seattle.gov/util/groups/public/@spu/@engineering/documents/webcontent/01_031536.pdf
PERMITS
City of Seattle Seattle Department of Transportation Street Use Division 700 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3700 Seattle, Washington 98104-5043 FRANCHISE UTILITY FIELD INSPECTION WORKSHEET
Date: Permit Number: Job Number/Work Order Number: Agency: Contractor: Construction Field Lead: Work Activity Address/Block Location: # days in rights-of-way:
INSPECTION RESULTS UNDERGROUND IMPROVEMENT DESCRIPTION Gas Electrical Telephone Sewer Drainage Water Telecommunication Other
CONDUIT/DUCT Conduit Size/Number: Conduit Material: DIRECT BURIAL HH Type: VAULTS Type: MH Type: C/B Type: INLET Type: Pipe Size: Material: Other
Traffic Control Description PASSED FAILED OTHER
Surface Improvement Description PASSED FAILED OTHER FORMS (Description/Type)
REINFORCEMENT (Description/Type) Dowel Size: Tie Bar Size:
BACKFILL TYPE Trip Ticket Collected Compaction Test Report
BASE TYPE Trip Ticket Collected Compaction Test Report
STREET PAVEMENT Trip Ticket Collected CONCRETE ASPHALT AC
OTHER (Description)
RIGHTS-OF-WAY USAGE AREA VERIFICATION ROW Usage Area Confirmed Corrected ROW Usage Area (SF)
PAVEMENT RESTORATION PERFORMED BY STREET MAINTENANCE Utility Cut (UC) # Time & Material (T&M) #
PAVEMENT RESTORATION PERFORMED BY PERMITTEE Final Pavement Restoration Accomplishment Measurement: WIDTH (FT) X LENGTH (FT)
CORRECTIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS/AGREEMENTS NOTES
ST. USE INSPECTOR: DATE:
APPROVALS REQUIRED DATE APPROVED APPROVALS REQUIRED DATE APPROVED STREET MAINTENANCE STREET USE OTHER
¨ Certification of Occupancy Approved (If Applicable) ¨ Temporary Certification of Occupancy (If Applicable)
SIGNED: PHONE# PROJECT APPROVAL DATE: INSPECTOR
WHITE COPY: Street Use File YELLOW COPY—Inspector PINK COPY – Permittee City of Seattle Seattle Department of Transportation Street Use Division 700 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3700 Seattle, Washington 98104-5043 FRANCHIISE UTILITY NON - ARTERIAL PERMIT ISSUANCE WORKSHEET Date: Job Number/Work Order Number: Agency: Contractor: Project Manager/Engineer: Billing Address: Work Activity Address/Block Location: Permit Type: Arterial Utility Non-Arterial Utility # days in rights-of-way:
IMPROVEMENT DESCRIPTION IMPROVEMENT TYPE Gas Electrical Telephone Sewer Drainage Water Telecommunication Other
USE FEE” CALCULATION WORKSHEET NON – ARTERIAL Rights-of-way usage area: WIDTH (FT) X LENGTH (FT) TOTAL = (SF) Length of Project in 10 day increments No. of days in project ÷ 10 = #of 10 day periods
FEE CALCUATION (by 10 day units) Month 1 (No. of SF charge) Period 1 = 1 unit 2 = 2 units 3 = 3 units $0.00 x (SF) x (units) = $ 0.00
Month 2 & 3 (No. of SF charge) Period 4 = 1unit 5 = 2 units 6 = 3 units 7 = 4 units 8 = 5 units 9 = 6 units $0.10 x (SF) x (units) = $
Month 4 & 5 (No. of SF charge) Period 10 = 1 unit 11 = 2 units 12 = 3 units 13 = 4 units 14 = 5 units 15 = 6 units $0.20 x (SF) x (units) = $
Month 6 & 7 (No. of SF charge) Period 16 = 1 unit 17 = 2 units 18 = 3 units 19 = 4 units 20 = 5 units 21 = 6 units $0.40 x (SF) x (units) = $
Month 8 & 9 (No. of SF charge) Period 22 = 1 unit 23 = 2 units 24 = 3 units 25 = 4 units 26 = 5 units 27 = 6 units $0.80 x (SF) x (units) = $
Month 10 + (No. of SF charge) Period 28 + = 1 unit/period > 27 $1.20 x (SF) x (units) = $
Subtotal ...... $ + Base Fee ...... $ 135.00 + Mapping Surcharge ...... $ 30.00 + Restoration Deposit (If Applicable) ...... $ GDV # + Inspection Deposit (If Applicable) ...... $ GDV # + Other Deposit ...... (If Applicable) ...... $ GDV # TOTAL FEE ...... $
Agency’s Utility Coordination List Capital Improvement Project Corrections
Reviewer : DATE: Calculation prepared by: PHONE# ISSUER
WHITE COPY: Street Use File YELLOW COPY—Inspector PINK COPY – Permittee City of Seattle Seattle Department of Transportation 700 5TH Avenue, 37th Floor, Seattle, WA 98104 (206) 684-5253 UTILITY ISSUANCE NON-ARTERIAL “USE FEE” REPORT
Prepared Date: Calculations Approved by: REVIEWER City of Seattle Seattle Department of Transportation Street Use Division 700 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3700 Seattle, Washington 98104-5043 FRANCHISE UTILITY FIELD INSPECTION WORKSHEET GUIDELINE
Introduction
In order for us to accomplish the improvements that the new fee ordinance will support it is important for Street Use Franchise Utility Section to restructure the standard permit issuance and inspection practices. Beginning this year, Seattle’s Department of Transportation (SDOT) Franchise Utility Section is using a few new worksheets in order to align us with the new fee structure: · Ensures consistency and clear understanding · Provides more timely permit issuance
FRANCHISE UTILITY WORKSHEETS
There are four worksheets that were created. The worksheets are the following:
1. Franchise Utility Field Inspection Worksheet 2. Franchise Utility Permit Issuance Checklist for Non-Arterial 3. Franchise Utility Permit Issuance Checklist for Arterial 4. Franchise Utility Permit Application Checklist
Inspectors are required to complete the Franchise Utility Field Inspection Worksheet in order to consider the utility permit project complete and signed off.
FRANCHISE UTILITY PERMIT ISSUANCE CHECKLIST FOR ARTERIAL OR NON-ARTERIAL
There will be some cases where inspectors will be required to complete Franchise Utility Permit Issuance Checklist for Arterial or Non-Arterial at the Permittee’s request. Inspectors will be required to complete the Franchise Utility Permit Issuance Checklist for Arterial or Non-Arterial if:
1. Setting conditions for a utility permit requested by Permittee 2. Utility work that occur in non-arterial and it last for more than 30 days 3. Utility projects that does not a have a valid utility permit
When setting conditions for the any utility work, assigned inspector is limited to one-half hour (1/2) charge against time work authorization charge number TWA0050, activity 047.
Standard Introduction Fields to be complete
On each standard the Franchise Utility Permit Issuance Checklist for Arterial or Non-Arterial, if the Permittee decided to have Street Use to complete the worksheet information, the Permittee are notified that will be charging his or her time to complete the worksheet. Permittee are encouraged to follow-up with Street Use Division and inquire about the amount of time charged to the preliminary activities in order to complete the worksheet by the assigned inspector.
Date: To be completed by inspector Job Number/Work Order Number: (to be completed by Franchise Utility Permit Issuer) Agency: (to be completed by Franchise Utility Permit Issuer) Contractor: Project Manager/Engineer: (to be completed by Franchise Utility Permit Issuer) Billing Address: (to be completed by Franchise Utility Permit Issuer) Work Activity Address/Block Location: To be completed by inspector Permit Type: Arterial Utility (to be completed by inspector) Non-Arterial Utility (to be competed by inspector) # days in rights-of-way: To be completed by inspector
Page 1 of 6 Utility Improvement Fields to be completed
Permittee or inspectors will be required to identify what type of utility work is occurring. For example, utility installation type may be gas utility, electrical utility, and sewer utility. Detail description of the work will be needed in order to have a complete utility permit. The baseline information that is necessary is be type of infrastructure that will be installed (i.e. conduit, vault, MH, HH and their respective material type, and size and number if applicable). Plans may identify the needed
IMPROVEMENT DESCRIPTION
IMPROVEMENT TYPE (To be completed by inspector) Gas Electrical Telephone Sewer Drainage Water Telecommunication Other
Rights-of-Way Use Fee Calculation Worksheet Section
The assigned inspector will be required to complete the “Use Fee” Calculation Worksheet section for utility work located on arterial streets. If a utility work located on non-arterial streets last for more than 30 working days, the assigned inspector will be required to complete the “Use Fee” Calculation Worksheet for utility work located on non-arterial streets. Inspector will be required to complete the following fields:
ARTERIAL Rights-of-way usage area: (To be completed by inspector) WIDTH (FT) X (To be completed by inspector) LENGTH (FT) TOTAL = (To be completed by inspector) (SF)
Length of Project in 10 day increments (To be completed by inspector) No. of days in project ÷ 10 = (To be completed by inspector) #of 10 day periods
FEE CALCUATION (by 10 day units) Month 1 (No. of SF charge) Period 1 = 1 unit 2 = 2 units 3 = 3 units
$0.10 x (To be completed by inspector) (SF) x (To be completed by inspector) (units) = $ (To be completed by inspector) IF APPLICABLE
Month 2 (No. of SF charge) Period 4 = 1unit 5 = 2 units 6 = 3 units
$0.20 x (To be completed by inspector) (SF) x (To be completed by inspector) (units) = $ (To be completed by inspector) IF APPLICABLE
Month 3 (No. of SF charge) Period 7 = 1 unit 8 = 2 units 9 = 3 units
$0.40 x (To be completed by inspector) (SF) x (To be completed by inspector) (units) = $ (To be completed by inspector) IF APPLICABLE
Month 4 (No. of SF charge) Period 10 = 1 unit 11 = 2 units 12 = 3 units
$0.80 x (To be completed by inspector) (SF) x (To be completed by inspector) (units) = $ (To be completed by inspector) IF APPLICABLE
Month 5+ (No. of SF charge) Period 13 + = 1 unit/period > 12
$1.20 x (To be completed by inspector) (SF) x (To be completed by inspector) (units) = $ (To be completed by inspector) IF APPLICABLE
Subtotal ...... $ (To be completed by inspector ) + Base Fee ...... $ 135.00 + Mapping Surcharge ...... $ 30.00 + Restoration Deposit (If Applicable) ...... $ GDV # + Inspection Deposit (If Applicable) ...... $ GDV # + Other Deposit ...... (If Applicable) ...... $ GDV #
TOTAL FEE ...... $
Page 2 of 6 Confirmation and Sign-off of Franchise Utility Permit Issuance Checklist for Arterial or Non-Arterial
All submitted Franchise Utility Permit Application Checklist worksheets must have a signature by the individual who performed the Rights-of-Way “Use” Calculation section. A permit issuer in the Franchise Utility Permitting Section will review the calculation. If necessary clarification is need, the issuer will contact the Preparer.
Calculation prepared by: PHONE# PREPARER Prepared Date: Calculations Approved by REVIEWER
FRANCHISE UTILITY FIELD INSPECTION WORKSHEET
Every utility permit job need to have the Franchise Utility Field Inspection Worksheet completed by the inspector assigned to the project. The worksheet supports the following:
1. Consistency in field inspections 2. Confirm that the rights-of-way “use” submitted in the permitting phase is consistent in the construction phase
Standard Introduction Fields to be complete
On each standard Franchise Utility Field Inspection Worksheet, the inspector must complete the fields.
Date: (To be completed by inspector) Permit Number: (To be completed by inspector) Job Number/Work Order Number: (To be completed by inspector) Agency: (To be completed by inspector) Contractor: (To be completed by inspector) Construction Field Lead: (To be completed by inspector) Work Activity Address/Block Location: (To be completed by inspector) # days in rights-of-way: (To be completed by inspector)
Inspection Results
The Inspection Results Section contains the baseline information needed to confirm that the submitted and approved permitted work is work by the Permittee.
UNDERGROUND IMPROVEMENT DESCRIPTION
Inspectors will need to check off what type utility work is being performed in the field. In addition, the type of infrastructure is being installed will be confirmed.
TRAFFIC CONTROL DESCRIPTION
On projects that are located on arterial, Traffic Control Plans will be required to approved by Traffic Management, Traffic Control Program Division. Inspectors will need to confirm that an approved Traffic Control Plan has been completed by the Permittee and confirm that the contractor satisfy the conditions. If the contractor meets conditions per the Traffic Control Plan, the inspector will check off the “PASSED” box.
SURFACE IMPROVEMENT DESCRIPTION
If any surface restoration or improvement that was done in relation to the work, inspectors will be required to describe what type of surface restoration or improvement was performed by the contractor and confirm whether the restoration or improvement satisfied the City of Seattle Standard for Municipal Construction and the Pavement Opening Policy. In this section, the common standard surface improvement has been described as the following subsection:
· Forms · Reinforcement · Backfill Type · Base Type · Street Pavement · Other
Page 3 of 6 The inspector should collect trip Ticket from the contractor. In addition, a description of the material used need to be stated and whether the installation passed inspection.
RIGHTS-OF-WAY USAGE AREA VERIFICATION
Inspectors are required to confirm that the Rights-of-Way “Usage” area is correct as stated by the Permittee on the Franchise Utility Permit Application Checklist worksheet. If a correction is needed, the inspector will need to measure the correct area used. The Franchise Utility Permitting Section will advise the Permittee of the correction.
PAVEMENT RESTORATION PEFORMED BY STREET MAINTENANCE
If the Permittee is having SDOT’s Street Maintenance Department performing the street paving, the inspector must check off the box that identify that Street Maintenance is performing the street pavement restoration.
PAVEMENT RESTORATION PEFORMED BY PERMITTEE
If the Permittee is performing the street paving, the inspector must check off the box that identify that the Permittee is performing the work. The Inspector will need to measure the Final Pavement Restoration Accomplishment for each utility cut made. If the contractor performed multiple cuts in 1 block area, the inspector may hand write the measurement for the other cuts in the same section.
Page 4 of 6 INSPECTION RESULTS UNDERGROUND IMPROVEMENT DESCRIPTION To be completed by inspector) Gas Electrical Telephone Sewer Drainage Water Telecommunication Other
To be completed by inspector) CONDUIT/DUCT Conduit Size/Number: Conduit Material: DIRECT BURIAL HH Type: VAULTS Type: MH Type: C/B Type: INLET Type: Pipe Size: Material: Other
TRAFFIC CONTROL DESCRIPTION To be completed by inspector if applicable PASSED FAILED OTHER
SURFACE IMPROVEMENT DESCRIPTION To be completed by inspector if applicablePASSED FAILED OTHER FORMS (Description/Type)
REINFORCEMENT (Description/Type) To be completed by inspector if applicable Dowel Size: Tie Bar Size:
BACKFILL TYPE To be completed by inspector if applicable Trip Ticket Collected Compaction Test Report
BASE TYPE To be completed by inspector if applicable Trip Ticket Collected Compaction Test Report
STREET PAVEMENT Trip Ticket Collected To be completed by inspector if applicable CONCRETE ASPHALT AC
OTHER (Description)
RIGHTS-OF-WAY USAGE AREA VERIFICATION ROW Usage Area Confirmed To be completed by inspector if applicable Corrected ROW Usage Area SF)
PAVEMENT RESTORATION PERFORMED BY STREET MAINTENANCE To be completed by inspector if applicable Utility Cut (UC) # Time & Material (T&M) #
PAVEMENT RESTORATION PERFORMED BY PERMITTEE To be completed by inspector if applicable Final Pavement Restoration Accomplishment Measurement: WIDTH (FT) X LENGTH (FT)
Page 5 of 6 Utility Note Section The Utility Note section is for the Inspection’s Use for any correspondence made to the contractor.
CORRECTIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS/AGREEMENTS NOTES
ST. USE INSPECTOR: DATE:
Approval Section There is some case where the inspector will be the approval from maintaining divisions from SDOT. If this is the case, the inspector will need to maintain a log of it.
Sign Off Once the job is complete, the inspector will need to sign the worksheet and submit the worksheet with the permit for completion.
¨ Certification of Occupancy Approved (If Applicable) ¨ Temporary Certification of Occupancy (If Applicable)
SIGNED: PHONE# PROJECT APPROVAL DATE: INSPECTOR
Page 6 of 6 Seattle Dept of Transportation Street Use Permits, 23rd Floor UTILITY PERMIT Permit No.: 295061 700 Fifth Ave, Suite 2300 P O Box 34996 Job No.: BIKAS PANDE Seattle, WA 98124-4996 Inspector Copy Permittee Copy File Copy
Inspector: LOCATION Inspection District: NORTHWEST Address: 2143 NW 98TH ST Application Date: 1/28/16 2:47 pm
Details: AFFECTED STREETS: NW 96TH,97TH,98TH & 99TH STS: FROM 24TH AVE NE Issue Date: 12/6/16 2:40 pm TO 21ST AVE NW; NW BLUE RIDGE DR: FROM RICHWOOD AVE NW TO NW MILFORD WAY; VALMAY AVE NW: FROM NW 99TH ST TO NW BLUE RIDGE DR; BELGROVE CT NW: FROM MIDBLOCK TO NW MILFORD WAY, NON ARTERIAL PARTIES (* Primary Applicant) Role Name Address Phone
*24 Hour Contact SCHINMAN, MARK 2021 E. COLLEGE WAY,SUITE 101,MT. VERNON,WA,98273 (425)418-6169 Permittee SEATTLE CITY LIGHT ATTN: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE,PO BOX (206)684-3198 COMM N5 34023,SEATTLE,WA,98124-4023 PERMITTED USES Vault Plan #: Plan Serial #: Use Code: 51 Right of Way: NON-ARTERIAL DPD #: To Be Restored By: PERMITTEE
Space Start Date Duration Sq. Feet Description Conditions
CONDITIONS OF USE
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS : Additional Notes: Before construction starts the contractor must pull a ROW Managment permit, allowing them to work in the right of way. The contractor must submit traffic conrol plan, ROW impact plan, and a construction phasing plan with the ROW Management permit application. The contractor is responsible for paying use fees in accordance with SDOT Regulations. E1.15 : MULCHING AND MATTING - Apply mulch to protect exposed soils and promote plant establishment. E1.40 : PERMANENT SEEDING AND PLANTING - Install temporary surface runoff control measures prior to seeding or planting to protect the surface from erosion until the vegetation is established. Establish permanent vegetation (e.g., grasses, legumes, trees, and shrubs) as rapidly as possible to prevent soil erosion by wind or water. E1.45 : SODDING - Establish permanent turf for immediate erosion protection or to stabilize drainage pathways where concentrated overland flow will occur. E1.50 : TOPSOILING - Preserve and use topsoil to enhance final site stabilization with vegetation and to provide a suitable growth medium for final site stabilization with vegetation. E3.25 : STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION - Install storm drain covers on stormwater structures less than 12 inches deep during construction. Install catch basin filter socks in stormwater structures greater than 12 inches deep. Place the storm drain or catch basin grate on top of the catch basin filter sock to hold it in place. C1.20 : USE OF CHEMICALS DURING CONSTRUCTION - Use only the recommended amounts of chemical materials and apply them in a proper manner. Neutralize the pH of concrete wash water from concrete mixers, if necessary. C1.35 : SAWCUTTING AND PAVING POLLUTION PREVENTION - Vacuum slurry and cuttings during the activity to prevent migration offsite and do not leave slurry and cuttings on permanent concrete or asphalt paving overnight. Dispose of collected slurry and cuttings, waste material, and demolition debris in a manner that does not violate groundwater or surface water quality standards. Implement preventative measures such as berms, barriers, secondary containment, and vactor trucks if observations indicate that a violation of water quality standards could occur. C1.45 : SOLID WASTE HANDLING AND DISPOSAL - Remove and dispose of accumulated solid waste at authorized disposal areas. Label waste containers and place them in a covered area with closed lids. Salvage and recycle any useful materials. BMP5 : SPILL PREVENTION AND CLEANUP-Keep a spill cleanup kit in a nearby vehicle or next to the work site so that it is easily accessible. Make sure the contents of the spill kit are appropriate for the types and quantities of materials used for this work task. Refill spill kit materials before beginning work. BMP16 :
Printed: 2:43:41PM Tuesday, December 6, 2016 Page 1 of 5 Seattle Dept of Transportation Street Use Permits, 23rd Floor UTILITY PERMIT Permit No.: 295061 700 Fifth Ave, Suite 2300 P O Box 34996 Job No.: BIKAS PANDE Seattle, WA 98124-4996
CONCRETE POURING, CONCRETE/ASPHALT CUTTING, AND ASPHALT APPLICATION - Sweep or shovel loose aggregate chunks and dust for recycling or proper disposal. Place storm drain covers or similarly effective containment devices over all storm drains located downslope or adjacent to the work area. Shovel or vacuum all slurry and remove from the site. Perform cleaning of concrete application and mixing equipment or concrete-delivery vehicles in a designated area where the rinse water is controlled. BMP20 : LANDSCAPING AND LAWN VEGETATION MANAGEMENT - Use proper fertilizer and herbicide application techniques to minimize nutrient pollution of stormwater. Implement proper landscaping and mulching techniques to prevent plant material and excess mulch from entering the separate storm drainage system. Do not dispose of collected vegetation in separate storm drainage systems, waterways, water bodies or greenbelt areas. DAMAGED OR DESTROYED UTILITY : SDOT makes no representation regarding the safety or integrity of the subject structure. If the structure is damaged or destroyed, SDOT will have no obligation to provide an alternative location for the permit utility. PED MOBILITY COORDINATION : PEDESTRIAN MOBILITY COORDINATION: One sidewalk at this location must remain open for safe pedestrian passage at all times. Prior to the beginning of any construction, this permit requires: Contractor will coordinate with existing permit holders to coordinate construction impacts on this street segment. Contractor must ensure that one sidewalk or temporary pedestrian pathway remain open at all times to provide for safe pedestrian passage. SDOT reserves the right to require documentation confirming coordination on future permit requests or extensions when deemed necessary. Permittee is required to notify the district Street Use inspector to ensure all required inspections are scheduled. PRECON MEETING REQUIRED : A pre-construction meeting with the SDOT Street Use is required prior to the start of work. RIGHTS - ALREADY APV CONTRACTR : RIGHTS TO OTHER CONTRACTORS ALREADY APPROVED FOR WORK: The scope of work listed in this permit is approved for the scheduled dates only. SDOT recognizes that construction coordination may be required to allow other contractors with existing approved permits priority in conducting work in the right of way where potential construction conflicts may occur. If, in any given area, the work allowed under this permit conflicts with other area work where contractors demonstrate an existing approved permit, the permittee must move to another location. Permittee is required to notify district Street Use inspector regarding conflicts and any work that is rescheduled due to conflicts. Work that is rescheduled may require an extension or revision to the Street Use permit. STEEL PLATE REQUIREMENTS : Steel plates placed over cuts in the street and sidewalk shall have a non-skid surface; subject plates to be of sufficient strength and thickness to provide H-20 loading. Plates shall be anchored in accordance with the SDOT "Street And Sidewalk Pavement Opening And Restoration Rules". Edges of all steel plates shall be shimmed with MC250 asphalt mix to provide for smooth transition. Asphalt shim shall not extend higher than the top of the steel plate. Where more than one steel plate covers a cut, subject plates shall not be overlapped or stacked on top of one another. TREE TRUNK OR ROOTS : Contact the City Arborist Office (684-8733) a minimum of five working-days prior to digging within any landscaped areas in the street rights-of-way. The edge of all trenching must be at least five feet (5') from any street trees. When trenching near trees with trunks greater than twelve inches (12") in diameter, hand dig all trenching for a distance of ten feet (10'), measured five feet (5') radius from the tree trunk. When encountering tree roots, cut off cleanly with sharp saw (do not leave torn or ripped tree roots unattended). Do not cut roots greater than two inches (2") in diameter (contractor will have to hand tunnel underneath the roots). Do not paint ends of roots. Notify Landscape Maintenance at 684-4121 at least forty eight (48) hours in advance when working in landscaped areas or on trees. FEES
Description Date Amount
REVIEW CHARGE 03/10/2016 $344.00
REVIEW CHARGE 05/5/2016 $490.00
REVIEW CHARGE 08/4/2016 $588.00
REVIEW CHARGE 09/8/2016 $784.00
REVIEW CHARGE 10/6/2016 $392.00
REVIEW CHARGE 11/9/2016 $392.00
REVIEW CHARGE $588.00
Totals: $3,578.00 STREET USE INSPECTOR Permittee Director Per
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Nature of permit. This permit is issued according to Seattle Municipal Code ("SMC"), Chapter 15.04, for the use or occupancy of the public right of way in a manner consistent with the terms and conditions in this permit. This permit is wholly of a temporary nature, vests no permanent rights, and is revocable according to SMC Section 15.04.070. Printed: 2:43:41PM Tuesday, December 6, 2016 Page 2 of 5 Seattle Dept of Transportation Street Use Permits, 23rd Floor UTILITY PERMIT Permit No.: 295061 700 Fifth Ave, Suite 2300 P O Box 34996 Job No.: BIKAS PANDE Seattle, WA 98124-4996
2. Acceptance of terms, conditions, and requirements. The Permittee accepts the terms, conditions, and requirements of this permit and agrees to comply with them to the satisfaction of the Seattle Department of Transportation, Street Use Division ("Street Use"), or such other agency as may be designated by the City. The Permittee further agrees to comply with all applicable City ordinances, including but not limited to SMC Title 15, and all applicable state and federal laws. 3. Copy of permit. A copy of the issued permit and current approved plans shall be on site and available at all times. 4. Expiration of permit. This permit shall remain valid until revoked according to SMC Section 15.04.070; provided that the permit shall expire automatically if the authorized work does not begin within six months from the date the permit is issued. The Permittee is responsible for keeping the permit up to date including submitting updated plans for approval. The Permittee shall submit requests to update a permit in writing or in person, and all requests shall be made to Street Use in a timely manner; otherwise, the Permittee may lose access to requested schedule for continued work in the right of way. 5. Superiority of Street Improvement Permits. When a Street Improvement Permit exists, rights acquired under the Street Improvement Permit supersede those acquired under any other Street Use or Utility Permits. Work not approved under the Street Improvement Permit shall require separate Street Use or Utility Permits and Permittee shall obtain these permits in advance of work. 6. Compliance with technical requirements and standards. All work within the public right of way shall be performed and completed according to the current or subsequently-amended requirements in the following technical documents published by the City: Right-of-Way Improvements Manual; Street Tree Manual; Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction; Standard Plans for Municipal Construction; Street and Sidewalk Pavement Opening and Restoration Rule; and Traffic Control Manual for In-Street Work. 7. Scope of work. The Permittee shall stage equipment or materials and construct or install the improvements and infrastructure reflected in and in accordance with this permit and the City-approved construction plans. Any revisions, omissions, or additions to the scope of work shall be reviewed and approved by the City before implementation. 8. Street Use notification. Construction work may be completed in several phases: site preparation (installing traffic control, saw-cutting, etc.); ground breaking; restoration; and staging of equipment and materials. Before beginning any phase of work in the public right of way, the Permittee shall notify Street Use of each start date. The Permittee shall be responsible for notifying Street Use Job Start at (206-684-5270) or [email protected] a minimum of 2-business days before starting work and shall provide the following information: • Permit number; • Job-site address; • Start date: please specify if Job Start date is the same as the excavation or ground breaking date. If the dates are different, please provide both dates; • Brief work description; and • Job-site contact name and phone number. Failure to notify Street Use Job Start shall result in a $300 penalty or other amounts according to SMC Section 15.04.074. For Street Improvement Permits and Utility Major Permits, a preconstruction meeting is required before starting construction, and the assigned inspector shall be notified a minimum of 2-business days before required inspections. Construction or utility activity occurring with, but not approved under, a Street Improvement or Utility Major Permit shall be permitted under separate Street Use permits. The Permittee shall apply for and obtain these Street Use permits in advance of work. Failure to do so may subject the Permittee to penalties and additional permit review charges may apply. 9. Underground and overhead utility notification. The Permittee shall notify the following entities, as applicable, 2-business days in advance: Utility Underground Locate Center (811 or 1-800-424-5555) before ground disturbance; and Seattle City Light (206-684-4911) if working within 10 feet of high-voltage lines. 10. Olympic Pipe Line Company notification. When work in the right of way occurs within 100 feet of an Olympic Pipe Line Company ("OPLC") pipeline, the Permittee shall coordinate the work with OPLC, which may include submitting detailed construction plans to OPLC. The Permittee shall notify OPLC's field coordinator 10-business days in advance of the work (425-981-2506) and an OPLC representative may be required to be onsite during the work. 11. Public notification. The Permittee shall notify all potentially affected residents and businesses at least 10-business days before starting work in the public right of way, including alleys. Notification methods and timelines, including when ongoing notification is needed, must comply with Street Use standards and requirements. If a tree has been approved for removal, the Permittee shall post a "tree removal" public-notice placard at least 10-business days before starting work. If an SDOT public notice comment period is required prior to permitting, the Permittee shall conduct the public notice outreach prior to commencement of the SDOT public notice comment period. 12. Alley notification. Where this permit authorizes work in an alley, the Permittee shall notify all potentially impacted property owners and businesses prior to any activity occurring in the alley, including and especially those property owners and businesses with tenants using the alley to access parking or for building ingress/egress or deliveries. The Permittee shall schedule work around waste-management-collection days. If this is not possible, the Permittee shall coordinate with waste management services to either provide intermittent alley access during waste pickup or to temporarily establish waste pickup at an alternate location. If an alley is to remain open during permitted work, a minimum 11-foot clear width is required for vehicular access. If an alley is closed to through traffic, the Permittee shall notify the nearest Seattle Fire Department fire station and the Seattle Police Department at the non-emergency numbers prior to commencing work. 13. Coordination of work. In performing work authorized by this permit, the Permittee shall coordinate with other contractors working in the public right of way to minimize impact to the public. Documented coordination agreements may be required prior to permit issuance and additional notification to the public may be required. 14. Hours of work. Work performed in the public right of way shall occur only during hours authorized under all applicable codes, regulations, rules, and permits. 15. Off-hours work. Work outside of normal working hours, 8:00 AM - 5:00 PM Monday through Friday, is considered "off-hours work" and requires a minimum of 3-business days advanced notice to the Street Use Inspection Supervisor before the off-hours work commences. Off-hours work may also require a separately-approved traffic control plan. A minimum of two hours of inspection time shall be charged for off-hours inspections at the premium rate. A Stop Work order or Citation may be issued for failing to notify Street Use at least 3-business days before the off-hours Printed: 2:43:41PM Tuesday, December 6, 2016 Page 3 of 5 Seattle Dept of Transportation Street Use Permits, 23rd Floor UTILITY PERMIT Permit No.: 295061 700 Fifth Ave, Suite 2300 P O Box 34996 Job No.: BIKAS PANDE Seattle, WA 98124-4996
work. 16. Inspection fees. The Permittee shall pay for City inspections of work authorized under this permit according to the current fee schedule established by SMC Section 15.04.074 and all other associated costs. 17. Billing. All fees and costs billed according to this permit shall be paid to the City of Seattle within 30-calendar days from the invoice date. Past due invoices may be subject to interest charges and may be sent to collections. 18. Deposits, charges, and future billings. The Permittee, also identified as the "Financially Responsible Party" on Street Use permit applications, is responsible and liable for all permit-related charges. If a deposit was made for estimated future Street Use services, any unused portion of the deposit shall be refunded to the Permittee. Any charges in excess of the deposit shall be billed to the Permittee on a monthly basis. 19. Corrective work. The Permittee is responsible for any additional costs incurred by the City resulting from temporary or corrective measures required to bring the work area into compliance with standards that apply, including but not limited to: temporary traffic control, requirements for temporary structures, temporary stabilization, and temporary restoration when the Permittee is not on site. 20. Indemnification. The Permittee agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City of Seattle, its officials, officers, employees, and agents; against any liability, claims, causes of action, judgments, or expenses, including reasonable attorney fees; resulting directly or indirectly from any act or omission of the Permittee, its contractors, subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, and anyone for whose acts or omissions they may be liable; arising out of the Permittee's use or occupancy of the public right of way; and all loss by the failure of the Permittee to fully or adequately perform, in any respect, all authorizations or obligations under this Permit. 21. Insurance. The Permittee shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect, at its own expense, public liability insurance in an amount sufficient to protect the City from all potential claims and risks of loss from perils in connection with any activity that may arise from or be related to the Permittee's activity upon or the use or occupation of the public right of way allowed by the permit; and all claims and risks in connection with activities performed by the Permittee by virtue of the permission granted by the permit. The Permittee shall meet all other insurance requirements in SMC 15.04.045.
EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS 1. Costs of damage to City property and improvements. The Permittee shall be responsible for the costs of repairing any damage to City property or improvements, including street trees, resulting from work performed by or on behalf of the Permittee within the public right of way. Damage to street trees is assessed on the value of the tree according to SMC subsection 15.90.018.B. 2. Utility protection. The Permittee shall be responsible for checking locations and providing adequate protection for all utilities in the work area. 3. Utility relocation. The Permittee shall be responsible for notifying affected utilities and requesting any necessary relocation. 4. Survey monuments. Before removing, destroying, disturbing, or covering a survey monument such that the survey point is no longer visible or readily accessible, the Permittee shall obtain a permit from the Department of Natural Resources according to Washington Administrative Code, Chapter 332-120. 5. Protecting, removing, and relocating existing improvements. The Permittee, at their own cost and expense, shall be responsible for coordinating the removal and relocation of existing improvements within the public right of way that their construction or permitted project may interfere with. These existing improvements include, but are not limited to trees, bike racks, newsstands, bike-share stations, signs, benches, artwork, and waste receptacles. For bike-share stations, the Permittee shall contact the bike-share operator at least 30-calendar days before starting work in order to coordinate the removal and relocation of the bike-share station. For all other existing improvements, the Permittee shall contact the improvement owner at least 10-business days before starting work to coordinate the temporary removal of the improvement. For newsstands, the Permittee shall coordinate temporary relocation during the construction period by posting notice of upcoming construction projects at SeattleNewsstands.org at least 10-business days before starting work. The Permittee shall be responsible for reinstalling the improvements or coordinating the reinstallation in their original location or at a reasonable alternative location approved by the existing improvement owner and meeting all applicable City requirements. The Permittee is further responsible for protecting all trees within the construction project area and shall contact Urban Forestry to disclose and describe any construction impacts to trees. Failure to contact the improvement owners or Urban Forestry is cause for Street Use to revoke this permit. 6. Monorail system proximity requirements. The Permittee shall be responsible for coordinating with the Seattle Center when any work, deliveries, or loading/unloading will occur within 14 feet of a Monorail structure or 20 feet of a Monorail foundation or below-ground installation. The Permittee shall contact the Seattle Center at 206-905-2601 at least 10-business days before starting construction. Failure to do so is cause for permit revocation. 7. Monorail system proximity guidelines. Below grade: The restricted digging area includes a 45-degree cone extending outward and downward from the ground level of all monorail piers. Nearby excavations shall be monitored to assure footing stability. At- or above-grade: The piers above ground level cannot be moved, nor can any item like lighting or signage be attached to the piers without prior written consent from the Seattle Center Director. Piers shall not be painted. Landscaping shall not occur adjacent to piers or within 10 feet of a Monorail structure without prior written consent of the Seattle Center Director. Any construction activity in the area of the power rails shall follow OSHA guidelines for working around high voltage. Construction equipment shall be located and operated in awareness of and taking account of beam height and the train’s 14-foot-operational envelope from each side of the beam. Contractors shall string warning lines from pier to pier under the beams as a guide. Spotters shall be employed when any construction activity occurs within 25 feet of the beams.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 1. Best management practices required. The Permittee shall be responsible for protecting the public place, including but not limited to protecting existing street trees and green stormwater infrastructure, and controlling surface runoff, erosion and sediment at the construction site, as required by: the Stormwater Code, (SMC Title 22, Subtitle VIII); the Street and Sidewalk Use Code, (SMC Title 15); the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction; and Department of Planning and Development Director's Rule 21-2015/Seattle Public Utilities DWW 200, or successor rules or provisions. The site and the surrounding area shall generally be kept clean and free of construction debris or other material, Printed: 2:43:41PM Tuesday, December 6, 2016 Page 4 of 5 Seattle Dept of Transportation Street Use Permits, 23rd Floor UTILITY PERMIT Permit No.: 295061 700 Fifth Ave, Suite 2300 P O Box 34996 Job No.: BIKAS PANDE Seattle, WA 98124-4996
including but not limited to mud, dust, rock, asphalt, and concrete. Waste materials shall be collected and disposed of at an appropriate disposal site. These materials shall be prevented from entering any part of the public sewer and storm drain system, and any surface waters.
TRAFFIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 1. Compliance with the Traffic Control Manual for In-Street Work. In order to provide safe and effective work areas and to ward, control, protect, and expedite vehicular and pedestrian traffic; signage for all construction within the public right of way shall comply with the City of Seattle Traffic Control Manual for In-Street Work, as amended. When required, the conditions on the traffic control plan shall supersede any conflicting provisions or requirements in the City of Seattle Traffic Control Manual for In-Street Work. A copy of the current City of Seattle Traffic Control Manual for In-Street Work and the approved traffic control plan shall be on site at all times. 2. Lanes to remain open during peak hours. Traffic lanes shall not be closed during the following peak hours: 6:00 AM-9:00 AM and 3:00 PM-7:00 PM in the Central Business District; and 7:00 AM-9:00 AM and 4:00 PM-6:00 PM for arterials elsewhere in the City, unless specifically noted on the approved traffic control plan. 3. Maintain access. Access to adjoining properties and businesses shall be maintained or accommodated during construction. Pedestrian access around construction sites shall be implemented and maintained per SDOT Director’s Rule 10-2015, or successor rule. 4. Width of temporary traffic lanes. Temporary traffic lanes created during the permitted work shall be a minimum of 11 feet in width unless otherwise approved on the traffic control plan. 5. Working within restricted curb spaces. When the project impacts a restricted curb space, such as meters, pay stations, specific use and load zones; the Permittee shall obtain permission from SDOT Traffic Operations and reserve the spaces with the Traffic Operations Permit Counter (206-684- 5086) before starting work. 6. Temporary No Parking signs and easels. In areas without parking pay stations or parking meters, or when Traffic Operations allows reserved parking spaces to be controlled with Temporary No Parking signs, establishing a Temporary No Parking Zone requires placing type R7-T38 (T-38) or R7-T39 (T-39) easels and completing an online verification form in conformance with the Traffic Control Manual for In-Street Work. In high impact areas, the Central Business District, and in areas where construction projects are densely clustered (such as in City-designated “Construction Hubs”), additional requirements for establishing a Temporary No Parking Zone may apply. 7. Nighttime illumination. Four or more Type B warning lights of sufficient brilliance to be seen from 500 feet shall be maintained at all times during the hours of darkness at the points of obstruction or excavation of any right of way. 8. Work in alleys. For work occurring in alleys that impedes vehicular access, including but not limited to egress, ingress, or through travel; “Street Closed” signs shall be placed at each end of the alley. Property owners adjacent to the alley shall be contacted, and their access concerns
Printed: 2:43:41PM Tuesday, December 6, 2016 Page 5 of 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF TABLES ...... 3 SUMMARY OF PERMIT REPORT SUBMITTALS ...... 4 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ...... 5 S1. PERMIT COVERAGE ...... 5 S2. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS ...... 8 S3. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS ...... 12 S4. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, BENCHMARKS, AND REPORTING TRIGGERS ...... 13 S5. REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS ...... 20 S6. PERMIT FEES...... 23 S7. SOLID AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL ...... 23 S8. DISCHARGES TO 303(d) OR TMDL WATERBODIES ...... 23 S9. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN...... 27 S10. NOTICE OF TERMINATION ...... 37 GENERAL CONDITIONS ...... 38 G1. DISCHARGE VIOLATIONS ...... 38 G2. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS...... 38 G3. RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND ENTRY ...... 39 G4. GENERAL PERMIT MODIFICATION AND REVOCATION ...... 39 G5. REVOCATION OF COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT ...... 39 G6. REPORTING A CAUSE FOR MODIFICATION ...... 40 G7. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS AND STATUTES ...... 40 G8. DUTY TO REAPPLY ...... 40 G9. TRANSFER OF GENERAL PERMIT COVERAGE ...... 41 G10. REMOVED SUBSTANCES ...... 41 G11. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION ...... 41 G12. OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF 40 CFR ...... 41 G13. ADDITIONAL MONITORING ...... 41 G14. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATING PERMIT CONDITIONS ...... 41 G15. UPSET ...... 42 G16. PROPERTY RIGHTS ...... 42
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 2
G17. DUTY TO COMPLY ...... 42 G18. TOXIC POLLUTANTS...... 42 G19. PENALTIES FOR TAMPERING ...... 43 G20. REPORTING PLANNED CHANGES ...... 43 G21. REPORTING OTHER INFORMATION ...... 43 G22. REPORTING ANTICIPATED NON-COMPLIANCE ...... 43 G23. REQUESTS TO BE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT ...... 44 G24. APPEALS ...... 44 G25. SEVERABILITY ...... 44 G26. BYPASS PROHIBITED ...... 44 APPENDIX A – DEFINITIONS ...... 47 APPENDIX B – ACRONYMS ...... 55
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: Summary of Required Submittals ...... 4 Table 2: Summary of Required On-site Documentation...... 4 Table 3: Summary of Primary Monitoring Requirements ...... 15 Table 4: Monitoring and Reporting Requirements ...... 17 Table 5: Turbidity, Fine Sediment & Phosphorus Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters ...... 25 Table 6: pH Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters ...... 26
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 3
SUMMARY OF PERMIT REPORT SUBMITTALS
Refer to the Special and General Conditions within this permit for additional submittal requirements. Appendix A provides a list of definitions. Appendix B provides a list of acronyms.
Table 1: Summary of Required Submittals Permit Submittal Frequency First Submittal Date Section S5.A and High Turbidity/Transparency Phone As Necessary Within 24 hours S8 Reporting S5.B Discharge Monitoring Report Monthly* Within 15 days following the end of each month S5.F and Noncompliance Notification – As necessary Within 24-hours S8 Telephone Notification S5.F Noncompliance Notification – As necessary Within 5 Days of non- Written Report compliance S9.C Request for Chemical Treatment As necessary Written approval from Form Ecology is required prior to using chemical treatment (with the exception of dry ice or CO2 to adjust pH) G2 Notice of Change in Authorization As necessary
G6 Permit Application for Substantive As necessary Changes to the Discharge G8 Application for Permit Renewal 1/permit cycle No later than 180 days before expiration G9 Notice of Permit Transfer As necessary
G20 Notice of Planned Changes As necessary
G22 Reporting Anticipated Non- As necessary compliance
SPECIAL NOTE: *Permittees must submit electronic Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to the Washington State Department of Ecology monthly, regardless of site discharge, for the full duration of permit coverage. Refer to Section S5.B of this General Permit for more specific information regarding DMRs.
Table 2: Summary of Required On-site Documentation Document Title Permit Conditions
Permit Coverage Letter See Conditions S2, S5
Construction Stormwater General Permit See Conditions S2, S5
Site Log Book See Conditions S4, S5
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) See Conditions S9, S5
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 4
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
S1. PERMIT COVERAGE
A. Permit Area This Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) covers all areas of Washington State, except for federal operators and Indian Country as specified in Special Condition S1.E.3. B. Operators Required to Seek Coverage Under this General Permit: 1. Operators of the following construction activities are required to seek coverage under this CSWGP: a. Clearing, grading and/or excavation that results in the disturbance of one or more acres (including off-site disturbance acreage authorized in S1.C.2) and discharges stormwater to surface waters of the State; and clearing, grading and/or excavation on sites smaller than one acre that are part of a larger common plan of development or sale, if the common plan of development or sale will ultimately disturb one acre or more and discharge stormwater to surface waters of the State. i. This includes forest practices (including, but not limited to, class IV conversions) that are part of a construction activity that will result in the disturbance of one or more acres, and discharge to surface waters of the State (that is, forest practices that prepare a site for construction activities); and b. Any size construction activity discharging stormwater to waters of the State that the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology): i. Determines to be a significant contributor of pollutants to waters of the State of Washington. ii. Reasonably expects to cause a violation of any water quality standard. 2. Operators of the following activities are not required to seek coverage under this CSWGP (unless specifically required under Special Condition S1.B.1.b. above): a. Construction activities that discharge all stormwater and non-stormwater to ground water, sanitary sewer, or combined sewer, and have no point source discharge to either surface water or a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. b. Construction activities covered under an Erosivity Waiver (Special Condition S2.C). c. Routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade, hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of a facility.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 5
C. Authorized Discharges: 1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity. Subject to compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit, Permittees are authorized to discharge stormwater associated with construction activity to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. (Note that “surface waters of the State” may exist on a construction site as well as off site; for example, a creek running through a site.) 2. Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activity. This permit also authorizes stormwater discharge from support activities related to the permitted construction site (for example, an on-site portable rock crusher, off-site equipment staging yards, material storage areas, borrow areas, etc.) provided: a. The support activity relates directly to the permitted construction site that is required to have an NPDES permit; and b. The support activity is not a commercial operation serving multiple unrelated construction projects, and does not operate beyond the completion of the construction activity; and c. Appropriate controls and measures are identified in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the discharges from the support activity areas. 3. Non-Stormwater Discharges. The categories and sources of non-stormwater discharges identified below are authorized conditionally, provided the discharge is consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit: a. Discharges from fire-fighting activities. b. Fire hydrant system flushing. c. Potable water, including uncontaminated water line flushing. d. Hydrostatic test water. e. Uncontaminated air conditioning or compressor condensate. f. Uncontaminated ground water or spring water. g. Uncontaminated excavation dewatering water (in accordance with S9.D.10). h. Uncontaminated discharges from foundation or footing drains. i. Uncontaminated water used to control dust. Permittees must minimize the amount of dust control water used. j. Routine external building wash down that does not use detergents. k. Landscape irrigation water. The SWPPP must adequately address all authorized non-stormwater discharges, except for discharges from fire-fighting activities, and must comply with Special Condition S3.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 6
At a minimum, discharges from potable water (including water line flushing), fire hydrant system flushing, and pipeline hydrostatic test water must undergo the following: dechlorination to a concentration of 0.1 parts per million (ppm) or less, and pH adjustment to within 6.5 – 8.5 standard units (su), if necessary. D. Prohibited Discharges: The following discharges to waters of the State, including ground water, are prohibited. 1. Concrete wastewater. 2. Wastewater from washout and clean-up of stucco, paint, form release oils, curing compounds and other construction materials. 3. Process wastewater as defined by 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 122.2 (see Appendix A of this permit). 4. Slurry materials and waste from shaft drilling, including process wastewater from shaft drilling for construction of building, road, and bridge foundations unless managed according to Special Condition S9.D.9.j. 5. Fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and maintenance. 6. Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing. 7. Wheel wash wastewater, unless managed according to Special Condition S9.D.9. 8. Discharges from dewatering activities, including discharges from dewatering of trenches and excavations, unless managed according to Special Condition S9.D.10. E. Limits on Coverage Ecology may require any discharger to apply for and obtain coverage under an individual permit or another more specific general permit. Such alternative coverage will be required when Ecology determines that this CSWGP does not provide adequate assurance that water quality will be protected, or there is a reasonable potential for the project to cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards. The following stormwater discharges are not covered by this permit: 1. Post-construction stormwater discharges that originate from the site after completion of construction activities and the site has undergone final stabilization. 2. Non-point source silvicultural activities such as nursery operations, site preparation, reforestation and subsequent cultural treatment, thinning, prescribed burning, pest and fire control, harvesting operations, surface drainage, or road construction and maintenance, from which there is natural runoff as excluded in 40 CFR Subpart 122. 3. Stormwater from any federal operator.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 7
4. Stormwater from facilities located on “Indian Country” as defined in 18 U.S.C.§1151, except portions of the Puyallup Reservation as noted below. Indian Country includes: a. All land within any Indian Reservation notwithstanding the issuance of any patent, and, including rights-of-way running through the reservation. This includes all federal, tribal, and Indian and non-Indian privately owned land within the reservation. b. All off-reservation Indian allotments, the Indian titles to which have not been extinguished, including rights-of-way running through the same. c. All off-reservation federal trust lands held for Native American Tribes. Puyallup Exception: Following the Puyallup Tribes of Indians Land Settlement Act of 1989, 25 U.S.C. §1773; the permit does apply to land within the Puyallup Reservation except for discharges to surface water on land held in trust by the federal government. 5. Stormwater from any site covered under an existing NPDES individual permit in which stormwater management and/or treatment requirements are included for all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity. 6. Stormwater from a site where an applicable Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) requirement specifically precludes or prohibits discharges from construction activity.
S2. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Permit Application Forms 1. Notice of Intent Form/Timeline a. Operators of new or previously unpermitted construction activities must submit a complete and accurate permit application (Notice of Intent, or NOI) to Ecology. b. Operators must apply using the electronic application form (NOI) available on Ecology’s website http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/ construction/index.html. Permittees unable to submit electronically (for example, those who do not have an internet connection) must contact Ecology to request a waiver and obtain instructions on how to obtain a paper NOI. Department of Ecology Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, Washington 98504-7696
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 8
c. The operator must submit the NOI at least 60 days before discharging stormwater from construction activities and must submit it on or before the date of the first public notice (see Special Condition S2.B below for details). The 30- day public comment period begins on the publication date of the second public notice. Unless Ecology responds to the complete application in writing, based on public comments, or any other relevant factors, coverage under the general permit will automatically commence on the thirty-first day following receipt by Ecology of a completed NOI, or the issuance date of this permit, whichever is later; unless Ecology specifies a later date in writing as required by WAC173- 226-200(2). d. If an applicant intends to use a Best Management Practice (BMP) selected on the basis of Special Condition S9.C.4 (“demonstrably equivalent” BMPs), the applicant must notify Ecology of its selection as part of the NOI. In the event the applicant selects BMPs after submission of the NOI, it must provide notice of the selection of an equivalent BMP to Ecology at least 60 days before intended use of the equivalent BMP. e. Permittees must notify Ecology regarding any changes to the information provided on the NOI by submitting an updated NOI. Examples of such changes include, but are not limited to: i. Changes to the Permittee’s mailing address, ii. Changes to the on-site contact person information, and iii. Changes to the area/acreage affected by construction activity. f. Applicants must notify Ecology if they are aware of contaminated soils and/or groundwater associated with the construction activity. Provide detailed information with the NOI (as known and readily available) on the nature and extent of the contamination (concentrations, locations, and depth), as well as pollution prevention and/or treatment BMPs proposed to control the discharge of soil and/or groundwater contaminants in stormwater. Examples of such detail may include, but are not limited to: i. List or table of all known contaminants with laboratory test results showing concentration and depth, ii. Map with sample locations, iii. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plans, iv. Related portions of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) that address the management of contaminated and potentially contaminated construction stormwater and dewatering water, v. Dewatering plan and/or dewatering contingency plan.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 9
2. Transfer of Coverage Form The Permittee can transfer current coverage under this permit to one or more new operators, including operators of sites within a Common Plan of Development, provided the Permittee submits a Transfer of Coverage Form in accordance with General Condition G9. Transfers do not require public notice. B. Public Notice For new or previously unpermitted construction activities, the applicant must publish a public notice at least one time each week for two consecutive weeks, at least 7 days apart, in a newspaper with general circulation in the county where the construction is to take place. The notice must contain: 1. A statement that “The applicant is seeking coverage under the Washington State Department of Ecology’s Construction Stormwater NPDES and State Waste Discharge General Permit”. 2. The name, address and location of the construction site. 3. The name and address of the applicant. 4. The type of construction activity that will result in a discharge (for example, residential construction, commercial construction, etc.), and the number of acres to be disturbed. 5. The name of the receiving water(s) (that is, the surface water(s) to which the site will discharge), or, if the discharge is through a storm sewer system, the name of the operator of the system. 6. The statement: “Any persons desiring to present their views to the Washington State Department of Ecology regarding this application, or interested in Ecology’s action on this application, may notify Ecology in writing no later than 30 days of the last date of publication of this notice. Ecology reviews public comments and considers whether discharges from this project would cause a measurable change in receiving water quality, and, if so, whether the project is necessary and in the overriding public interest according to Tier II antidegradation requirements under WAC 173-201A-320. Comments can be submitted to: Department of Ecology, PO Box 47696, Olympia, Washington 98504-7696 Attn: Water Quality Program, Construction Stormwater.”
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 10
C. Erosivity Waiver Construction site operators may qualify for an erosivity waiver from the CSWGP if the following conditions are met: 1. The site will result in the disturbance of fewer than 5 acres and the site is not a portion of a common plan of development or sale that will disturb 5 acres or greater. 2. Calculation of Erosivity “R” Factor and Regional Timeframe: a. The project’s rainfall erosivity factor (“R” Factor) must be less than 5 during the period of construction activity, as calculated (see the CSWGP homepage http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/index.html for a link to the EPA’s calculator and step by step instructions on computing the “R” Factor in the EPA Erosivity Waiver Fact Sheet). The period of construction activity starts when the land is first disturbed and ends with final stabilization. In addition: b. The entire period of construction activity must fall within the following timeframes: i. For sites west of the Cascades Crest: June 15 – September 15. ii. For sites east of the Cascades Crest, excluding the Central Basin: June 15 – October 15. iii. For sites east of the Cascades Crest, within the Central Basin: no additional timeframe restrictions apply. The Central Basin is defined as the portions of Eastern Washington with mean annual precipitation of less than 12 inches. For a map of the Central Basin (Average Annual Precipitation Region 2), refer to http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/ construction/resourcesguidance.html. 3. Construction site operators must submit a complete Erosivity Waiver certification form at least one week before disturbing the land. Certification must include statements that the operator will: a. Comply with applicable local stormwater requirements; and b. Implement appropriate erosion and sediment control BMPs to prevent violations of water quality standards. 4. This waiver is not available for facilities declared significant contributors of pollutants as defined in Special Condition S1.B.1.b. or for any size construction activity that could reasonably expect to cause a violation of any water quality standard as defined in Special Condition S1.B.1.b.ii. 5. This waiver does not apply to construction activities which include non- stormwater discharges listed in Special Condition S1.C.3.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 11
6. If construction activity extends beyond the certified waiver period for any reason, the operator must either: a. Recalculate the rainfall erosivity “R” factor using the original start date and a new projected ending date and, if the “R” factor is still under 5 and the entire project falls within the applicable regional timeframe in Special Condition S2.C.2.b, complete and submit an amended waiver certification form before the original waiver expires; or b. Submit a complete permit application to Ecology in accordance with Special Condition S2.A and B before the end of the certified waiver period.
S3. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS
A. Discharges must not cause or contribute to a violation of surface water quality standards (Chapter 173-201A WAC), ground water quality standards (Chapter 173-200 WAC), sediment management standards (Chapter 173-204 WAC), and human health-based criteria in the National Toxics Rule (40 CFR Part 131.36). Discharges not in compliance with these standards are not authorized. B. Prior to the discharge of stormwater and non-stormwater to waters of the State, the Permittee must apply all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention, control, and treatment (AKART). This includes the preparation and implementation of an adequate SWPPP, with all appropriate BMPs installed and maintained in accordance with the SWPPP and the terms and conditions of this permit. C. Ecology presumes that a Permittee complies with water quality standards unless discharge monitoring data or other site-specific information demonstrates that a discharge causes or contributes to a violation of water quality standards, when the Permittee complies with the following conditions. The Permittee must fully: 1. Comply with all permit conditions, including planning, sampling, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping conditions. 2. Implement stormwater BMPs contained in stormwater management manuals published or approved by Ecology, or BMPs that are demonstrably equivalent to BMPs contained in stormwater technical manuals published or approved by Ecology, including the proper selection, implementation, and maintenance of all applicable and appropriate BMPs for on-site pollution control. (For purposes of this section, the stormwater manuals listed in Appendix 10 of the Phase I Municipal Stormwater Permit are approved by Ecology.) D. Where construction sites also discharge to ground water, the ground water discharges must also meet the terms and conditions of this CSWGP. Permittees who discharge to ground water through an injection well must also comply with any applicable requirements of the Underground Injection Control (UIC) regulations, Chapter 173-218 WAC.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 12
S4. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, BENCHMARKS, AND REPORTING TRIGGERS
A. Site Log Book The Permittee must maintain a site log book that contains a record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements, including the installation and maintenance of BMPs, site inspections, and stormwater monitoring. B. Site Inspections The Permittee’s site inspections must include all areas disturbed by construction activities, all BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points under the Permittee’s operational control. (See Special Conditions S4.B.3 and B.4 below for detailed requirements of the Permittee’s Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead [CESCL].) Construction sites one acre or larger that discharge stormwater to surface waters of the State must have site inspections conducted by a certified CESCL. Sites less than one acre may have a person without CESCL certification conduct inspections. 1. The Permittee must examine stormwater visually for the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil sheen. The Permittee must evaluate the effectiveness of BMPs and determine if it is necessary to install, maintain, or repair BMPs to improve the quality of stormwater discharges. Based on the results of the inspection, the Permittee must correct the problems identified by: a. Reviewing the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and making appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection. b. Immediately beginning the process of fully implementing and maintaining appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems no later than within 10 days of the inspection. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when an extension is requested by a Permittee within the initial 10-day response period. c. Documenting BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. 2. The Permittee must inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours of any discharge from the site. (For purposes of this condition, individual discharge events that last more than one day do not require daily inspections. For example, if a stormwater pond discharges continuously over the course of a week, only one inspection is required that week.) The Permittee may reduce the inspection frequency for temporarily stabilized, inactive sites to once every calendar month.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 13
3. The Permittee must have staff knowledgeable in the principles and practices of erosion and sediment control. The CESCL (sites one acre or more) or inspector (sites less than one acre) must have the skills to assess the: a. Site conditions and construction activities that could impact the quality of stormwater, and b. Effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures used to control the quality of stormwater discharges. 4. The SWPPP must identify the CESCL or inspector, who must be present on site or on-call at all times. The CESCL must obtain this certification through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the minimum training standards established by Ecology (see BMP C160 in the manual referred to in Special Condition S9.C.1 and 2). 5. The Permittee must summarize the results of each inspection in an inspection report or checklist and enter the report/checklist into, or attach it to, the site log book. At a minimum, each inspection report or checklist must include: a. Inspection date and time. b. Weather information, the general conditions during inspection and the approximate amount of precipitation since the last inspection, and precipitation within the last 24 hours. c. A summary or list of all implemented BMPs, including observations of all erosion/sediment control structures or practices. d. A description of the locations: i. Of BMPs inspected; ii. Of BMPs that need maintenance and why; iii. Of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or intended; and iv. Where additional or different BMPs are needed, and why. e. A description of stormwater discharged from the site. The Permittee must note the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil sheen, as applicable. f. Any water quality monitoring performed during inspection. g. General comments and notes, including a brief description of any BMP repairs, maintenance or installations made following the inspection. h. A summary report and a schedule of implementation of the remedial actions that the Permittee plans to take if the site inspection indicates that the site is out of compliance. The remedial actions taken must meet the requirements of the SWPPP and the permit.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 14
i. The name, title, and signature of the person conducting the site inspection, a phone number or other reliable method to reach this person, and the following statement: “I certify that this report is true, accurate, and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.”
Table 3: Summary of Primary Monitoring Requirements
Size of Soil Weekly Site Weekly Weekly Weekly pH CESCL Disturbance1 Inspections Sampling w/ Sampling w/ Sampling2 Required for Turbidity Transparency Inspections? Meter Tube Sites that disturb Required Not Required Not Required Not Required No less than 1 acre, but are part of a larger Common Plan of Development
Sites that disturb 1 Required Sampling Required – Required Yes acre or more, but either method3 fewer than 5 acres
Sites that disturb 5 Required Required Not Required4 Required Yes acres or more
1 Soil disturbance is calculated by adding together all areas that will be affected by construction activity. Construction activity means clearing, grading, excavation, and any other activity that disturbs the surface of the land, including ingress/egress from the site. 2 If construction activity results in the disturbance of 1 acre or more, and involves significant concrete work (1,000 cubic yards of poured over the life of a project) or the use of recycled concrete or engineered soils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement-treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD], or fly ash), and stormwater from the affected area drains to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer stormwater collection system that drains to other surface waters of the State, the Permittee must conduct pH sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.D. 3 Sites with one or more acres, but fewer than 5 acres of soil disturbance, must conduct turbidity or transparency sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.C. 4 Sites equal to or greater than 5 acres of soil disturbance must conduct turbidity sampling using a turbidity meter in accordance with Special Condition S4.C.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 15
C. Turbidity/Transparency Sampling Requirements 1. Sampling Methods a. If construction activity involves the disturbance of 5 acres or more, the Permittee must conduct turbidity sampling per Special Condition S4.C. b. If construction activity involves 1 acre or more but fewer than 5 acres of soil disturbance, the Permittee must conduct either transparency sampling or turbidity sampling per Special Condition S4.C. 2. Sampling Frequency a. The Permittee must sample all discharge points at least once every calendar week when stormwater (or authorized non-stormwater) discharges from the site or enters any on-site surface waters of the state (for example, a creek running through a site); sampling is not required on sites that disturb less than an acre. b. Samples must be representative of the flow and characteristics of the discharge. c. Sampling is not required when there is no discharge during a calendar week. d. Sampling is not required outside of normal working hours or during unsafe conditions. e. If the Permittee is unable to sample during a monitoring period, the Permittee must include a brief explanation in the monthly Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR). f. Sampling is not required before construction activity begins. g. The Permittee may reduce the sampling frequency for temporarily stabilized, inactive sites to once every calendar month. 3. Sampling Locations a. Sampling is required at all points where stormwater associated with construction activity (or authorized non-stormwater) is discharged off site, including where it enters any on-site surface waters of the state (for example, a creek running through a site). b. The Permittee may discontinue sampling at discharge points that drain areas of the project that are fully stabilized to prevent erosion. c. The Permittee must identify all sampling point(s) on the SWPPP site map and clearly mark these points in the field with a flag, tape, stake or other visible marker. d. Sampling is not required for discharge that is sent directly to sanitary or combined sewer systems.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 16
e. The Permittee may discontinue sampling at discharge points in areas of the project where the Permittee no longer has operational control of the construction activity. 4. Sampling and Analysis Methods a. The Permittee performs turbidity analysis with a calibrated turbidity meter (turbidimeter) either on site or at an accredited lab. The Permittee must record the results in the site log book in nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs). b. The Permittee performs transparency analysis on site with a 1¾-inch-diameter, 60-centimeter (cm)-long transparency tube. The Permittee will record the results in the site log book in centimeters (cm).
Table 4: Monitoring and Reporting Requirements
Parameter Unit Analytical Method Sampling Benchmark Phone Frequency Value Reporting Trigger Value Turbidity NTU SM2130 Weekly, if 25 NTUs 250 NTUs discharging Transparency cm Manufacturer Weekly, if 33 cm 6 cm instructions, or discharging Ecology guidance
5. Turbidity/Transparency Benchmark Values and Reporting Triggers The benchmark value for turbidity is 25 NTUs or less. The benchmark value for transparency is 33 centimeters (cm). Note: Benchmark values do not apply to discharges to segments of water bodies on Washington State’s 303(d) list (Category 5) for turbidity, fine sediment, or phosphorus; these discharges are subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity. Refer to Special Condition S8 for more information. a. Turbidity 26 – 249 NTUs, or Transparency 32 – 7 cm: If the discharge turbidity is 26 to 249 NTUs; or if discharge transparency is less than 33 cm, but equal to or greater than 6 cm, the Permittee must: i. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. ii. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 17
iii. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. b. Turbidity 250 NTUs or greater, or Transparency 6 cm or less: If a discharge point’s turbidity is 250 NTUs or greater, or if discharge transparency is less than or equal to 6 cm, the Permittee must complete the reporting and adaptive management process described below. i. Telephone or submit an electronic report to the applicable Ecology Region’s Environmental Report Tracking System (ERTS) number (or through Ecology’s Water Quality Permitting Portal [WQWebPortal] – Permit Submittals when the form is available) within 24 hours, in accordance with Special Condition S5.A. Central Region (Okanogan, Chelan, Douglas, Kittitas, Yakima, Klickitat, Benton): (509) 575-2490 Eastern Region (Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Pend Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, Walla Walla, Whitman): (509) 329-3400 Northwest Region (Kitsap, Snohomish, Island, King, San Juan, Skagit, Whatcom): (425) 649-7000 Southwest Region (Grays Harbor, Lewis, Mason, Thurston, Pierce, Clark, Cowlitz, Skamania, Wahkiakum, Clallam, Jefferson, Pacific): (360) 407-6300 Links to these numbers and the ERTS reporting page are located on the following web site: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/index.html. ii. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. iii. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10-day response period. iv. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. v. Sample discharges daily until: a) Turbidity is 25 NTUs (or lower); or b) Transparency is 33 cm (or greater); or
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 18
c) The Permittee has demonstrated compliance with the water quality limit for turbidity: 1) No more than 5 NTUs over background turbidity, if background is less than 50 NTUs, or 2) No more than 10% over background turbidity, if background is 50 NTUs or greater; or d) The discharge stops or is eliminated.
D. pH Sampling Requirements – Significant Concrete Work or Engineered Soils If construction activity results in the disturbance of 1 acre or more, and involves significant concrete work (significant concrete work means greater than 1000 cubic yards poured concrete used over the life of a project ) or the use of recycled concrete or engineered soils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement-treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD], or fly ash), and stormwater from the affected area drains to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State, the Permittee must conduct pH sampling as set forth below. Note: In addition, discharges to segments of water bodies on Washington State’s 303(d) list (Category 5) for high pH are subject to a numeric effluent limit for pH; refer to Special Condition S8. 1. For sites with significant concrete work, the Permittee must begin the pH sampling period when the concrete is first poured and exposed to precipitation, and continue weekly throughout and after the concrete pour and curing period, until stormwater pH is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5 (su). 2. For sites with recycled concrete, the Permittee must begin the weekly pH sampling period when the recycled concrete is first exposed to precipitation and must continue until the recycled concrete is fully stabilized and stormwater pH is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5 (su). 3. For sites with engineered soils, the Permittee must begin the pH sampling period when the soil amendments are first exposed to precipitation and must continue until the area of engineered soils is fully stabilized. 4. During the applicable pH monitoring period defined above, the Permittee must obtain a representative sample of stormwater and conduct pH analysis at least once per week. 5. The Permittee must sample pH in the sediment trap/pond(s) or other locations that receive stormwater runoff from the area of significant concrete work or engineered soils before the stormwater discharges to surface waters. 6. The benchmark value for pH is 8.5 standard units. Anytime sampling indicates that pH is 8.5 or greater, the Permittee must either:
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 19
a. Prevent the high pH water (8.5 or above) from entering storm sewer systems or surface waters; or b. If necessary, adjust or neutralize the high pH water until it is in the range of pH 6.5 to 8.5 (su) using an appropriate treatment BMP such as carbon dioxide (CO2) sparging or dry ice. The Permittee must obtain written approval from Ecology before using any form of chemical treatment other than CO2 sparging or dry ice. 7. The Permittee must perform pH analysis on site with a calibrated pH meter, pH test kit, or wide range pH indicator paper. The Permittee must record pH sampling results in the site log book.
S5. REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
A. High Turbidity Reporting Anytime sampling performed in accordance with Special Condition S4.C indicates turbidity has reached the 250 NTUs or more (or transparency less than or equal to 6 cm) high turbidity reporting level, the Permittee must either call the applicable Ecology Region’s Environmental Report Tracking System (ERTS) number by phone within 24 hours of analysis or submit an electronic ERTS report (or submit an electronic report through Ecology’s Water Quality Permitting Portal (WQWebPortal) – Permit Submittals when the form is available). See the CSWGP web site for links to ERTS and the WQWebPortal: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/ index.html. Also, see phone numbers in Special Condition S4.C.5.b.i. B. Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) Permittees required to conduct water quality sampling in accordance with Special Conditions S4.C (Turbidity/Transparency), S4.D (pH), S8 (303[d]/TMDL sampling), and/or G13 (Additional Sampling) must submit the results to Ecology. Permittees must submit monitoring data using Ecology's WQWebDMR web application accessed through Ecology’s Water Quality Permitting Portal. To find out more information and to sign up for WQWebDMR go to: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/ wq/permits/paris/portal.html. Permittees unable to submit electronically (for example, those who do not have an internet connection) must contact Ecology to request a waiver and obtain instructions on how to obtain a paper copy DMR at: Department of Ecology Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, Washington 98504-7696 Permittees who obtain a waiver not to use WQWebDMR must use the forms provided to them by Ecology; submittals must be mailed to the address above. Permittees shall
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 20
submit DMR forms to be received by Ecology within 15 days following the end of each month. If there was no discharge during a given monitoring period, all Permittees must submit a DMR as required with “no discharge" entered in place of the monitoring results. DMRs are required for the full duration of permit coverage (from issuance date to termination). For more information, contact Ecology staff using information provided at the following web site: www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/permits/paris/contacts.html. C. Records Retention The Permittee must retain records of all monitoring information (site log book, sampling results, inspection reports/checklists, etc.), Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, copy of the permit coverage letter (including Transfer of Coverage documentation), and any other documentation of compliance with permit requirements for the entire life of the construction project and for a minimum of three years following the termination of permit coverage. Such information must include all calibration and maintenance records, and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit. This period of retention must be extended during the course of any unresolved litigation regarding the discharge of pollutants by the Permittee or when requested by Ecology. D. Recording Results For each measurement or sample taken, the Permittee must record the following information: 1. Date, place, method, and time of sampling or measurement. 2. The first and last name of the individual who performed the sampling or measurement. 3. The date(s) the analyses were performed. 4. The first and last name of the individual who performed the analyses. 5. The analytical techniques or methods used. 6. The results of all analyses. E. Additional Monitoring by the Permittee If the Permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit using test procedures specified by Special Condition S4 of this permit, the results of this monitoring must be included in the calculation and reporting of the data submitted in the Permittee’s DMR. F. Noncompliance Notification In the event the Permittee is unable to comply with any part of the terms and conditions of this permit, and the resulting noncompliance may cause a threat to human health or the environment (such as but not limited to spills of fuels or other materials, catastrophic pond or slope failure, and discharges that violate water quality standards), or exceed
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 21
numeric effluent limitations (see S8. Discharges to 303(d) or TMDL Waterbodies), the Permittee must, upon becoming aware of the circumstance: 1. Notify Ecology within 24-hours of the failure to comply by calling the applicable Regional office ERTS phone number (refer to Special Condition S4.C.5.b.i. or www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/turbidity.html for Regional ERTS phone numbers). 2. Immediately take action to prevent the discharge/pollution, or otherwise stop or correct the noncompliance, and, if applicable, repeat sampling and analysis of any noncompliance immediately and submit the results to Ecology within five (5) days of becoming aware of the violation. 3. Submit a detailed written report to Ecology within five (5) days, of the time the Permittee becomes aware of the circumstances, unless requested earlier by Ecology. The report must be submitted using Ecology’s Water Quality Permitting Portal (WQWebPortal) - Permit Submittals, unless a waiver from electronic reporting has been granted according to S5.B. The report must contain a description of the noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and the steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance. The Permittee must report any unanticipated bypass and/or upset that exceeds any effluent limit in the permit in accordance with the 24-hour reporting requirement contained in 40 C.F.R. 122.41(l)(6). Compliance with these requirements does not relieve the Permittee from responsibility to maintain continuous compliance with the terms and conditions of this permit or the resulting liability for failure to comply. Upon request of the Permittee, Ecology may waive the requirement for a written report on a case-by- case basis, if the immediate notification is received by Ecology within 24 hours. G. Access to Plans and Records 1. The Permittee must retain the following permit documentation (plans and records) on site, or within reasonable access to the site, for use by the operator or for on-site review by Ecology or the local jurisdiction: a. General Permit b. Permit Coverage Letter c. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) d. Site Log Book 2. The Permittee must address written requests for plans and records listed above (Special Condition S5.G.1) as follows:
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 22
a. The Permittee must provide a copy of plans and records to Ecology within 14 days of receipt of a written request from Ecology. b. The Permittee must provide a copy of plans and records to the public when requested in writing. Upon receiving a written request from the public for the Permittee’s plans and records, the Permittee must either: i. Provide a copy of the plans and records to the requester within 14 days of a receipt of the written request; or ii. Notify the requester within 10 days of receipt of the written request of the location and times within normal business hours when the plans and records may be viewed; and provide access to the plans and records within 14 days of receipt of the written request; or iii. Within 14 days of receipt of the written request, the Permittee may submit a copy of the plans and records to Ecology for viewing and/or copying by the requester at an Ecology office, or a mutually agreed location. If plans and records are viewed and/or copied at a location other than at an Ecology office, the Permittee will provide reasonable access to copying services for which a reasonable fee may be charged. The Permittee must notify the requester within 10 days of receipt of the request where the plans and records may be viewed and/or copied. S6. PERMIT FEES
The Permittee must pay permit fees assessed by Ecology. Fees for stormwater discharges covered under this permit are established by Chapter 173-224 WAC. Ecology continues to assess permit fees until the permit is terminated in accordance with Special Condition S10 or revoked in accordance with General Condition G5.
S7. SOLID AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL
The Permittee must handle and dispose of solid and liquid wastes generated by construction activity, such as demolition debris, construction materials, contaminated materials, and waste materials from maintenance activities, including liquids and solids from cleaning catch basins and other stormwater facilities, in accordance with: A. Special Condition S3, Compliance with Standards B. WAC 173-216-110 C. Other applicable regulations
S8. DISCHARGES TO 303(d) OR TMDL WATERBODIES
A. Sampling and Numeric Effluent Limits For Certain Discharges to 303(d)-listed Waterbodies
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 23
1. Permittees who discharge to segments of waterbodies listed as impaired by the State of Washington under Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, must conduct water quality sampling according to the requirements of this section, and Special Conditions S4.C.2.b-f and S4.C.3.b-d, and must comply with the applicable numeric effluent limitations in S8.C and S8.D. 2. All references and requirements associated with Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act mean the most current listing by Ecology of impaired waters (Category 5) that exists on January 1, 2016, or the date when the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later. B. Limits on Coverage for New Discharges to TMDL or 303(d)-listed Waters Operators of construction sites that discharge to a TMDL or 303(d)-listed waterbody are not eligible for coverage under this permit unless the operator: 1. Prevents exposing stormwater to pollutants for which the waterbody is impaired, and retains documentation in the SWPPP that details procedures taken to prevent exposure on site; or 2. Documents that the pollutants for which the waterbody is impaired are not present at the site, and retains documentation of this finding within the SWPPP; or 3. Provides Ecology with data indicating the discharge is not expected to cause or contribute to an exceedance of a water quality standard, and retains such data on site with the SWPPP. The operator must provide data and other technical information to Ecology that sufficiently demonstrate: a. For discharges to waters without an EPA-approved or -established TMDL, that the discharge of the pollutant for which the water is impaired will meet in- stream water quality criteria at the point of discharge to the waterbody; or b. For discharges to waters with an EPA-approved or -established TMDL, that there is sufficient remaining wasteload allocation in the TMDL to allow construction stormwater discharge and that existing dischargers to the waterbody are subject to compliance schedules designed to bring the waterbody into attainment with water quality standards. Operators of construction sites are eligible for coverage under this permit if Ecology issues permit coverage based upon an affirmative determination that the discharge will not cause or contribute to the existing impairment. C. Sampling and Numeric Effluent Limits for Discharges to Water Bodies on the 303(d) List for Turbidity, Fine Sediment, or Phosphorus 1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category 5) for turbidity, fine sediment, or phosphorus must conduct turbidity sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.C.2 and comply with either of the numeric effluent limits noted in Table 5 below.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 24
2. As an alternative to the 25 NTUs effluent limit noted in Table 5 below (applied at the point where stormwater [or authorized non-stormwater] is discharged off-site), Permittees may choose to comply with the surface water quality standard for turbidity. The standard is: no more than 5 NTUs over background turbidity when the background turbidity is 50 NTUs or less, or no more than a 10% increase in turbidity when the background turbidity is more than 50 NTUs. In order to use the water quality standard requirement, the sampling must take place at the following locations: a. Background turbidity in the 303(d)-listed receiving water immediately upstream (upgradient) or outside the area of influence of the discharge. b. Turbidity at the point of discharge into the 303(d)-listed receiving water, inside the area of influence of the discharge. 3. Discharges that exceed the numeric effluent limit for turbidity constitute a violation of this permit. 4. Permittees whose discharges exceed the numeric effluent limit shall sample discharges daily until the violation is corrected and comply with the non- compliance notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F.
Table 5: Turbidity, Fine Sediment & Phosphorus Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters Parameter identified Parameter Unit Analytical Sampling Numeric Effluent in 303(d) listing Sampled Method Frequency Limit1
Turbidity Turbidity NTU SM2130 Weekly, if 25 NTUs, at the Fine Sediment discharging point where Phosphorus stormwater is discharged from the site; OR In compliance with the surface water quality standard for turbidity (S8.C.2.a) 1Permittees subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity may, at their discretion, choose either numeric effluent limitation based on site-specific considerations including, but not limited to, safety, access and convenience.
D. Discharges to Water Bodies on the 303(d) List for High pH 1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category 5) for high pH must conduct pH sampling in accordance with the table below, and comply with the numeric effluent limit of pH 6.5 to 8.5 su (Table 6).
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 25
Table 6: pH Sampling and Limits for 303(d)-Listed Waters
Parameter identified in Parameter Analytical Sampling Numeric Effluent 303(d) listing Sampled/Units Method Frequency Limit High pH pH /Standard pH meter Weekly, if In the range of 6.5 Units discharging – 8.5
2. At the Permittee’s discretion, compliance with the limit shall be assessed at one of the following locations: a. Directly in the 303(d)-listed waterbody segment, inside the immediate area of influence of the discharge; or b. Alternatively, the Permittee may measure pH at the point where the discharge leaves the construction site, rather than in the receiving water. 3. Discharges that exceed the numeric effluent limit for pH (outside the range of 6.5 – 8.5 su) constitute a violation of this permit. 4. Permittees whose discharges exceed the numeric effluent limit shall sample discharges daily until the violation is corrected and comply with the non- compliance notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F. E. Sampling and Limits for Sites Discharging to Waters Covered by a TMDL or Another Pollution Control Plan 1. Discharges to a waterbody that is subject to a Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus must be consistent with the TMDL. Refer to http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/tmdl/ TMDLsbyWria/TMDLbyWria.html for more information on TMDLs. a. Where an applicable TMDL sets specific waste load allocations or requirements for discharges covered by this permit, discharges must be consistent with any specific waste load allocations or requirements established by the applicable TMDL. i. The Permittee must sample discharges weekly or as otherwise specified by the TMDL to evaluate compliance with the specific waste load allocations or requirements. ii. Analytical methods used to meet the monitoring requirements must conform to the latest revision of the Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants contained in 40 CFR Part 136. Turbidity and pH methods need not be accredited or registered unless conducted at a laboratory which must otherwise be accredited or registered. b. Where an applicable TMDL has established a general waste load allocation for construction stormwater discharges, but has not identified specific requirements,
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 26
compliance with Special Conditions S4 (Monitoring) and S9 (SWPPPs) will constitute compliance with the approved TMDL. c. Where an applicable TMDL has not specified a waste load allocation for construction stormwater discharges, but has not excluded these discharges, compliance with Special Conditions S4 (Monitoring) and S9 (SWPPPs) will constitute compliance with the approved TMDL. d. Where an applicable TMDL specifically precludes or prohibits discharges from construction activity, the operator is not eligible for coverage under this permit. 2. Applicable TMDL means a TMDL for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus that is completed and approved by EPA before January 1, 2016, or before the date the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later. TMDLs completed after the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology become applicable to the Permittee only if they are imposed through an administrative order by Ecology, or through a modification of permit coverage.
S9. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
The Permittee must prepare and properly implement an adequate Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for construction activity in accordance with the requirements of this permit beginning with initial soil disturbance and until final stabilization. A. The Permittee’s SWPPP must meet the following objectives: 1. To implement best management practices (BMPs) to prevent erosion and sedimentation, and to identify, reduce, eliminate or prevent stormwater contamination and water pollution from construction activity. 2. To prevent violations of surface water quality, ground water quality, or sediment management standards. 3. To control peak volumetric flow rates and velocities of stormwater discharges. B. General Requirements 1. The SWPPP must include a narrative and drawings. All BMPs must be clearly referenced in the narrative and marked on the drawings. The SWPPP narrative must include documentation to explain and justify the pollution prevention decisions made for the project. Documentation must include: a. Information about existing site conditions (topography, drainage, soils, vegetation, etc.). b. Potential erosion problem areas. c. The 13 elements of a SWPPP in Special Condition S9.D.1-13, including BMPs used to address each element.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 27
d. Construction phasing/sequence and general BMP implementation schedule. e. The actions to be taken if BMP performance goals are not achieved—for example, a contingency plan for additional treatment and/or storage of stormwater that would violate the water quality standards if discharged. f. Engineering calculations for ponds, treatment systems, and any other designed structures. 2. The Permittee must modify the SWPPP if, during inspections or investigations conducted by the owner/operator, or the applicable local or state regulatory authority, it is determined that the SWPPP is, or would be, ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from the site. The Permittee must then: a. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection or investigation. b. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the problems no later than 10 days from the inspection or investigation. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when an extension is requested by a Permittee within the initial 10-day response period. c. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book. The Permittee must modify the SWPPP whenever there is a change in design, construction, operation, or maintenance at the construction site that has, or could have, a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to waters of the State. C. Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) BMPs must be consistent with: 1. Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (most current approved edition at the time this permit was issued), for sites west of the crest of the Cascade Mountains; or 2. Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington (most current approved edition at the time this permit was issued), for sites east of the crest of the Cascade Mountains; or 3. Revisions to the manuals listed in Special Condition S9.C.1. & 2., or other stormwater management guidance documents or manuals which provide an equivalent level of pollution prevention, that are approved by Ecology and incorporated into this permit in accordance with the permit modification requirements of WAC 173-226-230; or
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 28
4. Documentation in the SWPPP that the BMPs selected provide an equivalent level of pollution prevention, compared to the applicable Stormwater Management Manuals, including: a. The technical basis for the selection of all stormwater BMPs (scientific, technical studies, and/or modeling) that support the performance claims for the BMPs being selected. b. An assessment of how the selected BMP will satisfy AKART requirements and the applicable federal technology-based treatment requirements under 40 CFR part 125.3. D. SWPPP – Narrative Contents and Requirements The Permittee must include each of the 13 elements below in Special Condition S9.D.1-13 in the narrative of the SWPPP and implement them unless site conditions render the element unnecessary and the exemption from that element is clearly justified in the SWPPP. 1. Preserve Vegetation/Mark Clearing Limits a. Before beginning land-disturbing activities, including clearing and grading, clearly mark all clearing limits, sensitive areas and their buffers, and trees that are to be preserved within the construction area. b. Retain the duff layer, native topsoil, and natural vegetation in an undisturbed state to the maximum degree practicable. 2. Establish Construction Access a. Limit construction vehicle access and exit to one route, if possible. b. Stabilize access points with a pad of quarry spalls, crushed rock, or other equivalent BMPs, to minimize tracking sediment onto roads. c. Locate wheel wash or tire baths on site, if the stabilized construction entrance is not effective in preventing tracking sediment onto roads. d. If sediment is tracked off site, clean the affected roadway thoroughly at the end of each day, or more frequently as necessary (for example, during wet weather). Remove sediment from roads by shoveling, sweeping, or pickup and transport of the sediment to a controlled sediment disposal area. e. Conduct street washing only after sediment removal in accordance with Special Condition S9.D.2.d. Control street wash wastewater by pumping back on site or otherwise preventing it from discharging into systems tributary to waters of the State. 3. Control Flow Rates a. Protect properties and waterways downstream of development sites from erosion and the associated discharge of turbid waters due to increases in the
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 29
velocity and peak volumetric flow rate of stormwater runoff from the project site, as required by local plan approval authority. b. Where necessary to comply with Special Condition S9.D.3.a, construct stormwater retention or detention facilities as one of the first steps in grading. Assure that detention facilities function properly before constructing site improvements (for example, impervious surfaces). c. If permanent infiltration ponds are used for flow control during construction, protect these facilities from siltation during the construction phase. 4. Install Sediment Controls The Permittee must design, install and maintain effective erosion controls and sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants. At a minimum, the Permittee must design, install and maintain such controls to: a. Construct sediment control BMPs (sediment ponds, traps, filters, infiltration facilities, etc.) as one of the first steps in grading. These BMPs must be functional before other land disturbing activities take place. b. Minimize sediment discharges from the site. The design, installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the amount, frequency, intensity and duration of precipitation, the nature of resulting stormwater runoff, and soil characteristics, including the range of soil particle sizes expected to be present on the site. c. Direct stormwater runoff from disturbed areas through a sediment pond or other appropriate sediment removal BMP, before the runoff leaves a construction site or before discharge to an infiltration facility. Runoff from fully stabilized areas may be discharged without a sediment removal BMP, but must meet the flow control performance standard of Special Condition S9.D.3.a. d. Locate BMPs intended to trap sediment on site in a manner to avoid interference with the movement of juvenile salmonids attempting to enter off-channel areas or drainages. e. Provide and maintain natural buffers around surface waters, direct stormwater to vegetated areas to increase sediment removal and maximize stormwater infiltration, unless infeasible. f. Where feasible, design outlet structures that withdraw impounded stormwater from the surface to avoid discharging sediment that is still suspended lower in the water column. 5. Stabilize Soils a. The Permittee must stabilize exposed and unworked soils by application of effective BMPs that prevent erosion. Applicable BMPs include, but are not limited to: temporary and permanent seeding, sodding, mulching, plastic covering, erosion control fabrics and matting, soil application of polyacrylamide
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 30
(PAM), the early application of gravel base on areas to be paved, and dust control. b. The Permittee must control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to minimize soil erosion. c. The Permittee must control stormwater discharges, including both peak flow rates and total stormwater volume, to minimize erosion at outlets and to minimize downstream channel and stream bank erosion. d. Depending on the geographic location of the project, the Permittee must not allow soils to remain exposed and unworked for more than the time periods set forth below to prevent erosion: West of the Cascade Mountains Crest During the dry season (May 1 - September 30): 7 days During the wet season (October 1 - April 30): 2 days
East of the Cascade Mountains Crest, except for Central Basin* During the dry season (July 1 - September 30): 10 days During the wet season (October 1 - June 30): 5 days
The Central Basin*, East of the Cascade Mountains Crest During the dry season (July 1 - September 30): 30 days During the wet season (October 1 - June 30): 15 days
*Note: The Central Basin is defined as the portions of Eastern Washington with mean annual precipitation of less than 12 inches. e. The Permittee must stabilize soils at the end of the shift before a holiday or weekend if needed based on the weather forecast. f. The Permittee must stabilize soil stockpiles from erosion, protected with sediment trapping measures, and where possible, be located away from storm drain inlets, waterways, and drainage channels. g. The Permittee must minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction activity. h. The Permittee must minimize the disturbance of steep slopes. i. The Permittee must minimize soil compaction and, unless infeasible, preserve topsoil. 6. Protect Slopes a. The Permittee must design and construct cut-and-fill slopes in a manner to minimize erosion. Applicable practices include, but are not limited to, reducing continuous length of slope with terracing and diversions, reducing slope steepness, and roughening slope surfaces (for example, track walking).
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 31
b. The Permittee must divert off-site stormwater (run-on) or ground water away from slopes and disturbed areas with interceptor dikes, pipes, and/or swales. Off-site stormwater should be managed separately from stormwater generated on the site. c. At the top of slopes, collect drainage in pipe slope drains or protected channels to prevent erosion. i. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Temporary pipe slope drains must handle the peak 10-minute flow rate from a Type 1A, 10-year, 24-hour frequency storm for the developed condition. Alternatively, the 10-year, 1-hour flow rate predicted by an approved continuous runoff model, increased by a factor of 1.6, may be used. The hydrologic analysis must use the existing land cover condition for predicting flow rates from tributary areas outside the project limits. For tributary areas on the project site, the analysis must use the temporary or permanent project land cover condition, whichever will produce the highest flow rates. If using the Western Washington Hydrology Model (WWHM) to predict flows, bare soil areas should be modeled as "landscaped area.” ii. East of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Temporary pipe slope drains must handle the expected peak flow rate from a 6-month, 3-hour storm for the developed condition, referred to as the short duration storm. d. Place excavated material on the uphill side of trenches, consistent with safety and space considerations. e. Place check dams at regular intervals within constructed channels that are cut down a slope. 7. Protect Drain Inlets a. Protect all storm drain inlets made operable during construction so that stormwater runoff does not enter the conveyance system without first being filtered or treated to remove sediment. b. Clean or remove and replace inlet protection devices when sediment has filled one-third of the available storage (unless a different standard is specified by the product manufacturer). 8. Stabilize Channels and Outlets a. Design, construct and stabilize all on-site conveyance channels to prevent erosion from the following expected peak flows: i. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Channels must handle the peak 10-minute flow rate from a Type 1A, 10-year, 24-hour frequency storm for the developed condition. Alternatively, the 10-year, 1-hour flow rate indicated by an approved continuous runoff model, increased by a factor of 1.6, may be used. The hydrologic analysis must use the existing land
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 32
cover condition for predicting flow rates from tributary areas outside the project limits. For tributary areas on the project site, the analysis must use the temporary or permanent project land cover condition, whichever will produce the highest flow rates. If using the WWHM to predict flows, bare soil areas should be modeled as "landscaped area.” ii. East of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Channels must handle the expected peak flow rate from a 6-month, 3-hour storm for the developed condition, referred to as the short duration storm. b. Provide stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes, and downstream reaches at the outlets of all conveyance systems. 9. Control Pollutants Design, install, implement and maintain effective pollution prevention measures to minimize the discharge of pollutants. The Permittee must: a. Handle and dispose of all pollutants, including waste materials and demolition debris that occur on site in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. b. Provide cover, containment, and protection from vandalism for all chemicals, liquid products, petroleum products, and other materials that have the potential to pose a threat to human health or the environment. On-site fueling tanks must include secondary containment. Secondary containment means placing tanks or containers within an impervious structure capable of containing 110% of the volume contained in the largest tank within the containment structure. Double- walled tanks do not require additional secondary containment. c. Conduct maintenance, fueling, and repair of heavy equipment and vehicles using spill prevention and control measures. Clean contaminated surfaces immediately following any spill incident. d. Discharge wheel wash or tire bath wastewater to a separate on-site treatment system that prevents discharge to surface water, such as closed-loop recirculation or upland land application, or to the sanitary sewer with local sewer district approval. e. Apply fertilizers and pesticides in a manner and at application rates that will not result in loss of chemical to stormwater runoff. Follow manufacturers’ label requirements for application rates and procedures. f. Use BMPs to prevent contamination of stormwater runoff by pH-modifying sources. The sources for this contamination include, but are not limited to: bulk cement, cement kiln dust, fly ash, new concrete washing and curing waters, recycled concrete stockpiles, waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing, exposed aggregate processes, dewatering concrete vaults, concrete
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 33
pumping and mixer washout waters. (Also refer to the definition for "concrete wastewater" in Appendix A--Definitions.) g. Adjust the pH of stormwater or authorized non-stormwater if necessary to prevent an exceedance of groundwater and/or surface water quality standards. h. Assure that washout of concrete trucks is performed off-site or in designated concrete washout areas only. Do not wash out concrete trucks or concrete handling equipment onto the ground, or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. Do not dump excess concrete on site, except in designated concrete washout areas. Concrete spillage or concrete discharge to surface waters of the State is prohibited. i. Obtain written approval from Ecology before using any chemical treatment, with the exception of CO2 or dry ice used to adjust pH. j. Uncontaminated water from water-only based shaft drilling for construction of building, road, and bridge foundations may be infiltrated provided the wastewater is managed in a way that prohibits discharge to surface waters. Prior to infiltration, water from water-only based shaft drilling that comes into contact with curing concrete must be neutralized until pH is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5 (su). 10. Control Dewatering a. Permittees must discharge foundation, vault, and trench dewatering water, which have characteristics similar to stormwater runoff at the site, into a controlled conveyance system before discharge to a sediment trap or sediment pond. b. Permittees may discharge clean, non-turbid dewatering water, such as well- point ground water, to systems tributary to, or directly into surface waters of the State, as specified in Special Condition S9.D.8, provided the dewatering flow does not cause erosion or flooding of receiving waters. Do not route clean dewatering water through stormwater sediment ponds. Note that “surface waters of the State” may exist on a construction site as well as off site; for example, a creek running through a site. c. Other dewatering treatment or disposal options may include: i. Infiltration. ii. Transport off site in a vehicle, such as a vacuum flush truck, for legal disposal in a manner that does not pollute state waters. iii. Ecology-approved on-site chemical treatment or other suitable treatment technologies (see S9.D.9.i. regarding chemical treatment written approval). iv. Sanitary or combined sewer discharge with local sewer district approval, if there is no other option.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 34
v. Use of a sedimentation bag with discharge to a ditch or swale for small volumes of localized dewatering. d. Permittees must handle highly turbid or contaminated dewatering water separately from stormwater. 11. Maintain BMPs a. Permittees must maintain and repair all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function in accordance with BMP specifications. b. Permittees must remove all temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs within 30 days after achieving final site stabilization or after the temporary BMPs are no longer needed. 12. Manage the Project a. Phase development projects to the maximum degree practicable and take into account seasonal work limitations. b. Inspection and monitoring – Inspect, maintain and repair all BMPs as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. Conduct site inspections and monitoring in accordance with Special Condition S4. c. Maintaining an updated construction SWPPP – Maintain, update, and implement the SWPPP in accordance with Special Conditions S3, S4 and S9. 13. Protect Low Impact Development (LID) BMPs The primary purpose of LID BMPs/On-site LID Stormwater Management BMPs is to reduce the disruption of the natural site hydrology. LID BMPs are permanent facilities. a. Permittees must protect all Bioretention and Rain Garden facilities from sedimentation through installation and maintenance of erosion and sediment control BMPs on portions of the site that drain into the Bioretention and/or Rain Garden facilities. Restore the facilities to their fully functioning condition if they accumulate sediment during construction. Restoring the facility must include removal of sediment and any sediment-laden Bioretention/Rain Garden soils, and replacing the removed soils with soils meeting the design specification. b. Permittees must maintain the infiltration capabilities of Bioretention and Rain Garden facilities by protecting against compaction by construction equipment and foot traffic. Protect completed lawn and landscaped areas from compaction due to construction equipment. c. Permittees must control erosion and avoid introducing sediment from surrounding land uses onto permeable pavements. Do not allow muddy
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 35
construction equipment on the base material or pavement. Do not allow sediment-laden runoff onto permeable pavements. d. Permittees must clean permeable pavements fouled with sediments or no longer passing an initial infiltration test using local stormwater manual methodology or the manufacturer’s procedures. e. Permittees must keep all heavy equipment off existing soils under LID facilities that have been excavated to final grade to retain the infiltration rate of the soils. E. SWPPP – Map Contents and Requirements The Permittee’s SWPPP must also include a vicinity map or general location map (for example, a USGS quadrangle map, a portion of a county or city map, or other appropriate map) with enough detail to identify the location of the construction site and receiving waters within one mile of the site. The SWPPP must also include a legible site map (or maps) showing the entire construction site. The following features must be identified, unless not applicable due to site conditions: 1. The direction of north, property lines, and existing structures and roads. 2. Cut and fill slopes indicating the top and bottom of slope catch lines. 3. Approximate slopes, contours, and direction of stormwater flow before and after major grading activities. 4. Areas of soil disturbance and areas that will not be disturbed. 5. Locations of structural and nonstructural controls (BMPs) identified in the SWPPP. 6. Locations of off-site material, stockpiles, waste storage, borrow areas, and vehicle/equipment storage areas. 7. Locations of all surface water bodies, including wetlands. 8. Locations where stormwater or non-stormwater discharges off-site and/or to a surface waterbody, including wetlands. 9. Location of water quality sampling station(s), if sampling is required by state or local permitting authority. 10. Areas where final stabilization has been accomplished and no further construction- phase permit requirements apply. 11. Location or proposed location of LID facilities.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 36
S10. NOTICE OF TERMINATION
A. The site is eligible for termination of coverage when it has met any of the following conditions: 1. The site has undergone final stabilization, the Permittee has removed all temporary BMPs (except biodegradable BMPs clearly manufactured with the intention for the material to be left in place and not interfere with maintenance or land use), and all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity have been eliminated; or 2. All portions of the site that have not undergone final stabilization per Special Condition S10.A.1 have been sold and/or transferred (per General Condition G9), and the Permittee no longer has operational control of the construction activity; or 3. For residential construction only, the Permittee has completed temporary stabilization and the homeowners have taken possession of the residences. B. When the site is eligible for termination, the Permittee must submit a complete and accurate Notice of Termination (NOT) form, signed in accordance with General Condition G2, to: Department of Ecology Water Quality Program – Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, Washington 98504-7696 When an electronic termination form is available, the Permittee may choose to submit a complete and accurate Notice of Termination (NOT) form through the Water Quality Permitting Portal rather than mailing a hardcopy as noted above. The termination is effective on the thirty-first calendar day following the date Ecology receives a complete NOT form, unless Ecology notifies the Permittee that the termination request is denied because the Permittee has not met the eligibility requirements in Special Condition S10.A. Permittees are required to comply with all conditions and effluent limitations in the permit until the permit has been terminated. Permittees transferring the property to a new property owner or operator/Permittee are required to complete and submit the Notice of Transfer form to Ecology, but are not required to submit a Notice of Termination form for this type of transaction.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 37
GENERAL CONDITIONS
G1. DISCHARGE VIOLATIONS
All discharges and activities authorized by this general permit must be consistent with the terms and conditions of this general permit. Any discharge of any pollutant more frequent than or at a level in excess of that identified and authorized by the general permit must constitute a violation of the terms and conditions of this permit.
G2. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. All permit applications must bear a certification of correctness to be signed: 1. In the case of corporations, by a responsible corporate officer; 2. In the case of a partnership, by a general partner of a partnership; 3. In the case of sole proprietorship, by the proprietor; or 4. In the case of a municipal, state, or other public facility, by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. B. All reports required by this permit and other information requested by Ecology (including NOIs, NOTs, and Transfer of Coverage forms) must be signed by a person described above or by a duly authorized representative of that person. A person is a duly authorized representative only if: 1. The authorization is made in writing by a person described above and submitted to Ecology. 2. The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility, such as the position of plant manager, superintendent, position of equivalent responsibility, or an individual or position having overall responsibility for environmental matters. C. Changes to authorization. If an authorization under paragraph G2.B.2 above is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of paragraph G2.B.2 above must be submitted to Ecology prior to or together with any reports, information, or applications to be signed by an authorized representative. D. Certification. Any person signing a document under this section must make the following certification: “I certify under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering information, the information submitted is, to the best of my
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 38
knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.”
G3. RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND ENTRY
The Permittee must allow an authorized representative of Ecology, upon the presentation of credentials and such other documents as may be required by law: A. To enter upon the premises where a discharge is located or where any records are kept under the terms and conditions of this permit. B. To have access to and copy – at reasonable times and at reasonable cost – any records required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit. C. To inspect – at reasonable times – any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, methods, or operations regulated or required under this permit. D. To sample or monitor – at reasonable times – any substances or parameters at any location for purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the Clean Water Act.
G4. GENERAL PERMIT MODIFICATION AND REVOCATION
This permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 173-226 WAC. Grounds for modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination include, but are not limited to, the following: A. When a change occurs in the technology or practices for control or abatement of pollutants applicable to the category of dischargers covered under this permit. B. When effluent limitation guidelines or standards are promulgated pursuant to the CWA or Chapter 90.48 RCW, for the category of dischargers covered under this permit. C. When a water quality management plan containing requirements applicable to the category of dischargers covered under this permit is approved, or D. When information is obtained that indicates cumulative effects on the environment from dischargers covered under this permit are unacceptable.
G5. REVOCATION OF COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT
Pursuant to Chapter 43.21B RCW and Chapter 173-226 WAC, the Director may terminate coverage for any discharger under this permit for cause. Cases where coverage may be terminated include, but are not limited to, the following: A. Violation of any term or condition of this permit. B. Obtaining coverage under this permit by misrepresentation or failure to disclose fully all relevant facts.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 39
C. A change in any condition that requires either a temporary or permanent reduction or elimination of the permitted discharge. D. Failure or refusal of the Permittee to allow entry as required in RCW 90.48.090. E. A determination that the permitted activity endangers human health or the environment, or contributes to water quality standards violations. F. Nonpayment of permit fees or penalties assessed pursuant to RCW 90.48.465 and Chapter 173-224 WAC. G. Failure of the Permittee to satisfy the public notice requirements of WAC 173-226- 130(5), when applicable. The Director may require any discharger under this permit to apply for and obtain coverage under an individual permit or another more specific general permit. Permittees who have their coverage revoked for cause according to WAC 173-226-240 may request temporary coverage under this permit during the time an individual permit is being developed, provided the request is made within ninety (90) days from the time of revocation and is submitted along with a complete individual permit application form.
G6. REPORTING A CAUSE FOR MODIFICATION
The Permittee must submit a new application, or a supplement to the previous application, whenever a material change to the construction activity or in the quantity or type of discharge is anticipated which is not specifically authorized by this permit. This application must be submitted at least sixty (60) days prior to any proposed changes. Filing a request for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not relieve the Permittee of the duty to comply with the existing permit until it is modified or reissued.
G7. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS AND STATUTES
Nothing in this permit will be construed as excusing the Permittee from compliance with any applicable federal, state, or local statutes, ordinances, or regulations.
G8. DUTY TO REAPPLY
The Permittee must apply for permit renewal at least 180 days prior to the specified expiration date of this permit. The Permittee must reapply using the electronic application form (NOI) available on Ecology’s website. Permittees unable to submit electronically (for example, those who do not have an internet connection) must contact Ecology to request a waiver and obtain instructions on how to obtain a paper NOI. Department of Ecology Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater PO Box 47696 Olympia, Washington 98504-7696
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 40
G9. TRANSFER OF GENERAL PERMIT COVERAGE
Coverage under this general permit is automatically transferred to a new discharger, including operators of lots/parcels within a common plan of development or sale, if: A. A written agreement (Transfer of Coverage Form) between the current discharger (Permittee) and new discharger, signed by both parties and containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage, and liability (including any Administrative Orders associated with the Permit) is submitted to the Director; and B. The Director does not notify the current discharger and new discharger of the Director’s intent to revoke coverage under the general permit. If this notice is not given, the transfer is effective on the date specified in the written agreement. When a current discharger (Permittee) transfers a portion of a permitted site, the current discharger must also submit an updated application form (NOI) to the Director indicating the remaining permitted acreage after the transfer.
G10. REMOVED SUBSTANCES
The Permittee must not re-suspend or reintroduce collected screenings, grit, solids, sludges, filter backwash, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of stormwater to the final effluent stream for discharge to state waters.
G11. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION
The Permittee must submit to Ecology, within a reasonable time, all information that Ecology may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating this permit or to determine compliance with this permit. The Permittee must also submit to Ecology, upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this permit [40 CFR 122.41(h)].
G12. OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF 40 CFR
All other requirements of 40 CFR 122.41 and 122.42 are incorporated in this permit by reference.
G13. ADDITIONAL MONITORING
Ecology may establish specific monitoring requirements in addition to those contained in this permit by administrative order or permit modification.
G14. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATING PERMIT CONDITIONS
Any person who is found guilty of willfully violating the terms and conditions of this permit shall be deemed guilty of a crime, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) and costs of prosecution, or by imprisonment at the discretion of the court. Each day upon which a willful violation occurs may be deemed a separate and additional violation.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 41
Any person who violates the terms and conditions of a waste discharge permit shall incur, in addition to any other penalty as provided by law, a civil penalty in the amount of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for every such violation. Each and every such violation shall be a separate and distinct offense, and in case of a continuing violation, every day’s continuance shall be deemed to be a separate and distinct violation.
G15. UPSET
Definition – “Upset” means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology-based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the Permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, or careless or improper operation. An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with such technology-based permit effluent limitations if the requirements of the following paragraph are met. A Permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset must demonstrate, through properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs or other relevant evidence that: 1) an upset occurred and that the Permittee can identify the cause(s) of the upset; 2) the permitted facility was being properly operated at the time of the upset; 3) the Permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in Special Condition S5.F, and; 4) the Permittee complied with any remedial measures required under this permit. In any enforcement proceeding, the Permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof.
G16. PROPERTY RIGHTS
This permit does not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege.
G17. DUTY TO COMPLY
The Permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit. Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the Clean Water Act and is grounds for enforcement action; for permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or denial of a permit renewal application.
G18. TOXIC POLLUTANTS
The Permittee must comply with effluent standards or prohibitions established under Section 307(a) of the Clean Water Act for toxic pollutants within the time provided in the regulations that establish those standards or prohibitions, even if this permit has not yet been modified to incorporate the requirement.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 42
G19. PENALTIES FOR TAMPERING
The Clean Water Act provides that any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained under this permit shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 per violation, or by imprisonment for not more than two years per violation, or by both. If a conviction of a person is for a violation committed after a first conviction of such person under this condition, punishment shall be a fine of not more than $20,000 per day of violation, or imprisonment of not more than four (4) years, or both.
G20. REPORTING PLANNED CHANGES
The Permittee must, as soon as possible, give notice to Ecology of planned physical alterations, modifications or additions to the permitted construction activity. The Permittee should be aware that, depending on the nature and size of the changes to the original permit, a new public notice and other permit process requirements may be required. Changes in activities that require reporting to Ecology include those that will result in: A. The permitted facility being determined to be a new source pursuant to 40 CFR 122.29(b). B. A significant change in the nature or an increase in quantity of pollutants discharged, including but not limited to: for sites 5 acres or larger, a 20% or greater increase in acreage disturbed by construction activity. C. A change in or addition of surface water(s) receiving stormwater or non-stormwater from the construction activity. D. A change in the construction plans and/or activity that affects the Permittee’s monitoring requirements in Special Condition S4. Following such notice, permit coverage may be modified, or revoked and reissued pursuant to 40 CFR 122.62(a) to specify and limit any pollutants not previously limited. Until such modification is effective, any new or increased discharge in excess of permit limits or not specifically authorized by this permit constitutes a violation.
G21. REPORTING OTHER INFORMATION
Where the Permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application, or submitted incorrect information in a permit application or in any report to Ecology, it must promptly submit such facts or information.
G22. REPORTING ANTICIPATED NON-COMPLIANCE
The Permittee must give advance notice to Ecology by submission of a new application or supplement thereto at least forty-five (45) days prior to commencement of such discharges, of any facility expansions, production increases, or other planned changes, such as process modifications, in the permitted facility or activity which may result in noncompliance with permit limits or conditions. Any maintenance of facilities, which might necessitate
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 43
unavoidable interruption of operation and degradation of effluent quality, must be scheduled during non-critical water quality periods and carried out in a manner approved by Ecology.
G23. REQUESTS TO BE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT
Any discharger authorized by this permit may request to be excluded from coverage under the general permit by applying for an individual permit. The discharger must submit to the Director an application as described in WAC 173-220-040 or WAC 173-216-070, whichever is applicable, with reasons supporting the request. These reasons will fully document how an individual permit will apply to the applicant in a way that the general permit cannot. Ecology may make specific requests for information to support the request. The Director will either issue an individual permit or deny the request with a statement explaining the reason for the denial. When an individual permit is issued to a discharger otherwise subject to the construction stormwater general permit, the applicability of the construction stormwater general permit to that Permittee is automatically terminated on the effective date of the individual permit.
G24. APPEALS
A. The terms and conditions of this general permit, as they apply to the appropriate class of dischargers, are subject to appeal by any person within 30 days of issuance of this general permit, in accordance with Chapter 43.21B RCW, and Chapter 173-226 WAC. B. The terms and conditions of this general permit, as they apply to an individual discharger, are appealable in accordance with Chapter 43.21B RCW within 30 days of the effective date of coverage of that discharger. Consideration of an appeal of general permit coverage of an individual discharger is limited to the general permit’s applicability or nonapplicability to that individual discharger. C. The appeal of general permit coverage of an individual discharger does not affect any other dischargers covered under this general permit. If the terms and conditions of this general permit are found to be inapplicable to any individual discharger(s), the matter shall be remanded to Ecology for consideration of issuance of an individual permit or permits.
G25. SEVERABILITY
The provisions of this permit are severable, and if any provision of this permit, or application of any provision of this permit to any circumstance, is held invalid, the application of such provision to other circumstances, and the remainder of this permit shall not be affected thereby.
G26. BYPASS PROHIBITED
A. Bypass Procedures Bypass, which is the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility, is prohibited for stormwater events below the design criteria for
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 44
stormwater management. Ecology may take enforcement action against a Permittee for bypass unless one of the following circumstances (1, 2, 3 or 4) is applicable. 1. Bypass of stormwater is consistent with the design criteria and part of an approved management practice in the applicable stormwater management manual. 2. Bypass for essential maintenance without the potential to cause violation of permit limits or conditions. Bypass is authorized if it is for essential maintenance and does not have the potential to cause violations of limitations or other conditions of this permit, or adversely impact public health. 3. Bypass of stormwater is unavoidable, unanticipated, and results in noncompliance of this permit. This bypass is permitted only if: a. Bypass is unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage. “Severe property damage” means substantial physical damage to property, damage to the treatment facilities which would cause them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. b. There are no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime (but not if adequate backup equipment should have been installed in the exercise of reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventative maintenance), or transport of untreated wastes to another treatment facility. c. Ecology is properly notified of the bypass as required in Special Condition S5.F of this permit. 4. A planned action that would cause bypass of stormwater and has the potential to result in noncompliance of this permit during a storm event. The Permittee must notify Ecology at least thirty (30) days before the planned date of bypass. The notice must contain: a. A description of the bypass and its cause. b. An analysis of all known alternatives which would eliminate, reduce, or mitigate the need for bypassing. c. A cost-effectiveness analysis of alternatives including comparative resource damage assessment. d. The minimum and maximum duration of bypass under each alternative. e. A recommendation as to the preferred alternative for conducting the bypass.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 45
f. The projected date of bypass initiation. g. A statement of compliance with SEPA. h. A request for modification of water quality standards as provided for in WAC 173-201A-110, if an exceedance of any water quality standard is anticipated. i. Steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the bypass. 5. For probable construction bypasses, the need to bypass is to be identified as early in the planning process as possible. The analysis required above must be considered during preparation of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and must be included to the extent practical. In cases where the probable need to bypass is determined early, continued analysis is necessary up to and including the construction period in an effort to minimize or eliminate the bypass. Ecology will consider the following before issuing an administrative order for this type bypass: a. If the bypass is necessary to perform construction or maintenance-related activities essential to meet the requirements of this permit. b. If there are feasible alternatives to bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, stopping production, maintenance during normal periods of equipment down time, or transport of untreated wastes to another treatment facility. c. If the bypass is planned and scheduled to minimize adverse effects on the public and the environment. After consideration of the above and the adverse effects of the proposed bypass and any other relevant factors, Ecology will approve, conditionally approve, or deny the request. The public must be notified and given an opportunity to comment on bypass incidents of significant duration, to the extent feasible. Approval of a request to bypass will be by administrative order issued by Ecology under RCW 90.48.120. B. Duty to Mitigate The Permittee is required to take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 46
APPENDIX A – DEFINITIONS
AKART is an acronym for “all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention, control, and treatment.” AKART represents the most current methodology that can be reasonably required for preventing, controlling, or abating the pollutants and controlling pollution associated with a discharge.
Applicable TMDL means a TMDL for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, which was completed and approved by EPA before January 1, 2016, or before the date the operator’s complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later.
Applicant means an operator seeking coverage under this permit.
Benchmark means a pollutant concentration used as a permit threshold, below which a pollutant is considered unlikely to cause a water quality violation, and above which it may. When pollutant concentrations exceed benchmarks, corrective action requirements take effect. Benchmark values are not water quality standards and are not numeric effluent limitations; they are indicator values.
Best Management Practices (BMPs) means schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other physical, structural and/or managerial practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of waters of the State. BMPs include treatment systems, operating procedures, and practices to control: stormwater associated with construction activity, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage.
Buffer means an area designated by a local jurisdiction that is contiguous to and intended to protect a sensitive area.
Bypass means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility.
Calendar Day A period of 24 consecutive hours starting at 12:00 midnight and ending the following 12:00 midnight.
Calendar Week (same as Week) means a period of seven consecutive days starting at 12:01 a.m. (0:01 hours) on Sunday.
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) means a person who has current certification through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the minimum training standards established by Ecology (see BMP C160 in the SWMM). Chemical Treatment means the addition of chemicals to stormwater and/or authorized non- stormwater prior to filtration and discharge to surface waters. Clean Water Act (CWA) means the Federal Water Pollution Control Act enacted by Public Law 92-500, as amended by Public Laws 95-217, 95-576, 96-483, and 97-117; USC 1251 et seq.
Combined Sewer means a sewer which has been designed to serve as a sanitary sewer and a storm sewer, and into which inflow is allowed by local ordinance.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 47
Common Plan of Development or Sale means a site where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules and/or by different contractors, but still under a single plan. Examples include: 1) phased projects and projects with multiple filings or lots, even if the separate phases or filings/lots will be constructed under separate contract or by separate owners (e.g., a development where lots are sold to separate builders); 2) a development plan that may be phased over multiple years, but is still under a consistent plan for long-term development; 3) projects in a contiguous area that may be unrelated but still under the same contract, such as construction of a building extension and a new parking lot at the same facility; and 4) linear projects such as roads, pipelines, or utilities. If the project is part of a common plan of development or sale, the disturbed area of the entire plan must be used in determining permit requirements.
Composite Sample means a mixture of grab samples collected at the same sampling point at different times, formed either by continuous sampling or by mixing discrete samples. May be "time-composite" (collected at constant time intervals) or "flow-proportional" (collected either as a constant sample volume at time intervals proportional to stream flow, or collected by increasing the volume of each aliquot as the flow increases while maintaining a constant time interval between the aliquots.
Concrete Wastewater means any water used in the production, pouring and/or clean-up of concrete or concrete products, and any water used to cut, grind, wash, or otherwise modify concrete or concrete products. Examples include water used for or resulting from concrete truck/mixer/pumper/tool/chute rinsing or washing, concrete saw cutting and surfacing (sawing, coring, grinding, roughening, hydro-demolition, bridge and road surfacing). When stormwater comingles with concrete wastewater, the resulting water is considered concrete wastewater and must be managed to prevent discharge to waters of the State, including ground water.
Construction Activity means land disturbing operations including clearing, grading or excavation which disturbs the surface of the land. Such activities may include road construction, construction of residential houses, office buildings, or industrial buildings, site preparation, soil compaction, movement and stockpiling of topsoils, and demolition activity.
Contaminant means any hazardous substance that does not occur naturally or occurs at greater than natural background levels. See definition of “hazardous substance” and WAC 173-340-200.
Contaminated Groundwater means groundwater which contains contaminants, pollutants, or hazardous substances that do not occur naturally or occur at levels greater than natural background.
Contaminated Soil means soil which contains contaminants, pollutants, or hazardous substances that do not occur naturally or occur at levels greater than natural background.
Demonstrably Equivalent means that the technical basis for the selection of all stormwater BMPs is documented within a SWPPP, including: 1. The method and reasons for choosing the stormwater BMPs selected.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 48
2. The pollutant removal performance expected from the BMPs selected. 3. The technical basis supporting the performance claims for the BMPs selected, including any available data concerning field performance of the BMPs selected. 4. An assessment of how the selected BMPs will comply with state water quality standards. 5. An assessment of how the selected BMPs will satisfy both applicable federal technology- based treatment requirements and state requirements to use all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention, control, and treatment (AKART). Department means the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Detention means the temporary storage of stormwater to improve quality and/or to reduce the mass flow rate of discharge.
Dewatering means the act of pumping ground water or stormwater away from an active construction site.
Director means the Director of the Washington State Department of Ecology or his/her authorized representative.
Discharger means an owner or operator of any facility or activity subject to regulation under Chapter 90.48 RCW or the Federal Clean Water Act.
Domestic Wastewater means water carrying human wastes, including kitchen, bath, and laundry wastes from residences, buildings, industrial establishments, or other places, together with such ground water infiltration or surface waters as may be present.
Ecology means the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Engineered Soils means the use of soil amendments including, but not limited, to Portland cement treated base (CTB), cement kiln dust (CKD), or fly ash to achieve certain desirable soil characteristics.
Equivalent BMPs means operational, source control, treatment, or innovative BMPs which result in equal or better quality of stormwater discharge to surface water or to ground water than BMPs selected from the SWMM.
Erosion means the wearing away of the land surface by running water, wind, ice, or other geological agents, including such processes as gravitational creep.
Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs means BMPs intended to prevent erosion and sedimentation, such as preserving natural vegetation, seeding, mulching and matting, plastic covering, filter fences, sediment traps, and ponds. Erosion and sediment control BMPs are synonymous with stabilization and structural BMPs.
Federal Operator is an entity that meets the definition of “Operator” in this permit and is either any department, agency or instrumentality of the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 49
the Federal government of the United States, or another entity, such as a private contractor, performing construction activity for any such department, agency, or instrumentality.
Final Stabilization (same as fully stabilized or full stabilization) means the establishment of a permanent vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (examples of permanent non-vegetative stabilization methods include, but are not limited to riprap, gabions or geotextiles) which prevents erosion.
Ground Water means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the land surface or a surface waterbody.
Hazardous Substance means any dangerous or extremely hazardous waste as defined in RCW 70.105.010 (5) and (6), or any dangerous or extremely dangerous waste as designated by rule under chapter 70.105 RCW; any hazardous substance as defined in RCW 70.105.010(10) or any hazardous substance as defined by rule under chapter 70.105 RCW; any substance that, on the effective date of this section, is a hazardous substance under section 101(14) of the federal cleanup law, 42 U.S.C., Sec. 9601(14); petroleum or petroleum products; and any substance or category of substances, including solid waste decomposition products, determined by the director by rule to present a threat to human health or the environment if released into the environment. The term hazardous substance does not include any of the following when contained in an underground storage tank from which there is not a release: crude oil or any fraction thereof or petroleum, if the tank is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local law.
Injection Well means a well that is used for the subsurface emplacement of fluids. (See Well.)
Jurisdiction means a political unit such as a city, town or county; incorporated for local self- government.
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) means the national program for issuing, modifying, revoking and reissuing, terminating, monitoring, and enforcing permits, and imposing and enforcing pretreatment requirements, under sections 307, 402, 318, and 405 of the Federal Clean Water Act, for the discharge of pollutants to surface waters of the State from point sources. These permits are referred to as NPDES permits and, in Washington State, are administered by the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Notice of Intent (NOI) means the application for, or a request for coverage under this general permit pursuant to WAC 173-226-200.
Notice of Termination (NOT) means a request for termination of coverage under this general permit as specified by Special Condition S10 of this permit.
Operator means any party associated with a construction project that meets either of the following two criteria: The party has operational control over construction plans and specifications, including the ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications; or
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 50
The party has day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that are necessary to ensure compliance with a SWPPP for the site or other permit conditions (e.g., they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities required by the SWPPP or comply with other permit conditions).
Permittee means individual or entity that receives notice of coverage under this general permit. pH means a liquid’s measure of acidity or alkalinity. A pH of 7 is defined as neutral. Large variations above or below this value are considered harmful to most aquatic life. pH Monitoring Period means the time period in which the pH of stormwater runoff from a site must be tested a minimum of once every seven days to determine if stormwater pH is between 6.5 and 8.5.
Point Source means any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including but not limited to, any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, and container from which pollutants are or may be discharged to surface waters of the State. This term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture. (See Fact Sheet for further explanation.)
Pollutant means dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, filter backwash, sewage, garbage, domestic sewage sludge (biosolids), munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste. This term does not include sewage from vessels within the meaning of section 312 of the CWA, nor does it include dredged or fill material discharged in accordance with a permit issued under section 404 of the CWA.
Pollution means contamination or other alteration of the physical, chemical, or biological properties of waters of the State; including change in temperature, taste, color, turbidity, or odor of the waters; or such discharge of any liquid, gaseous, solid, radioactive or other substance into any waters of the State as will or is likely to create a nuisance or render such waters harmful, detrimental or injurious to the public health, safety or welfare; or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural, recreational, or other legitimate beneficial uses; or to livestock, wild animals, birds, fish or other aquatic life.
Process Wastewater means any water which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into direct contact with or results from the production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product. If stormwater commingles with process wastewater, the commingled water is considered process wastewater.
Receiving Water means the waterbody at the point of discharge. If the discharge is to a storm sewer system, either surface or subsurface, the receiving water is the waterbody to which the storm system discharges. Systems designed primarily for other purposes such as for ground water drainage, redirecting stream natural flows, or for conveyance of irrigation water/return flows that coincidentally convey stormwater are considered the receiving water.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 51
Representative means a stormwater or wastewater sample which represents the flow and characteristics of the discharge. Representative samples may be a grab sample, a time- proportionate composite sample, or a flow proportionate sample. Ecology’s Construction Stormwater Monitoring Manual provides guidance on representative sampling.
Responsible Corporate Officer for the purpose of signatory authority means: (i) a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy- or decision-making functions for the corporation, or (ii) the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities, provided, the manager is authorized to make management decisions which govern the operation of the regulated facility including having the explicit or implicit duty of making major capital investment recommendations, and initiating and directing other comprehensive measures to assure long term environmental compliance with environmental laws and regulations; the manager can ensure that the necessary systems are established or actions taken to gather complete and accurate information for permit application requirements; and where authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures (40 CFR 122.22).
Sanitary Sewer means a sewer which is designed to convey domestic wastewater.
Sediment means the fragmented material that originates from the weathering and erosion of rocks or unconsolidated deposits, and is transported by, suspended in, or deposited by water.
Sedimentation means the depositing or formation of sediment.
Sensitive Area means a waterbody, wetland, stream, aquifer recharge area, or channel migration zone.
SEPA (State Environmental Policy Act) means the Washington State Law, RCW 43.21C.020, intended to prevent or eliminate damage to the environment.
Significant Amount means an amount of a pollutant in a discharge that is amenable to available and reasonable methods of prevention or treatment; or an amount of a pollutant that has a reasonable potential to cause a violation of surface or ground water quality or sediment management standards.
Significant Concrete Work means greater than 1000 cubic yards poured concrete used over the life of a project. Significant Contributor of Pollutants means a facility determined by Ecology to be a contributor of a significant amount(s) of a pollutant(s) to waters of the State of Washington.
Site means the land or water area where any "facility or activity" is physically located or conducted.
Source Control BMPs means physical, structural or mechanical devices or facilities that are intended to prevent pollutants from entering stormwater. A few examples of source control
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 52
BMPs are erosion control practices, maintenance of stormwater facilities, constructing roofs over storage and working areas, and directing wash water and similar discharges to the sanitary sewer or a dead end sump.
Stabilization means the application of appropriate BMPs to prevent the erosion of soils, such as, temporary and permanent seeding, vegetative covers, mulching and matting, plastic covering and sodding. See also the definition of Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs.
Storm Drain means any drain which drains directly into a storm sewer system, usually found along roadways or in parking lots.
Storm Sewer System means a means a conveyance, or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, manmade channels, or storm drains designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater. This does not include systems which are part of a combined sewer or Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW) as defined at 40 CFR 122.2.
Stormwater means that portion of precipitation that does not naturally percolate into the ground or evaporate, but flows via overland flow, interflow, pipes, and other features of a stormwater drainage system into a defined surface waterbody, or a constructed infiltration facility.
Stormwater Management Manual (SWMM) or Manual means the technical Manual published by Ecology for use by local governments that contain descriptions of and design criteria for BMPs to prevent, control, or treat pollutants in stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) means a documented plan to implement measures to identify, prevent, and control the contamination of point source discharges of stormwater.
Surface Waters of the State includes lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, inland waters, salt waters, and all other surface waters and water courses within the jurisdiction of the State of Washington.
Temporary Stabilization means the exposed ground surface has been covered with appropriate materials to provide temporary stabilization of the surface from water or wind erosion. Materials include, but are not limited to, mulch, riprap, erosion control mats or blankets and temporary cover crops. Seeding alone is not considered stabilization. Temporary stabilization is not a substitute for the more permanent “final stabilization.”
Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) means a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant that a waterbody can receive and still meet state water quality standards. Percentages of the total maximum daily load are allocated to the various pollutant sources. A TMDL is the sum of the allowable loads of a single pollutant from all contributing point and nonpoint sources. The TMDL calculations must include a "margin of safety" to ensure that the waterbody can be protected in case there are unforeseen events or unknown sources of the pollutant. The calculation must also account for seasonable variation in water quality.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 53
Transfer of Coverage (TOC) means a request for transfer of coverage under this general permit as specified by General Condition G9 of this permit.
Treatment BMPs means BMPs that are intended to remove pollutants from stormwater. A few examples of treatment BMPs are detention ponds, oil/water separators, biofiltration, and constructed wetlands.
Transparency means a measurement of water clarity in centimeters (cm), using a 60 cm transparency tube. The transparency tube is used to estimate the relative clarity or transparency of water by noting the depth at which a black and white Secchi disc becomes visible when water is released from a value in the bottom of the tube. A transparency tube is sometimes referred to as a “turbidity tube.”
Turbidity means the clarity of water expressed as nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs) and measured with a calibrated turbidimeter.
Uncontaminated means free from any contaminant. See definition of “contaminant” and WAC 173-340-200.
Waste Load Allocation (WLA) means the portion of a receiving water’s loading capacity that is allocated to one of its existing or future point sources of pollution. WLAs constitute a type of water quality based effluent limitation (40 CFR 130.2[h]).
Water-only Based Shaft Drilling is a shaft drilling process that uses water only and no additives are involved in the drilling of shafts for construction of building, road, or bridge foundations. Water quality means the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of water, usually with respect to its suitability for a particular purpose.
Waters of the State includes those waters as defined as "waters of the United States" in 40 CFR Subpart 122.2 within the geographic boundaries of Washington State and "waters of the State" as defined in Chapter 90.48 RCW, which include lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, inland waters, underground waters, salt waters, and all other surface waters and water courses within the jurisdiction of the state of Washington.
Well means a bored, drilled or driven shaft, or dug hole whose depth is greater than the largest surface dimension. (See Injection well.)
Wheel Wash Wastewater means any water used in, or resulting from the operation of, a tire bath or wheel wash (BMP C106: Wheel Wash), or other structure or practice that uses water to physically remove mud and debris from vehicles leaving a construction site and prevent track- out onto roads. When stormwater comingles with wheel wash wastewater, the resulting water is considered wheel wash wastewater and must be managed according to Special Condition S9.D.9.
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 54
APPENDIX B – ACRONYMS
AKART All Known, Available, and Reasonable Methods of Prevention, Control, and Treatment
BMP Best Management Practice
CESCL Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead CFR Code of Federal Regulations CKD Cement Kiln Dust cm Centimeters CTB Cement-Treated Base CWA Clean Water Act
DMR Discharge Monitoring Report
EPA Environmental Protection Agency ERTS Environmental Report Tracking System ESC Erosion and Sediment Control
FR Federal Register LID Low Impact Development NOI Notice of Intent NOT Notice of Termination NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
RCW Revised Code of Washington
SEPA State Environmental Policy Act SWMM Stormwater Management Manual SWPPP Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
TMDL Total Maximum Daily Load
UIC Underground Injection Control USC United States Code USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
WAC Washington Administrative Code WQ Water Quality WWHM Western Washington Hydrology Model
Construction Stormwater General Permit Page 55
CITY FORMS
City of Seattle City Purchasing and Contracting Services
PW#: Plan Date: Project Name: Award Amount: -$ Prime Contractor: NTP Date: Contact name: E-mail:
Social Equity Plan
Please complete this plan as appropriate to your project. Return to the City Purchasing and Contracting Services (CPCS) Contract Analyst named below, at or before the Preconstruction meeting. WMBE Inclusion Plan Supplement Apprenticeship Utilization Plan Priority Hire Projections New Hire Projections
Return the completed plan to the Contract Analyst at or before the pre-construction meeting.
Contract Analyst: Phone: Email:
Mailing Address: PO Box 94687, Seattle WA 98124-4687 Physical Address: Seattle Municipal Tower, 700 5th Avenue, Seattle WA 98104, Suite 4112
Title your email with the name of your project so it can be easily identified by the Contract Analyst.
The City will withhold first payment until the Social Equity Plan is received and accepted.
The City will discuss the social equity requirements and workforce projections at the pre-construction meeting. You may be asked to update your Social Equity Plan as the project progresses.
FAS 6/5/2016 Page 1/5 City of Seattle PW# City Purchasing and Contracting Services
Contract WMBE Goal: % Award Amount:
WMBE Inclusion Plan Supplement For non-federal projects with a base-bid Engineers Estimate over $300,000.
Y/N Is the Approximate Scopes of Work that you Intend to Is this a Is the Intended WMBE Sub/Supplier Name sub/supplier Subcontract $ Award to WMBEs Guaranteed subcontract registered in Amount WMBE? Executed? OBD? $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Total Amount Intended to be Performed by WMBEs to Date: $ - Percentage of Award Amount: $ -
Do you Can only a Approximate Scopes where the sub/supplier is not anticipate Sole Source When do you anticipate making a selection? Subcontract $ yet determined or committed using a do the Amount WMBE? work? $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Total Amount Not Yet Committed to a Sub/Supplier: $ -
Page 2/5 City of Seattle City Purchasing and Contracting Services PW#
Apprentice Utilization Plan For non-federal projects estimated over $1 million.
List the prime and all subcontractors scheduled to work on this project, and indicate the estimated number of hours to be performed by journey level and apprentice workers for each.
Apprentice Utilization Requirement:
Estimated information Total Labor Journey Apprentice Apprentice Number of Prime Contractor and all Subcontractors Hours for Labor Hours Labor Hours Percentage Apprentices Project
TOTALS: 0 0 0 0.00% 0 Apprenticeship Utilization Requirement:
Page 3/5 City of Seattle City Purchasing and Contracting Services Priority Hire (PH) Workforce Projections (Priority Hire) For CWA‐covered projects estimated $5 million and over. PW#: PROJECT NAME: DATE:
Priority Hire Journey Requirement: Priority Hire Apprentice Requirement:
Prime contractors on CWA‐covered projects of $5 million and over are required to update estimated priority hire workforce projections. List the prime and all subcontractors scheduled to work on the project.
Prime Contractor and all Subcontractors Total Workers Total Hours PH Journey Hours PH Journey ‐ Est. %PH Apprentice Hours PH Apprentice ‐ Est. % 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Total 0.0 0.0 0.0% 0.0 0.0%
*New hires are union dispatches. Page 4/5 City of Seattle City Purchasing and Contracting Services Priority Hire (PH) Workforce Projections (New Hires) For CWA-covered projects estimated $5 million and over. PW#: PROJECT NAME: DATE:
Prime contractors on CWA-covered projects of $5 million and over are required to update es mated priority hire workforce projec ons regularly. List the prime and all subcontractors scheduled to work on the project.
Prime Contractor and all Journey New PH Journey New Apprentice New PH Apprentice Preferred Entry Subcontractors Craft (provide type of work) Craft Start Date Total Hours Hires Hires Hires New Hires New Hires
Total 0 0 0 0 0 0
*New hires are union dispatches. **Preferred entry candidates are those who have graduated from a CWA-recognized pre-apprenticeship program (CWA Article XV). Page 5/5 City Purchasing & Contracting Services
PUBLIC WORKS WMBE INCLUSION PLAN CHANGE REQUEST FORM
Departments use this form to request modification to a project WMBE Inclusion Plan. Modifications are subject to advance approval from the department WMBE Advisor and City Purchasing and Contracting Services (CPCS).
PROJECT INFORMATION Project Name PW# Date of Request Prime Contractor Name of Requestor and Title
When the Prime seeks a change to the WMBE Inclusion Plan, the City Project Manager completes this form, routes to their WMBE Advisor, who then sends to CPCS for approval. Absent CPCS approval, changes to the Inclusion Plan are prohibited. This form is for public works projects with a WMBE Inclusion Plan that needs an adjustment or change to a Guaranteed firm. Check all that apply to this request:
Request to Remove a Guaranteed WMBE Firm
Request to Change WMBE Inclusion Plan Aspirational Goal
REMOVE A GUARANTEED WMBE WMBE Firm Proposed for Removal Guaranteed Amount $ Dollar amount of guaranteed work $ completed, if any
Reason for Removal (check all that apply and attach evidence). Bankruptcy of Subcontractor Failure of Subcontractor to provide the required bond Subcontractor cannot perform the work because they are debarred, not properly licensed, or does not meet subcontractor approval criteria, or in some other way is ineligible to work. Failure of Subcontractor to comply with a requirement of law applicable to subcontracting The death or disability of Subcontractor (if Subcontractor is an individual) Dissolution of Subcontractor (if Subcontractor is a corporation or partnership) Failure by Subcontractor to perform under previous contracts Failure or refusal of Subcontractor to perform the work for reasons other than contract term or pricing disputes
CPCS will review in collaboration with the appropriate department WMBE Advisor, request documentation as necessary to evidence the change, and will respond to the department Project Manager with direction.
The Prime must make good faith efforts to find another WMBE subcontractor to substitute.
August 8, 2014 Page 1 of 2
Reduce the Aspirational Goal Aspirational WMBE Goals The Total Aspirational WMBE Goal represents the percentage of base bid the Bidder intends to perform with WMBE contractors and also applies to the entire contract cost. If a contract change, addendum or additive merits modification to the Goals, the City and Prime will discuss whether a greater or lesser goal is appropriate and seek approval to amend the Plan.
The City requires a change order for a body of work that has no WMBE opportunity. The goal would be adjusted based on the statistical impact that would have given the associated dollars compared to the total project spend. Other:______
Original Goal Proposed Goal as a share of the entire contract value.
Reducing Goal Printed Name Approved Signature Date Denied Department Construction Representative Department WMBE Representative FAS/CPCS
Cc: Resident Engineer Contractor PM, Requestor Sub‐Contractor City WMBE Equity Office City Purchasing and Contracting, Contract Analyst
August 8, 2014 Page 2 of 2
Department of Labor and Industries COMPETENT PERSON WISHA Services EVALUATION Excavation & Trenching This is a check list which has been devised to help/assist the employer determine if the person he/she has designated as a COMPETENT PERSON is competent within the description and intent of the EXCAVATION & TRENCHING STANDARD. Employee’s name Occupation: What is job on site?
Date of evaluation by employer Length of time with employer Length of experience in excavation & trenching
TRAINING: KNOWLEDGE: Does the designated individual have training in: Does the designated individual have knowledge about: YES NO YES NO Soils analysis? Soils analysis? Use of protective systems? Use of protective systems? Requirements of the standard? Requirements of the standard?
AUTHORITY: Does the designated individual have authority to: YES NO Take prompt corrective measures to eliminate existing and predictable hazards? Stop work until hazards are corrected or eliminated or controlled and remove employees from the hazardous area until proper systems are in place??
INSPECTION: YES NO Has the competent person conducted a daily inspection of the excavation? Of adjacent areas? Of protective systems? Were inspection conducted prior to start of work? As needed during work? After rainstorms or other hazard increasing occurrences? Is there water in the trench? Is water removal equipment being monitored to insure safe operation? Has the soils analysis been verified allowing for the influence of water? Is there evidence of failure of any portion of the protective system? Is damage evident to structural members of the protective system? If so, has the equipment been evaluated for suitability of use?
Continued on reverse
SOILS CLASSIFICATION: YES NO Has the employer selected a protective system which relies an soils classification?? What types of soils have been identified? What visual tests were performed? What manual test(s) were performed? Who performed the tests? Have the conditions changed since the classification was made? Has the proper soils classification been made? If YES, does the protective system selected comply with or exceed the performance criteria outlined in the standard? Are utilities involved? If YES, are they properly protected? Are ramps involved? If YES, are they constructed according to standard? Are confined spaces involved? If YES, has a competent person evaluated the environment in question?
COMMENTS: Do you consider the individual to be COMPETENT within the requirements of the YES NO EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING STANDARD? IF NOT, WHY? Areas to be strengthened:
Employer/Representative Signature
SEATTLE/KING COUNTY WASTE CHARACTERIZATION FORM WC#______
Please Type or Print in Ink Initial _____ Renewal _____ Previous #______
A. WASTE GENERATOR
Company:______Phone #:______
Contact:______E-mail:______
WAD/EPA ID #:______Fax #:______
Address of Waste Generation:______City:______
Mailing Address:______
City:______State:______ZIP:______
Preferred Communication: Phone E-mail Fax Mail
APN ______B. CONSULTANT (If Applicable)
Company:______Phone #:______
Contact: ______Fax #:______
E-mail: ______
C. WASTE HAULER
Company:______Phone #:______
Contact: ______Fax #:______
Mailing Address:______
City:______State:______i ZIP:______
Waste Packaging: Drum Bulk Solid Other:______
D. WASTE STREAM INFORMATION
Name of Waste:______
Process Generating Waste: ______
Annual Amount in pounds or tons:______Estimated Amount per Delivery:______
Frequency of Disposal: One time only Weekly Monthly Other:______
Special Handling Instructions/Supplemental Information: ______
______
E. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTE (See Instructions) 1. Color:______2. Does the waste have a strong incidental odor? No Yes, if so, describe:______3. Physical State: Solid Liquid Semi-Solid Powder Other:______4. Free Liquids: No Yes - Volume:______% 5. pH: ≤2 > 2-4 4-7 7 7-10 10- <12.5 ≥12.5 NA 6. Flash Point: NA <140°F/60°C 140-199°F/60-93°C ≥200°F/93°C
F. CHEMICAL COMPOSITION RANGE (MIN-MAX) 1. ______-_____% 2. Does the waste contain any of ______-_____% following? (provide concentration ______-_____% if known): ______-_____% NO LESS THAN ACTUAL ______-_____% PCBs <50 ppm ____ppm ______-_____% Cyanides <30 ppm ____ppm ______-_____% Sulfides <500 ppm ____ppm ______-_____% Total: ______%
3. Method used to determine composition: Analytical Data MSDS Other:______
G. SAMPLING INFORMATION (If Applicable) 1. Source of Sample (eg. drum, stockpile, sump/catch basin; tank)______2. Sampling Method: Composite Discrete/grab Other:______3. Number of samples:______
H. GENERATOR CERTIFICATION By signing this Waste Characterization Form, the Generator certifies: 1. This waste is not a "Hazardous Waste" as defined by USEPA and/or the state. 2. This waste does not contain regulated radioactive materials or regulated concentrations of PCBs (Polychlorinated Biphenyls). 3. All information provided is a true and accurate description of the waste material. All relevant information regarding known or suspected hazards in the possession of the Generator has been disclosed. 4. This waste complies with the regulations of the Seattle-King County Department of Public Health and the local solid waste division. 5. The analytical data presented herein, attached hereto, or otherwise submitted for the purpose of completing or supplementing any or all of the information on this form were derived from testing a representative sample taken in accordance with 40 CFR 261.20(c) or equivalent rules. 6. If any changes occur in the character of the waste (e.g., physical characteristics, chemical composition, process of generation, etc.), the Generator shall notify the Seattle-King County Department of Public Health.
7. Signature:______8. Title:______(not required if submitted electronically)
9. Name: ______10. Date:______Type or Print Page 2 February 12, 2009
WASTE CHARACTERIZATION FORM INSTRUCTIONS
Information on this form, is used to determine if questionable wastes may be disposed as solid waste in a legal, safe, and environmentally sound manner. Answers must be provided for all sections of this form, and must be printed in ink or typed. A response of "NONE", or "NA" (not applicable) can be made if appropriate. If additional space is needed, indicate on the Waste Characterization Form and attach. If you have questions concerning this form, please contact the Waste Characterization Program at (206) 296-4633.
PARTS A. – C. Enter appropriate contact information. If you have waste generator ID number issued by the USEPA or Washington Department of Ecology, enter it in section A.
PART D. WASTE STREAM INFORMATION Name of Waste - Enter the name generally descriptive of this waste (e.g., paint sludge, contaminated soil, sharps) Process Generating Waste - List the specific process/operation or source that generates the waste (e.g., spray painting, spill clean up, process wastewater treatment, building maintenance). Annual Amount - Enter the amount of waste that will be generated and transported annually (expressed in pounds, or tons). If this waste is going directly to a transfer station or landfill enter an estimate of the amount to be delivered per trip. Frequency of Disposal - Enter how often this waste will be removed from the site. Special Handling Instructions/Supplemental Information - For all wastes, describe any special handling requirements and any additional information that you feel would assist in determining the proper method(s) for transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of the waste.
In addition, for the following wastes include the information specified: Biomedical Waste (as defined by local ordinance): Describe the type of biomedical waste and the treatment method used. Empty drums or other containers: List the number, size of containers, materials they contained. Food Products/Containerized Liquids: Describe the products or containerized liquids (e. g., beef jerky, beer, shampoo). List the number and size of containers for any containerized liquids.
For the wastes listed above, skip Parts E, F and G. However, Part H must be completed.
PART E. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTE 1. Color - Describe the color of the waste (e.g., blue, transparent, varies). 2. Odor - DO NOT SMELL THE WASTE. If the waste has a known incidental odor check "Yes" and describe it (e.g., acrid, pungent, solvent, sweet). 3. Physical State - Check the appropriate box for the physical state of the waste. Include a description if "other" is chosen (e.g., gas). 4. Free Liquids - Check "Yes" if liquid is usually present when packaging for shipment and estimate the percentage of liquid. Check "No" if there are no free liquids as determined by the Paint Filter Test (Method 9095 of SW-846) or direct observation. 5. pH - Check the appropriate box for the pH of the liquid portion of the waste. For solid or organic liquid wastes, indicate the pH of 10% aqueous solution of the waste, if applicable. Check "NA" for non-water soluble materials (e.g., foundry sand). 6. Flash Point - Check the appropriate box for the flash point of the waste and the method used to obtain the flash point, if applicable.
Page 3 February 12, 2009
PART F. CHEMICAL COMPOSITION 1. If known, list all organic and/or inorganic components of the waste using specific chemical names. If trade names are used, attach Material Safety Data Sheets or other documents which adequately describe the composition of the waste. For each component, estimate the range (in percents) in which the component is present. The total of the maximum values of the components must be greater than or equal to 100% including water, earth, etc. 2. If this waste contains PCBs, cyanides, or sulfides, indicate the concentration(s). If this waste does not contain these constituents, indicate by checking the "NO" box(es) which apply. If the concentration of these constituents is unknown, please indicate "UNK" under "ACTUAL". 3. Indicate the method(s) used to determine composition and attach supporting documents.
PART G. SAMPLING INFORMATION 1. Indicate where the sample of the waste was obtained. 2. Check the appropriate box indicating the method of sampling. 3. Indicate the number of samples taken.
If the sample was handled using Chain of Custody, attach the completed form.
PART H. GENERATOR CERTIFICATION By signing this Waste Characterization Form, the Generator certifies that the statements in numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are true and accurate with respect to the waste streams listed.
7. Signature - An authorized employee of the Generator must sign this form. 8. Title - Enter employee's title. 9. Name - Enter employee's name. 10. Date - Enter the date signed.
Send the completed application to -
Public Health – Seattle & King County Waste Characterization Program Chinook Building 401 5th Ave, Suite 1100 Seattle, WA. 98104
You may also fax the form to - (206) 296-0189
Questions? Contact Waste Characterization at –
Telephone: (206) 263-8528 or (206) 296-4633 E-mail: [email protected]
http://www.kingcounty.gov/healthservices/health/ehs/toxic/SolidWaste.aspx
Page 4 February 12, 2009 City of Seattle, Department of Finance and Administrative Services
Purchasing & Contracting Services Division Revised 06/05/08 Bond No.
PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND THE CITY OF SEATTLE
We, ______(“Principal”), and [Insert full legal name of Vendor / Contractor] ______, a______corporation [Insert legal name of Surety and its state of incorporation] authorized to transact surety business in the State of Washington, (“Surety”), are held and firmly bound unto The City of Seattle (“City”), as Obligee, in an amount equal to the total compensation and expense reimbursement payable to Principal for satisfactory completion of Principal’s work under Contract No. ______between Principal and City, which total is initially ______Dollars ($______), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Said contract (hereinafter referred to as "the Contract") is for ______and is made a part hereof by this reference. The Contract includes the original agreement as well as all documents attached thereto or made a part thereof and all addenda, amendments, change orders, and any other document modifying, adding to or deleting from said Contract any portion thereof.
This Bond is executed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington and is subject to all provisions thereof and the Charter and ordinances of City insofar as they are not in conflict therewith, and is entered into for the use and benefit of City, and all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, and materialmen, and all persons who supply such person or persons, or subcontractors, with provisions or supplies for the carrying on of the work covered by the Contract.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal faithfully performs all the provisions of the Contract and pays all laborers, mechanics, and subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who supply such person or persons, or subcontractors, with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work; and pays all other just debts incurred in the performance of such work (provided, however, that the conditions of this obligation shall not apply to any money loaned or advanced to any such contractor or subcontractor or other person in the performance of such work); and to the extent permitted by law indemnifies, defends, and holds City harmless from all cost and damage by reason of Principal’s default, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE AS FOLLOWS: (1) Surety hereby consents to, and waives notice of, any alteration, change order, or other modification of the Contract and any extension of time made by City, except that any single or cumulative change order amounting to more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the penal sum of this bond shall require Surety's written consent.
(2) Surety recognizes that the Contract includes provisions for additions, deletions, and modifications to the work or Contract Time and the amounts payable to Principal (i.e., Vendor/Contractor). No such change or any combination thereof shall void or impair Surety's obligation hereunder. (3) Whenever City has declared Principal (i.e., Vendor/Contractor) to be in default and City has given Surety written notice of such declaration, Surety shall promptly (in no event more than thirty [30] days following receipt of such notice) specify, in written notice to City, which of the following actions Surety intends to take to remedy such default, and thereafter shall: (a) Remedy the default within fifteen (15) days after its notice to City; or (b) Assume within fifteen (15) days following its notice to City, full responsibility for the completion of the Contract in accordance with all of its provisions, and become entitled to payment of the balance of the Contract sum as provided in the Contract; or (c) Pay City upon completion of the Contract, in cash, the cost of completion together with all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by City as a result of Principal’s (i.e.,Vendor/Contractor's) default, including but not limited to those incurred by City to mitigate its losses, which may include but are not limited to attorneys' fees and the cost of efforts to complete the work prior to Surety's exercising any option available to it under this Bond; or (d) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon a
6-5-2008 RCK Page 1 of 3
Bond No. determination by City and Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for one or more agreements between such bidder and City, and make available as work progresses (even though there is a default or a succession of defaults under such agreement(s) for completion arranged for under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Contract less the balance of the Contract price, but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable hereunder, the penal sum of this Bond. The term "balance of the Contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by City to Principal (i.e., Vendor/Contractor) under the Contract, less the amount properly paid by City to Principal (i.e., Vendor/Contractor). In addition to (a) through (d) above, Surety shall pay City all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by City as a result of Principal’s (i.e. Vendor/Contractor’s) default, and prior to Surety’s exercising any option available to Surety under this bond. (4) The venue for any action arising out of or in connection with this bond shall be in King County, Washington.
(5) No right or action shall accrue on this Bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than The City of Seattle and, to the extent required under RCW Chapter 39, all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, and materialmen, and all persons who supply such person or persons, or subcontractors, with provisions or supplies for the carrying on of the work covered by the Contract. (6) Nothing of whatever kind or nature whatsoever that will not discharge the Principal shall operate as a discharge or a release of liability of the Surety, any law, rule of equity, or usage relating to the liability of sureties to the contrary notwithstanding. (7) No rider, amendment, or other document modifies this Bond unless made in writing and accepted by Principal, Surety and the City. (8) Surety shall give to Principal and to City not less than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, of the effective date of the expiration or cancellation of this bond. Notice to City shall be mailed to: DEA, P. O. Box 94687, Seattle, WA 98124-4687or delivered to DEA at 700 5th Av., Ste. 4112, Seattle, WA 98104-5042. (9) Principal must provide City with a replacement bond, acceptable to City, not less than thirty (30) days before the effective date of this bond’s expiration or cancellation as specified in the Surety’s notice provided pursuant to Condition (8) above. (10) If Principal fails to provide the replacement bond not less than thirty (30) days before the effective date of this bond’s expiration or cancellation as specified in the Surety’s notice provided pursuant to Condition (8) above, such failure shall constitute a default under this bond, for which City may make a claim, and Surety shall be obligated to make immediate payment under this bond of all sums.
SURETY’S QUALIFICATIONS: Every Surety named on this bond must either appear on the United States Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended or superseded) or have a current rating of at least A-:VII in A. M. Best’s Key Rating Guide. Additionally, every Surety named on this bond must be authorized by the Washington State Insurance Commissioner to transact business as a surety in the State of Washington.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SIGNATURES: This bond must be signed by the president or a vice-president of a corporation; the managing general partner of a partnership; managing joint venturer of a joint venture; manager of a limited liability company (“LLC”) or, if no manager has been designated, a member of such entity; a general partner of a limited liability partnership (“LLP”); or the owner(s) of a sole proprietorship. If the bond is signed by any other representative, the Principal must attach written proof of that signer’s authority to bind the Principal, identifying and quoting the provision in the corporate articles of incorporation, bylaws, Board resolution, partnership agreement, certificate of formation, power of attorney, or other document authorizing delegation of signature authority to such signer, and confirmation acceptable to the Seattle City Attorney’s Office that such delegation was in effect on the date the bond was signed.
A NOTARY PUBLIC MUST ACKNOWLEDGE EACH SIGNATURE ON THIS BOND.
6-5-2008 RCK Page 2 of 3
Bond No.
FOR THE SURETY: FOR THE PRINCIPAL:
By By: _ (Signature of Attorney-in-Fact) (Signature of authorized signer for Principal)
(Type or print name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Type or print NAME of signer for Principal)
(Type or print telephone number for Attorney-in-Fact) (Type or print TITLE of signer for Principal)
STATE OF ) ) ss: ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR PRINCIPAL COUNTY OF )
I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that ______is the person who appeared before me, said person acknowledged that he/she signed this bond, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the bond on behalf of the Principal as the Principal’s free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes mentioned therein. WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed this _____ day of ______, ______.
(Signature of Notary Public) (Print or type name of Notary Public) Notary Public in and for the state of residing at My commission expires . SEAL
STATE OF ) ) ss: ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR SURETY COUNTY OF )
I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that ______is the person who appeared before me as the Attorney-in-Fact for the Surety that executed the foregoing bond, acknowledged said bond to be the free and voluntary act and deed of the Surety for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she is authorized to execute said bond on behalf of the Surety, and that the seal affixed on said bond or the annexed Power of Attorney is the corporate seal of said Surety. WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed this _____ day of ______, ______.
(Signature of Notary Public) (Print or type name of Notary Public) Notary Public in and for the state of residing at My commission expires . SEAL
6-5-2008 RCK Page 3 of 3 City of Seattle, Department of Finance and Administrative Services
Purchasing & Contracting Services Division Revised 4/24/07 BOND IN LIEU OF RETAINED FUNDS Bond No.______
I. [Insert Principal’s legal name and check appropriate box below] , an individual OR a husband and wife, a partnership organized under the laws of the State of , the General or Managing Partner for which is , a limited liability corporation organized under the laws of the State of , the Manager (or Member) for which is [specify applicable status], a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as Principal (hereinafter "Principal"), has been awarded a contract with The City of Seattle (hereinafter "Seattle") for or relating to , (Contract No. , which contract is incorporated herein by this reference); II. The Contract and Ch. 60.28 of the Revised Code of Washington (hereinafter "RCW") require Seattle to withhold from Principal a sum (hereinafter "the retainage") in an amount not to exceed five percent (5%) of all monies earned by Principal on estimates during the progress of work under the Contract, but in the initial sum of Dollars ($ ) as a trust fund for the protection and payment of (a) the claims of any person arising under the Contract, and (b) the State of Washington with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to RCW Title 82 that may be due from Principal; and III. Principal has requested that Seattle not withhold the retainage, or that Seattle release all or a portion of the retainage currently withheld, as allowed under RCW 60.28.011(6) in exchange for this Bond; Now, Therefore,
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE AS FOLLOWS:
1. Principal and , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of and authorized to transact business in the State of Washington as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are jointly and severally held and bound unto Seattle and all other beneficiaries of the trust fund created by RCW 60.28.011(1), as Obligees, in a penal sum equal to five percent (5%) of all monies earned by the Principal on estimates during the progress of work under said Contract (which sum includes and is not limited to increases due to change orders, increases in the quantity of work, and the addition of new items of work), lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. 2. This Bond, including any proceeds therefrom, is subject to all claims and liens arising out of the work performed under said Contract, in the same manner and priority as set forth for the retainage under RCW Ch. 60.28. Any amount(s) determined by Seattle to be due and payable from the retainage in accordance with the provisions of RCW Ch. 60.28 shall be paid by Surety not later than thirty (30) days from and after Surety's receipt of Seattle's written identification of the appropriate payee and amount payable. 3. Surety waives notice of any extension of time or other modification of the Contract. Surety agrees to and is bound by the laws and subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Washington with respect to this Bond. The venue for any action hereunder shall be in King County, Washington. 4. This Bond shall remain in full force and effect until Surety is notified by Seattle that (a) all necessary affidavits have been provided by Principal; (b) Seattle has received the Washington State Department of Revenue's certification that all taxes, increases and penalties due and to become due from Principal with respect to such Contract or otherwise have been paid in full or are readily collectible without recourse to the State's lien on this Bond; (c) Seattle is satisfied that the claims of materialmen and laborers who have filed claims against such bond,
SK rev 4/24/07 Page 1 of 2 Bond No. ______together with sums sufficient to defray the cost of foreclosing the liens of such claims and to pay attorneys' fees associated therewith, have been paid; (d) any sums due to Seattle from the Principal have been paid; (e) Seattle is satisfied that all other taxes, increases, and penalties due and owing from the Contractor have been paid; and (f) the obligation is duly released by Seattle.
For Surety: For Principal:
By: By: (Signature) Attorney-in-Fact (Signature)
(Print or type name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Print or type name of signer for Principal) Print or type address of Attorney-in-Fact for Surety: (Print or type title of signer for Principal)
STATE OF ) ) ss: (PRINCIPAL’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT) COUNTY OF ) On this day of , __ , before me a notary public in and for the State of , duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared , the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing Bond, and acknowledged to me that signed and sealed said Bond as a free and voluntary act and deed for the Principal so identified in foregoing Bond for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that is/are authorized to execute said Bond for the principal named therein. WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year in this certificate first above written.
(Signature of Notary Public) (Print or type name of Notary Public) Notary Public in and for the State of residing at My commission expires . [SEAL]
STATE OF ) ) ss: (SURETY’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT) COUNTY OF ) On this day of , __ , before me a notary public in and for the State of , duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared , the person described in and who executed the foregoing Bond, and acknowledged to me that signed and sealed said Bond as a free and voluntary act and deed for the Surety so identified in foregoing Bond for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that is authorized to execute said Bond for the Surety named therein. WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year in this certificate first above written.
(Signature of Notary Public) (Print or type name of Notary Public) Notary Public in and for the State of residing at My commission expires . [SEAL]
SK r ev 4/24/07 Page 2 of 2 City of Seattle Department of Finance and Administrative Services City Purchasing and Contracting Services
Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form (SBRC)
INTENT As required under RCW 39.04.350, the Owner will make a responsibility determination of the lowest responsive bidder. Responsibility is evidence that the Bidder is experienced in projects of similar scope and size and has a past performance history free from non‐compliance and legal issues. Responsibility is not a qualifications determination. Financial responsibility will be determined by a Bidder’s ability to provide a Payment and Performance Bond.
INSTRUCTIONS City Purchasing and Contracting Services (CPCS) will ask the Apparent Low Bidder to complete this SBRC, which will be used by the City to assess Bidder responsibility before Award. A new SBRC must be filled out for each City project that is pending Award. A Bidder who submits a SBRC previously submitted for another City project will be asked to fill out a new SBRC. The Bidder is to return this SBRC within three (3) Business Days of the request or as otherwise acceptable to CPCS. The Owner’s evaluation may include further investigation to establish the responsibility, experience and past performance of the Bidder. CPCS reserves the right to request additional information and the SBRC other bidders. The Owner may also use “first‐hand” knowledge to determine a Bidder’s responsibility. The Owner may supplement this SBRC for past City evaluations on similar projects. If you are a national firm or have multiple offices, please answer these questions in regard to the office and team that is located in the State and is responsible for managing this project. Questions? Please contact the City staff that sent the initial request or contact CPCS at (206) 684‐0444.
You may e‐mail or mail this SBRC back to the City. Please clearly mark the package/email with the Public Works Number (PW#), Project Name, and a title of “Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form”.
Email (preferable): Submit via e‐mail to the City staff that sent the initial request th (Courier) Street Address: 700 5 Ave, Room 4112, Seattle Municipal Tower, Seattle WA 98104 (Mail) Post Office: Post Office Box: Seattle Municipal Tower, PO Box 94687, Seattle WA 98124‐4687
Signature: By signing this SBRC you are attesting that the information provided is accurate and complete.
______Signature of Authorized Representative Date
Print Name and Title: ______
Revised 11/2016 Page 1 of 9 Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form
PROJECT BID PW# Project Name Your Contact Name and Title Your Contact Phone Number Contact Email Company Legal Name DBA (if any) If applicable, list any former company names under which the Bidder, its Owners, and/or its principals has operated in the past three (3) years. (Mark NA if Not Applicable) If applicable, explain reason for name change(s) in the past three (3) years (Mark NA if Not Applicable)
1. Work Completed: If this project requires project specific supplemental bidder responsibility criteria, the project specifications will define the type, size, and scope of work along with any other requirements for the number of projects and date of projects. If there is not a specific requirement in the bidding documents it is up to the Bidder to determine the most appropriate projects to demonstrate your most relevant experience.
A Work Experience Form is included for the Bidder (Attachment A). A Work Experience Form for each Specialty Subcontractor (Attachment B) is also included and must be provided if applicable. Please complete one form for each of the required reference projects. If not otherwise stated, provide 3 reference projects completed by your firm in the last 5 years. Do not include projects under construction and for which your work is not complete.
The Owner may check other owner references on the projects provided to confirm the other owner’s assessment of the Bidder’s performance. The Owner may inquire about topics, including but not limited to, the following: Quality control; Safety record; Ability to develop, track and meet project schedules; Use of skilled personnel; Management of subcontractors; Compliance with contract documents; Management of submittals process, change orders and close out; and Any other criteria required for the project being bid.
Revised 11/2016 Page 2 of 9 Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form
2. Personnel: List the Superintendent and Project Manager who will be assigned to this project. Attach detailed resumes, updated within the last year, for each with a list of all projects that person supervised or managed within the past three (3) years (or longer if required in the specifications), with references and contact information for each project. Please show experience with any specific supplemental bidder qualifications that are unique to this project. The Owner may check other owner references for previous projects and use the other owner’s assessment of the personnel’s performance in determining responsibility.
Superintendent Project Manager
Note: The Bidder may not subsequently replace or substitute a different Superintendent or Project Manager without the Owner reviewing and approving the qualifications of the new Superintendent or Project Manager.
3. Work in Progress: List all construction contracts in progress for the office that will be managing this work in the table below. Bidder must provide information in each column. Incomplete tables will be returned to the Bidder with a request to complete. Owner and Contact Anticipated Project Name Contract Amount Information Completion Date
Revised 11/2016 Page 3 of 9 Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form
The City will use the following responses to evaluate a Bidder’s responsibility. A “YES” response on one question may, or may not be, evidence of not being responsible. However, the City will use a preponderance of evidence, “YES” responses and any repeat offenses when making a determination that a Bidder is not responsible.
4. Performance Evaluation: Has your firm, under present or past business name, received one or more “Deficient “or “Inadequate,” or similar, evaluations from a governmental agency, including the City of Seattle, on a construction project within the last 3 years?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances and any resolutions) 5. Social Equity Compliance: Within the previous 10 years has your firm been found to have violated any local, state, or federal anti‐discrimination laws or regulations?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
6. WMBE Inclusion: If your firm has done business previously with the City of Seattle, have you received one or more “deficient” evaluation scores on your social equity performance within the 3 years?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
7. Prevailing Wage: Has your firm ever been found by the City, or any government agency, to have underpaid your employees in regards to prevailing wages when applicable and/or has your firm ever been required to provide restitution and pay back wages?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
8. Minimum Wage. Within the last 5 years has your firm ever been found by the City, or any government agency, to have not paid the required minimum wage to an employee? (SMC 14.19)
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
9. Wage Theft: Within the last 5 years has your firm ever been found to have improperly managed employee wages, tips or payment documentation as required by SMC 14.20?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
10. Apprenticeship: Has your firm, within 3 years of the bid submittal date, had unresolved citations or liens issued by Washington Department of Labor and Industries regarding apprenticeship?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
Revised 11/2016 Page 4 of 9 Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form
11. Labor Equity/Priority Hire: Within the last 5 years has your firm violated or been found in non‐compliance with any collective bargaining, project labor or community workforce agreement?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
12. Termination: Has your firm, under present or past business name, been terminated for “default or cause” on any public construction project within the last 3 years?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
13. Debarment: In the last 3 years has your firm or any firm with which any of your firm’s owners, officers or partners was associated, been debarred, disqualified, removed or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing any public construction project for any reason? Note: “associated with” refers to another construction firm in which an owner, partner or officer of your firm held a similar position.
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
14. Paid Sick and Safe Time (PSST): Since 2012, has your firm ever not provided PSST to eligible employees while working within the City limits? (SMC 14.16);
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances) Note: Paid Sick and Safe Time is required beyond that which you might pay employees as part of prevailing wage compensation and benefits.
______(initials) I am aware of the requirements of SMC Chapter 14.16 and compensate employees appropriately for work performed inside the City limits.
15. Safety: Has the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, federal OSHA, or any other state’s occupational safety and health agency cited your (local) firm for any “serious,” “willful” or “repeat” violations of its safety or health regulations in the past 3 years?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
16. OSHA Experience Factor: List the Experience Factor (Washington workers’ compensation insurance) of your firm for each of the past 3 years. The City will not accept a rating higher than 1 for the current year as responsible.
Current Year: Previous Year: Year to previous year:
Note: An Experience Factor is calculated annually by the Washington Department of Labor and Industries.
Revised 11/2016 Page 5 of 9 Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form
17. Environmental: Has the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Washington Department of Ecology (Ecology), any Regional Clean Air Agency, or any other state’s equivalent environmental enforcement agency cited either your firm, or the owner of a project on which your firm was the contractor, in the past 3 years? No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
18. Fair Chance Employment: In the last 3 years, has your firm been found to be out of compliance with the requirements of SMC 14.17 and the use of conviction and arrest records in your hiring practices?
No Yes (if yes, please attach a detailed explanation of the circumstances)
19. Campaign Contributions: Will your firm (whether a sole proprietor, or any form) earn in gross revenues, more than $250,000 performing work within the City this fiscal year?
No Yes
If yes, be aware that no Mayor, City Council member or City Attorney or any candidate for any such position can knowingly accept any contribution directly or indirectly from any entity or person who in the prior two years earned or received more than $250,000, under a contractual relationship with the City. You can find more information here.
Revised 11/2016 Page 6 of 9 Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form
Equal Benefits: Please declare one (1) option from the list below that describes the Contractor’s compliance status with Seattle Municipal Code Chapter 20.45 and related rules. For additional information or explanations regarding the Equal Benefits Program with the City please visit our website at http://www.seattle.gov/city‐ purchasing‐and‐contracting/social‐equity/equal‐benefits
Option A: The Contractor makes, or intends to make by the contract award date, all benefits available on an equal basis to its employees with spouses and its employees with domestic partners, and to the spouses and the domestic partners of employees, in every location within the United States where substantial work on contract will be performed.
Option B: The Contractor does not make benefits available to either the spouses or the domestic partners of its employees.
Option C: The Contractor has no employees.
Option D: Collective Bargaining Delay. Benefits are available on an equal basis to non‐union workers, but union workers are subject to a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide equal benefits.
Option E: Open Enrollment Delay. The first open enrollment period for implementing Equal Benefits is not available until after contract execution
Option F: Cash Equivalent Payment. The Contractor intends to provide a cash equivalent payment to eligible employees in lieu of making benefits available.
No United States Presence: The Contractor does not perform substantial work for the contract in any United State location.
Non‐Compliant: The Contractor does not comply and does not intend to comply, and refuses all options provided above.
Revised 11/2016 Page 7 of 9 Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form
Attachment A Work Experience Form: Bidder
The City will use the information contained here to evaluate that a Bidder has the experience necessary to complete the project as bid. Please complete one form per reference project and include a minimum of 3 projects, or the number of projects as required in the bidding documents. You may include any additional work experience you deem relevant to determining Bidder responsibility. Please be sure to provide a detailed description of the relevant and similar work scopes in order to demonstrate how your firm meets any required. You may attach additional documentation if needed. Please mark “NA” in all boxes that don’t apply to the reference project. Completed form must be legible.
PAST PROJECT EXPERIENCE DETAILS
BIDDER’S COMPANY NAME (if different from prime bidder): BIDDER CONTACT NAME & PHONE NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME: PROJECT CONTRACT NUMBER:
PROJECT OWNER: PROJECT LOCATION:
PROJECT OWNER CONTACT NAME & TITLE: OWNER’S TELEPHONE NUMBER:
NOTICE TO PROCEED DATE: COMPLETION DATE: AWARDED CONTRACT FINAL CONTRACT VALUE: VALUE:
PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME (If not bidder): CONTRACTOR CONTACT NAME & PHONE NUMBER (If not bidder):
BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
LIST TECHNICAL SCOPES OF WORK PERFORMED BY THE BIDDER, INCLUDING ANY RELEVANT DETAILS TO DEMONSTRATE SIMILAR EXPERIENCE AND ANY REQUIRED EXPERIENCE DETAILED IN THE SPEC. (e.g., demolition, specialty construction, electrical, mechanical, paving, etc.)
SPECIALTY TRADES/OTHER SUBCONTRACTED SCOPES PERFORMED: List other scopes of work performed by other subcontractors with relevant work experience. Indicate if your company managed this work or if the work was managed by another firm on the reference project.
WMBE/DBE UTILIZATION RATES: STATE THE MINORITY AND WOMAN UTILIZATION ON THIS PROJECT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE OWNER SOUGHT OR REQUIRED SUCH UTILIZATION. (State in a percentage of the Final Contract Value.)
Revised 11/2016 Page 8 of 9 Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Form
Attachment B Work Experience Form: Specialty Subcontractor
USE THIS FORM IF SUBMITTING PAST EXPERIENCE OF A SPECIALTY SUBCONTRACTOR TO MEET PROJECT SPECIFIC CRITERIA.
The City will use the information contained here to evaluate that a specialty subcontractor, has the experience necessary to complete the project as bid.
Please complete one form per reference project and include a minimum of 3 projects, or the number of projects as required in the bidding documents. You may include any additional work experience you deem relevant to determining Bidder responsibility. Please be sure to provide a detailed description of the relevant and similar work scopes in order to demonstrate how your firm meets any required experience detailed in the specifications. You may attach additional documentation if needed. Please mark “NA” in all boxes that don’t apply to the reference project. Completed form must be legible.
TYPE OF PROJECT SPECIFIC OR SPECIALTY EXPERIENCE: ______
PAST PROJECT EXPERIENCE DETAILS
SUBCONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME (if different from prime bidder): SUBCONTRACTOR CONTACT NAME & PHONE NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME: PROJECT CONTRACT NUMBER:
PROJECT OWNER: PROJECT LOCATION:
PROJECT OWNER CONTACT NAME & TITLE: PROJECT OWNER’S TELEPHONE NUMBER:
NOTICE TO PROCEED DATE: COMPLETION DATE: AWARDED CONTRACT FINAL CONTRACT VALUE: VALUE:
PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME: CONTRACTOR CONTACT NAME & PHONE NUMBER:
BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
LIST TECHNICAL SCOPES OF WORK PERFORMED BY THE SUBCONTRACTOR, INCLUDING ANY RELEVANT DETAILS TO DEMONSTRATE SIMILAR EXPERIENCE AND ANY REQUIRED EXPERIENCE DETAILED IN THE SPEC. (e.g., demolition, specialty construction, electrical, mechanical, paving, etc.)
Revised 11/2016 Page 9 of 9 City of Seattle City Purchasing & Contracting Services
Construction Contracts Teaming 360 Review
Goal: This Teaming 360 Review supports collaborative communications on City construction projects. The review will share information at preconstruction, project midpoint, and project completion, to team and facilitate a quality construction experience. This review is provided for communication and collaboration, not for determinations of responsibility, debarment or performance.
Process: This Teaming 360 Review is required for all projects with an engineer’s estimate of $1,000,000 and up. For all other projects, this Teaming 360 Review may be used by the City when the City has determined that it may prove beneficial to the City and Contractor (for example when a Contractor has not worked for the City or for a specific department before). During the pre‐construction review, expectations and project approach strategies will be shared between the Owner and Contractor. A midpoint review meeting will be scheduled during the middle of construction to provide an opportunity to review progress and identify areas for improvement and the steps to achieve it. Additional reviews are optional and can and should be requested by either party whenever it may be helpful to project collaboration. A final review is required for all projects at physical completion.
Participants: The Review will engage the Contractor Representative, City Department Representative, and the CPCS Social Equity representative at a minimum.
Project Name and PW#: ______
Contractor Name and PM:______
Contractor Representative: ______Name Title Owner Representative: ______Name Title CPCS Social Equity Representative: ______Name Title CPCS Labor Equity Representative: ______Name Title PRECONSTRUCTION The Owner and Contractor will review expectations together at the preconstruction meeting, or at a meeting as otherwise agreed, and will agree upon the mid‐point review date. 1) Please briefly discuss how the Owner and the Contractor define success for this Project.
2) What does the Owner expect from the Contractor to ensure success?
3) What are the items that most concern the Owner about this project?
4) What are the items that most concern the Contractor on this project?
EXPECTATIONS
5 Exceptional Always over achieves, exceeds expectations 4 Superior Almost always, meets expectations, positive results 3 Solid Performance Sometimes, average 2 Inconsistent Rarely, below average, developing skills 1 Unsatisfactory Never, poor, requires constant guidance or reminding
MIDPOINT REVIEW
DATE: ______
OWNER’S FEEDBACK TO THE CONTRACTOR
Expectation Topics Scale Comments Management and Supervision Circle rating Project field supervision is knowledgeable, on‐ 1 2 3 4 5 site and responsive, including keeping the Owner up‐to‐date. Coordination and control of subcontractors and 1 2 3 4 5 suppliers is organized and efficient. Project field supervision is professional and 1 2 3 4 5 maintains good relationships with the public, other agencies and Owner staff. Schedule Performance Schedule is accurate, up‐to‐date, and well‐ 1 2 3 4 5 communicated to Owner staff, sub‐contractors and suppliers. Work is executed in accordance with the 1 2 3 4 5 schedule, substantially completed on time and punch list completed promptly. Submittals, Payments and Change Orders Submittals are timely, accurate and well‐ 1 2 3 4 5 organized. Payment requests, with support documentation, 1 2 3 4 5 are provided complete and on time. Requests for Information and Change Orders are 1 2 3 4 5 legitimate, timely and well‐documented. Quality Control and Workmanship Work is accomplished in accordance with plans 1 2 3 4 5 and specifications, including correction of deficient work in a timely manner. Workmanship reflects quality and pride in 1 2 3 4 5 performance so as to pass inspection the first time. Environmental and Safety Worksite is maintained clean and safe in 1 2 3 4 5 accordance with all applicable standards and regulations, and project Safety Plan.
Construction Contracts Teaming 360 Review Page 2 of 6 FAS Rev 10/25/2016 Compliance with environmental laws, 1 2 3 4 5 ordinances and regulations including TESC measures being effectively monitored for performance. Social Equity (Completed by CPCS) Contractor actively participates in recruitment 1 2 3 4 5 efforts for under‐represented scopes for WMBEs. All on‐line reports are accurate and up‐to‐date 1 2 3 4 5 each month. Ensure eligible subcontractors are receiving 1 2 3 4 5 prompt payments. Social Equity Plan/Inclusion Plan/Apprenticeship 1 2 3 4 5 Plan/Priority Hire Projections/New Hire Projections updated, complete and thoughtful at the start of construction and participation meets goals. Labor Equity (Completed by CPCS) Contractor exceeds, meets or provides evidence 1 2 3 4 5 of good faith efforts towards the project’s workforce requirements and goals. Contractor and all subcontractors submit pre‐job 1 2 3 4 5 paperwork at least two weeks prior to beginning work and attend pre‐job conferences. Contractor attends the Joint Administrative 1 2 3 4 5 Committee (JAC) and discusses project progress and workforce performance.
CONTRACTOR’S FEEDBACK TO THE CITY
Expectation Topics Scale Comments Management and Oversight Circle rating City processes allowed timely access to the 1 2 3 4 5 Owner’s rep or Engineer during construction. Communication and Responsiveness City processes allowed a responsive, timely, and 1 2 3 4 5 respectful resolution around issues. Documentation Review City processes allowed RFIs and Change Orders 1 2 3 4 5 to be reviewed and responded to in a timely way. City process allowed Change Orders to be 1 2 3 4 5 reviewed timely with clear directives on information and documentation needed for approval and signature. Social Equity The City provides appropriate support, guidance 1 2 3 4 5 and assistance to resolve social equity issues clearly and timely.
Construction Contracts Teaming 360 Review Page 3 of 6 FAS Rev 10/25/2016 Labor Equity The City provides appropriate support, guidance 1 2 3 4 5 and assistance around priority hire and the Community Workforce Agreement.
Follow Up: On any topics receiving a rating of 1 or 2, outline strategies for improvement. Use additional space as needed. Contractors may include responses here as well.
FINAL REVIEW
DATE OF REVIEW: ______Physical Completion Date:______
OWNER’S FEEDBACK TO THE CONTRACTOR
Expectation Topics Scale Comments Management and Supervision Circle rating Project field supervision is knowledgeable, on‐ 1 2 3 4 5 site and responsive, including keeping the Owner up‐to‐date. Coordination and control of subcontractors and 1 2 3 4 5 suppliers is organized and efficient. Project field supervision is professional and 1 2 3 4 5 maintains good relationships with the public, other agencies and Owner staff. Schedule Performance Schedule is accurate, up‐to‐date, and well‐ 1 2 3 4 5 communicated to Owner staff, sub‐contractors and suppliers. Work is executed in accordance with the 1 2 3 4 5 schedule, substantially completed on time and punch list completed promptly. Submittals, Payments and Change Orders Submittals are timely, accurate and well‐ 1 2 3 4 5 organized. Payment requests, with support documentation, 1 2 3 4 5 are provided complete and on time.
Construction Contracts Teaming 360 Review Page 4 of 6 FAS Rev 10/25/2016 Requests for Information and Change Orders are 1 2 3 4 5 legitimate, timely and well‐documented. Quality Control and Workmanship Work is accomplished in accordance with plans 1 2 3 4 5 and specifications, including correction of deficient work in a timely manner. Workmanship reflects quality and pride in 1 2 3 4 5 performance so as to pass inspection the first time. Environmental and Safety Worksite is maintained clean and safe in 1 2 3 4 5 accordance with all applicable standards and regulations, and project Safety Plan. Compliance with environmental laws, 1 2 3 4 5 ordinances and regulations including TESC measures being effectively monitored for performance. Social Equity (Completed by CPCS) Contractor actively participates in recruitment 1 2 3 4 5 efforts for under‐represented scopes for WMBEs. All on‐line reports are accurate and up‐to‐date 1 2 3 4 5 each month. Ensure eligible subcontractors are receiving 1 2 3 4 5 prompt payments. Social Equity Plan/Inclusion Plan/Apprenticeship 1 2 3 4 5 Plan/Priority Hire Projections/New Hire Projections updated, complete and thoughtful at the start of construction and participation meets goals. Labor Equity (Completed by CPCS) Contractor exceeds, meets or provides evidence 1 2 3 4 5 of good faith efforts towards the project’s workforce requirements and goals. Contractor and all subcontractors submit pre‐job 1 2 3 4 5 paperwork at least two weeks prior to beginning work and attend pre‐job conferences. Contractor attends the JAC and discusses project 1 2 3 4 5 progress and workforce performance.
CONTRACTOR’S FEEDBACK TO THE CITY
Expectation Topics Scale Comments Management and Oversight Circle Rating City processes allowed timely access to the 1 2 3 4 5 Owner’s rep or Engineer during construction. Communication and Responsiveness City processes allowed a responsive, timely, and 1 2 3 4 5 respectful resolution around issues. Construction Contracts Teaming 360 Review Page 5 of 6 FAS Rev 10/25/2016 Documentation Review City processes allowed RFIs and Change Orders 1 2 3 4 5 to be reviewed and responded to in a timely way. City process allowed Change Orders to be 1 2 3 4 5 reviewed timely with clear directives on information and documentation needed for approval and signature. Social Equity The City provides appropriate support, guidance 1 2 3 4 5 and assistance to resolve social equity issues clearly and timely. Labor Equity The City provides appropriate support, guidance 1 2 3 4 5 and assistance around priority hire and the Community Workforce Agreement.
Final comments and feedback for future projects:
Provide a copy to each participating Representative at each stage in the review. Provide a copy of the final review to CPCS as part of the project close out documents. Reminder: these reviews are public documents subject to disclosure upon request.
Construction Contracts Teaming 360 Review Page 6 of 6 FAS Rev 10/25/2016 City of Seattle Seattle City Light Revision: 7/03/2014 SUBCONTRACTOR APPROVAL APPLICATION Prior to a subcontractor beginning work, this form shall be completed and signed by Prime Contractor and submitted to and approved by the owner’s authorized representative.
SECTION A Project Name P.W. Project No. Fed Aid No. Spec. No. (if applicable) (if applicable)
Contractor Business Name (Prime) Telephone Number
Address City State Zip
Approval is Requested to Sublet the Following Described Work to: Subcontractor Name Lower Tier Sub? (complete box to the right) Lower Tier Subcontractor To: **
Address Telephone Number City State Zip
Federal Tax ID# State UBI# Seattle Business License # Contractor's License # Expires: Expires:
Has this Company ever been disbarred by L&I? No Yes, Reason: Estimated Start Date Estimated Working Days (A) TOTAL CONTRACT AWARD (w/o Tax) **Lower Tier Subs: Enter Total Amount Sublet to First Tier Sub**
Bid Item # Bid Item Description Bid Item Amount Amount Sublet Partial Amount of (also include description of partial work if applicable) Bid Item?
(B) Total Amount This Request (Less Contractually Excluded Work): SECTION B Is the company listed in the City of Seattle’s Vendor and Contractor Registration System? Yes No (See http://web6.seattle.gov/fas/registration/)
Is the company listed in the WA State Office of Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises directory? Yes No (See http://www.omwbe.wa.gov/certification/certification_directory.shtml) Is the company listed in the WMBE Contract Commitment Log section of the inclusion plan?
Yes (Go to Section C)
No, Is subcontracting to this company going to negatively affect the Total estimated percentage of the base bid to all MWBE subcontractors and suppliers in the inclusion plan or does it affect the work that is committed to the WMBE business’ listed on the commitment log in the inclusion plan? No, Proceed to Section D. Yes, Provide a detailed explanation below for review by the owner’s representative (Note: Every attempt should be made to meet the percentage and to use the WMBE subcontractors/suppliers listed in the commitment log or substitute their work with another approved WMBE company.) SECTION C Does the dollar amount of the work match the dollar amount listed in the WMBE Contract Commitment Log? Yes, the form is complete and you do not need to go any further. No, please provide an explanation below for review by the owner’s representative.
Explanation: (Sections B & C)
SECTION D Is L&I Approved Intent to Pay Prevailng Wages for Subcontractor attached? Yes
By signing this form I certify that the subcontractor listed above is in compliance with all of the responsible bidder requirements under RCW 39.04.350, including: having a certificate of registration under RCW 18.27; a UBI number; industrial insurance coverage if required under Title 51 RCW; an employment security number under Title 50; and a state excise tax registration number under Title 82. I affirm that the subcontractor is not disqualified from working on any public works contract under RCW 39.06, or RCW 39.12.065(3) or on the Federal Excluded Parties List System (epls.gov).
I understand and will require that the subcontractor comply fully with the Contract under which this work is being performed. Prime Contractor's Signature Date
SECTION E For City of Seattle Administering Department Only
Cumulative % of all Work Subcontracted % of Total Contract Award, This Request - OR - (B)/(A): #DIV/0! **Cumulative % of all Work Sublet to First Tier Sub**
Authorized CITY OF SEATTLE Signature Date:
Printed Name of Signature Title:
Approved Rejected, Reason:
Instructions to the Contractor 1. Subcontractor or Lower Tier Subcontractor name and address must be the same as shown on the State License. 2. If the Subcontractor is requesting to Subcontract, check the box next to “Lower Tier Subcontractor” and fill out the name and dollar amount of the corresponding Subcontractor. 3. Fill in columns using Bid Item Numbers as shown in the Contract. 4. Mark the box for “partial amount of bid item” if a subcontractor is performing only part of the bid item work. A description of item work being performed must appear in the column headed “Bid Item Description.”; for example: “Handhole Type 2 less saw-cutting” or “Handhole Type 2 saw-cutting only”. If no work is partial, then use Bid Item Description only “Handhole Type 2”. 5. Enter total Contract Award Amount (including tax). If this form is for a lower-tier subcontractor, fill in the total amount sublet to the first-tier subcontractor instead. 6. Be sure your figures are accurate before submitting request. 7. Original “Subcontractor Approval Applications” must be signed and submitted by the Prime Contractor to the authorized owner’s representative (Engineer or Project Manager, as directed). City of Seattle, Department of Finance and Administrative Services Purchasing & Contracting Services Division
Revised 9/17/08
Subcontractor Payment Report
Project Name: PW# Contractor Name: Report Period: Start - m/d/y to End - m/d/y Report Status: Monthly Report Final Report Revised Report No Work Performed
Business name of ALL subcontractors and *WMBE Type *Amount Paid suppliers that provided work and/or materials on this Contract Yes No Sub Supplier
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
*Include taxes paid to subs, exclude retainage to be paid. Submitted by:
Name (signature) Title Date Signed **WMBE Definitions - WMBE: a business that is at least 51% owned by one or more minority women, and whose management and daily operations are controlled by one or more minority women. WBE: a business that is at least 51% owned by one or more women, and whose management and daily operations are controlled by one or more women. MBE: a business that is at least 51% owned by one or more minority males, and whose management and daily operations are controlled by one or more minority males. CBE: a business that is 50% owned and controlled by one or more minority men, and 50% owned and controlled by one or more non-minority women.
Purchasing & Contracting Services Division Post Office Box 94687, Seattle, Washington 98124-4687 Tel: (206) 684-0430 TDD: (206) 615-0476 Fax: (206) 684-4511
Website: www.seattle.gov/contracting SEATTLE CITY LIGHT
Construction Management
Contractor’s Shop Drawing Review & Approval Request
Date: To: Seattle City Light, Construction Management From: Contract: PW #:
Bid Items: Drawing Sheet #(s): Material Standard (ASTM, AWWA, etc.): Location/Intended Use:
Deviations from contract requirements and / or Standard Plans: <
Contractor’s signature Date
Contractor’s Name and Address:
Note: One Shop Drawing Review Form shall be submitted for each shop drawing submittal package.
Shop Drawing Review Form.doc Revised: 04/01/2008 Project Labor List - Contractor
The Project Labor Report submitted by the contractor and by any subcontractor before that firm commences force account work. They can either use this form or their own form with like information.
Contract Name: Fica: 7.65%
PW No: Futa: 0.60%
Contrator/Subcontr.: Suta: (0.4% to 5.42%)
Checked By: (SCL CE): Total:
Contractor must supply copy of "State Rate Notice" with this form. Note: Rate for Sup. Pen, Med Aid, Ind. Insur - Diff. Between " Your Tax Rate" and their "Payroll Deduction" columns. Fica; Sup. Pen. *0.5: Total Regular Base Overtime Futa; Med. Aid *0.5; Fringe Weighted Overtime * Labor Classification Rate Rate Suta Ind. Insur. Benefits Rate Weighted Rate
* Must match exactly with the occupation descriptions listed in wage schedule of the contract.
Contractor Project LaborList.xls Revised 12/12/2013 Substitution Request Form
To: Project:
Owner:
Specified Item:
Section Page Paragraph Description
The undersigned requests consideration of the following:
Proposed Substitution:
Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request. Applicable portions of the data are clearly identified.
The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments, are correct:
1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings and will not require a change in any of the Contract Documents.
2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the design, including engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the request substitution which is estimated to be $______.
3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other contractors, the construction schedule (specifically the date of substantial completion), or specified warranty requirements.
4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution.
5. The incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the work is not subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
The undersigned further states that the function, appearance, and quality of the Proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to the Specified item.
Submitted by Contractor: Reviewed by Engineer:
Accepted Accepted as Noted
Signature Not Accepted Received too Late
Firm By:
Title:
Date: Date:
Telephone: Remarks:
Attachments:
CM 1110 (Revised 10/22/01) Request for Approval of Material Sources SCL, Construction Management Division SF # ______Project No. ______Date: ______
Contract Name:
Bid Sources of Supply Approval Item # Description of Material Local Supplier Manufacturer or Pit # Action *
Contractor: Submitted by:
Seattle City Light or Seattle Public Utilities Materials Laboratory Use Only
* Sources of supply for all items checked ( ) in approval column are approved for use on the above improvement provided the materials delivered comply with all specifications.
1. Source Approved: Acceptance based upon 'Satisfactory' test report for samples of materials to be incorporated into project. 2. Source Approved: Submit manufacturer cerificate of compliance for 'Approval' prior to use of material. 3. Source Approved: Submit millcerts prior to use of material. 4. Source Approved: Submit catalog cuts and/or shop drawings for 'Approval' prior to use or fabrication of material. 5. Source Approved: Only stamped 'SCL, SPU, or WSDOT Inspected' material shall be used. 6. Source Approved: Request supplier to provide 'SPU' or 'WSDOT' Pipe Acceptance Report (PAR) with pipe upon delivery. 7. Source Approved: Submit mix design for 'Approval' prior to incorporation of material into project. 8. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for prelimary evaluation. 9. Approval Withheld: Submit brand name, name of manufacturer, treating plant, or WSDOT Pit number. 10. Approval Withheld: Submit catalog cuts and/or shop drawings for approval. 11. Approval Withheld: Submit bid item number. 12. Approval Withheld: 13. Conditionally Approved:
Review by: ______Date: ______SPU Lab Materials Engineer
Note: Forms not filled in completely will not be processed
Request for Approval of Mat'l Source.xls Revised 08/26/15 Seattle City Light Spill Notification Procedures
Notifications to regulatory agencies are required when a hazardous material is released to the environment (soil, water, air). All notifications to regulatory agencies will be performed by Seattle City Light's Environmental Affairs Division.
Contractor Spill Control Coordinator: ______Phone: ______Contractor's On-Call Spill Response Sub-Contractor: ______Phone: ______SCL Resident Engineer: ______Phone: ______What Who Responsible Person Contact/Additional Info Contact Number
1. Site personnel will perform containment and All Hazardous Material Contractor personnel on site Contractor Spill Control remediation of the release. Spills, independent of discovers spill, contacts the Coordinator (SCC): quantity released. Contractor SCC for assistance. ______2. Contractor's On-Call Spill Response Sub- Contractor will be called in.
1. Site personnel Will Contractor SCC determines Contractor Spill Control SCL Resident Engineer: perform containment and how spill is managed Coordinator (SCC): TBD remediation ______SCL Resident Engineer: 2. Site personnel Will Not TBD Contractor SCC determines Contractor Spill Control ______perform containment and how spill is managed Coordinator (SCC): remediation ______Contractor's On-Call Spill Response Sub-Contractor TBD
IF the Contractor is unable to reach the SCL Resident Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed with the following notifications to SCL Environmental Affairs. SCL Environmental Affairs 206/684-3270 SCL Resident Engineer SCL Resident Engineer SCL Resident Engineer: 8:00 AM – 5:00 PM contacted by Contractor contacts SCL Environmental After Hours Pager ______Spill Control Coordinator Affairs 5:00 PM - 8:00 AM , 206/995-2460 Weekends & Holidays SCL Environmental Affairs SCL Environmental Regulatory Agencies may SCL Environmental notifies regulatory agencies Affairs: include NRC, Ecology, WA Affairs contacted by SCL Various as required, dependent on the State DEM, EPA, Coast Resident Engineer ______material & release location Guard, NPS, USFS, F&W
What Types of Hazards Responsible Person Contact to Call Phone Number
Explosive, Reactive, Spills that are immediately Flammable, Any On-Scene Personnel Emergency 911 dangerous to life or health Corrosive and/or Toxic Materials
Seattle Public Utilities Recycling & Disposal Stations Rates and Information
Recyclables Hazardous Yard Waste Large Appliances Only Waste Garbage and (Limit 2 per load) Vehicle Tires Clean Wood (Limit 4 per Just With load) Appliance Garbage Trucks and like vehicles, Not $145 per ton $110 per ton $30 each $8 each + Flat fee of including those No Charge accepted ($30 min. ($20 min. garbage $13 per load with trailers charge) charge) tonnage rate
Please note that unsecured loads (not covered or securely tied down) are charged an additional fee – $3 for sedans, SUVs and station wagons; all other vehicles $5 (if less than one ton) or $10 (if greater than one ton).
*PLEASE NOTE: Concrete, bricks, and asphalt paving - recycling required: As of January 1, 2012, all construction and demolition sites shall separate out readily recyclable concrete, bricks, and asphalt paving… and… concrete, bricks, and asphalt paving shall not be deposited in construction and demolition site garbage containers…, railhead intermodal containers, or in the garbage disposal areas at the City’s Recycling and Disposal Stations…. Exceptions: The recycling requirement will not apply where concrete, bricks, and asphalt paving are painted, have hazardous constituents, are difficult to separate from other materials (such as wood), are present only in very small quantities, or are generated during disaster emergency situations where … recycling options are not available. (Seattle Municipal Code 21.36.089 )
Acceptable Materials Aluminum and Tin Cans Collected Glass Bottles and Jars (no lids) Commingled Plastic Bottles (no lids) Mixed Paper Recyclables Cardboard (clean, dry and flattened.) Motor Oil (5-gallons per day) and Drained Oil Filters Collected Scrap Metal Separately Vehicle Batteries Water Heaters (only if all insulation removed) Grass Clippings, Houseplants, Leaves and Brush Branches (up to 4-inches in diameter and 8-feet long) Rocks (up to 2 inches in diameter) Yard Waste and Clean Wood Cedar Shingles (untreated, no tar paper) Pallets Lumber Lath (no plaster) Refrigerators/Freezers (empty and doors removed) Large Appliances Air Conditioners (Residential Only) Stoves, Washers, Dryers, Dishwashers Water Heaters (If insulation is not removed) Ashes (must be cooled and bagged or boxed) Barrels or Drums (must be empty and cut in two) Miscellaneous Hypodermic Needles/Syringes (must be in rigid container) Latex Paint (must be dried/solidified) Unacceptable Materials To ensure the safety of our employees and customers and to comply with recycling laws, we do not accept the following items: Furnace Parts, Woodstoves or Duct-Work Asbestos (Loads containing asbestos will be turned away.) Electronics Explosives, Ammunition or Weapons Material more than 8 feet long or more than 200 pounds Dead Animals more than 15 pounds (call Animal Control) Compressed Gas Cylinders (e.g. propane tanks, fire extinguishers)
January 2013 SAX FOM (IG) Unacceptable Materials Waste and Recycling Resources
Recycling and Disposal Station General Information 206-684-8400 http://www.seattle.gov/util/ForBusinesses/GarbageBusinesses/DumpTransferStation/Rates/index.htm (Recording) 206-386-9790 (Billing Info.) Construction Information and Recyclers http://www.seattle.gov/util/ForBusinesses/Construction/index.htm and Construction Recycling Directory searchable on-line: http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/wdidw/category.asp?CatID=17 or downloadable: http://your.kingcounty.gov/solidwaste/greenbuilding/documents/CDLguide.pdf Seattle Public Utilities Customer Service 206-684-3000 http://www.seattle.gov/util/AboutUs/ContactUs/index.htm Illegal Dumping and Graffiti Hotline 206-684-7587 Illegal dumping Graffiti
Puget Sound Clean Air Agency (Asbestos Disposal Information) 206-343-8800 http://www.pscleanair.org/regulated/asbestos/default.aspx
Waste Clearance Public Health - Seattle & King County's Waste Characterization Program reviews “questionable waste” and determines whether it will be cleared for disposal as municipal solid waste. Typical questionable wastes to review include contaminated soil, sludges, expired or off-spec products and chemicals, filters, blasting/grinding wastes, empty containers, and manufacturing wastes. Recycling and Disposal Stations may require completed Waste Clearance Forms before accepting questionable wastes. Waste Clearance Request Form Fill in the form then email it to: [email protected], or print it and mail it to: Environmental Health Division, Solid Waste- Waste Characterization 401 5th Avenue, Suite 1100, Seattle, WA 98104.
Recycling and Disposal Stations Hours of Operation: 8 am to 5:30 pm, 7 days a week Closed Thanksgiving, Christmas and New Years Day North Station also closed on July 4th
North Recycling and Disposal Station 1350 North 34th Street Seattle, WA 98103
South Recycling and Disposal Station 8105 5th Avenue South Seattle, WA 98108
For more information, including driving directions and tips on how to prepare your load, visit: www.seattle.gov/util.
January 2013 SAX FOM (IG) HMA Mix Design Submittal
Contract Information PW Number: Project Name: Date:
Project Manager: Supervising Resident Engineer:
General Contractor: HMA Paving Contractor:
Contractors Mix ID: HMA Class: 3/8 Inch 3/4 Inch ATB 1/2 Inch 1 Inch Other (describe) Design ESALs (millions): Gyration Levels: Nini = Ndes = Nmax =
Asphalt Binder Information
Primary Asphalt Binder Supplier: Asphalt Binder Specific Gravity (Gb): Asphalt Binder Grade:
Max. Binder Temp.: Mixing Temp. Range: Compaction Temp. Range: Anti-strip Type:
Secondary Asphalt Binder Supplier: Asphalt Binder Specific Gravity (Gb): Asphalt Binder Grade:
Max. Binder Temp.: Mixing Temp Range: Compaction Temp. Range: Anti-strip Type:
Note: Attach asphalt binder Temperature – Viscosity curves to submittal forms. Aggregate Structure In the table below, provide the “Material” identification (3/4”-0, RAP, etc.), “Source” (J-199, E-320, etc.), “Ratio” (45%, 20%, etc.), and the percent passing each sieve for each stockpile used in the mix design as well as the combined gradation and the specification requirements for the class of HMA used. Report all stockpile gradations to the nearest tenth of a percent. Report the combined gradation to the nearest whole percent except the U.S. No. 200, which must be reported to the nearest tenth of a percent. Attach a 0.45 power chart showing the combined gradation with control points for the class of mix submitted.
Material Combined Specification Source Gradation Requirements Ratio 1-1/2” Square 1” Square 3/4” Square 1/2" Square 3/8” Square U.S. No. 4 U.S. No. 8 U.S. No. 16 U.S. No. 30 U.S. No. 50 U.S. No. 100 U.S. No. 200
Page 1 of 3 Aggregate Test Data In the tables below provide all of the aggregate specific gravity and aggregate quality property test data determined for each stockpile and the selected design aggregate structure (Combined Gradation) as required. The specification requirements only apply to the design aggregate structure (Combined Gradation). Aggregate Specific Gravity, Sand Equivalency, and Uncompacted Void Content of Fine Aggregate
Material Combined Specification Source Gradation Requirements Ratio
Gsb Coarse
Gsb Fine
Gsb Blend
Sand Equiv. 45 min. Uncompacted 45% Min. Void Content Coarse Aggregate Fracture (not applicable to ATB) Combined %Fractured Specification Sieve Sizes 1 Sided Fracture 2 Sided Fracture Gradation Faces Requirements 1” Square 90% Min. 3/4” Square 90% Min. 1/2" Square 90% Min. 3/8” Square 90% Min. U.S. No. 4 90% Min. Flat and Elongated Particles (not applicable to ATB) % Flat and Specification Sieve Sizes Ratio is 5:1. Elongated Requirements 1” Square 10% Max. 3/4” Square 10% Max. 1/2" Square 10% Max. 3/8” Square 10% Max. U.S. No. 4 10% Max.
Binder Content of RAP (%): Remarks:
Page 2 of 3 HMA Mix Design Data
In the Table below, provide the HMA volumetric mix design data determined by performing WSDOT SOP 732. The Va, VMA, VFA, and Gmb values must be determined from replicate mixtures compactd to the appropriate N design gyration level in accordance to Section 8.2 of SOP 732, back calculated values from replicate mixtures compacted to Nmax are not acceptable. Primary Asphalt Binder Secondary Asphalt Binder HMA Properties -0.5% P +0.5% P -0.5% P +0.5% P b P Design b b P Design b Design b Design Design b Design
Pb % Gmm @ Nini % Gmm @ Ndes (Va) %VMA @ Ndes %VFA @ Ndes Dust / Asphalt Ratio Pbe Gmm Gmb Gse Height @ Nini Height @ Ndes HMA Mix Design Proposal(s)
In the Table below, provide the HMA volumetric mix design data that comes closest to, or intersects 4.0% Va (7% for ATB), from the testing performed via WSDOT SOP 732. This may be the same as the Pb design data from the table above. Also provide the % Gmm data developed from the replicate mixture compacted to the appropriate Nmax gyration level. Primary Asphalt Binder Secondary Asphalt Binder HMA Properties Specification Requirements Proposal Proposal
Pb % Gmm @ Nini % Gmm @ Ndes (Va) 96.0 (93 for ATB) %VMA @ Ndes %VFA @ Ndes % Va @ Ndes Dust / Asphalt Ratio 0.6 – 1.6 Pbe Gmm Gmb Gse % Gmm @ Nmax 98.0 Max (ATB excluded) % RAP in Final Mix 20 Max.
I certify this HMA job-mix formula (JMF) has been developed in accordance to WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) 732 “Volumetric Design for Hot-Mix Asphalt (HMA)”. The HMA JMF has been verified in accordance to section 10 of SOP 732 which consists of preparing replicate mixtures containing the selected design aggregate structure at each of the following binder contents: (1) the estimated design binder content, Pb (design); (2) 0.5 percent below Pb (design); 0.5 percent above Pb (design). I am aware, in accordance to City of Seattle Standard Specification 5-04.3(6)C1, that a response will be provided within 25 Working Days after a complete mix design submittal has been received at the SPU Materials Laboratory in Seattle.
Signature Title Phone Date
Page 3 of 3 City of Seattle, Department of Finance and Administrative Services
City Purchasing & Contracting Services Division
DEFICIENT CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION PROGRAM
I. POLICY The Department of Finance and Administrative Services (FAS) is authorized by SMC 3.39.020 to administer public works contracting processes in accordance with applicable state law and City ordinances. FAS developed a standardized Contractor Performance Evaluation Program (“Program”) for City staff to evaluate when a Contractor’s performance on public works project is deficient.
II. PURPOSE The Program is intended to: A. Provide the City with a rational basis for determining Contractor responsibility. B. Provide a history and an assessment of a Contractor's performance on prior City contracts for use in debarment proceedings as authorized by SMC 20.70.050.
The Program is not intended to determine whether a Contractor has breached a contract with the City.
III. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION The Performance Evaluation Report is only used to document deficient performance: DEFICIENT (Includes Prior Ratings of “Inadequate” and “Deficient”) The Contractor’s failure to perform was such that it seriously compromised the successful completion of the project resulting in termination, liquidated damages, third party (surety) intervention, significant violations, or other similar damages or corrective actions were required to bring the project to completion. While the project may have been accepted by the City, the Contractor's performance put the project or City in serious jeopardy.
IV. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION REPORT PROCESS If the Administering Department finds a contractor’s performance deficient, then the department will complete this form, have it signed for concurrence, and submit it to PCSD. Electronic signatures are acceptable. For a Contractor to be “Deficient”, the report must describe and provide examples of the work deficiencies or issues that demonstrate how the Contractor failed in contract performance. The Administering Department is responsible for keeping all supporting documentation in the project file (including photos, reports, copies of violations, correspondence, project notes, etc.)
PCSD shall provide a copy of the Deficient Performance Evaluation to the Contractor.
Page 1 of 3 FAS Rev 09/4/12
City of Seattle, Department of Finance and Administrative Services
City Purchasing & Contracting Services Division
V. SOCIAL EQUITY PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS
The Contractor’s compliance with social equity requirements may be evaluated by the City Purchasing and Contracting Services Division as a separate performance evaluation form.
VI. NOTICE A. Notice. Contractors shall be provided a copy of their Performance Evaluation Report attached to the Certificate of Completion. B. Contractor’s Response. Within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the Performance Evaluation Report, a Contractor may submit a written response to the City Purchasing and Contracting Services Division. The evaluation is not subject to a protest procedure but the Contractor’s written response will be included in the project file.
VII. DISQUALIFICATION FOR WORK ON SPECIFIC PROJECT The Director of the City Purchasing and Contracting Services Division or his/her designee may determine, from Performance Evaluation Reports and other public documents relating to the project in question, that a Contractor who has received one or more Overall Evaluations of "Deficient" or "Inadequate" is not a responsible Bidder and is therefore ineligible for Award of that contract.
VIII. DEBARMENT In accordance with SMC 20.70.050, the Director of the Department of Finance and Administrative Services or his/her designee may debar a Contractor and prevent the Contractor from entering into a Contract with the City or from acting as a Subcontractor on any Contract with the City for up to five (5) years. SMC 20.70.050 provides multiple reasons for debarment and includes whether or not the Contractor received Overall Evaluations of “Deficient,” or “Inadequate” on the Performance Evaluation Report on three (3) or more City Contracts. The Director may issue an Order of Debarment only after adhering to the procedures specified in SMC 20.70.050. The rights and remedies of the Owner under these debarment provisions are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under the Contract.
IX. PUBLIC DISCLOSURE Performance Evaluation Reports are public documents subject to public disclosure requests.
Page 2 of 3 FAS Rev 09/4/12
City of Seattle, Department of Finance and Administrative Services
City Purchasing & Contracting Services Division
Deficient Contractor Performance Evaluation Report (completed by the Administering Department) • Deficient means a Contractor’s failure to perform was such that it seriously compromised the successful completion of the project resulting in termination, liquidated damages, third party (surety) intervention, significant violations, or other similar damages or corrective actions were required to bring the project to completion. • If your department finds a contractor’s performance deficient, complete this form and submit to PCSD. • For a Contractor to be “Deficient”, clearly describe and provide examples of the work deficiencies or issues that demonstrate how the Contractor failed in contract performance. • Departments are responsible for keeping all supporting documentation in the project file (including photos, reports, copies of violations, correspondence, project notes, etc.)
CONTRACTOR AND PROJECT INFORMATION CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDENT OR PROJECT MANAGER
PW NUMBER PROJECT NAME
CITY PROJECT MANAGER CITY ADMINISTERING DEPARTMENT
SCHEDULED ACTUAL SCHEDULED ACTUAL SUBSTANTIAL SUBSTANTIAL PHYSICAL COMPLETION PHYSICAL COMPLETION DATE COMPLETION DATE COMPLETION DATE DATE
AWARDED CONTRACT VALUE FINAL CONTRACT VALUE
BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND ANY SPECIFIC WORK PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR
DESCRIPTION OF DEFICIENCIES
Clearly state the deficiencies that rise to the definition provided above (Prepare a package of supporting documentation and retain in your Department’s contract file).
EVALUATED BY (NAME AND TITLE) DATE ONTRACTOR DDSSDTHESPERFORMANCE EVALUATION
CONCURRENCE BY (NAME AND TITLE) DATEONTCTOR DDSSDTHESPERFORMANCE EVALUATION
Page 3 of 3 FAS Rev 09/4/12
City Purchasing and Contracting Services Construction Contracting
PUBLIC WORKS PREVAILING WAGE CERTIFICATION & SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
Project: PW#: Contractor Name:
I certify that the prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the pre-filed Statement(s) of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages on file with the Contracting Services Division of Finance and Administrative Services. This statement covers all subcontractors of all tiers and suppliers who worked on the project.
PAYMENT PERIOD FROM TO Final Subcontractor Report MONTH/DAY/YEAR MONTH/DAY/YEAR No Subcontractors Subcontractor/Supplier Name Subcontractor UBI Intent Affidavit Prompt Total or Supplier? Number ID ID Pay Amount Eligible? Paid During Y/N Pay Period* ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier ☐ Sub ☐ Supplier In accordance with RCW 60.28, 18.27 and 19.28, for all public works contracts over $35,000 the Contractor shall submit with each Progress Payment a list of all Subcontractors, UBI numbers, Intent IDs, Affidavit IDs, WMBE statuses and dates worked. Moreover, the Contractor shall record the total amount paid to each Prompt Pay Eligible Subcontractor. This letter shall be signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor prior to payment pursuant to RCW 39.12.040. * If final, include final total amount paid for each subcontractor for the entire duration of the project. ______Print Name
______Signature Date
CPCS Rev. 02/25/2015
Request for Information/ Design Clarification/Variation Request SCL, Construction Management
RFI/DCVR No.: enter # Reference No.: enter #
Date: enter date Contract Name: enter name PW No.: enter # Contractor: enter name
Contractor Representative: name Response Requested By: date
Nature of Work: enter description Reference Drawings: enter number Reference Specification: enter number Bid Items: enter number
Description: Enter description of RFI
Engineer’s Response: (Leave blank for Engineer’s Response)
BY: DATE: THIS IS NOT AN AUTHORIZATION TO PROCEED WITH WORK INVOLVING ADDITIONAL COST AND/OR TIME. Notification must be given in accordance with the Contract Documents if any clarification, variation or Engineer’s response causes any change to the Contract.
RFI/DCVR.doc Revised Feb 2014
Seattle City Light Construction Management Submittal Transmittal & Response Shaded areas are for SCL use only Submittal Number: Date: (Contractor: give each submittal transmittal a consecutive number beginning with “001”. Resubmittals will be identified numerically, e.g., 001.1 ) Note: One form shall be filled out for each submittal item. The only exception will be if multiple items from the same supplier are submitted as a package for the same scheduled work.
Contract Name: PW #:
Contractor:
The Contractor submits the following noted attachments to Engineer for review and response: Sub SCL item Spec Sec. # DESCRIPTION Response # 1 2 3 4 Resubmittal Supplemental Submittal
Submitted by:
Signature Printed Name & Title Phone #
The Engineer has reviewed the above noted documents and responded as noted above, under “SCL Response”. Key: NE = NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN MC = MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED: No resubmittal required, but corrections noted are required SI = SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM: Resubmittal required – rejected, see comments below RR = REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Resubmittal required – rejected, see comments below RJ = REJECTED – see comments below Note: Review is only for conformance with the general design concept of the Project and does not extend to consideration of structural integrity, safety, detailed compliance with Contract requirements and any other obligation of the Contractor. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the construction Contract. Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all dimensions; fabricating and construction techniques; coordinating its work with that of all other trades; and the satisfactory performance of its entire work in strict accordance with the construction Contract. The review is undertaken solely to satisfy Engineer’s obligations and does not relieve Contractor from its obligation fully to perform all Contract requirements, nor shall such review give rise to any right of action or suit in favor of Contractor or third persons, against the Owner. Comments or actions may not be complete, once non-compliance is documented, the review may be discontinued and the submittal rejected.
Engineer’s Comments and Sign-off:
# (key to Comment above) 1
Mario M. Babasa – SCL CM Office Engineer Signature Printed Name & Title Date See Attached Engineer’s Comments See Mark-Up of Submittal Documents See Other Attachments Cc: Project File Form (Rev. 4/13) Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form
Project Name Permit # Inspection Date Time
Name of Certified Erosion Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) or qualified inspector if less than one acre Print Name:
Approximate rainfall amount since the last inspection (in inches):
Approximate rainfall amount in the last 24 hours (in inches):
Current Weather Clear Cloudy Mist Rain Wind Fog
A. Type of inspection: Weekly Post Storm Event Other
B. Phase of Active Construction (check all that apply):
Pre Construction/installation of erosion/sediment Clearing/Demo/Grading Infrastructure/storm/roads controls Concrete pours Vertical Utilities Construction/buildings Offsite improvements Site temporary stabilized Final stabilization
C. Questions:
1. Were all areas of construction and discharge points inspected? Yes No 2. Did you observe the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, or oil sheen Yes No 3. Was a water quality sample taken during inspection? (refer to permit conditions S4 & S5) Yes No 4. Was there a turbid discharge 250 NTU or greater, or Transparency 6 cm or less?* Yes No 5. If yes to #4 was it reported to Ecology? Yes No 6. Is pH sampling required? pH range required is 6.5 to 8.5. Yes No
If answering yes to a discharge, describe the event. Include when, where, and why it happened; what action was taken, and when.
*If answering yes to # 4 record NTU/Transparency with continual sampling daily until turbidity is 25 NTU or less/ transparency is 33 cm or greater.
Sampling Results: Date:
Parameter Method (circle one) Result Other/Note NTU cm pH Turbidity tube, meter, laboratory pH Paper, kit, meter
Page 1
Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form
D. Check the observed status of all items. Provide “Action Required “details and dates.
Element # Inspection BMPs BMP needs BMP Action Inspected maintenance failed required yes no n/a (describe in section F) 1 Before beginning land disturbing Clearing activities are all clearing limits, Limits natural resource areas (streams,
wetlands, buffers, trees) protected with barriers or similar BMPs? (high visibility recommended) 2 Construction access is stabilized Construction with quarry spalls or equivalent Access BMP to prevent sediment from being tracked onto roads? Sediment tracked onto the road way was cleaned thoroughly at the end of the day or more frequent as necessary. 3 Are flow control measures installed Control Flow to control stormwater volumes and Rates velocity during construction and do they protect downstream properties and waterways from erosion? If permanent infiltration ponds are used for flow control during construction, are they protected from siltation? 4 All perimeter sediment controls Sediment (e.g. silt fence, wattles, compost Controls socks, berms, etc.) installed, and maintained in accordance with the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Sediment control BMPs (sediment ponds, traps, filters etc.) have been constructed and functional as the first step of grading. Stormwater runoff from disturbed areas is directed to sediment removal BMP. 5 Have exposed un‐worked soils Stabilize been stabilized with effective BMP Soils to prevent erosion and sediment deposition?
Page 2
Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form
Element # Inspection BMPs BMP needs BMP Action Inspected maintenance failed required yes no n/a (describe in section F) 5 Are stockpiles stabilized from erosion, Stabilize Soils protected with sediment trapping Cont. measures and located away from drain inlet, waterways, and drainage channels? Have soils been stabilized at the end of the shift, before a holiday or weekend if needed based on the weather forecast? Has stormwater and ground water 6 been diverted away from slopes and Protect disturbed areas with interceptor dikes, Slopes pipes and or swales? Is off‐site storm water managed separately from stormwater generated on the site? Is excavated material placed on uphill side of trenches consistent with safety and space considerations? Have check dams been placed at regular intervals within constructed channels that are cut down a slope? 7 Storm drain inlets made operable Drain Inlets during construction are protected. Are existing storm drains within the influence of the project protected? 8 Have all on‐site conveyance channels Stabilize been designed, constructed and Channel and stabilized to prevent erosion from Outlets expected peak flows? Is stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes and downstream conveyance systems? 9 Are waste materials and demolition Control debris handled and disposed of to Pollutants prevent contamination of stormwater? Has cover been provided for all chemicals, liquid products, petroleum products, and other material? Has secondary containment been provided capable of containing 110% of the volume? Were contaminated surfaces cleaned immediately after a spill incident? Were BMPs used to prevent contamination of stormwater by a pH modifying sources?
Page 3
Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form
Element # Inspection BMPs BMP needs BMP Action Inspected maintenance failed required yes no n/a (describe in section F) 9 Wheel wash wastewater is handled Cont. and disposed of properly. 10 Concrete washout in designated areas. Control No washout or excess concrete on the Dewatering ground. Dewatering has been done to an approved source and in compliance with the SWPPP. Were there any clean non turbid dewatering discharges? 11 Are all temporary and permanent Maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs BMP maintained to perform as intended? 12 Has the project been phased to the Manage the maximum degree practicable? Project Has regular inspection, monitoring and maintenance been performed as required by the permit? Has the SWPPP been updated, implemented and records maintained?
13 Is all Bioretention and Rain Garden Protect LID Facilities protected from sedimentation with appropriate BMPs?
Is the Bioretention and Rain Garden protected against over compaction of construction equipment and foot traffic to retain its infiltration capabilities?
Permeable pavements are clean and free of sediment and sediment laden‐ water runoff. Muddy construction equipment has not been on the base material or pavement.
Have soiled permeable pavements been cleaned of sediments and pass infiltration test as required by stormwater manual methodology?
Heavy equipment has been kept off existing soils under LID facilities to retain infiltration rate.
E. Check all areas that have been inspected. All in place BMPs All disturbed soils All concrete wash out area All material storage areas All discharge locations All equipment storage areas All construction entrances/exits Page 4
Construction Stormwater Site Inspection Form
F. Elements checked “Action Required” (section D) describe corrective action to be taken. List the element number; be specific on location and work needed. Document, initial, and date when the corrective action has been completed and inspected. Element Description and Location Action Required Completion Initials # Date
Attach additional page if needed
Sign the following certification: “I certify that this report is true, accurate, and complete, to the best of my knowledge and belief”
Inspected by: (print) (Signature) Date: Title/Qualification of Inspector:
Page 5
ADDENDA AND MODIFICATIONS